Abstract
Energy required for vital function whether in the animal, the bacterium or the higher plant is obtained by burning fuel. In most plant tissues the fuel is sugar or one of its storage products (either di- or polysaccharides). In other instances it is fat, and in a few plants, protein storage products may be burned to provide energy. The energy available in these molecules, in the form of bond energy, is derived from the sun either directly or indirectly. For this energy to become available to the cell, a series of transformations must occur which, in the case of the sugars and their related products, and for at least part of the fat molecule, involves the formation of phosphorylated compounds. In short, if substrates are to be used as energy sources they must first undergo phosphorylation. This appears to be true for almost all instances of sugar oxidation. There are, however, a few isolated cases in some animal tissues and especially in bacteria where prior phosphorylation may not be required.
This is a preview of subscription content, log in via an institution.
Buying options
Tax calculation will be finalised at checkout
Purchases are for personal use only
Learn about institutional subscriptionsLiterature
Albaum, H. G.: The incorporation of radiophosphorus during growth. The biology of phosphorus, p. 55. East Lansing, Mich.: Michigan State College Press 1952.
Albaum, H. G., M. Ogur and A. Hershfeld: The isolation of adenosine triphosphate from plant tissue. Arch. of Biochem. 27, 130 (1950).
Albatjm, H. G., and W. W. Umbreit: Phosphorus transformations during the development of the oat embryo. Amer. J. Bot. 30, 553 (1943).
Albatjm, H. G., and W. W. Umbreit: Differentiation between ribose-3-phosphate and ribose-5-phosphate by means of the orcinol-pentose reaction. J. of Biol. Chem. 167, 369 (1947).
Arnon, D.I.: The glycolytic cycle in the breakdown and synthesis of carbohydrates in green leaves. A Symposium on Phosphorus Metabolism, Vol. II, p. 67. Baltimore, Md., U.S.A.: Johns Hopkins Press 1952.
Axelrod, B., R. S. Bandurski and J. Campbell: In P. K. Stumpf: Phosphate assimilation in higher plants. A Symposium on Phosphorus Metabolism, Vol. II, p. 39. Baltimore, Md., U.S.A.: Johns Hopkins Press 1952.
Axelrod, B., and R. S. Bandurski: Phosphoglyceryl kinase in higher plants. J. of Biol. Chem. 204, 939 (1953).
Axelrod, B., R. S. Bandurski and P. Saltman: Phosphate uptake by pea meal extracts. Federat. Proc. 10, 158 (1951).
Axelrod, B., P. Saltman, R. S. Bandurski and R.S. Baker: Phosphohexokinase in higher plants. J. of Biol. Chem. 197, 89 (1952).
Ball, E. G., G. W. Mdller and H. J. Evans: Hexokinase activity in a callus culture of Vinca rosea. Plant Physiol. 30, Suppl. V (1955).
Benson, A. A., S. Kawaguchi, P. Hayes and M. Calvin: The path of carbon in photosynthesis. XVI. Kinetic relationships of intermediates in steady state photosynthesis. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 74, 4477 (1952).
Boser, H.: Reindarstellung und Analyse der Phosphoglukomutase aus Kartoffeln. Z. physiol. Chem. 307, 240 (1957).
Buchanan, J. G.: The path of carbon in photosynthesis. XIX. The identification of sucrose in sugar beet leaves. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 44, 140 (1953).
Campbell, J. M., and R. S. Bandurski: Adenylate kinase in plant tissue. Amer. Soc. Plant Physiol. (AIBS), Sept. 1952 (Abstr.).
Cardini, C. E.: Activation of plant phospho-glucomutase by glucose 1–6 diphosphate. Enzymologie (Den Haag) 15, 44 (1951).
Cardint, C. E., L. F. Leloir and J. Chiriboga: The biosynthesis of sucrose. J. of Biol. Chem. 214, 149 (1955).
Hageman, R. H., and D.I. Arnon: The isolation of triosephosphate dehydrogenase from pea seeds. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 55, 162 (1955).
Hanes, C. S.: The breakdown and synthesis of starch by an enzyme from pea seeds. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., Ser. B 128, 421 (1939).
Hassid, W. Z.: Isolation of a hexose monophosphate from pea leaves. Plant Physiol. 13, 641 (1938).
Hassid, W. Z., and R. S. Bean: Synthesis of disaccharides with pea preparations. 3ème Congr. Internat, de Biochimie, Liege, Belgium, Conférences et Rapports, p. 163, 1956.
Hobson, P. N., W.J. Whelan and S. Peat: A de-branching enzyme in bean and potato. Biochemic. J. 47, xxxix (1950).
Leloir, L. F.: The metabolism of hexosephosphates. A Symposium on Phosphorus Metabollsm, Vol. I, p. 67. Baltimore, Md., U.S.A.: Johns Hopkins Press 1951.
Leloir, L. F., and C. E. Cardini: The biosynthesis of sucrose. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 75, 6084 (1953).
Leloir, L. F., and C. E. Cardini: The biosynthesis of sucrose phosphate. J. of Biol. Chem. 214, 157 (1955).
Looms, W. D., and P. K. Stumpf: In P. K. Stumpf, Phosphate assimilation in higher plants. A Symposium on Phosphorus Metabolism, Vol.11, p. 39. Baltimore, Md., U.S.A.: Johns Hopkins Press 1952.
Mayaudon, J., A. A. Benson and M. Calvin: Ribulose-1,5-diphosphate from, and CO2 fixation by Tetragonia expansa leaves extract. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 23, 342 (1957).
Needham, D. M.: The adenosinetriphosphatase activity of myosin preparations. Biochemic J. 36, 113 (1942).
Neufeld, E. F., V. Ginsburg, E. W. Putnam, D. Fanshier and W. Z. Hassid: Formation and interconversion of sugar nucleotides by plant extracts. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 69, 602 (1957).
Owens, R. G.: Improved method for isolation of adenosine di- and triphosphates, Science (Lancaster. Pa.) 122, 415 (1955).
Racker, E., and I. Krlmsky: The mechanism of oxidation of aldehydes by glycer-aldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase. J. of Biol. Chem. 198, 731 (1952).
Ramasarma, T., J. Ram Sri and K. V. Giri: Phosphoglucomutase of green gram (Phaseolus radiatus). Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 53, 167 (1954).
Saltman, P.: Hexokinase in higher plants. J. of Biol. Chem. 200, 145 (1953).
Slein, M. W.: Phosphohexose isomerases. Federat. Proc. 13, 299 (1954).
Somers, G. F., and E.L. Cosby: The conversion of fructose-6-phosphate into glucose-6-phosphate in plant extracts. Arch. of Biochem. 6, 295 (1945).
Stafford, H., R. C. Barnett, E. E. Conn and B. Vennesland: The oxidation of monosaccharides by TPN dependent enzymes. Amer. Soc. Plant Physiol. (AIBS), Sept. 1952 (Abstr.).
Stumpf, P. K.: Carbohydrate metabolism in higher plants. III. Breakdown of fructose diphosphate by pea extracts. J. of Biol. Chem. 182, 261 (1950).
Stumpf, P. K.: Fat metabolism in higher plants. III. Enzymic oxidation of glycerol. Plant Physiol. 30, 55 (1955).
Tewfik, S., and P. K. Stumpf: Carbohydrate metabolism in higher plants. J. of Biol. Chem. 192, 519 (1951).
Weissbach, A., P. Z. Smyrniotis and B. L. Horecker: The enzymatic formation of ribulose diphosphate. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 76, 5572 (1954).
Withner, C. L., and T. Sar-dinsky: Phytase and phosphorus in germinating corn seedlings. Amer. Soc. Plant Physiol. (AIBS), Sept. 1954 (Abstr.).
Allen, S. H. G., and D. M. Powelson: Effect of chloramphenicol on glucose oxidation in Escherichia coli. Science 127, 1341–1342 (1958).
Altermatt, H. A., A. C. Blackwood and A. C. Neish: Anaerobic dissimilation of D-xylose-1-C14, D-xylose-2-C14 and D-xylose-5-C14 by Leuconostoc mesenteroides. Canad. J. Biochem. a. Physiol. 33, 622–626 (1955).
Altermatt, H. A., F. J. Simpson and A. C. Neish: The fermentation of D-allose and D-glucose by Aerobacter aerogenes. Canad. J. Microbiol. 1, 473–478 (1955 a).
Altermatt, H. A., F. J. Simpson and A. C. Neish: Anaerobic dissimilation of D-ribose-1-C14, D-xylose-1-C14, D-xylose-2-C14 and D-xylose-5-C14 by Aerobacter aerogenes. Canad. J. Biochem. a. Physiol. 33, 615–621 (1955b).
Anderson, D. G., H. A. Stafford, E. E. Conn and B. Vennesland: The distribution in higher plants of triphosphopyridine nucleotide-linked enzyme systems capable of reducing glutathione. Plant Physiol. 27, 675–684 (1952).
Axelrod, B., and R. S. Bandurski: Oxidative metabolism of hexose phosphates by higher plants. Federat. Proc. 11,182 (1952).
Axelrod, B., R. S. Bandurski, C. M. Greiner and R. Jang: The metabolism of hexose and pentose phosphates in higher plants. J. of Biol. Chem. 202, 619–634 (1953).
Axelrod, B., and R. Jang: Purification and properties of phosphoriboisomerase from Alfalfa. J. of Biol. Chem. 209, 847–855 (1954).
Barker, H. A., and F. Lipmann: The rôle of phosphate in the metabolism of Propionibacterium pentosaceum. J. of Biol. Chem. 179, 247–257 (1949).
Barnett, R. C., H. A. Stafford, E. E. Conn and B. Vennesland: Phosphogluconic dehydrogenase in higher plants. Plant Physiol. 28, 115–122 (1953).
Beevers, H.: Intermediates of the pentose phosphate pathway as respiratory substrates. Plant Physiol. 31, 339–347 (1956).
Beevers, H., and M. Gibbs: Participation of the oxidative pathway in yeast respiration. Nature (Lond.) 173, 640–641 (1954 a).
Beevers, H., and M. Gibbs: Investigation on the path of carbohydrate breakdown in plants. 8. Congr. Internat. Bot., Paris, Sect. 11, 109 (1954b).
Beevers, H., and M. Gibbs: The direct oxidation pathway in plant respiration. Plant Physiol. 29, 322–324 (1954 c).
Beevers, H., and M. Gibbs: Position of C14 in alcohol and carbon dioxide formed from labeled glucose by corn root tips. Plant Physiol. 29, 318–321 (1954d).
Bergmann, E. D., U. J. Littauer and B. E. Volcani: Breakdown of pentose phosphate in Escherichia coli. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 13, 288–289 (1954;.
Bernstein, I.A.: Biosynthesis of ribose in Escherichia coli grown on C14-labelled glucose. J. of Biol. Chem. 221, 873–878 (1956).
Blackmann, F. F.: Analytical studies in plant respiration. III. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., Ser. B 103, 491–523 (1928).
Boysen Jensen, P.: Studien über den genetischen Zusammenhang zwischen der normalen und intramolekularen Atmung der Pflanzen. Kgl. danske Vidsk. Selsk. biol. Medd. 4, 3–34 (1923).
Boysen Jensen, P.: Über die Einwirkung der Monojodessigsäure auf Atmung und Gärung. Biochem. Z. 236, 211–218 (1931).
Brodie, A. F., and F. Lipmann F. Lipmann: Identification of a gluconolactonase. J. of Biol. Chem. 212, 677–685 (1955).
Campbell, J. J. R., and F. C. Norris: The intermediate metabolism of Pseudomonas aeruginosa 4. The absence of an Embden-Meyerhof system as evidenced by phosphorus distribution. Canad. J. Res., Sect. C 28, 203–212 (1950).
Campbell, J. J. R., and F. N. Stokes: Tricarboxylic acid cycle in Pseudomonas aeruginosa. J. of Biol. Chem. 190, 853–858 (1951).
Claridge, C. A., and C. H. Werkman: Evidence for alternate pathways for the oxidation of glucose by Pseudomonas aeruginosa. J. Bacter. 68, 77–79 (1954).
Cochrane, V. W.: Metabolism of species of Streptomyces. J. Bacter. 69, 256–263 (1955).
Cochrane, V. W., and P. L. Hawley: The metabolism of species of Streptomyces 9. Metabolism of pentose and hexose phosphates. J. Bacter. 71, 308–314 (1956).
Cochrane, V. W., H. D. Peck Jr. and A. Harrison: The metabolism of species of Streptomyces 7. The hexosemono-phosphate shunt and associated reactions. J. Bacter. 66, 17–23 (1953).
Cohen, S. S.: Adaptive enzyme formation in the study of uronic acid utilization by the K-12 strain of Escherichia coli. J. of Biol. Chem. 177, 607–619 (1949).
Cohen, S. S.: Studies on the distribution of the oxidative pathway of glucose-6-phosphate utilization. Biol. Bull. 99, 369 (1950).
Cohen, S. S.: Utilization of gluconate and glucose in growing and virusinfected Escherichia coli. Nature (Lond.) 168, 746 (1951a).
Cohen, S. S.: The synthesis of nucleic acids by virus-infected bacteria. Bacter. Rev. 15, 131–146 (1951b).
Cohen, S. S.: Studies on D-ribulose and its enzymatic conversion to D-arabinose. J. of Biol. Chem. 201, 71–84 (1953).
Cohen, S. S., and H. Barner: Enzymatic adaptation in a thymine requiring strain of Escherichia coli. J. Bacter. 69, 59–66 (1955).
Cohen, S. S., and D. B. McNair Scott: Formation of pentosephosphate from 6-phosphogluconate. Science (Lancaster, Pa.) 111, 543–544 (1950).
Cohen, S. S., D. B. McNair Scott and M. Lanning: Pentose production and utilization by enzyme systems of Escherichia coli. Federat. Proc. 10, 173 (1951).
Cohen, S. S., and R. Raff: Adaptive enzymes in the estimation of gluconate, D-arabinose, and D-ribose. J. of Biol. Chem. 188, 501–508 (1951).
Cohen, S. S., and L. Roth: The phosphogluconate pathway of carbohydrate metabolism in the multiplication of bacterial viruses. J. Bacter. 65, 490–495 (1953).
Conn, E. E., and B. Vennesland: Glutathione reductase of wheat germ. J. of Biol. Chem. 192, 17–28 (1951).
Cori, O., and F. Lipmann: The primary oxidation product of enzymatic glucose-6-phosphate oxidation. J. of Biol. Chem. 194, 417–425 (1952).
Daly, J. M., R. M. Sayre and J. H. Pazur: The hexose monophosphate shunt as the major respiratory pathway during sporulation of rust of safflower. Plant Physiol. 32, 44–48 (1957).
Dedonder, R.: Quelques aspects de la glycolyse chez Bacillus subtilis et Bacillus megatherium. 2. Congr. Biochim. Paris, S. 77, 1952.
Dickens, F.: Mechanism of carbohydrate oxidation. Nature (Lond.) 138, 1057 (1936).
Dickens, F.: Oxidation of phosphohexonate and pentose phosphoric acids by yeast enzymes. Biochemic. J. 32, 1626–1645 (1938 a).
Dickens, F.: Yeast fermentation of pentose phosphoric acid. Biochemic. J. 32, 1645–1653 (1938b).
Dickens, F., and D. H. Williamson: Transformation of pentose phosphates by enzymes of animal origin. Nature (Lond.) 176, 400–401 (1955).
Dische, Z.: Phosphorylierung der im Adeno-sin enthaltenen d-Ribose und nachfolgender Zerfall des Esters unter Triosephosphatbildung im Blute. Naturwiss. 26, 252–253 (1938).
Dische, Z.: Dümont: Über die Wirkung des kohlenstoffsauren Gases auf das Obst. Neues J. Pharmacie 3, 2. Teil, 563–566 (1819).
Earl, J. M., and M. Gibbs: Effect of tissue age on hexose metabolism. An enzyme study with pea root. Plant Physiol. 30, Suppl., 4 (1955).
Eaton, N. R., and H. P. Klein: The oxidation of glucose and acetate by Saccharomyces cerevisiae. J. Bacter. 68, 110–116 (1954).
Entner, N., and M. Doudoroff: Glucose and gluconic acid oxidation of Pseudomonas saccharophila. J. of Biol. Chem. 196, 853–862 (1952).
Entner, N., and R. Y. Stanier: Studies on the oxidation of glucose by Pseudomonas fluorescens. J. Bacter. 62, 181–186 (1951).
Fiebre, C. W. de, and S. G. Knight: The oxidation of glucose by Penicillium chrysogenum. J. Bacter. 66, 170–172 (1953).
Fincham, J. R. S.: The occurrence of glutamic dehydrogenase in Neurospora and its apparent absence in certain mutant strains. J. Gen. Microbiol. 5, 793–806 (1951).
Friedman, S.: The influence of amino acids on fructose utilization in the luminous bacterium, Achromobacter fischeri. J. Bacter. 67, 523–529 (1954).
Gary, N. D., R. E. Klausmeier and R. C. Bard: Metabolic patterns of nutritionally differentiated cell types of Bacillus subtilis. J. Bacter. 68, 437–443 (1954).
Gentile, A. C.: Carbohydrate metabolism and oxalic acid synthesis by Botrytis cinerea. Plant Physiol. 29, 257–261 (1954).
Geest, H., and J. O. Lampen: Fermentation of l-C14-D-xylose by Lactobacillus pentosus. J. Bacter. 61, 97–98 (1951).
Geest, H., and J. O. Lampen: J. of Biol. Chem. 194, 555–562 (1952).
Ghiretti, F., and E. S. G. Barron: The pathway of glucose oxidation in Cory-nebacterium creatinovorans. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 15, 445–460 (1954).
Gibbs, M.: Triosephosphate dehydrogenase and glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase in the pea plant. Nature (Lond.) 170, 164–165 (1952).
Gibbs, M.: Metabolism of hexose phosphate and pentose phosphate by plant leaves and roots. Federat. Proc. 12, 208 (1953).
Gibbs, M.: The respiration of the pea plant. Oxidation of hexose phosphate and pentose phosphate by cell-free extracts of pea leaves. Plant Physiol. 29, 34–39 (1954).
Gibbs, M., and H. Beevers: Glucose dissimilation in the higher plant. Effect of age of tissue. Plant Physiol. 30, 343–347 (1955).
Gibbs, M., V. W. Cochrane, L. M. Paege and H. Wolin: Fermentation of d-xylose-1-C14 by Fusarium Uni Bolley. Arch. of Biochem. a, Biophysics 50, 237–242 (1954).
Gibbs, M., J. M. Earl and J. L. Ritchie: Respiration of the pea plant. Metabolism of hexose phosphate and triose phosphate by cell-free extracts of pea roots. Plant Physiol. 30, 463–467 (1955a).
Gibbs, M., J. M. Earl and J. L. Ritchie: Metabolism of ribose-1-C14 by cell-free extracts of yeast. J. of Biol. Chem. 217, 161–168 (1955 b).
Gibbs, M., and B. L. Horecker: The mechanism of pentose phosphate conversion to hexose monophosphate. II. With pea leaf and pea root preparations. J. of Biol. Chem. 208, 813–820 (1954).
Gibbs, M., and R. D. de Moss: A new mechanism of ethanol formation in the heterolactic fermentation. Federat. Proc. 10,189 (1951).
Gibbs, M., and R. D. de Moss: Anaerobic dissimilation of C14-labelled glucose and fructose by Pseudomonas lindneri. J. of Biol. Chem. 207, 689–694 (1954).
Gilvarg, C.: Utilization of glucose-1-C14 by yeast. J. of Biol. Chem. 199, 57–64 (1952).
Glaser, L., and D. H. Brown: Purification and properties of D-glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase. J. of Biol. Chem. 216, 67–79 (1955).
Glock, G., and P. McLean: Further studies on the properties and assay of glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase and 6-phospho-gluconate dehydrogenase of rat liver. Biochemic. J. 55, 400–408 (1953).
Gunsalus, I. C., and M. Gibbs: The heterolactic fermentation. II. Position of C14 in the products of glucose dissimilation by Leuconostoc mesenteroides. J. of Biol. Chem. 194, 871–875 (1952).
Gunsalus, I. C., B. L. Horecker and W. A. Wood: Pathways of carbohydrate metabolism in microorganisms. Bacter. Rev. 19, 79–128 (1955).
Haba, G. de la, I. G. Leder and E. Racker: Enzymatic formation of ribulose-5-phos-phate from “active aldehyde” and triosephosphate. Federat. Proc. 12, 194 (1953).
Haba, G. de la, I. G. Leder and E. Racker: Crystalline transketolase from bakers’ yeast: isolation and properties. J. of Biol. Chem. 214, 409–426 (1955).
Hachisuka, Y., N. Asano, M. Kaneko and T. Kanbe: Evolution of respiratory enzyme system during germination of Bacillus subtilis. Science (Lancaster, Pa.) 124, 174–175 (1956;.
Hauge, J. G., T. E. King and V. H. Cheldelin: Oxidation of dihydroxyacetone via the pentose cycle in Acetobacter suboxydans. J. of Biol. Chem. 214, 11–25 (1955).
Heald, K., and C. Long: The phosphorylation of D-ribose by extracts of Escherichia coli. Biochemic. J. 59, 316–322 (1955).
Heath, E. C., and H. Koffler: Biochemistry of filamentous fungi. II. The quantitative significance of an „oxidative pathway“ during the growth of Penicillium chrysogenum. J. Bacter. 71, 174–181 (1956).
Heath, E. C., D. L. Nasser and H. Koffler: Biochemistry of filamentous fungi. III. Alternative routes for the breakdown of glucose by Fusarium Uni. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 64, 80–87 (1956).
Hochster, R. M.: Conversion of D-xylose to D-xylulose phosphate by extracts of Pseudomonas hydrophila. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 16, 292–293 (1955 a).
Hochster, R. M.: The formation of phosphorylated sugars from D-xylose by extracts of Pseudomonas hydrophila. Canad. J. Microbiol. 1, 346–363 (1955 b).
Hochster, R. M.: Inhibition of the xylose isomerase of Pseudomonas hydrophila by sulfhydryl reagents and the effect of glutathione. Canad. J. Microbiol. 1, 589–595 (1955 c).
Hochster, R. M.: Pyridine nucleotide specifities and rates of formation of glucose-6-phosphate and of 6-phosphogluconate dehydrogenases in Aspergillus flavus-oryzae. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 66, 499–501 (1957).
Höchster, R. M., and B. A. Stone: Anaerobic conversion of D-xylulose to triose phosphate and hexose phosphate by extracts of Pseudomonas hydrophila. Canad. J. Microbiol. 2, 132–138 (1956).
Hochster, R. M., and R. W. Watson: Phosphorylation of xylose by extracts of Pseudomonas hydrophila. Nature (Lond.) 170, 357–358 (1952).
Hochster, R. M., and R. W. Watson: Xylose isomerase. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 75, 3284 (1953).
Hochster, R. M., and R. W. Watson: Enzymatic isomerization of D-xylose to D-xylulose. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 48, 120–129 (1954).
Hoffmann-Ostenhof, O.: Enzymologie. Wien: Springer 1954.
Hoogerheide, J. C.: Bijdrage tot de kennis van de reactie van Pasteur. Diss. Delft 1935.
Horecker, B. L.: Phosphogluconic acid metabolism. Federat. Proc. 9, 185–186 (1950).
Horecker, B. L.: A new pathway for the oxidation of carbohydrate. Brewers Digest 28, 214–220 (1953).
Horecker, B. L., J. Hurwitz and P. Z. Smyrniotis: Xylulose-5-phosphate and the formation of sedoheptulose-7-phosphate with liver transketolase. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 78, 692–694 (1956).
Horecker, B. L., and A. H. Mehler: Carbohydrate metabolism. Annual Rev. Biochem. 24, 207–274 (1955).
Horecker, B. L., and P. Z. Smyrniotis: The enzymatic production of ribose-5-phosphate from 6-phosphogluconate. Arch. of Biochem. 29, 232–233 (1950).
Horecker, B. L., and P. Z. Smyrniotis: Ketopentose-phosphate formation in the enzymatic degradation of phosphoglu-conate. Federat. Proc. 10, 199–200 (1951a).
Horecker, B. L., and P. Z. Smyrniotis: Phosphogluconic acid dehydrogenase from yeast. J. of Biol. Chem. 193,371–381 (1951 b).
Horecker, B. L., and P. Z. Smyrniotis: Enzymatic breakdown of pentosephosphate. Federat. Proc. 11, 232 (1952 a).
Horecker, B. L., and P. Z. Smyrniotis: The enzymatic formation of sedoheptulose phosphate from pentose phosphate. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 74, 2123 (1952b).
Horecker, B. L., and P. Z. Smyrniotis: The fixation of carbon dioxide in 6-phosphogluconic acid. J. of Biol. Chem. 196, 135–142 (1952c).
Horecker, B. L., and P. Z. Smyrniotis: The coenzyme function of thiamine pyrophosphate in pentose metabolism. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 75,1009–1010 (1953a).
Horecker, B. L., and P. Z. Smyrniotis: Transaldolase: The formation of fructose-6-phosphate from sedoheptulose-7-phosphate. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 75, 2021–2022 (1953b).
Horecker, B. L., and P. Z. Smyrniotis: Reversibility of glucose-6-phos-phate oxidation. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 12, 98–102 (1953 c).
Horecker, B. L., and P. Z. Smyrniotis: Purification and properties of yeast transaldolase. J. of Biol. Chem. 212, 811–825 (1955).
Horecker, B. L., and P. Z. Smyrniotis: Rôle of xylulose 5-phosphate in the transketolase reaction. Federat. Proc. 15, 277 (1956).
Horecker, B. L., P. Z. Smyrniotis, H. H. Hiat and P. A. Marks: Tetrose phosphate and the formation of sedoheptulose diphosphate. J. of Biol. Chem. 212, 827–836 (1955).
Horecker, B. L., P. Z. Smyrniotis and H. Klenow: Rôle of sedoheptulose in carbohydrate metabolism. Federat. Proc. 12, 219–220 (1953 a).
Horecker, B. L., P. Z. Smyrniotis and H. Klenow: The formation of sedoheptulose phosphate from pentose phosphate. J. of Biol. Chem. 205, 661–682 (1953b).
Horecker, B. L., P. Z. Smyrniotis and J. E. Seegmtller: The enzymatic conversion of 6-phosphogluconate to ribulose-5-phosphate and ribose-5-phosphate. J. of Biol. Chem. 193, 383–396 (1951).
Humphreys, T. E., and W. M. Dugger Jr: The effect of 2,4-dichlorophenoxyacetic acid on pathways of glucose catabolism in higher plants. Plant Physiol. 32, 136–140 (1957).
Hurwttz, J.: Enzymatic interconversion of ribulose-5-phosphate and xylulose-5-phosphate. Federat. Proc. 15, 278–279 (1956).
Hurwttz, J., A. Weissbach, B. L. Horecker and P. Z. Smyrniotis: Spinach phosphoribulokinase. J. of Biol. Chem. 218, 769–783 (1956).
James, W. O., and H. Beevers: The respiration of Arum spadix. A rapid respiration resistant to cyanide. New Phytologist 49, 353–374 (1950).
Katznelson, H.: Production of pyruvate from 6-phosphogluconate by bacterial plant pathogens and legume bacteria. Nature (Lond.) 175, 551–552 (1955).
Katznelson, H., and S. W. Tanenbaum: Observations on maltose oxidation by Acetobacter melanogenum. J. Bacter. 68, 368–372 (1954).
Kaushal, R., P. Jowett and T. K. Walker: Formation of glycolaldehyde by enzymic scission of pentoses. Nature (Lond.) 167, 949 (1951).
Krros, P. A., T. E. King and V. H. Cheldelin: Carbohydrate metabolic pathways in Acetobacter suboxydans. Federat. Proc. 15, 289–290 (1956).
Klein, H. P., and M. Doudoroff: The mutation of Pseudomonas putrefaciens to glucose utilization and its enzymatic basis. J. Bacter. 59, 739–750 (1950).
Kornberg, A.: Enzymatic synthesis of triphosphopyridine nucleotide. J. of Biol. Chem. 182, 805–813 (1950).
Kostytschew, S.: Über die Anteilnahme der Zymase am Atmungsprozesse der Samenpflanzen. Biochem. Z. 15, 164–195 (1909).
Kostytschew, S.: Über Zuckeroxydation bei der Pflanzenatmung. Z. physiol. Chem. 67, 116–137 (1910).
Kovachevich, R., and W. A. Wood: Carbohydrate metabolism by Pseudomonas fluorescens. III. Purification and properties of a 6-phosphogluconate dehydrase. J. of Biol. Chem. 213, 745–756 (1955 a).
Kovachevich, R., and W. A. Wood: IV. Purification and properties of 2-keto-3-deoxy-6-phospho-gluconate aldolase. J. of Biol. Chem. 213, 757–767 (1955b).
Krebs, H. A., S. Gtjrin and L. V. Eggleston: The pathway of oxidation of acetate in baker’s yeast. Biochemic. J. 51, 614–628 (1952).
Kuhn, R., u. H. Tiedemann: Zum Stoffwechsel des Lactobacillus bifidus; die Umsetzung von radioaktiver 14C-1-glucose. Z. Naturforsch. 8 b, 428–436 (1953).
Lampen, J. O.: Metabolism of desoxyribose nucleosides in animal tissues and in Escherichia coli. In: W. D. McElroy and B. Glass (edit.), Phosphorus Metabolism, vol. 1, p. 160–170 Baltimore: Hopkins Press 1951.
Lampen, J. O.: Formation of ribose phosphate from xylose by extracts of Lactobacillus pentosus. J. of Biol. Chem. 204, 999–1010 (1953).
Lanning, M. C., and S. S. Cohen: The mechanism of ribose formation in Escherichia coli. J. of Biol. Chem. 207,193–199 (1954).
Leaver, F. W., and H. G. Wood: Evidence from fermentation of labelled substrates which is inconsistent with present concept of propionic acid fermentation. J. Cellul. a. Comp. Physiol. 41, Suppl., 225–240 (1953).
Lechartier, G., et F. Bellamy: De la fermentation des fruits. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 69, 446–469 (1869);
Lechartier, G., et F. Bellamy: De la fermentation des fruits. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 75, 1203–1206 (1872);
Lechartier, G., et F. Bellamy: De la fermentation des fruits. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 79, 1000–1009 (1874).
Lewis, K. F., H. J. Blumenthal, R. S. Weinrach and S. Weinhouse: An isotope tracer study of glucose catabolism in Pseudomonas fluorescens. J. of Biol. Chem. 216,273–286 (1955).
Lewis, K. F., H. J. Blumenthal, C. E. Wenner and S. Weinhouse: Estimation of glucose catabolism pathways. Federat. Proc. 13, 252 (1954).
Ley, J. de: The phosphorylation of some carbohydrates, connected with direct oxidation by Aerobacter cloacae. Enzymologia 16, 99–104 (1953).
Ley, J. de: The hexose monophosphate oxidative route in Aerobacter cloacae. Enzymologia 18, 33–46 (1957).
Ley, J. de, and S. Cornut: Direct oxidation of glucose by Aerobacter sp. Nature (Lond.) 168, 515–516 (1951).
Lipmann, F.: Fermentation of phosphogluconic acid. Nature (Lond.) 138, 588–589 (1936).
Long, C.: The conversion of D-ribose into D-ribose-5-phosphate by extracts of Escherichia coli. Biochemic. J. 59, 322–329 (1955).
Lundsgaard, E.: Die Monojodessigsäurewirkung auf die enzymatische Kohlenhydratspaltung. Biochem. Z. 220, 1–7 (1930 a).
Lundsgaard, E.: Über die Einwirkung der Monojodessigsäure auf den Spaltungs- und Oxydationsstoffwechsel. Biochem. Z. 220, 8–18 (1930b).
Mac Gee, J., and M. Doudoroff: A new phosphorylated intermediate in glucose oxidation. J. of Biol. Chem. 210, 617–626 (1954).
Marmur, J., and F. Schlenk: Glycolaldehyde and glycolaldehyde phosphate as reaction components in enzymatic pentose formation. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 31, 154–155 (1951).
Marré, E., e O. Servettaz: Attivita glucosio-6-fosfato deidrogenasica e cresita in Pisum sativum. Rend. Istit. Lombardo, Cl. Sci. 37, 135–149 (1954a).
Marré, E., e O. Servettaz: Prime ricerche fisionomia enzimatica caratteristica della fotosintesi. Nouvo Giorn. bot. ital. 61, 378–383 (1954b).
Mttsuhashi, S., and J. O. Lampen: Conversion of d-xylose to d-xylulose in extracts of Lactobacillus pentosus. J. of Biol. Chem. 204,1011 to 1018 (1953).
Molliard, M.: Sur une nouvelle fermentation acide produite par le Sterig-matocystis nigra. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 174, 881–883 (1922).
Moore, W. B., A. C. Blackwood and A. C. Neish: The metabolism of seven-carbon sugars, acids and alcohols by bacteria and yeasts. Canad. J. Microbiol. 1, 198–205 (1954).
Mortenson, L. E., P. B. Hamilton and P. W. Wilson: Dissimilation of 6-phosphogluconate by Azotobacter vinelandii. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 16, 238–244 (1955).
Mortenson, L. E., and P. W. Wilson: Initial stages in the breakdown of carbohydrates by Azotobacter vinelandii. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 53, 425–435 (1954).
Mortenson, L. E., and P. W. Wilson: Metabolism of ribose-5-phosphate by Azotobacter vinelandii. J. of Biol. Chem. 213, 713–721 (1955).
Moss, R. D. de: Routes of ethanol formation in bacteria. J. Cellul. a. Comp. Physiol. 41, Suppl., 207–224 (1953).
Moss, R. D. de: Oxidation of 6-phosphogluconate by Leuconostoc mesenteroides. Bacter. Proc. 1954,109.
Moss, R. D. de, R. C. Bard and I. C. Gunsalus: The mechanism of the heterolactic fermentation: a new route of ethanol formation. J. Bacter. 62, 499–511 (1951).
Moss, R. D. de, I. C. Gunsalus and R. C. Bard: A glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase in Leuconostoc mesenteroides. J. Bacter. 66, 10–16 (1953).
Müller, D.: Studien über ein neues Enzym Glykoseoxydase. I. Biochem. Z. 199,136–143 (1928).
Müller, D.: Studien über einneues Enzym Glykoseoxydase. IL Biochem. Z. 205, 111–143 (1929).
Narrod, S.A. and W. A. Wood: Gluconate and 2-ketogluconate phosphorylation by extracts of Pseudomonas fluorescens. Bacter. Proc. 1954, 108.
Negelein, E., u. W. Gerischer: Verbesserte Methode zur Gewinnung des Zwischenferments aus Hefe. Biochem. Z. 284, 289–296 (1936).
Neish, A. C., and A. C. Blackwood: The anaerobic dissimilation of sedoheptulose-2-C14 and sedoheptulose-3-C14 by Aerobacter aerogenes. Canad. J. Biochem. a. Physiol. 33, 323–331 (1955).
Neish, A. C., and F. J. Simpson: The anaerobic dissimilation of d-glucose-1-C14, D-arabinose-1-C14 and L-arabinose-1-C14 by Aerobacter aerogenes. Canad. J. Biochem. a. Physiol. 32, 147–153 (1954).
Newburgh, R. W., C. A. Claridge and V. H. Cheldelin: Carbohydrate oxidation by the wheat smut fungus, Tilletia carries. J. of Biol. Chem. 214, 27–35 (1955).
Nord, F. F., and R. P. Mull: Recent progress in the biochemistry of Fusaria. Adv. Enzymol. 5, 165–205 (1945).
Norris, F. C., and J. J. R. Campbell: The intermediate metabolism of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. III. The application of paper chromatography to the identification of gluconic and 2-ketogluconic acids, intermediates in glucose oxidation. Canad. J. Res., Sect. C 27, 253–261 (1949).
Nossal, P. M., I. A. Hansen and J. N. Ladd: The mechanism of yeast respiration. I. Preparation of actively respiring cell-free yeast extracts. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 23,103–115 (1957).
Ochoa, S.: Biosynthesis of dicarboxylic and tricarboxylic acids by carbon dioxide fixation. S E B Symposia. 5: Carbon dioxide fixation and photosynthesis, p. 29–51. Cambridge 1951.
Ochoa, S., J. B. V. Salles and P. J. Ortiz: Biosynthesis of dicarboxylic acids by carbon dioxide fixation. J. of Biol. Chem. 187, 863–874 (1950).
Palladin, W.: Die Arbeit der Atmungsenzyme der Pflanzen unter verschiedenen Verhältnissen. Z. physiol. Chem. 47, 406–451 (1906).
Palladin, W., u. S. Kostytschew: Anaerobe Atmung, Alkoholgärung und Acetonbüdung bei den Samenpflanzen. Z. physiol. Chem. 48, 214–239 (1906).
Palleroni, N. J., R. Contopoulou and M. Doudoroff: Metabolism of carbohydrates by Pseudomonas saccharophila.II. Nature of the kinase reaction involving fructose. J. Bacter. 71, 202–207 (1956).
Palleroni, N. J., and M. Doudoroff: Mannose isomerase of Pseudomonas saccharophila. J. of Biol. Chem. 218, 535–548 (1956).
Pfeffer, W.: Das Wesen und die Bedeutung der Atmung in der Pflanze. Landwirtsch. Jb. 7, 805–834 (1878).
Pflüger, E.: Beiträge zur Lehre von der Respiration. I. Über die physiologische Verbrennung in den lebendigen Organismen. Pflügers Arch. 10, 251–367 (1875).
Purjewicz, K.: Die Bildung und Zersetzung der organischen Säuren bei den höheren Pflanzen. Bot. Zbl. 58, 368–374 (1894).
Racker, E.: Enzymatic formation and breakdown of pentose phosphate. Federat. Proc. 7, 180 (1948).
Racker, E.: Enzymatic synthesis of desoxypentose phosphate. Nature (Lond.) 167, 408–409 (1951).
Racker, E.: Alternative pathways of glucose and fructose metabolism. Adv. Enzymol. 15, 141–182 (1954).
Racker, E., G. de la Haba and I. G. Leder: Thiamine pyrophosphate, a coenzyme of transketolase. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 75, 1010 (1953).
Racker, E., G. de la Haba and I. G. Leder: Transketolase-catalyzed utilization of fructose-6-phosphate and its significance in a glucose-6-phosphate oxidation cycle. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 48, 238–240 (1954).
Reazin Jr. G. H.: The metabolism of glucose by the alga Ochromonas malhamensis. Plant Physiol. 31, 299–303 (1956).
Reazin Jr. G. H.: The metabolism of glucose by the alga Ochromonas malhamensis. Plant Physiol. 31, 299–303 (1956).
Reazin Jr. G. H.: The metabolism of glucose by the alga Ochromonas malhamensis. Plant Physiol. 31, 299–303 (1956).
Roberts, I.Z. and E.L. Wolffe: Utilization of labelled fructose-6-phosphate and fructose-1, 6-phosphate by Escherichia coli. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 33, 165–166 (1951)
Rollo: Experiences et observations sur le sucre. Ann. de Chim. 25, 37–50 (1978)
Sable, H. Z.: Phosphorylation of ribose and adenosine in yeast extracts. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. a. Med. 75, 215–219 (1950).
Sable, H. Z.: Pentose metabolism in extracts of yeast and animal tissues. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 8, 687–697 (1952).
Sable, H. Z., and J. A. Guarino: Phosphorylation of gluconate in yeast extracts. J. of Biol. Chem. 196, 395–402 (1952).
Santer, M., and S. Ajl: Metabolic reactions of Pasteurella pestis. III. The hexose monophosphate shunt in the growth. J. Bacter. 69, 713–718 (1955).
Schramm, M., Z. Gromet and S. Hestrin: Rôle of hexose phosphate in synthesis of cellulose by Acetobacter xylinum. Nature (Lond.) 179, 28–29 (1957).
Schramm, M., and E. Racker: Formation of erythrose-4-phosphate and acetyl phosphate by a phosphorolytic cleavage of fructoses-phosphate. Nature (Lond.) 179, 1349–1350 (1957).
Scott, D. B. McNair, and S. S. Cohen: The origin and metabolism of ribose. J. Cellul. a. Comp. Physiol. 38, Suppl. 1, 173–201 (1951a).
Scott, D., B. McNair, and S. S. Cohen: Enzymatic formation of pentose phosphate from 6-phosphogluconate. J. of Biol. Chem. 188, 509–529 (1951b).
Scott, D., B. McNair, and S. S. Cohen: Preparation, properties and assay of glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase and 6-phosphogluconate dehydrogenase of E. coli. Federat. Proc. 11, 284 (1952).
Scott, D., B. McNair, and S. S. Cohen: The oxidative pathway of carbohydrate metabolism in Escherichia coli. I. The isolation and properties of glucose-6-phosphate and 6-phosphogluconate dehydrogenase. Biochemic J. 55, 23–33 (1953 a).
Scott, D., B. McNair, and S. S. Cohen: II. Quantitative studies of glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase and 6-phosphogluconate dehydrogenase. Biochemic. J. 55, 33–36 (1953 b).
Seegmiller, J. E., and B. L. Horecker: Metabolism of 6-phosphogluconic acid in liver and bone marrow. J. of Biol. Chem. 194, 261–268 (1952).
Shu, P., and G. A. Ledingham: Enzymes related to carbohydrate metabolism in uredospores of wheat stem rust. Canad. J. Microbiol. 2, 489–495 (1956).
Sih, C. J., P. B. Hamilton and S. G. Knight: Demonstration of the pentose cycle reactions in Pénicillium chrysogenum. J. Bacter. 73, 447–451 (1957).
Sih, C. J., and S. G. Knight: Carbohydrate metabolism of Pénicillium chrysogenum. J. Bacter. 72, 694–699 (1956).
Simpson, F. J., and W. A. Wood: L-ribulose-5-phosphate: Formation by purified kinase from Aerobacter aerogenes. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 78, 5452–5453 (1956).
Slein, M. W.: Xylose isomerase from Pasteurella pestis. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 77, 1663–1667 (1955).
Sokatch, J. T., and J. C. Gunsalus: The enzymes of an adaptive gluconate fermentation pathway in Streptococcus faecalis. Bacter. Proc. 1954, 109–110.
Spencer, J. F. T., A. C. Neish and A.C. Blackwood: Polyhydric alcohol production by osmophüic yeast. Studies with C14-labelled glucose. Canad. J. Biochem. a. Physiol. 34, 495–501 (1956).
Srere, P. A., J. R. Cooper, V. Klybas and E. Backer: Xylulose-5-phosphate, a new intermediate in the pentose phosphate cycle. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 59, 535–538 (1955).
Srere, P. A., H. L. Kornberg and E. Racker: Conversion of pentose phosphate to hexose phosphate catalyzed by purified enzymes. Federat. Proc. 14, 285–286 (1955).
Stone, B. A., and R. M. Höchster: On the mechanism of the aerobic oxidation of D-xylose and of D-ribose-5-phosphate by cell-free extracts of Pseudomonas hydrophila. Canad. J. Microbiol. 2, 623–643 (1956).
Strauss, B. S., and S. Pierog: Gene interactions: the mode of action of the suppressor of acetaterequiring mutants of Neurospora crassa. J. Gen. Microbiol. 10, 221–235 (1954).
Stumpf, P. K.: Glycolytic enzymes in higher plants. Annual Rev. Plant Physiol. 3, 17–34 (1952).
Stumpf, P. K., and B. L. Horecker: The rôle of xylulose-5-phosphate in xylose metabolism of Lactobacillus pentosus. J. of Biol. Chem. 218, 753–768 (1956).
Tager, J. M., and J. B. Biale: Carboxylase and aldolase activity in the ripening banana. Physiol. Plantarum (Copenh.) 10. 79–85 (1957).
Tamiya, H.: Über die Verwendbarkeit von verschiedenen Kohlenstoffverbindungen im Bau- und Betriebsstoffwechsel der Schimmelpilze. Acta phytochim (Tokyo) 6, 1–129 (1932).
Tewftk, S., and P. K. Stumpf: Carbohydrate metabolism in higher plants. IV. Observations on triose phosphate dehydrogenase. J. of Biol. Chem. 192, 519–526 (1951a).
Tewftk, S., and P. K. Stumpf: V. Enzvmic oxidation of fructose diphosphate. J. of Biol. Chem. 192, 527–533 (1951b).
Trautwein, K., u. J. Wassermann: Die pH-Empfindlichkeit der atmenden und gärenden Bierhefe. Umschaltung von Gärung auf Atmung. Biochem. Z. 236, 35–53 (1931).
Trautwein, K., u. K. Weigand: Die direkte Ver-atmung von Zucker durch Hefen. Biochem. Z. 240, 423–429 (1931).
Turner, J. F., and L. W. Mapson: Aerobic inhibition of glycolysis. Nature (Lond.) 181, 270 (1958).
Turner, J. S.: On the relation between respiration and fermentation in yeast and the higher plants. New Phytologist 36, 142–169 (1937).
Vandemark, P. J., and W. A. Wood: The pathway of glucose dissimilation by Micro-bacterium lacticum. J. Bacter. 71, 385–392 (1956).
Vandemark, P. J., and G. M. Fukui: An enzymatic study of the utilization of gluconic acid by Propionibacterium pentosaceum. J. Bacter. 72, 610–614 (1956).
Wagner-Jauregg, T., u. H. Rauen: Über die enzvmatische Dehydrierung von Citronen-säure. Biochem. Z. 233, 215–222 (1935).
Wang, C. H., J. J. Bialy and C. M. Gilmour: Glucose metabolism in Streptomyces griseus. Federat. Proc. 15, 378–379 (1956).
Wang, C. H., C.M. Gilmour and V. H. Cheldelin: Comparative study of glucose catabolism in microorganisms. Abstracts 7. Internat. Congr. Microbiol., Stockholm 1958, S. 147.
Warburg, O., u. W. Christian: Über Aktivierung der Robisonschen Hexose-Mono-Phosphorsäure in roten Blutzellen und die Gewinnung aktivierender Fermentlösungen. Biochem. Z. 242, 206–227 (1931).
Warburg, O., u. W. Christian: Verbrennung von Robison-Ester durch Triphospho-pyridin-nucleotid. Biochem. Z. 287, 440–441 (1936).
Warburg, O., u. W. Christian: Abbau von Robison-Ester durch Triphospho-pvridin nucleotid. Biochem. Z. 292, 287–295 (1937).
Warburg, O., W. Christian u. A. Griese: Wasserstoffübertragendes Coferment, seine Zusammensetzung und Wirkungsweise. Biochem. Z. 282, 157–205 (1935).
Wirth, J., and E. F. Nord: Essential steps in the enzymatic breakdown of hexoses and pentoses. Interaction between dehydrogenation and fermentation. Arch. of Biochem. 1, 143–163 (1942).
Wood, W. A., and R. F. Schwerdt: Carbohydrate oxidation by Pseudomonas fluorescens. I. The mechanism of glucose and gluconate oxidation. J. of Biol. Chem. 201, 501–511 (1953a).
Wood, W. A., and R. F. Schwerdt: II. Mechanism of hexose phosphate oxidation. J. of Biol. Chem. 206, 625–635 (1954).
Wortmann, J.: Über die Beziehungen der intramolekularen zur normalen Atmung der Pflanzen. Arb. bot. Inst. Würzburg 2, 500–520 1880).
Arnon, D. I.: Glyceraldehyde phosphate dehydrogenase of green plants. Science (Lancaster, Pa.) 116, 635–637 (1952).
Axelrod, B., and R. S. Bandurski: Oxidative metabolism of hexose phosphates by higher plants. Federat. Proc. 11, 182 (1952).
Axelrod, B., and R. S. Bandurski: Phospho-glyceryl kinase in higher plants. J. of Biol. Chem. 204, 939–948 (1953).
Beevers, H., and M. Gibbs: The direct oxidation pathway in plant respiration. Plant Physiol. 29, 322–324 (1954).
Calvin, M.: The photosynthetic carbon cycle. J. Chem. Soc. Lond. 1956, 1895–1915.
Gibbs, M.: Triose phosphate dehydrogenase and glucose 6-phosphate dehydrogenase in the pea plant. Nature (Lond.) 170, 164 (1952).
Gibbs, M., and B. L. Horecker: The mechanism of pentose phosphate conversion to hexose monophosphate. II. With pea leaf and pea root preparations. J. of Biol. Chem. 208, 813–820 (1954).
Gunsalus, I. C., B. L. Horecker and W. A. Wood: Pathways of carbohydrate metabolism in microorganisms. Bacter. Rev. 19, 79–128 (1955).
Hageman, R. H., and D. I. Arnon: Changes in glyceraldehyde phosphate dehydrogenase during the life cycle of a green plant. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 57, 421–436 (1955).
Hough, L., and J. K. N. Jones: The synthesis of sugars from simpler substances. Part V. Enzymic synthesis of sedoheptulose. J. Chem. Soc. Lond. 1953, 342–345.
Miller, G.W.: Properties of enolase in extracts from pea seed. Plant Physiol. 33, 199–206 (1958).
Stumpf, P. K.: Carbohydrate metabolism in higher plants. I. Pea aldolase. J. of Biol. Chem. 176, 233–241 (1948).
Stumpf, P. K.: Carbohydrate metabolism in higher plants. III. Breakdown of fructose diphosphate by pea extracts. J. of Biol. Chem. 182, 261–272 (1950).
Tager, S. M.: The role of the pentose cycle in the ripening banana. S. Afr. J. Sci. 53, 167–170 (1956).
Tewftk, S., and P.K. Stumpf: Carbohydrate metabolism in higher plants. II. The distribution of aldolase in plants. Amer. J. Bot. 36, 567–571 (1949).
Tewftk, S., and P.K. Stumpf: Carbohydrate metabolism in higher plants. IV. Observations on triose phosphate dehydrogenase. J. of Biol. Chem. 192, 519–526 (1951).
Wood, H. G.: Significance of alternate pathways in the metabolism of glucose. Physiologic. Rev. 35, 841–859 (1955).
Arigoni, D.: Zur Biogenese pentacyclischer Triterpene in einer höheren Pflanze. Expe-rientia (Basel) 14, 153–155 (1958).
Baddiley, J.: The structure of coenzyme A. Adv. Enzymol. 16, 1–21 (1955).
Baddiley, J., D.E. Hughes, A.P. Mathias and W. S. Pierpont: The phosphorylation of pantothenic acid by Lactobacillus arabinosus. Biochemic. J. 56, XXII (1954).
Barker, H. A.: Recent investigations on the formation and utilisatition of active acetate. In: W. D. McElroy and B. Glass, Phosphorus Metabolism, Vol.1, p. 204–245. Baltimore: John Hopkins Press 1951.
Barner, H. D., and D. J. O’Kane: Acetaldehyde oxidation in the absence of pyruvate oxidation factor. J. Bacter. 64, 381–386 (1952).
Barner, H. D., and D. J. O’Kane: Beilsteins Handbuch der organischen Chemie, Bd. II, S. 97. Berlin: Springer 1920.
Beinert, H.: Studies on the fatty acid oxidizing system of animal tissues. II. β-Ketoacyl derivates of coenzyme A. J. of Biol. Chem. 205, 575–584 (1953).
Beinert, H., D. E. Green, P. Hele, H. Hift, R.W.v. Korff and C. V. R. Makrishnan: The acetate activating enzyme system of heart muscle. J. of Biol. Chem. 203, 35–45 (1953).
Belitzer, W. A., u. J. T. Zybakowa: Über den mit der Atmung gekoppelten Phosphoryherungsmechanismus. Biokhymiya 4, 516–535 (1939).
Berg, P.: Participation of adenyl-acetate in the acetate-activating system. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 77, 3163–3164 (1955).
Berg, P.: Acyl adenylates: an enzymatic mechanism of acetate activation. J. of Biol. Chem. 222, 991–1013 (1956a).
Berg, P.: Acyl adenylates: the synthesis and properties of adenyl acetate. J. of Biol. Chem. 222,1015–1023 (1956b).
Berman, R., I.B. Wilson and D. Nachmansohn: Choline acetylase specificity in relation to biological function. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 12, 315–324 (1953).
Bernhauer, K.: Grundzüge der Chemie und Biochemic der Zuckerarten. Berlin: Springer 1933.
Bernhauer, K.: Biochemic der oxydativen Garungen. Erg. Enzymforsch. 3, 185–226 (1934).
Bessman, S. P., and F. Lipmann: The enzymatic transacetylation between aromatic amines. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 46, 252–254 (1953).
Bloch, K., and D. Rittenberg: Sources of acetic acid in the animal body. J. of Biol. Chem. 155, 243–254 (1944).
Bloch, K., and D. Rittenberg: An estimation of acetic acid formation in the rat. J. of Biol. Chem. 159, 45–58 (1945).
Brady, R. O.: Fluoroacetyl coenzyme A. J. of Biol. Chem. 217, 213–224 (1955).
Bloch, K., and D. Rittenberg: The enzymatic synthesis of fatty acids by aldol condensation. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 44, 993–998 (1958).
Brady, R. O., J. V. Formica and G. J. Koval: The enzymatic synthesis of sphingosine. J. of Biol. Chem. 233, 1072 (1958).
Brady, R.O., and E. R. Stadtman: Enzymatic thioltransacetylation. J. of Biol. Chem. 211, 621–629 (1954).
Bratton, A.C., and E.K. Marshall: A new coupling component for sulfanilamide determination. J. of Biol. Chem. 128, 537–550 (1939).
Breslow, R.: On the mechanism of thiamine action. IV. Evidence from studies on model systems. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 80, 3719–3726 (1958).
Breusch, F. L.: Breakdown of fat acids in tissues. I. The breakdown of β-keto acids. Enzymologia (Den Haag) 11, 169–173 (1944).
Brown, D. H.: The D-glucosamine-6-phosphate-N-acetylase of yeast. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 16, 429–431 (1955).
Brown, G. M., J. A. Craig and E. E. Snell: Relation of the Lactobacillus bulgaricus factor to pantothenic acid and coenzyme A. Arch. of Biochem. 27, 473–475 (1950).
Buchanan, I. M., W. Sakami and S. Gurin: A study of the mechanism of fatty acid oxidation with isotopic acetoacetate. J. of Biol. Chem. 169,411–418 (1947 a).
Buchanan, I.M., W. Sakami, S. Gurin and D. W. Wilson: Studies of the intermediates of acetoacetate oxidation with isotopic C. J. of Biol. Chem. 157, 747–748 (1945a).
Buchanan, I.M., W. Sakami, S. Gurin and D. W. Wilson: Intermediates of acetate and acetoacetate oxidation with isotopic carbon. J. of Biol. Chem. 159, 695–709 (1945b).
Buchanan, I.M., W. Sakami, S. Gurin and D. W. Wilson: Intermediates in the biological oxidation of isotopic acetoacetate. J. of Biol. Chem. 169, 403–410 (1947).
Büchner, E., u. J. Meisenheimer: Die chemischen Vorgänge bei der alkoholischen Gärung. Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 38,620–630 (1905).
Buffa, P., R. A. Peters and R. W. Wakelin: Biochemistry of fluoroacetate poisoning. Isolation of an active tricarboxylic acid fraction from poisoned kidney homogenates. Biochemic. J. 48,467–477 (1951).
Burton, K.: The free energy change associated with the hydrolysis of the thiol ester bond of acetyl-coenzyme A. Biochemic. J. 59, 44–46 (1955).
Burton, R.M., and E. R. Stadtman: The oxidation of acetaldehyde to acetyl coenzyme A. J. of Biol. Chem. 202, 873–890 (1953).
Chang, H. C., and J. H. Gaddum: Cholinester in Gewebsextrakten. J. of Physiol. 79, 255–285 (1933).
Cheldelin, V.H., J. G. Hauge and T. E. King: Oxidative dissimilation in pantothenate-deficient Acetobacter suboxidans cells. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. a. Med. 82, 144–147 (1953).
Chin, C. H., and I. C. Gunsalus: Lipoic acid-mediated synthesis of acetoin from acetyl phosphate by E. coli. Federat. Proc. 13, 191–192 (1954).
Chou, T. C., and F. Lipmann: Separation of acetyl transfer enzymes in pigeon liver extract. J. of Biol. Chem. 196, 89–103 (1952).
Chou, T. C., and M. Soodak: The acetylation of D-glucosamine by pigeon liver extracts. J. of Biol. Chem. 196, 105–109 (1952).
Claisen, L., u. E. Hori: Über eine Synthese der Aconitsäure. Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 24, 120–127 (1891).
Colowick, S. P., H. M. Kalckar and C. F. Cori: Glucose phosphorylation and oxidation in cell-free tissue extracts. J. of Biol. Chem. 137, 343–356 (1941).
Cross, R. I., I. V. Taggart, G. A. Covo and D. E. Green: Studies on the cyclo-phorase system. VI. The coupling of oxidation and phosphorvlation. J. of Biol. Chem. 177, 655–678 (1949).
Dagley, S., and E. A. Dawes: Dissimilation of citric acid by bacterial extracts. Nature (Lond.) 172, 345–346 (1953a).
Dagley, S., and E. A. Dawes: Dissimilation of citric acid by extracts of Aerobacter aero-genes. Biochemic. J. 55, XVI (1953b).
Dakin, H.: Oxidations and reductions in the animal body. London: Longmans, Green & Co. 1912.
Davidson, E. A., H. J. Blumenthal and S. Roseman: Studies on glucosamine-6-phosphate-N-acetylase. Bacter. Proc. 1956,108–109.
De Busk, G. B., and L. J. Reed: Coenzymatic functions of thiamine pyrophosphate and lipothiamide pyrophosphate. Federat. Proc. 12,193–194(1953).
Decker, K.: Die biologischen Reaktionen der aktivierten Acetessigsäure. Diss. München 1955.
Decker, K.: Die aktivierte Essigsäure. Das Coenzym A und seine Acylderivate im Stoffwechsel der Zelle. Stuttgart: Ferdinand Enke 1959.
De Tar, D.F., and F.H. Westheimer: The role of thiamin in carboxylase. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 81, 175–178 (1959).
Doherty, D.C., and F. Vaslow: Thermodynamic study of an enzyme-substrate complex of chymotrypsin. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 74, 931–936 (1952).
Dolin, M. I., and I. C. Gunsalus: Pyruvic acid metabolism. II. An acetoin-forming enzyme system in Streptococcus faecalis. J. Bacter. 62, 199–214 (1951).
Dolin, M. I., and I. C. Gunsalus: A soluble pyruvate-ketobutyrate dehydrogenase system from Streptococcus faecalis M. J. Federat. Proc. 11, 203 (1952).
Eisenberg, M. A.: The tricarboxylic acid cycle in Rhodospirillum rubrum. J. of Biol. Chem. 203, 815–836 (1953).
Elliot, K. A. C., M. P. Benoy and Z. Baker: The metabolism of lactic and pyruvic acids in normal and tumour tissues. II. Rat kidney and transplantable tumours. Biochemic. J. 29, 1937–1950 (1935).
Elliot, K. A. C., and M. E. Greig: The metabolism of lactic and pyruvic acids in normal and tumour tissues. IV. The formation of succinate. Biochemic. J. 31, 1021–1032 (1937a).
Elliot, K. A. C., M. E. Greig and M. P. Benoy: The metabolism of lactic and pyruvic acids in normal and tumour tissues. III. Rat liver, brain and testis. Biochemic. J. 31, 1003–1020 (1937b).
Elliot, K. A. C., and E. F. Schroeder: The metabolism of lactic and pyruvic acids in normal and tumour tissues. I. Methods and results with kidney cortex. Biochemic. J. 28, 1920–1939 (1934).
Elliot, W.B., and G. Kalnitsky: The oxidation of acetate. J. Biol. Chem. 186, 477–486 (1950).
Embden, G., u. A. Loeb: Über die Acetessigsäurebildung aus Essigsäure. Z. physiol. Chem. 88, 246–258 (1913).
Feldberg, W., and T. Mann: Properties and distribution of the enzyme system which synthesizes acetylcholine in nervous tissues. J. of Physiol. 104, 411–425 (1946).
Ferguson, J. J., I. F. Durr and H. Rudney: Enzymatic reduction of β-hydroxy-β-methylglutaryl coenzyme A (HMGCoA) to mevalonic acid in yeast. Federat. Proc. 17, 861 (1958).
Friedmann, E.: Zur Kenntnis des Abbaues der Karbonsäuren im Tierkörper. XVII. Über die Bildung von Acetessigsäure aus Essigsäure bei der Leberdurchblutung. Biochem. Z. 55, 436–442 (1913).
Gavard, R., et H. Descourtieux: Attaque phosphorylante du glucose par un extrait enzymatique de Clostridium butyricum. IV. Réaction couplée entre la triosephosphate dés-hydrogénase et certains enzymes du cycle des acides gras de Lynen. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 239, 201–203 (1954).
Goldman, D. S.: Studies on the fatty acid oxidizing system of animal tissues. VII. The β-ketoacyl coenzyme A cleavage enzyme. J. of Biol. Chem. 208, 345–357 (1954).
Grafflin, A. L., and D. E. Green: Studies on the cyclophorase system. II. The complete oxidation of fatty acids. J. of Biol. Chem. 176, 1–9 (1948).
Green, D.E.: Integrated enzyme activity in soluble extracts of heart muscle. Science (Lancaster, Pa.) 115, 661–665 (1952).
Green, D.E., and H. Beinert: Oxidative phosphorylation in a nonmitochondrial system of pig heart. In: W. D. McElroy and B. Glass, Phosphorus metabolism, vol. I, p. 330–343. Baltimore: John Hopkins Press 1951.
Green, D. E., D. S. Goldman, S. Mn and H. Beinert: The acetoacetate activation and cleavage enzyme system. J. of Biol. Chem. 202, 137–150 (1953).
Grob, E.C., u. R. Butler: Über die Biosynthese des β-Carotins bei Mucor Mentalis. Die Beteiligung der Essigsäure am Aufbau des Carotinmoleküls, untersucht mit Hilfe C14-markierter Essigsäure. Experientia (Basel) 10, 250–251 (1954a).
Grob, E.C., u. R. Butler: Über die Biosynthese des β-Carotins bei Mucor Mentalis Wehmer. Die Beteiligung der Essigsäure am Aufbau der Carotinmolekel, insbesondere in den Ionongruppierungen, untersucht mit Hilfe C14-markierter Essigsäure. Helvet. chim. Acta 37, 1908–1912 (1954b).
Gunsalus, I. C.: The chemistry and function of the pyruvate oxidation factor (lipoic acid). J. Cellul. a. Comp. Physiol. 41, Suppl. 1, 113–136 (1953).
Gunsalus, I. C.: Group transfer and acyl-generating functions of lipoic acid derivatives. In: Mechanism of enzyme action. Edit. W. D. McElroy and B. Glass, p.599–604. Baltimore: John Hopkins Press 1954.
Gunsaltjs, I. C., L. Struglia and D. J. O’Kane: Pyruvic acid metabolism. IV. Occurrence, properties and partial purification of pyruvate oxidation factor. J. of Biol. Chem. 194, 859–869 (1952).
Gurin, S., and D. I. Crandall: The biological oxidation of fatty acids. Cold Spring Harbor Symp. Quant. Biol. 13, 118–128 (1948).
Hager, L. P., J. D. Fortney and I. C. Gunsaltjs: Mechanism of pyruvate and a-keto-glutarate dehydrogenase systems. Federat. Proc. 12, 213 (1953).
Hager, L. P., D. M. Geller and F. Lipmann: Flavoprotein-catalyzed pyruvate-oxidation in Lactobacillus del-bruckii. Federat. Proc. 13, 734–738 (1954).
Hager, L. P., and I. C. Gunsalus: Lipoic acid dehydrogenase: The function of È. coli fraction B. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 75, 5767–5768 (1953).
Hallmann, N., and P. E. Simola: Mechanism of the biological citric acid synthesis. Science (Lancaster, Pa.) 90, 594–595 (1939).
Hallmann, N., and P. E. Simola: Mechanism of the biological citric acid synthesis. Science (Lancaster, Pa.) 90, 594–595 (1939).
Handschumacher, R. E., G. C. Mueller and F. M. Strong: An improved enzymatic assay for coenzyme A. J. of Biol. Chem. 189, 335–342 (1951).
Harpur, R. P., and I. H. Quastel: Phosphorylation of d-glucosamine by brain extracts. Nature (Lond.) 164, 693–694 (1949).
Hele, P.: The acetate activating enzyme of beef heart. J. of Biol. Chem. 206, 671–676 (1954).
Hilz, H.: Über die Bildungsweise der „aktivierten Essigsäure“. Diss. München 1953.
Hoagland, M. B., and G. D. Novelli: Biosynthesis of coenzyme A from phospho-pantetheine and of pantethein from pantothenate. J. of Biol. Chem. 207, 767–773 (1954).
Holzer, H., u. H. W. Goedde: Zwei Wege von Pyruvat zu Acetyl-Coenzym A in Hefe. Biochem. Z. 329,175–191 (1957).
Hornberger, C. S., R. F. Heitmiller, I. C. Gunsalus, G. H. F. Schnakenberg and L. J. Reed: Synthesis of d, L-α-lipoic acid. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 75, 1273–1277 (1953).
Hunter, F. E., and L. F. Leloir: Citric acid formation from acetoacetic and oxalacetic acids. J. of Biol. Chem. 159, 295–310 (1945).
Jagannathan, V., and R. S. Schweet: Pyruvic oxidase of pigeon breast muscle. I. Purification and properties of the enzyme. J. of Biol. Chem. 196, 551–562 (1952).
Jones, M. E.: Diskussion im Rahmen des „Symposium on chemistry and function of coenzyme A“. Federat, Proc. 12, 708–710 (1953).
Jones, M. E., S. Black, R. M. Flynn and F. Ltpmann: Acetyl coenzyme A synthesis through pyrophosphoryl split of adenosine triphosphate. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 12, 141–149 (1953).
Jones, M. E., F. Llp-mann, H. Hilz and F. Lynen: On the enzymatic mechanism of coenzyme A acetylation with adenosine triphosphate and acetate. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 75, 3285–3286 (1953).
Juni, E.: Mechanisms of formation of acetoin bv bacteria. J. of Biol. Chem. 195, 715–726 (1952).
Kaplan, N. O., and F. Lipmann: Reactions between acetate, acetyl phosphate and the adenylic acid system in tissue and bacterial extracts. Federat. Proc. 7, 163 (1948 a).
Kaplan, N. O., and F. Lipmann: The assay and distribution of coenzyme A. J. of Biol. Chem. 174, 37–44 (1948b).
Katz, J., I. Lieberman and H. A. Barker: Acetylation of amino acids by enzymes of Clostridium kluyveri. J. of Biol. Chem. 200, 417–429 (1953 a).
Kaplan, N. O., and F. Lipmann: Formation of propionyl-, butyryl-, and other acylglycines by enzymes of Clostridium kluyveri. J. of Biol. Chem. 200, 431–441 (1953 b).
Knoop, F.: Oxydationen im Tierkörper. Ein Bild von den Hauptwegen physiologischer Verbrennungen. Stuttgart: Ferdinand Enke 1931.
Knoop, F., u. C. Martius: Über die Bildung von Citronensäure. Z. physiol. Chem. 242, 1 (1936).
Knox, W. E., B. N. Noyce and V. H. Auerbach: Studies on the cyclophorase system. III. Obligatory sparking of fatty acid oxidation. J. of Biol. Chem. 170, 117–122 (1948).
Kornberg, H. L., and H. Beevers: The glyoxylate cycle as a stage in the conversion of fat to carbohydrate in castor beans. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 26, 531–537 (1957). —
Kornberg, H. L., and H. A. Krebs: Synthesis of cell constituents from C2-units by a modified tricarboxylic acid cycle. Nature (Lond.) 179, 988–991 (1957).
Korkes, S., A. del Campillo, I. C. Gunsalus and S. Ochoa: Enzymatic synthesis of citric acid. IV. Pyruvate as acetyl donor. J. of Biol. Chem. 193, 721–735 (1951).
Korkes, S., A. del Campillo, S. R. Korey, J. R. Stern, D. Nachmansohn and S. Ochoa: Coupling of acetyl donor systems with choline acetylase. J. of Biol. Chem. 198, 215–220 (1952a).
Korkes, S., A. del Campillo and S. Ochoa: Pyruvate oxidation system of heart muscle. J. of Biol. Chem. 195, 541–547 (1952b).
Korkes, S., J. R. Stern, I. C. Gunsalus and S. Ochoa: Enzymatic synthesis of citrate from pyruvate and oxalacetate. Nature (Lond.) 166, 439–440 (1950).
Krampitz, L. O., G. Greull, C. S. Miller, J. B. Bicking, H. R. Skeggs and J. M. Sprague: An active acetalde-hyde-thiamine intermediate. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 80,5893–5894(1958).
Krebs, H.A.: The intermediary stages in the biological oxidation of carbohydrate. Adv. Enzymol. 3, 191–252 (1943).
Krebs, H.A., and W. A. Johnson: The role of citric acid in intermediate metabolism in animal tissues. Enzymologia (Den Haag) 4, 148–156 (1937).
Langenbeck, W., u. G. Faust: Acetoinbildung mit gereinigter Apocarboxylase und synthetischer Cocarboxylase. Z. physiol. Chem. 292, 73–75 (1953).
Lehninger, A. L.: The relationship of the adenosine polyphosphates to fatty acid oxidation in homogenized liver preparations. J. of Biol. Chem. 157, 363–381 (1945).
Lehninger, A. L.: On the activation of fatty acid oxidation. J. of Biol. Chem. 161, 437–451 (1946a).
Lehninger, A. L.: Quantitative study of the products of fatty acid oxidation in liver suspensions. J. of Biol. Chem. 164, 291–306 (1946b).
Lewintow, L., and G. D. Novelli: Enzymatic synthesis of coenzyme A from pantetheine and other fragments. 122. Meeting Amer. Chem. Soc. Atlantic City, Sept. 1952, Abstr. 33c—34c.
Lewintow, L., and G. D. Novelli: The synthesis of coenzyme A from pantetheine: Preparation and properties of pantetheine kinase. J. of Biol. Chem. 207, 761–765 (1954).
Liang, P.: Zit. nach H. Wieland u. R. G. Jennen, 1941.
Lipmann, F.: Die Dehydrierung der Brenztraubensäure. Enzymologia (Den Haag) 4, 65–72 (1937).
Lipmann, F.: A phosphorylated oxidation product of pyruvic acid. J. of Biol. Chem. 134,463–464 (1940).
Lipmann, F.: Enzymic synthesis of acetyl phosphate. J. of Biol. Chem. 155, 55–70 (1944).
Lipmann, F.: Acetylation of sulfanilamide by liver homogenates and extracts. J. of Biol. Chem. 160, 173–190 (1945).
Lipmann, F.: Acetyl phosphate. Adv. Enzymol. 6, 231–267 (1946).
Lipmann, F.: Biosynthetic mechanisms. Harvey Lect. 44, 99–123 (1948/49).
Lipmann, F.: On chemistry and function of coenzyme A. Bacter. Rev. 17, 1–16 (1953).
Lipmann, F., M. E. Jones, S. Black and R. M. Flynn: Enzvmatic pyrophosphorylation of coenzyme A by adenosine triphosphate. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 74, 2384–2385 (1952).
Lipmann, F., M. E. Jones, S. Black and R. M. Flynn: The mechanism of the ATP-CoA-acetatereaction. J. Cellul. a. Comp. Physiol. 41, Suppl. 1, 109–112 (1953).
Lipmann F., and N. O. Kaplan: A common factor in the enzymic acetylation of sulfanilamide and of choline. J. of Biol. Chem. 162, 743–744 (1946).
Lipmann, F., N. O. Kaplan, G. D. Novelli, L. C. Tuttle and D. M. Guirard: Coenzyme for acetylation, a pantothenic acid derivative. J. of Biol. Chem. 167, 869–870 (1947).
Lipmann, F., and L. C. Tuttle: The condensation of acetylphosphate with formate or CO2 in bacterial extracts. J. of Biol. Chem. 158, 505–519 (1945).
Lipton, M. A., and E. S. G. Barron: On the mechanism of the anaerobic synthesis of acetylcholine. J. of Biol. Chem. 166, 367–380 (1946).
Littlefield, J. W., and D. R. Sanadi: Role of the coenzyme A and diphosphopyridine nucleotide in the oxidation of pyruvate, J. of Biol. Chem. 199, 65–70 (1952).
Long, C.: A general method for the estimation of a-keto-acids, and its apphcation to a-keto-acid metabolism in pigeon brain. Biochemic. J. 36, 807–814 (1942).
Long, C.: The in vitro oxidation of pyruvic and a-ketobutyric acids by ground preparations of pigeon brain. The effect of inorganic phosphate and adenine nucleotide. Biochemic. J. 37, 215–225 (1943).
Lynen, F.: Über die gemischten Anhydride aus Phosphorsäure und Essigsäure. Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 73, 367–375 (1940).
Lynen, F.: Über den aeroben Phosphatbedarf der Hefe. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Pasteur-schen Reaktion. Liebigs Ann. 546, 120–141 (1941).
Lynen, F.: Zum biologischen Abbau der Essigsäure. I. Über die „Induktionszeit” bei verarmter Hefe. Liebigs Ann. 552, 270–306 (1942).
Lynen, F.: Fermente IL Fermente der biologischen Oxydation. Fiat-Review of German Science 1939 to 1946, vol III, p. 85–124. Wiesbaden 1948.
Lynen, F.: Quantitative Bestimmung von Acyl-mercap-tanen mittels der Nitroprussid-Reaktion. Liebigs Ann. 574, 33–37 (1951).
Lynen, F.: Functional group of coenzyme A and its metabolic relations, especially in the fatty acid cycle. Federat. Proc. 12, 683–691 (1953a).
Lynen, F.: Mécanisme de la β-oxydation des acides gras. Bull. Soc. Chim. biol. Paris 35, 1061–1083 (1953 b).
Lynen, F.: Participation of coenzyme A in the oxidation of fat. Nature (Lond.) 174, 962–965 (1954).
Lynen, F.: Lipide Metabolism. Annual Rev. Biochem. 24, 653–688 (1955a).
Lynen, F.: Der Fettsäurecyclus. Angew. Chem. 67, 463–470 (1955b).
Lynen, F.: New aspects of acetate incorporation into isoprenoid precursors. In: G.W.E. Wolstenholme, and M. O’Connor (editors), The Biosynthesis of Terpenes and Sterols. London: J. & A. Churchill 1959.
Lynen, F., u. K. Decker: Das Coenzym A und seine biologischen Funktionen. Erg. Physiol. 49, 327–424 (1956).
Lynen, F., K. Decker, O. Wieland u. D. Reinwein: Zur Spezifität der Enzyme des Fettsäurecyclus. In: Biochemical problems of lipids. Proc. II. Internat. Conference, Gent, Juli 1955, Edit. G. Popják and E. le Breton. p. 142–154. London: Butterworth Scientific Publications 1956.
Lynen, F., U. Henning, C. Bublitz, B. Sörbo u. L. Kröplin-Ruefp: Der chemische Mechanismus der Acetessigsäure-bildung in der Leber. Biochem. Z. 330, 269–295 (1958).
Lynen, F., u. H. Holzer: Über den Phosphatbedarf der Hefe. II. Die Umsetzung von Butylalkohol und Butyraldehyd. Liebigs Ann. 563, 213–239 (1949).
Lynen, F., u. N. Neciullah: Zum Abbau von Bernsteinsäure, Äpfelsäure und Citronensäure durch Hefe. Liebigs Ann. 541, 203–218 (1939).
Lynen, F., and S. Ochoa: Enzymes of fatty acid metabolism. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 12, 299–314 (1953).
Lynen, F., u. E. Reichert: Zur chemischen Struktur der “aktivierten Essigsäure”. Angew. Chem. 63,47–48 (1951).
Lynen, F., E. Reichert u. L. Rueff: Zum biologischen Abbau der Essigsäure. VI. „Aktivierte Essigsäure”, ihre Isolierung aus Hefe und ihre chemische Natur. Liebigs Ann. 574,1–32 (1951).
Lynen, F., L. Wessely, O. Wieland u. L. Rueff: Zur β-Oxydation der Fettsäuren. Angew. Chem. 64, 687 (1952).
Maas, W. K.: Mechanism of enzymatic synthesis of pantothenic acid from β-alanine and pantoic acid. Federat. Proc. 13, 256–257 (1954).
Maas, W. K., G. D. Novelli and F. Lepmann: Acetylation of glutamic acid by extracts of Escherichia coli. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 39, 1004–1008 (1953).
Madsen, N.B.: Test for isocitritase and malate synthetase in animal tissues. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 27, 199–201 (1958).
Mahler, H. R.: Role of coenzyme A in fatty acid metabolism. Federat. Proc. 12, 694–702 (1953).
Marcus, A., and W. B. Elliott: Enzymatic reactions of fluoroacetate and fluoroacetyl coenzyme A. J. of Biol. Chem. 218, 823–830 (1956).
Martius, C.: Der Mechanismus der Citronensäurebildung im Tierkörper im Zusammenhang mit dem Abbau der Brenztrauben-säure. Z. physiol. Chem. 279, 96–104 (1943).
Martius, C.: Über die Unterbrechung des Citronen-säurecyclus durch Fluoressigsäure. Liebigs Ann. 561, 227–232 (1949).
Martius, C., u. F. Knoop: Der physiologische Abbau der Citronensäure. Vorläufige Mitteilung. Z. physiol. Chem. 246, I—II (1937).
Martius, C., u. F. Lynen: Probleme des Citronensäurecyclus. Adv. Enzymol. 10, 167–221 (1950).
Medes, G., N. F. Floyd and S. Weinhouse: Fatty acid metabolism. IV. Ketone bodies as intermediates of acetate oxidation in animal tissues. J. of Biol. Chem. 162, 1–9 (1946).
Mcllerd, A., and J. Bonner: Acetate activation and acetoacetate formation in plant systems. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 49, 343–355 (1954).
Morgan, W. T., and L. A. Elson: A colorimetic method for the determination of N-acetylglucosamine and N-acetylchondrosamine. Biochemic. J. 28, 988–995 (1934).
Moyed, H. S., and D. J. O’Kane: The enzymes of the pyruvate oxidase system of Proteus vulgaris. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 39, 457–458 (1952).
Munoz, J. M., and L. R. Leloir: Fatty acid oxidation by liver enzymes. J. of Biol. Chem. 147, 355–362 (1942).
Nachmansohn, D.: Die Rolle des Acetylcholins in den Elementarvorgängen der Nervenleitung. Erg. Physiol. 48, 575–683 (1955).
Nachmansohn, D., and M. Berman: Studies on choline acetylase. III. Preparation of the coenzyme and its effect on the enzyme. J. of Biol. Chem. 165, 551–563 (1946).
Nachmansohn, D., I. B. Wilson, S. R. Korey and R. Berman: Choline acetylase. VI. Substitution of adenosinetriphosphate acetate by thiol-acetate. J. of Biol. Chem. 195, 25–35 (1952).
Novelli, G.D.: Enzymatic synthesis and structure of CoA. Federat. Proc. 12, 675–681 (1953).
Novelli, G. D., and F. Lipmann: The catalytic function of coenzyme A in citric acid synthesis. J. of Biol. Chem. 182, 213–228 (1950).
Ochoa, S.: Efficiency of aerobic phosphorylation in cell-free heart extracts. J. of Biol. Chem. 151, 493–505 (1943).
Ochoa, S.: Biological mechanisms of carboxylation and décarboxylation. Physiologic. Rev. 31, 56–106 (1951).
Ochoa, S.: Enzymatic mechanisms in the citric acid cycle. Adv. Enzymol. 15, 183–270 (1954).
Ochoa, S., J. Harting, M. J. Coon, J. R. Stern, A. Del-Camptllo and M.C. Schneider: Zit. bei J.R. Stern, in S.P.Colowick and N.O.Kaplan, Methods in Enzymology, Bd. I, S. 581–585. New York: Academic Press 1955.
Ochoa, S., J. R. Stern and M. C. Schneider: Enzymatic svnthesis of citric acid. II. Crystalline condensing enzyme. J. of Biol. Chem. 193, 691–720 (1951).
O’Kane, D. J.: Non-lipoic pyruvate systems: acetate formation by Proteus und acetyl phosphate formation by Clostridium. Federat. Proc. 13, 739–741 (1954).
O’Kane, D. J., and I. C. Gunsalus: Pyruvic acid metabolism. A factor required for oxidation by Streptococcus faecalis. J. Bacter. 56, 499–505 (1948).
Peters, R. A.: The study of enzymes in relation to selective toxicity in animal tissues. Symposia Soc. Exper. Biol. 3, 36–59 (1949).
Peters, R. A.: Significance of biochemical lesions in the pyruvate oxidase system. Brit. Med. Bull. 9, 116–122 (1953).
Peters, R. A.: Der Chemismus einer altbekannten Vergiftung: Die Synthese zum Gift. Endeavour 13 (51), 147–154 (1954).
Peters, R. A., H. M. Sinclair and R. H. S. Thompson: An analysis of the inhibition of pyruvate oxidation bv arsenicals in relation to the enzyme theory of vesication. Biochemic. J. 40, 516–524 (1946).
Peters, R. A., R. W. Wakelin and P. Buffa: Biochemistry of fluoroacetate poisoning. Isolation of a crystalline inhibitor of citrate metabolism. Biochemic. J. 50, XIII (1952).
Peters, R. A., R. W. Wakelin, D. E. A. Rivett and L. C. Thomas: Fluoroacetate poisoning: Comparison of synthetic fluorocitric acid with the enzymically synthesized fluorotricarboxylic acid. Nature (Lond.) 171, 1111–1112 (1953).
Pinchot, G. B., and E. Racker: Ethyl alcohol oxidation and phosphorylation in extracts of E. coli. In: W. D. McElroy and B. Glass (Herausgeber), Phosphorus metabolism, vol. I, p. 366–369. Baltimore: John Hopkins Press 1951.
Radin, N. S., D. Rittenberg and D. Shemin: The rôle of the acetic acid in the biosynthesis of heme. J. of Biol. Chem. 184, 755–767 (1950).
Reed, L. J., and B. G. de Busk: Lipothiamide and its relation to a thiamine coenzyme required for oxidative décarboxylation of α-keto acids. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 74, 3457 (1952a).
Reed, L. J., and B. G. de Busk: Lipoic acid conjugase. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 74, 4727–4728 (1952b).
Reed, L. J., and B. G. de Busk: A conjugate of a-lipoic acid required for oxidation of pyruvate and a- ketoglutarate by an Escherichia coli mutant. J. of Biol. Chem. 199, 873–880 (1952 c).
Reed, L. J., and B. G. de Busk: Chemical nature of an a-lipoic acid conjugate required for oxidation of pyruvate and a-ketoglutarate by an Escherichia coli mutant. J. of Biol. Chem. 199, 881–888 (1952d).
Reed, L. J., and B. G. de Busk: Mechanism of enzymatic oxidative décarboxylation of pyruvate. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 75, 1261–1262 (1953a).
Reed, L. J., and B. G. de Busk: Metabolic functions of thiamine and lipoic acid. Physiologic. Rev. 33, 544–559 (1953 b).
Rendina, G.: Enzymatic synthesis of methylmalonic semialdehyde. Federat. Proc. 16,237–238 (1957).
Rittenberg, D. and K. Bloch: Biological reaction of AcOH. J. of Biol. Chem. 157, 749–750 (1945 a).
Rittenberg, D. and K. Bloch: Utilization of acetic acid for the synthesis of fatty acids. J. of Biol. Chem. 160, 417–424 (1945b).
Rose, I., M. Grtjnberg-Manago, S. Korey und S. Ochoa: Enzymatic phosphorylation of acetate. J. of Biol. Chem. 211, 737–756 (1954).
Rtjdney, H., and J. J. Ferguson jr.: The biosynthesis of β-hydroxy-β-methylglutaryl-coenzyme J.A. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 79, 5580–5581 (1957).
Schaffer, N. K.N. K., S. C. May, and W. H. Summerson: Serine phosphoric acid from di-isopropylphosphoryl chymotrypsin. J. of Biol. Chem. 202, 67–76 (1953).
Schweet, R. S., and K. Cheslock: Pyruvic oxidase of pigeon breast muscle. III. Factors influencing enzymatic activity. J. of Biol. Chem. 199, 746–756 (1952).
Schweet, R. S., B. Katchman, R. M. Bock and V. Jagannathan: Pyruvic oxidase of pigeon breast muscle. II. Physico-chemical studies. J. of Biol. Chem. 196, 563–567 (1952).
Seaman, G. R.: Effect of thioctic acid on the incorporation of carbon dioxide into pyruvate. J. Bacter. 65, 744–745 (1953).
Seaman, G. R.: Preparation and properties of the succinate-cleaving enzyme. J. of Biol. Chem. 228, 149–161 (1957).
Seaman, G. R., and M. Dell Naschke: Removal of thioctic acid from enzymes. J. of Biol. Chem. 213, 705–711 (1955).
Simon, E. J., and D. Shemin: The preparation of S-succinyl coenzyme A. J. A.er. Chem. Soc. 75, 2520 (1953).
Singer, T. P., and J. Pensky: Mechanism of acetoin synthesis by α-carboxylase. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 9, 316–327 (1952).
Sjoeberg, B.: Die Lichtabsorption einiger Schwefelverbindungen im ultravioletten Licht. Z. physik. Chem. B 52, 209–221 (1942).
Smith, R. A., and I. C. Gunsalus: Isocitritase: enzyme properties and reaction equilibrium. J. of Biol. Chem. 229, 305–319 (1957).
Smith, R. A., J. R. Stamer and I. C. Gunsalus: Citritase and isocitritase reactions: equilibria-energetics. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 19, 567–568 (1956).
Snell, E. E., G. M. Brown, V. J. Peters, J. A. Craig, E. L. Wittle, J. A. Moore, V. M. Mc Glohom, and O. D. Bird: Chemical nature and synthesis of the Lactobacillus bulgaricus factor. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 72, 5349–5350 (1950).
Sonderhoff, R., u. M. Deffner: Die aerobe Bildung der Citronensäure aus Essigsäure durch Hefe. Liebigs Ann. 536, 36–43 (1938).
Sonderhoff, R., u. F. Thomas: Die enzymatische Dehydrierung der Trideutero-essigsäure. Liebigs Ann. 530, 195–213 (1937).
Sonne, J. C., J. M. Buchanan and A. M. Delluva: Biological precursors of uric acid. I. The rôle of lactate, acetate, and formate in the synthesis of the ureide groups of uric acid. J. of Biol. Chem. 173, 69–79 (1948).
Soodak, M., and F. Lipmann: Enzymatic condensation of acetate to acetoacetate in liver extracts. J. of Biol. Chem. 175, 999–1000 (1948).
Srere, P. A., and F. Lipmann: An enzymatic reaction between citrate, adenosine triphosphate and coenzyme A. J. A.er. Chem. Soc. 75, 4874 (1953).
Stadtman, E. R.: The purification and properties of phosphotrans-acetylase. J. of Biol. Chem. 196, 527–534 (1952 a).
Stadtman, E. R.: The net enzymatic synthesis of acetyl-coenzyme A. J. of Biol. Chem. 196, 535–546 (1952b).
Stadtman, E. R.: The coenzyme A transphorase system in Clostridium kluyveri. J. of Biol. Chem. 203, 501–512 (1953a).
Stadtman, E. R.: The enzymatic synthesis of acyl-coenzyme A compounds. J. Cellul. a. Comp. Physiol. 41, Suppl. 1, 89–107 (1953b).
Stadtman, E. R.: Diskussion im Rahmen des “Symposium on chemistry and function of coenzyme A”. Federat. Proc. 12, 692–693 (1953 c).
Stadtman, E. R.: On the energy-rich nature of acetyl imidazole, an enzymatically active compound. In W. D. McElroy and B. Glass, The Mechanism of Enzyme Action, p. 581–598. Baltimore: John Hopkins Press 1954.
Stadtman, E. R.: Fermentations de l’acide propionique. Bull. Soc. Chim. biol. Paris 37, 931–938 (1955).
Stadtman, E. R., and H.A. Barker: Fatty acid synthesis by enzyme preparations of Clostridium kluyveri. I. Preparation of cell-free extracts that catalyze the conversion of ethanol and acetate to butyrate and caproate. J. of Biol. Chem. 180, 1085–1093 (1949 a).
Stadtman, E. R., and H.A. Barker: Fatty acid synthesis by enzyme preparations of Clostridium kluyveri. II. The aerobic oxidation of ethanol and butyrate with the formation of acetyl phosphate. J. of Biol. Chem. 180, 1095–1115 (1949b).
Stadtman, E. R., and H.A. Barker: Fatty acid synthesis by enzyme preparations of Clostridium kluyveri. III. The activation of molecular hydrogen and the conversion of acetyl-phosphate and acetate to butyrate. J. of Biol. Chem. 180, 1117–1124 (1949c).
Stadtman, E. R., and H.A. Barker: Fatty acid synthesis by enzyme preparations of Clostridium kluyveri. IV. The phosphoroclastic decomposition of acetoacetate to acetyl phosphate and acetate. J. of Biol. Chem. 180, 1169–1186 (1949d).
Stadtman, E. R., and H.A. Barker: Fatty acid synthesis by enzyme preparations of Clostridium kluyveri. V. A consideration of postulated 4-carbon intermediates in butyrate synthesis. J. of Biol. Chem. 181, 221–235 (1949e).
Stadtman, E. R., and H.A. Barker: Fatty acid synthesis by enzyme preparations of Clostridium kluyveri. VI. Reactions of acyl phosphates. J. of Biol. Chem. 184, 769–793 (1950).
Stadtman, E. R., J. Katz and H. A. Barker: Cyanide-induced acetylation of amino acids by enzymes of Clostridium kluyveri. J. of Biol. Chem. 195, 779–785 (1952).
Stadtman, E. R., G. D. Novelli and F. Lipmann: Coenzyme A function in and acetyl transfer by the phosphotransacetylase system. J. of Biol. Chem. 191, 365–376 (1951).
Stadtman, E. R., and F. H. White: The enzymatic synthesis of N-acetylimidazole. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 75, 2022 (1953).
Stanley, R. G.: Terpene formation in pine from mevalonic acid. Nature (Lond.) 182,738–739 (1958).
Stern, J. R., M. J. Coon, and A. Del Campdllo: Enzymatic break-down and synthesis of acetoacetate. Nature (Lond.) 171, 28–30 (1953a).
Stern, J. R., M. J. Coon, and A. Del Campdllo: Acetoacetyl coenzyme A as intermediate in the enzymatic breakdown and synthesis of acetoacetate. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 75, 1517–1518 (1953b).
Stern, J. R., and S. Ochoa: Enzymatic synthesis of citric acid by condensation of acetate and oxalacetate. J. of Biol. Chem. 179, 491–492 (1949).
Stern, J. R., and S. Ochoa: Enzymatic synthesis of citric acid. I. Synthesis with soluble enzymes. J. of Biol. Chem. 191, 161–172 (1951).
Stern, J. R., S. Ochoa and F. Lynen: Enzymatic synthesis of citric acid. V. Reaction of acetyl coenzyme A. J. of Biol. Chem. 198, 313–321 (1952).
Stern, J. R., B. Shapiro and S. Ochoa: Synthesis and breakdown of citric acid with cristalline condensing enzyme. Nature (Lond.) 166, 403–404 (1950).
Stern, J. R., B. Shapiro, E.R. Stadtman and S. Ochoa: Enzymatic synthesis of citric acid. III. Reversibility and mechanism. J. of Biol. Chem. 193, 703–720 (1951).
Strecker, H. J., and S. Ochoa: Pyruvate oxidation system and acetoin formation. J. of Biol. Chem. 209, 313–326 (1954).
v. Szent-Györgyi, A.: Studies on biological oxidation and some of its catalysts. Leipzig: Johann Ambrosius Barth 1937.
Szulmajster, J., B. Nisman et G.Cohen: Sur le mécanisme de la formation des acides gras inférieurs chez les Clostridies. I. Mise en évidence de la thiolase et de la β-cétohydrogénase. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 238, 164–166 (1954).
Tabor, H., A. H. Mehler and E. R. Stadtman: The enzymatic acetylation of amines. J. of Biol. Chem. 204, 127–138 (1953).
Thunberg, T.: Zur Kenntnis des intermediären Stoffwechsels und der dabei wirksamen Enzyme. Skand. Arch. Physiol. (Berl. u. Lpz.) 40, 1–91 (1920).
Vignais, P. V., u. I. Zabin: Réduction enzymatique du palmityl-coenyme A en aldéhyde palmitique. IV. Internat. Congr. Biochem., Abstr. 18–42, Wien 1958.
Virtanen, A. I., u. I. Sundmann: Der Einfluβ der Metallionen auf die Bildung von Citronensäure beim Oxv-dieren von Acetaten durch Hefe. Biochem. Z. 313, 236–242 (1942/1943).
Vogel, H. J.: Path of ornithine synthesis in Escherichia coli. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 39, 578–583 (1953).
Wagner- Jatjregg, T., and B. E. Hackley: Model reactions of phosphorus-containing enzyme inactivators. III. Interaction of imidazole, pyridine and some of their derivates with dialkyl halogenophosphates. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 75, 2125–2130 (1953).
Ward, G. B., G. M. Brown and E. E. Snell: Phosphorylation of pantothenic acid and pantetheine by an enzyme from Proteus morganii. J. of Biol. Chem. 206, 869–876 (1955).
Weil, L., A. R. Buchert and J. Maher: Photooxidation of crystalline lysozyme in the presence of methylene blue and its relation to enzymatic activity. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 40, 245–252 (1952)
Weinhouse, W., G. Medes, and N. F. Floyd: Fatty acid metabolism. The mechanism of ketone body synthesis from fatty acids, with isotopic carbon as tracer. J. of Biol. Chem. 155, 143–151 (1944).
Weinhouse, W., G. Medes, and N. F. Floyd: Fatty acid metabolism. V. The conversion of fatty acid intermediates to citrate, studied with the acid of isotopic carbon. J. of Biol. Chem. 166, 691–703 (1946).
Weinhouse, S., G. Medes, N.F. Floyd, M. Cammaroti, L. Noda and R. Wilson: Fatty acid metabolism. III. Reactions of carboxyl labeled AcOH in liver and kidney. J. of Biol. Chem. 158, 411–419 (1945).
Weinhouse, S., G. Medes, N. F. Floyd and L. Noda: Intermediates of acetate oxidation in kidney. J. of Biol. Chem. 161, 745–746 (1945).
Wieland, H.: Über den Mechanismus der Oxydations Vorgänge. Erg. Physiol. 20, 477–518 (1922).
Wieland, H.: Über den Verlauf der biologischen Oxydation. Naturwiss. 34, 111–114 (1947).
Wieland, H., u. O. B. Clären: Über den Mechanismus der Oxydationsvorgänge XXX. Über das dehydrierende Fermentsystem der Hefe. Liebigs Ann. 492, 183–212 (1932).
Wieland, H., u. R. G. Jennen: Zum Abbau von Essigsäure, Acetaldehyd und Citronensäure im Gewebe. Über den Mechanismus der Oxydations Vorgänge. LH. Liebigs Ann. 548, 255–270 (1941).
Wieland, H., O. Probst u. M. Crawford: Zur Wirkungsweise der dehydrierenden Enzyme der Hefe. Über den Mechanismus der Oxydationsvorgänge. L. Liebigs Ann. 536, 51–68 (1938).
Wieland, H., u. C. Rosenthal: Über den Mechanismus der Oxydationsvorgänge. LIII. Weitere Versuche über den biologischen Abbau der Essigsäure. Liebigs Ann. 554, 241–260 (1943).
Wieland, H., u. R. Sonderhoff: Über den Mechanismus der Oxydationsvorgänge. XXXII. Die enzymatische Oxydation von Essigsäure durch Hefe. Liebigs Ann. 499, 213–228 (1932).
Wieland, H., u. R. Sonderhoff: Über den Mechanismus der Oxydations Vorgänge. XXXIV. Die anaerobe Vergärung der Citronensäure durch Hefe. Liebigs Ann. 503, 16–70 (1933).
Wieland, O., D. Reinwein u. F. Lynen: Die Verteilung der Enzyme des Fettsäurecyclus im tierischen und menschlichen Organismus. In: Biochemical problems of lipids, Proc. II. Internat. Conference, Gent, Juli 1955. Edit. G. Popják and E. le Breton, p. 155–161. London: Butterworths Scientific Publications 1956.
Wieland, T., W. Maul u. E. F. Moeller: Verfolgung des Schicksals radioaktiver Pantothensäure in Mikroorganismen mit Hilfe der Papierelektrophorese. Biochem. Z. 327, 85–92 (1955).
Wieland, T., u. L. Rtjeff: Synthese von S-β-Oxybutyryl- und S-Acetacetyl-Coenzym A. Angew. Chem. 65, 186–187 (1953).
Wieland, T., u. G. Schneider: N-Acyl-Imidazole als energiereiche Acylverbin-dungen. Liebigs Ann. 580, 159–168 (1953).
Williams, W. L., E. Joff-Jprgensen and E. E. Snell: Determination and properties of an unidentified growth factor required by Lactobacillus bulgaricus. J. of Biol. Chem. 177, 933–940 (1949).
Wilson, I. B.: Preparation of acetyl coenzyme A. J. A.er. Chem. Soc. 74, 3205–3206 (1952).
Wilson, I.B., and F. Bergmann: Acetylcholinesterase. VIII. Dissociation constants of the active groups. J. of Biol. Chem. 186, 683–692 (1950).
Wong, D. T. O., and S. J. Ajl: Conversion of acetate and glyoxylate to malate. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 78, 3230–3231 (1956).
Ajl, S. J.: Terminal respiratory patterns in microorganisms. Bacter. Rev. 15, 211–244 (1951).
Anderson, D. G., and B. Vennesland: The occurrence of di- and triphosphopyridine nucleotides in green leaves. J. of Biol. Chem. 207, 613–620 (1954).
Annau, E., I. Banga, A. Blaszö, V. Bruckner, K. Laki, F. B. Straub u. A. Szent-Györgyi: Über die Bedeutung der Fumarsäure für die tierische Gewebsatmung. III. Z. physiol. Chem. 244, 105–152 (1936).
Bandurski, R. S., and C. M. Greiner: The enzymatic synthesis of oxalacetate from phosphoryl-enolpyruvate and carbon dioxide. J. of Biol. Chem. 204, 781–786 (1953).
Barron, E.S.G., G.K.K. Link, R.M. Klein and B.E. Michel: The metabolism of potato slices. Arch. of Biochem. 28, 377–398 (1950).
Beaudreau, G. S., and L. F. Remmert: Krebs cycle activity of particles from bean seedlings. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 55, 469–485 (1955).
Beevers, H. A.: Incorporation of acetate-carbon into sucrose in bean tissues. Biochem. J. 66, 23P–24P (1957).
Bennet-Clark, T. A., and D. Bexon: Water relations of plant cells. III. The respiration of plasmolysed tissues. New Phytologist 42, 65–92 (1943).
Bhagvat, K., and R. Hill: Cytochrome oxidase in higher plants. New Phytologist 50, 112–120 (1951).
Bonner, J.: Biochemical mechanisms in the respiration of the Avena coleoptile. Arch. of Biochem. 17, 311–326 (1948).
Plant Biochemistry. New York: Academic Press 1950.
Bonner, J., and S. G. Wildman: Enzymatic mechanisms in the respiration of spinach leaves. Arch. of Biochem. 10, 497–517 (1946).
Brummond, D. O., and R. H. Burris: Transfer of C14 by lupine mitochondria through the reactions of the tricarboxylic acid cycle. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 39, 754–759 (1953).
Reactions of the tricarboxylic acid cycle in green leaves. J. of Biol. Chem. 209, 755–765 (1954).
Bryant, F., and B. T. Overell: Quantitative chromatographic analysis of organic acids in plant tissue extracts. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 10, 471–476 (1953).
Buhler, D. R., E. Hansen, B. E. Christensen and C. H. Wang: The conversion of C14O2 and CH3C14OCOOH to citric and malic acids in the tomato fruits. Plant Physiol. 31, 192–195 (1956).
Burris, R. H.: Organic acids in plant metabolism. Annual Rev. Plant Physiol. 4, 91–114 (1953).
Campbell, J. J. R.: Metabolism of microorganisms. Annual Rev. Microbiol. 8, 71–104 (1954).
Campbell, J. J. R., R. A. Smith and B. A. Eagles: A deviation from the conventional tricarboxylic acid cycle in Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Biochim. biophys. Acta 11, 594 (1953).
Chain, E. B.: Biosynthetic mechanisms of the formation of organic acids in moulds. Proc. 3. Int. Congr. of Biochemistry, Brussels, 1955, p. 523–539. New York: Academic Press 1956.
Ceithaml, J., and B. Vennesland: The synthesis of tricarboxylic acids by carbon dioxide fixation in parsley root preparations. J. of Biol. Chem. 178, 133–143 (1949).
Chibnall, A. C.: Protein metabolism in the plant. New Haven: Yale University Press 1939.
Dagley, S., and E. A. Dawes: Citridesmolase: its properties and mode of action. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 17, 177–184 (1955).
Damodaran, M., and T. R. Venkatesen: Amide synthesis in plants. I. The succinoxidase system in plants. Proc. Indian Acad. Sci., Sect. B 13, 345–359 (1941).
Davies, D. D.: The Krebs cycle enzyme system of pea seedlings. J. of Exper. Bot. 4, 173–183 (1953).
The oxidation of D-isoCitrate by pea-seedling mitochondria. J. of Exper. Bot. 6, 212–221 (1955).
Delwiche, E. A.: Metabolism of microorganisms. Annual Rev. Microbiol. 9, 145–172 (1955).
Elliott, D. C.: Detection of glycollic acid in etiolated barley shoots. J. of Exper. Bot. 5, 353–356 (1954).
Goddard, D. R., and J. O. Meeuse: Respiration of higher plants. Annual Rev. Plant Physiol. 1, 207–232 (1950).
Green, D. E.: Enzymes in metabolic sequences. In: Chemical Pathways of Metabolism, edit. D. M. Greenberg, vol. 1, p. 27–65. New York: Academic Press 1954.
Green, D.E., W. F. Loomis and V.H. Auerbach: Studies on the cyclo-phorase system. I. The complete oxidation of pyruvic acid to carbon dioxide and water. J. of Biol. Chem. 172, 389–403 (1948).
Gunsalus, I. C., B. L. Horecker and W. A. Wood: Pathways of carbohydrate metabolism in microorganisms. Bacter. Rev. 19, 79–128 (1955).
Hackett, D. P.: Recent studies on plant mitochondria. International Review of Cytology. Vol. 4, p. 143–196. New York: Academic Press 1955.
Hackett, D. P., and E. W. Simon: Oxidative activity of particles prepared from the spadix of Arum maculatum. Nature (Lond.) 173, 162–163 (1954).
Hill, R., and K. Bhagvat: Cytochrome oxidase in flowering plants. Nature (Lond.) 143, 726 (1939).
Hogeboom,G. H., and W. C. Schneider: The cytoplasm. In: The Nucleic Acids, edit. E. Chargaff and J. N. Davidson, vol. II, p. 199–246. New York: Academic Press 1955.
Horecker, B. L., and A. H. Mehler: Carbohydrate metabolism. Annual Rev. Biochem. 24, 207–274 (1955).
Jacobsohn, K. P., et Tapadinhas: Sur le diffusion de l’aconitase. C. r. Soc. Biol. Paris 131, 647–651 (1939).
James, W. O.: Plant Respiration. Oxford: Clarendon Press 1953.
James, W.O., and H. Beevers: The respiration of Arum spadix. A rapid respiration, resistant to cyanide. New Phytologist 49, 353–374 (1950).
James, W. O., and D. C. Elliott Cyanide-resistant mitochondria from the spadix of Arum. Nature (Lond.) 175, 89 (1955).
James, G. M., and W. O. James: The formation of pyruvic acid in barley respiration. New Phytologist 39, 266–270 (1940).
Kaplan, N. O., and F. Lipmann: The assay and distribution of coenzyme A. J. of Biol. Chem. 174, 37–44 (1948).
Kennedy, E. P., and A. L. Lehninger: Intracellular structures and the fatty acid oxidase system of rat liver. J. of Biol. Chem. 172, 847–848 (1948).
Kmetec, E., and E. H. Newcomb: Characteristics of mitochondria isolated from homogenates of peanut cotyledons. Abstr. Amer. Soc. Plant Physiol. 1955, 31.
Korn-berg, A., and W. E. Pricer: Di- and triphosphopyridine nucleotide isocitric dehydrogenase in yeast. J. of Biol. Chem. 189, 123–136 (1951).
Kornberg, H. L., and H. Beevers: A mechanism of conversion of fat to carbohydrate in castor beans. Nature (Lond.) 180, 35–36 (1957).
Kornberg, H. L., and H. A. Krebs: Synthesis of cell constituents from C2-units by a modified tricarboxylic acid cycle. Nature (Lond.) 179, 988–990 (1957).
Kornberg, H. L., and N. B. Madsen: Synthesis of C4-dicarboxylic acids from acetate by a “glyoxylate bypass” of the tricarboxylic acid cycle. Biochim. biophys. Acta 24, 651–653 (1957).
The metabolism of C2 compounds in micro-organisms. 3. Synthesis of malate from acetate via the glyoxylate cycle. Biochem. J. 68, 549–557 (1958).
Kraemer, L. M., E. E. Conn and B. Vennesland: The β-carboxylases of plants. III. Oxaloacetic carboxylase of wheat germ. J. of Biol. Chem. 188, 583–591 (1953).
Krebs, H. A.: The tricarboxylic acid cycle. Chemical Pathways of Metabolism, edit. D. M. Greenberg, vol. 1, p. 109–171. New York: Academic Press 1954.
Krebs, H. A., and L. V. Eggleston: The oxidation of pyruvate in pigeon breast muscle. Biochemic. J. 34, 442–459 (1940).
Krebs, H. A., and W. A. Johnson: The role of citric acid in intermediate metabolism in animal tissues. Enzymologia (Den Haag) 4, 148–156 (1937).
Laties, G. G.: The role of pyruvate in the aerobic respiration of barley roots. Arch. of Biochem. 20, 284–299 (1949a).
Laties, G. G.: The oxidative formation of succinate in higher plants. Arch. of Biochem. 22, 8–15 (1949b).
Laties, G. G.: The physical environment and oxidative and phos-phorylative capacities of higher plant mitochondria. Plant Physiol. 28, 557–575 (1953a).
Laties, G. G.: Transphosphorylating systems as a controlling factor in mitochondrial respiration. Physiol. Plantarum (Copenh.) 6, 215–225 (1953b).
The nature of the respiratory rise in sliced tuberous tissue. Abstr. Amer. Soc. Plant Physiol. 1954, 36–37.
Lieberman, M., and J. B. Biale: Oxidative phosphorylation by sweet potato mitochondria. Abstr. Amer. Soc. Plant Physiol. 1955, 30.
Link, G. K. K., R. M. Klein and E. S. G. Barron: Metabolism of slices of tomato stem. J. of Exper. Bot. 3, 216–236 (1952).
Linnane, A. W., and J. L. Still: The isolation of respiring mitochondria from baker’s yeast. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 59, 383–392 (1955).
Lugg, J. W. H., and B. T. Overell: “One-” and “Two-dimensional” partition chromatographic separations of organic acids on an inert sheet support. Austral. J. Sci. Res., Ser. A 1, 98–111 (1948).
Martius, C.: Der intermediäre Stoffwechsel der Citronensäure. IL Z. physiol. Chem. 257, 29–42 (1939).
Meves, F.: Über das Vorkommen von Mitochondrien bzw. Chondro-miten der Pflanzenzellen. Ber. dtsch. bot. Ges. 22, 264–286 (1904).
Millerd, A.: Succin-oxidase of potato tuber. Proc. Linnean Soc. N. S. Wales 76, 123–132 (1951).
Millerd, A.: Respiratory oxidation of pyruvate by plant mitochondria. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 42, 149–163 (1953).
Millerd, A., J. Bonner, B. Axelrod and R. Bandurski: Oxidative and phos-phorylative activity of plant mitochondria. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 37, 855–862 (1951).
Millerd, A., J. Bonner and J. B. Biale: The climacteric rise in fruit respiration as controlled by phosphorylative coupling. Plant Physiol. 28, 521–531 (1953).
Morrison, J. F.: Enzymatic mechanisms in the respiration of rhubarb leaves. Part II. Austral. J. Exper. Biol. a. Med. Sci. 28, 311–320 (1950).
Morrison, J. F., and J. L. Still: Aconitase in rhubarb leaf. Austral. J. Sci. 9, 150 (1947).
Moyle, J., and M. Dixon: The identity of TPN-linked isocitric dehydrogenase and oxalosuccinic carboxylase. Biochim. et Bio-physica Acta 16, 434–435 (1955).
Neilands, J. B., and P. K. Stumpf: Outlines of enzyme chemistry, p. 276–277. New York: John Wiley & Sons 1955.
Ochoa, S.: Biosynthesis of tricarboxylic acids by carbon dioxide fixation. III. Enzymatic mechanisms. J. of Biol. Chem. 174, 133–157 (1948).
Ohmura, T.: Oxidative phosphorylation by a particulate fraction from green leaves. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 57, 187–194 (1955).
Okunuki, K.: Über den Gaswechsel der Pollen. III. Weitere Untersuchungen über die Dehydrasen aus den Pollenkörnern. Acta phytochim. (Tokyo) 11, 65–80 (1939).
Olson, J. A.: The d-isocitric lyase system: the formation of glyoxylic and succinic acids from d-isocitric acid. Nature (Lond.) 174, 695–696 (1954).
Pearson, J. A., and R. N. Robertson: The physiology of growth in apple fruits. VI. The control of respiration and synthesis. Austral. J. Biol. Sci. 7, 1–17 (1954).
Plaut, G. W. E., and S. C. Sung: Diphosphopyridine nucleotide isocitric dehydrogenase from animal tissues. J. of Biol. Chem. 207, 305–314 (1954).
Price, C. A.: Malonate inhibition of α-ketoglutaric oxidase. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 47, 314–324 (1953).
Price, C. A., and K. V. Thimann: The estimation of dehydrogenases in plant tissue. Plant Physiol. 29, 113–124 (1954a).
Price, C. A., and K. V. Thimann: Dehydrogenase activity and respiration; a quantitative comparison. Plant Physiol. 29, 495–500 (1954b).
Robertson, R. N., M. J. Wilkins, A. B. Hope and L. Nestel: Studies in the metabolism of plant cells. X. Respiratory activity and ionic relations of plant mitochondria. Austral. J. Biol. Sci. 8, 164–185 (1955).
Saz, H. J., and E. P. Hillary: The formation of glyoxylate and succinate from tricarboxylic acids by Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Biochem. J. 62, 563–569 (1956).
Schneider, W. C.: Intracellular distribution of enzymes. III. The oxidation of octanoic acid by rat liver fractions. J. of Biol. Chem. 176, 259–266 (1948).
Seifter, E.: The occurrence of coenzyme A in plants. Plant Physiol. 29, 403–406 (1954).
Sharpensteen, H., and E. E. Conn: Preparation and properties of potato mitochondria. Abstr. Amer. Soc. Plant Physiol. 1954, 37.
Smillie, R.M.: Enzymic activity of particles isolated from various tissues of the pea plant. Austral. J. Biol. Sci. 8, 186–195 (1955a).
Smillie, R.M.: Mitochondria in green leaves. Austral. J. Sci. 17, 217–218 (1955b).
Smith, R. A., and I. C. Gunsalus: Isocitritase: A new tricarboxylic acid cleavage system. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 76, 5002–5003 (1954).
Smith, R. A., and I. C. Gunsalus: Distribution and formation of isocitritase. Nature (Lond.) 175, 774–775 (1955).
Stafford, H. A.: Intracellular localization of enzymes in pea seedlings. Physiol. Plantarum (Copenh.) 4, 696–741 (1951).
Stanley, R. G.: Krebs cycle activity in germinating seeds of sugar pine (Pinus lamhertiana). Abstr. Amer. Soc. Plant Physiol. 1955, 2.
Stern, J. R., and S. Ochoa: Enzymatic synthesis of citric acid. I. Synthesis with soluble enzymes. J. of Biol. Chem. 191, 161–172 (1951).
Stern, J. R., B. Shapiro and S. Ochoa: Synthesis and breakdown of citric acid with crystalline condensing enzyme. Nature (Lond.) 166, 403–404 (1950).
Stumpf, P. K.: Fat metabolism in higher plants. III. Enzymic oxidation of glycerol. Plant Physiol. 30, 55–58 (1955).
Swim, H. E., and L. O. Krampitz: Acetic acid oxidation by Escherichia coli evidence for the occurrence of a tricarboxylic acid cycle. J. Bacter. 67, 419–425 (1954a).
Swim, H. E., and L. O. Krampitz: Acetic acid oxidation by Escherichia coli quantitative significance of the tricarboxylic acid cycle J. Bacter. 67, 426–434 (1954 b).
Switzer, C. M., F. G. Smith and W. E. Loomis: Factors affecting oxidation and phosphorylation of soybean mitochondria. Abstr. Amer. Soc. Plant Physiol. 1955, 31.
Tager, J. M.: The oxidation of pyruvic acid by a particulate fraction from Avena seedlings. Physiol. Plantarum (Copenh.) 7, 625–636 (1954).
Thimann, K. V., and W. D. Bonner: Organic acid metabolism. Annual Rev. Plant Physiol. 1, 75–108 (1950).
Turner, J. S., and V. Hanly: Malonate and plant respiration. Nature (Lond.) 160, 296–297 (1947).
Vennesland, B., and E. E. Conn: Carboxylating enzymes in plants. Annual Rev. Plant Physiol. 3, 307–322 (1952).
Waygood, E. R.: Physiological and biochemical studies in plant metabolism. II. Respiratory enzymes in wheat. Canad. J. Res., Sect. C 28, 7–62 (1950).
Whatley, F. R.: Coenzymes in plants. New Phytologist 50, 244–257 (1951).
Wong, D. T. O., and S. J. Ajl: Isocitritase in Escherichia coli. Nature (Lond.) 176, 970–971 (1955).
Wong, D. T. O., and S. J. Ajl: Conversion of acetate and glyoxylate to malate. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 78, 3230–3231 (1956).
Zelitch, I.: The isolation and action of crystalline glyoxylic acid reductase from tobacco leaves. J. of Biol. Chem. 216, 553–575 (1955).
Adams, E.C., E. Burkhart and A. H. Free: Specifity of a glucose oxidase test for urine glucose. Science (Lancaster, Pa.) 125, 1082–1083 (1957).
Alsberg, C. L.: The formation of d-gluconic acid by Bacterium savastonoi Smith. J. of Biol. Chem. 9, 1–7 (1911).
Altermatt, H. A., and A. C. Neish: The biosynthesis of cell wall carbohydrates. III. Further studies on formation of cellulose and xylan from labelled monosaccharides in wheat plants. Canad. J. Biochem. a. Physiol. 34, 405–413 (1956).
Amelung, H.: Beiträge zur Säurebildung durch Aspergillus niger. Z. physiol. Chem. 166, 161–209 (1927).
Angeletti, A.: Azione di alcuni funghi su soluzioni di aldosi. III. Formazione di acido d-gluconico per mezzo del Penicillium crustaceum. Ann. Chim. applic. 22, 59–62 (1932 a).
Angeletti, A.: Azione di alcuni funghi susoluzioni di aldosi e di altre materie zuccherine. V. Congr. Nazion. Chim. Pura Applic. 4, 1–5 (1932 b).
Angeletti, A.: Azione di alcuni funghi su soluzioni di aldosi e di altre materie zuccherine. VII. Formazione di acido d-gluconico dal maltosio. Ann. Chim. applic. 23, 84–87 (1933).
Angeletti, A., e C. F. Cerutti: Sull’azione di alcuni funghi su soluzioni di aldosi. Ann. Chim. applic. 20, 424–433 (1930).
Angeletti, A., e C. F. Cerutti: Azione di alcuni funghi su soluzione di aldosi. II. Ann. Chim. applic. 21, 491–496 (1931).
Angeletti, A., e L. Merlo: Su l’influenza del ferro nella fermentazione gluconica del Penicillium luteum-purpurogenum. X. Sulla fermentazione gluco-nica. Ann. Chim. applic. 24, 468–472 (1934).
Angeletti, A., e D. Ponte: Azione di alcuni funghi su soluzione di aldosi e di altre materie zuccherine. IX. Ann. Chim. applic. 24, 232–236 (1934).
Arnstein, H. R. V., and R. Bentley: The biosynthesis of kojic acid. I. Production from (1-C14) and (3:4-C14) glucose and (2-C14)-1: 3 dihydroxyacetone. Biochemic. J. 54, 493–508 (1953).
Arnstein, H. R. V., and R. Bentley: The biosynthesis of kojic acid. IV. Production from pentoses and methyl pentoses. Biochemic. J. 62, 403–411 (1956).
Aubert, J. P., G. Milhaud et R. Gavard: Étude préliminaire d’un systeme bactérien oxydant le glucose en acide gluco-nique. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 235, 1165–1167 (1952).
Bean, R. C., and W. Z. Hassid: Glucose oxidase in Iridophycus flaccidum. Federat. Proc. 14, 179–180 (1955).
Bean, R. C., and W. Z. Hassid: Enzymatic oxidation of glucose to glucosone in a red algae. Science (Lancaster, Pa.) 124, 171–172 (1956).
Bean, R. C., and W. Z. Hassid: Carbohydrate oxidase from a red algae, Iridophycus flaccidum. J. of Biol. Chem. 218, 425–436 (1956).
Becker, C. E.: Glucosone and yeast fermentation. Federat. Proc. 13, 180 (1954).
Beijerinck, M. W.: Über Pigmentbildung bei Essigbakterien. Zbl. Bakter. II 29, 169–176 (1911).
Bentley, R.: Specificity in chemical and enzymatic oxidations of glucose anomers. Nature (Lond.) 176, 870–873 (1955).
Bentley, R., and A. Neuberger: The mechanism of the action of Notatin. Biochemie. J. 45, 584–590 (1949).
Berkeley, C.: The oxidase and dehydrogenase systems of the crystalline style of mollusca. Biochemie. J. 27, 1357–1365 (1933).
Bernaerts, M. J.: De microbiologische afbraak van malto- en lactobionzuur. Diss. Brüssel 1954.
Bernaerts, M. J., and J. de Ley: Microbiological decomposition of malto- and lacto-bionate. Nature (Lond.) 170, 713 (1952).
Bernhauer, K.: Über die Säurebildung durch Aspergillus niger. II. Die Bildung der Gluconsäure. Biochem. Z. 172, 313–323 (1926).
Bernhauer, K.: Über die Charakterisierung der Stämme von Aspergillus niger auf Grund ihres biochemischen Verhaltens. Biochem. Z. 197, 278–286 (1928a).
Bernhauer, K.: Beiträge zur Enzymchemie der durch Aspergillus niger bewirkten Säurebildungsvorgänge. Z. physiol. Chem. 177, 86–106 und 270–279 (1928b).
Bernhauer, K.: Biochemie der Essigbakterien. Erg. Enzymforsch. 7, 246–280 (1938).
Bernhauer, K., F. Duda u. H. Siebenäuger: Zur Charakterisierung der Aspergillus niger-Stämme. Biochem. Z. 230, 475–483 (1931).
Bernhauer, K., u. B. Görlich: Über die Bildung von 2-Ketogluconsäure durch Bact. gluconicum. Biochem. Z. 280, 367–374 (1935).
Bernhauer, K., A. Iglauer, H. Knobloch u. O. Zippelius: Über die Säurebildung aus Zucker durch Aspergillus niger. VIII. Biochem. Z. 303, 300–307 (1940).
Bernhauer, K., u. K. Irrgang: Oxydationen mittels Essigbakterien. III. Über die Bildung einer reduzierenden Zuckercarbonsäure (Aldehydcarbonsäure) neben 5-Ketogluconsäure. Biochem. Z. 280, 360–366 (1935).
Bernhauer, K., u. H. Knobloch: Der Abbau der Glucose durch Aceto-bacter suboxydans. Naturwiss. 26, 819 (1938).
Bernhauer, K., u. H. Knobloch: Oxydationen mittels Essigbakterien. VI. Vergleichende Untersuchungen über die Bildung reduzierender Zuckercarbonsäuren und die Darstellung von 2-Ketogluconsäure. Biochem. Z. 303, 308–315 (1940).
Bernhauer, K., u. E. Riedl-Tůmová: Oxydationen mittels Essigbakterien. VIII. Zur Methodik der bakteriellen Oxidationen in der Submerskultur. Biochem. Z. 320, 466–471 (1950 a).
Bernhauer, K., u. H. Knobloch: Oxydationen mittels Essigbakterien. X. Notiz über die Oxydation der enantiomorphen Formen der Xylose und Arabinose. Biochem. Z. 321, 26–30 (1950b).
Bernhauer, K., u. K. Schön: Oxydationen mittels Bacterium xylinum. Über die Bildung von Glucon- und 5-Ketogluconsäure. Z. physiol. Chem. 180, 232–240 (1929).
Bernhauer, K., H. Siebenäuger u. H. Tschinkel: Zum Chemismus der Citronensäurebildung durch Pilze. IV. Über die Umwandlung der Zuckersäure. Biochem. Z. 230, 466–474 (1931).
Bertrand, G.: Action de la bactérie du sorbose sur le sucre de bois. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 127, 124–127 (1898a).
Bertrand, G.: Action de la bactérie du sorbose sur les sucres aldéhydiques. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 127, 728–731 (1898 b).
Bertrand, G.: Étude biochimique de la bactérie du sorbose. Ann. Chim. et Phys. 3, 181–288 (1904).
Birkinshaw, J. H., and H. Raistrick: The products of glucose metabolism formed by various species of Fungi. Philosophic. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond., Ser. B 220, 331–353 (1931).
Birkinshaw, J. H., and H. Raistrick: Notatin: an antibacterial glucose aerodehydrogenase from Penicillium notatum Westling. J. of Biol. Chem. 148, 459–460 (1943).
Blackwood, A. C., and E. R. Blakley: Carbohydrate metabolism by Leuconostoc mesenteroides. Canad. J. Microbiol. 2, 741–746 (1956).
Bond, C. R., E. C. Knight and T. K. Walker: The production of glucosone from carbohydrates by enzymic action. Biochemie. J. 31, 1033–1040 (1937).
Boutroux, L.: Sur une fermentation nouvelle du glucose. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 91, 236–238 (1880).
Boutroux, L.: Sur une fermentation acide du glucose. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 102, 924–927 (1886).
Boutroux, L.: Sur l’acide gluconique. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 104, 369–370 (1887).
Boutroux, L.: Sur l’oxydation du glucose par des microbes. Ann. Inst. Pasteur 2, 308–317 (1888).
Boutroux, L.: Sur l’acide oxygluconique. Ann. de Chim. 21, 565–574 (1890).
Breusch, F. L.: Die zwei Hauptwege der Atmung im Warmblütergewebe. Enzymologia 10, 165–191 (1942).
Breusch, F. L.: Über einige neue Zuckerdehydro-genasen in der Leber. Enzymologia 11, 87–91 (1943).
Brink, N. G.: Beef liver glucose dehydrogenase. I. Purification and properties. Acta chem. scand. (Copenh.) 7, 1081–1089 (1953).
Brodie, A. F., and F. Lipmann: Identification of a gluconolactonase. J. of Biol. Chem. 212, 677–685 (1955).
Brown, A. J.: The chemical action of pure cultivations of Bacterium aceti. J. Chem. Soc. 49, 172–187 (1886).
Bruchmann, E. E.: Nachweis von Zymohexase, Carboxylase und Glucosedehydrasen in den fettbildenden Mikroorganismen Candida reukaufii und Endomyces vernalis. Biochem. Z. 325, 24–30 (1953).
Bruggen, J. T. van, F. J. Raithel, C. K. Cain, P. A. Katzman, E. A. Doisy, R. D. Muir, E. C. Roberts, W. L. Gaby, D. M. Homan and L. R. Jones: Penicillin B: Preparation, purification and mode of action. J. of Biol. Chem. 148, 365–378 (1943).
Butkewitsch, W. S.: Über die Bildung der Glucon- und Citronensäure in den Pilzkulturen auf Zucker. Biochem. Z. 154, 177–190 (1924).
Butkewitsch, W. S.: Über die Chinasäure verwertenden Pilze und Bakterien. Biochem. Z. 159, 395–413 (1925).
Butkewitsch, W. S.: Über die Säurebildung bei den Pilzen. Biochem. Z. 182, 99–109 (1927).
Butkewitsch, W. S., E. W. Menzschinskaja u. E. I. Trofimova: Zur biochemischen Herkunft von Citronen- und Oxalsäure. I. Biochem. Z. 272, 290–307 (1934).
Die reduzierenden Mycelsubstanzen und ihre Teilnahme an der Citronensäurebildung. Biochem. Z. 276, 446–452 (1935).
Butkewitsch, W. S., u. A. G. Timofeewa: Einfluß einzelner mineralischer Elemente des Nährmediums auf die Säurebildung bei Aspergillus niger. Biochem. Z. 275, 405–415 (1935).
Butlin, K. R.: Aerobic breakdown of glucose by Bact. suboxydans. Biochemic. J. 30, 1870–1877 (1936).
Butlin, K. R.: The enzyme systems of Bact. suboxydans. I. Variation of aerobic activity with age of culture. Biochemic. J. 32, 508–512 (1938).
Butlin, K. R., u. W. H. D. Wince: The biological production of gluconic acid. J. Soc. Chem. Industr. 58, 363–365 (1939).
Campbell, J. J. R., A. G. Linnes and B. A. Eagles: Growth of Pseudomonas aeruginosa with glucose, gluconate or 2-ketogluconate as carbon source. Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, Ser. III, Sect. V 48, 49–50 (1955).
Campbell, J. J. R., and F. C. Norris: The intermediate metabolism of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. IV. The Absence of an Embden-Meyerhof system as evidenced by phosphorus distribution. Canad. J. Res., Sect. C 28, 203–212 (1950).
Campbell, J., F. Norris and M. Norris: The intermediate metabolism of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. II. Limitations of simultaneous adaption as applied to the identification of acetic acid, an intermediate in glucose oxidation. Canad. J. Res. C 27, 165–171 (1949).
Campbell, J. J. R., T. Ramakrishnan, A. G. Linnes and B. A. Eagles: Evaluation of the energy gained by Pseudomonas aeruginosa during the oxidation of glucose to 2-ketogluconate. Canad. J. Microbiol. 2, 304–309 (1956).
Cecil, R., and A. G. Ogston: Sedimentation and diffusion of glucose oxidase (Notatin). Biochemic. J. 42, 229 (1948).
Challenger, F., L. Klein and T. K. Walker: The production of kojic acid from pentoses by Aspergillus oryzae. J. Chem. Soc. (Lond.) 1929, 1498–1505.
Chermonordik, A. B.: Some cultural and biochemical characteristics of Bacillus pyocyaneus. J. Microbiol., d’Epidemol. et d’Immuno-biol. 2–3, 86 (1939).
Ciferri, O., and E. R. Blakley: The metabolism of 2-keto-D-gluco-nate by cellfree extracts of Leuconostoc mesenteroides. Canad. J. Microbiol. 5, 547–560 (1959a).
Ciferri, O., E.R. Blakley and F. J. Simpson: Purification and properties of the 2-ketogluconokinase of Leuconostoc mesenteriodes. Canad. J. Microbiol. 5, 277–291 (1959 b).
Claridge, C. A., and C. H. Werkman: Formation of 2-ketogluconate from glucose by a cell-free preparation of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 47, 99–106 (1953).
Claridge, C. A., and C. H. Werkman: Intermediates of the aerobic dissimilation of 2-ketogluconate by Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 51, 395–401 (1954).
Cohen, S. S.: Adaptive enzyme formation in the study of uronic acid utilization by the K-12 strain of Escherichia coli. J. of Biol. Chem. 177, 607–619 (1949).
Cohen, S. S.: Utilization of gluconate and glucose in growing and virusinfected Escherichia coli. Nature (Lond.) 168, 746 (1951 a).
Cohen, S. S.: Gluconokinase and the oxidative path of glucose-6-phosphate utilization. J. of Biol. Chem. 189, 617–628 (1951 b).
Cohen, S. S., and R. Raff: Adaptive enzvmes in the estimation of gluconate, D-ara-binose, and D-ribose. J. of Biol. Chem. 188, 501–508 (1951).
Cohen, S. S., and D. B. McNair Scott: Gluconokinase and the oxidative path of glucose-6-phosphate utilization (E. coli) Nature (Lond.) 166, 781–782 (1950).
Connors, W. M., and W. M. Cort: Lactose oxidase from cells of Pseud, omonas graveolens. 124. Meeting, Amer. Chem. Soc. Chicago, 53c, 1953.
Cort, W. M., W. M. Connors, H. R. Roberts and W. Bucek: Evidence for the formation and utilization of lactobionic acid by Penicillium chrysogenum. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 63, 477–478 (1956).
Coulthard, C. E., R. Michaelis, W. F. Short, G. Sykes, G. E. H. Skrimshire, A. F. B. Standfast, J. H. Birkinshaw and H. Raistrick: Notatin: an antibacterial glucose-aerodehydrogenase from Penicillium notatum Westling. Nature (Lond.) 150, 634–635 (1942).
Coulthard, C. E., R. Michaelis, W. F. Short, G. Sykes, G. E. H. Skrimshire, A. F. B. Standfast, J. H. Birkinshaw and H. Raistrick: Notatin: an anti-bacterial glucose-aerodehydrogenase from Penicillium notatum Westling and Penicillium resticulosum sp. nov. Biochemic. J. 39, 24–36 (1945).
Dalby, A., and A. C. Blackwood: Oxidation of sugars by an enzyme preparation from Aerobacter. Canad. J. Microbiol. 1, 733–742 (1955).
Datta, A. G., and H. Katznelson: Oxidation of 2, 5-diketogluconate by cell-free enzyme preparation of Acetobacter melanogenum. Nature (Lond.) 179, 153–154 (1957).
Dickens, F.: Oxidation of phospho-hexonate and pentose phosphoric acids by yeast enzymes. Biochemic. J. 32, 1626–1645 (1938).
Dixon, M.: Oxidation mechanisms in animal tissues. Biol. Rev. 4, 352–397 (1929).
Doudoroff, M., J. de Ley, N. J. Palleroni and R. Weimberg: New pathways in oxidation of D-galactose and D-arabinose. Federat. Proc. 15, 244 (1956b).
Doudoroff, M., N. J. Palleroni, J. MacGee and M. Obara: Metabolism of carbohydrates by Pseudomonas saccharophila. I. Oxidation of fructose by intact cells and crude cell-free preparations. J. Bacter. 71, 196–201 (1956a).
Eddy, B.: Bacterial oxidation of lactose and melibiose. Nature (Lond.) 181, 904–905 (1958).
Entner, N., and M. Doudoroff: Glucose and gluconic acid oxidation of Pseudomonas saccharophila. J. of Biol. Chem. 196, 853–862 (1952).
Entner, N., and R. Y. Stanier: Studies on the oxidation of glucose by Pseudomonas fluorescens. J. Bacter. 62, 181–186 (1951).
Fahmy, A. R., and E. O. F. Walsh: Evidence for the occurrence of glucose dehydrogenase in yeast. Nature (Lond.) 173, 872 (1954).
Falck, R., u. S. N. Kapur: Über Glucon-säure-Bildung durch Fadenpilze. Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 57, 920–923 (1924).
Foda, I. O., and R. H. Vaughn: Oxidation of maltose by Acetobacter melanogenum. J. Bacter. 65, 233–237 (1953).
Franke, W.: Zur Kenntnis der sog. Glucose-oxydase. III. Liebigs Ann. 555, 111–132 (1944).
Franke, W., u. M. Deffner: Zur Kenntnis der sog. Glucose-oxydase. II. Liebigs Ann. 541, 117–150 (1939).
Franke, W., u. F. Lorenz: Zur Kenntnis der sog. Glucose-oxydase. I. Liebigs Ann. 532, 1–28 (1937).
Franzl, R. E., and E. Chargaff: Bacterial enzyme preparation oxidizing inositol and their inhibition by colchicine. Nature (Lond.) 168. 955–957 (1951).
Frateur, J.: Essai sur la systèmatique des Acetobacters. Cellule 53, 287–389 (1950).
Frateur, J., P. Simonart et T. Coulon: Étude chromatographique de cultures d’Acetobacter. Leeuwenhoek 20, 111–128 (1954).
Gauhe, A.: Über ein glucoseoxydierendes Enzym in der Pharynxdrüse der Honigbiene. Z. vergl. Physiol. 28, 211–253 (1941).
Gentile, A.C.: Carbohydrate metabolism and oxalic acid synthesis by Botrytis cinerea. Plant Physiol. 29, 257–261 (1954).
Ghiretti, F., and E. S. G. Barron: The pathway of glucose oxidation in Corynebacterium creatinovorans. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 15, 445–460 (1954).
Godin, P.: Étude du métabolism ternaire de Penicillium brevi-compactum. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 11, 114–121 (1953).
Gottschalk, A.: Mechanism of enzyme specificity in the domain of carbohydrates. Nature (Lond.) 160, 113–115 (1947).
Grüss, J.: Genetische und gärungsphysiologische Untersuchungen an Nektarhefen. Jb. wiss. Bot. 66, 109–182 (1926).
Grüss, J.: Hochnordische Nektarhefen. Wschr. Brauerei 44, 233–235 (1927).
Haba, G. de la, I. G. Leder et E. Racker: L’oxydation directe du glucose par les microorganismes. Bull. Assoc. Microbiol. Nancy 1952, Nr 46, 5–29.
Haehn, H., u. M. Engel: Über die Bildung von Milchsäure durch Bacterium xylinum. Zbl. Bakter. II 79, 182–185 (1929).
Harrison, D. C.: Glucose dehydrogenase: a new oxidizing enzyme from animal tissues. Biochemic. J. 25, 1016–1027 (1931).
Hayasida, A.: Nachweis der Aero-pentose-dehydrase (Pentoseoxydase) und Katalase bei Fusarien. Biochem. Z. 298, 169–178 (1938).
Heald, P. J.: The metabolism of glucuronic acid by xylose-fermenting coliform bacteria. Biochemic. J. 52, 378–384 (1952).
Henneberg, W.: Handbuch der Gärungsbakteriologie, Bd.2. Paul Parey, Berlin: 1926.
Hermann, S.: Über das sog. „Kombucha“. Biochem. Z. 192, 176–187, 188–199 (1928).
Henneberg, W.: Bacterium gluconicum, ein in der sog. Kombucha (japanischer oder indischer Teepilz) vorkommende Spaltpilz. Biochem. Z. 205, 297 bis 305 (1929 a).
Henneberg, W.: Bildung von Gluconsäure und Ketogluconsäure durch Bacterium gluconicum, Bacterium xylinum und Bacterium xylinoides. Biochem. Z. 214, 357–367 (1929 b).
Hermann, S., u. P. Neuschul: Zur Biochemie der Essigbakterien, zugleich ein Vorschlag für eine neue Systematik. Biochem. Z. 233, 129–216 (1931).
Hermann, S., u. P. Neuschul: Über einen charakteristischen Unterschied des Bact. gluconicum (Hermann) gegenüber anderen Essigbakterien bei der Einwirkung auf Galaktose. Biochem. Z. 270, 6–14 (1934).
Hermann, S., u. P. Neuschul: Sur l’oxydation du mannose en acide mannonique par le Bacterium gluconicum (Hermann). Bull. Soc. Chim. biol. Paris 18, 390–394 (1936a).
Hermann, S., u. P. Neuschul: Zur Oxydation von Glucose durch Bacterium gluconicum. Biochem. Z. 287, 400 bis 404 (1936b).
Herrick, H. T., and O. E. May: The production of gluconic acid by the Penicillium-purpurogenum group. II. Some optimal conditions for acid formation. J. of Biol. Chem. 77, 185–195 (1928).
Hestrin, S.: The specificity of mould maltase. Enzymologia 8, 193–203 (1940).
Hirsch, J.: Die Sekretion eines Glukose-oxydierenden Enzyms mit bakteriostatischer Wirkung durch Penicillium notatum Fleming. Istanbul Seriyati Yill 25, No. 8, 3–20 (1943).
Hirst, E. L.: Recent progress in the chemistry of the pectic materials and plant gums. J. Chem. Soc. (Lond.) 1942, 70–78.
Hirst, E. L.: The occurrence and significance of the pentose sugars in nature and their relationship to the hexoses. J. Chem. Soc. (Lond.) 1949, 522–533.
Hofmann, E.: Über die Bildung von Oxalsäure aus Uronsäuren durch Aspergillus niger. Biochem. Z. 243, 423–428 (1931).
Hofmann-Ostenhof, O.: Enzymologie. Wien: Springer 1954.
Hooft, F. Visser’t: Biochemische onderzoekingen over het geslacht Acetobacter. Diss. Delft 1925.
Ikeda, Y.: Selection of new oxidative bacteria. J. Agricult. Chem. Soc. Jap. 24, 51–55 (1950a). Zit. nach Chem. Abstr. 45, 7189 (1951a).
Ikeda, Y.: Production of 2-ketogluconic acid by Pseudomonas fluorescens and Serratia marcescens. J. Agricult. Chem. Soc. Jap. 24, 56–59 (1950b). Zit. nach Chem. Abstr. 45, 7189 (1951b).
Ikeda, Y.: Glucose oxidase and gluconic acid oxidase of various oxidative bacteria. J. Agricult. Chem. Soc. Jap. 24, 147–150 (1950c). Zit. nach Chem. Abstr. 45, 7189 (1951c).
Ikeda, Y.: A presumable pathway of kojic acid formation from fructose by Gluconobacter. J. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. 1, 152–163 (1955).
Isherwood, F. A., Y. T. Chen and L. W. Mapson: Synthesis of L-ascorbic acid in plants and animals. Biochemic. J. 56, 1–15 (1954).
Itto, G.: The fermentation products of Penicillin. J. Agricult. Chem. Soc. Jap. 9, 456 (1933).
Jackson, R., H. Koepsell, L. Lockwood, G. Nelson and F. Stodola: Bacterial oxidations of sugars and metabolic intermediates. I. Internat. Congr. Biochem. Cambridge, p. 536 bis 537, 1949.
Kardo-Ssyssojeva, E.: Über die Bildung von Gluconsäure durch Aspergillus niger. Biochem. Z. 266, 337–351 (1933).
Kardo-Ssyssojewa, H.: Über Säurebildung und Säureresistenz des Aspergillus niger. Zbl. Bakter. II 93, 264–277 (1935).
Katznelson, H., and S.W. Tanenbaum: Observations on maltose oxidation by Acetobacter melanogenum. J. Bacter. 68, 368–372 (1954).
Katznelson, H., S. W. Tanenbaum and E. L. Tatum: Glucose, gluconate and 2-ketogluconate oxidation by Acetobacter melanogenum. J. of Biol. Chem. 204, 43–59 (1953).
Keilin, D., and E. F. Hartree: Properties of catalase. Catalysis of coupled oxidation of alcohols. Biochemic. J. 39, 293–301 (1945).
Keilin, D., and E. F. Hartree: Prosthetic group of glucose oxidase (Notatin). Nature (Lond.) 157, 801 (1946).
Keilin, D., and E. F. Hartree: Properties of glucose oxidase (Notatin). Biochemic. J. 42, 221–229 (1948a).
Keilin, D., and E. F. Hartree: The use of glucose oxidase (Notatin) for the determination of glucose in biological material and for the study of glucoseproducing systems by manometric methods. Biochemic. J. 42, 230–237 (1948b).
Keilin, D., and E. F. Hartree: Specificity of glucose oxidase (Notatin). Biochemic. J. 50, 331–340 (1952a).
Keilin, D., and E. F. Hartree: Biological catalysis of mutarotation of glucose. Biochemic. J. 50, 341–348 (1952b).
Kendall, A. J., and C. E. Gross: The utilization of certain substituted carbohydrates by bacteria. J. Inf. Dis. 47, 249–260 (1930).
Keston, A. S.: Occurrence of mutarotase in animals: Its proposed relationship to transport and reabsorption of sugars and insulin. Science (Lancaster, Pa.) 120, 355–356 (1954).
Khesghi, S., H. R. Roberts and W. Bucek: Studies on the production of 5-ketogluconic acid by Acetobacter suboxydans. Appl. Microbiol. 2, 183–190 (1954).
King, T. E. and V. H. Cheldelin: Oxidation in Acetobacter suboxydans. Biochim. et Bio-physica Acta 14, 108–116 (1954). Multiple pathways of glucose oxidation in Acetobacter suboxydans. Biochemic. J. 68, 31P-32P (1958).
Kitawin, G. S.: Die Wirkung der Quecksilbersalze auf die Bildung der Säuren und des Vitamins B2 bei Aspergillus niger. Biokhimiia 4, 283–294 (1939) [Russisch]. Zit. nach Zbl. Bakter II 102, 273 (1940).
Kluyver, A. J., and A. G. J. Boezaardt: On the oxidation of glucose by Acetobacter suboxydans. Rec. Trav. chim. néerl. 57, 609–615 (1938).
Kluyver, A. J., and F. J. G. de Leeuw: Acetobacter suboxydans, een merkwaardige azijnbacterie. Tijdschr. vergl. G. neesk. 10, 170–182 (1924). Zit. nach Zbl. Bakter II 64, 253–254 (1925).
Kluyver, A. J., J. de Ley and A. Rijven: The formation and consumption of lactobionic and maltobionic acid by Pseudomonas species. Leeuwenhoek 17, 1–14 (1951).
Kluyver, A. J., u. L. H. C. Perquin: Über die Bedingungen der Kojisäurebildung durch Aspergillus flavus. Biochem. Z. 266, 82–95 (1933).
Knobloch, H., u. H. Mayer: Über die Büdung von D-Glucon-, D-Mannon- und D-Galaktonsäure durch Aspergillus niger in Schüttelkultur. Biochem. Z. 307, 285–297 (1941).
Knobloch, H., u. H. Tietze: Über die Bildung reduzierender Zuckercarbonsäuren durch Essigbakterien. Biochem. Z. 309, 399–414 (1941).
Kocholaty, W.: Purification and properties of Penatin, the second antibacterial substance produced by Penicillium notatum Westling. Arch. of Biochem. 2, 73–86 (1943).
Koepsell, H. J.: Gluconate oxidation by Pseudomonas fluorescens. J. of Biol. Chem. 186, 743–751 (1950).
Kulka, D., A. N. Hall and T. K. Walker: Formation of 2-keto-D-gluconic acid, 5-keto-D-gluconic acid and tartronic acid by Acetobacter species. Nature (Lond.) 167, 905–906 (1951).
Kulka, D., and T. K. Walker: The ketogenic activities of Acetobacter species in a glucose medium. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 50, 169–179 (1954).
Laser, H.: The effect of low oxygen tension on the activity of aerobic dehydrogenases. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., Ser. B 140, 230–243 (1952).
Lembke, A.: Die Gruppe der Fluorescenten, B. pyocyaneus, B. fluorescens, B. putidum, B. syncyaneum. Vorratspfl. u. Lebensmittelforsch. 5, 265–281 (1942).
Lemoigne, M., H. Blachére et J. P. Aubert: Oxydation du glucose par des bactéries du genre Pseudomonas. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 236, 2188–2191 (1953).
Levy, G. B., and E. S. Cook: A rotographic study of mutarotase. Biochemic. J. 57, 50–55 (1954).
Ley, J. de: The oxidation of some carbohydrates by Aerobacter cloacae and their connection with the direct oxidation scheme. Enzymologia 16, 14–22 (1953).
Ley, J. de: 2-Keto-D-gluconate-6-phosphate, a new intermediate in the carbohydrate metabolism of Aerobacter cloacae. Enzymologia 17, 55–68 (1954).
Ley, J. de: Phospho-2-keto-d-gluconate, an intermediate in carbohydrate metabolism of Aerobacter cloacae. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 13, 302 (1954b).
Ley, J. de, and S. Cornut: Direct oxidation of glucose by Aerobacter sp. Nature (Lond.) 168, 515–516 (1951).
Ley, J. de, and J. Vandamme: The metabolism of sodium 2-keto-D-gluconate by micro-organisms. J. Gen. Microbiol. 12, 162–171 (1955).
Ley, J. de, and S. Verhofstede: The metabolism of 2-keto-D-gluconate-6-phospnate. Naturwiss. 42, 584 (1955).
Lockwood, L. B., and G.E.N. Nelson: The oxidation of pentoses by Pseudomonas. J. Bacter. 52, 581–586 (1946).
Lockwood, L. B., and F. Stodola: Preliminary studies on the production of a-ketoglutaric acid by Pseudomonas fluoresces. J. of Biol. Chem. 164, 81–83 (1946).
Lockwood, L. B., B. Tabenkin and G. E. Ward: The production of gluconic acid and 2-ketogluconic acid from glucose by species of Pseudomonas and Phytomonas. J. Bacter. 42, 51–61 (1941).
Lowe, H. J., and W. M. Clark: Studies on oxidation-reduction. XXIV. Oxidation-reduction potentials of flavin adenine dinucleotide. J. of Biol. Chem. 221, 983–992 (1956).
Lvoff, S., et G. Toupizina: Effect of NaF on the formation of citric and gluconic acids of the fungus Aspergillus niger. C. r. Acad. Sci. USSR. 21, 307–311 (1938).
Lyr, H.: Über die an der Ligninbildung beteiligten Fermentsysteme. Naturwiss. 44, 235 (1957).
Mapson, L. W., and F. A. Isherwood: Biological synthesis of ascorbic acid: The conversion of derivatives of D-galacturonic acid into L-ascorbic acid by plant extracts. Biochemic. J. 59, IX–X (1955).
Mapson, L. W., F. A. Isherwood u. Y. T. Chen: Biological synthesis of L-ascorbic acid: The conversion of L-galactono-γ-lactone into L-ascorbic acid by plant mitochondria. Biochemic. J. 56, 21–28 (1954).
Martin, S. B., and R. Steel: Effect of phosphate on production of organic acids by Aspergillus niger. Canad. J. Microbiol. 1, 470–472 (1955).
May, O. E., H. T. Herrick, A. J. Moyer and R. Hellbach: Semi-plant scale production of gluconic acid by mold fermentation. Industr. Engin. Chem. 21. 1198–1203 (1929).
May, O. E., H. T. Herrick, C. Thom and M. B. Church: The production of gluconic acid by the Penicillium luteum-purpurogenum group. I. J. of Biol. Chem. 75, 417–422 (1927).
Mayenburg, O. H. v.: Lösungskonzentration und Turgorregulation bei den Schimmelpilzen. Jb. wiss. Bot. 36, 1–40 (1901).
Molliard, M.: Sur une nouvelle fermentation acide produite par le Sterigmatocystis nigra. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 174, 881–883 (1922).
Molliard, M.: Nouvelles recherches sur la formation d’acides organiques par le Sterigmatocystis nigra en milieux désequilibrèes. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 178, 41–45 (1924a).
Molliard, M.: Manière dont se comporte le Sterigmatocystis nigra vis-à-vis des diverses substances sucrées dans des milieux faiblement minéralisées. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 178, 161–163 (1924b).
Moore, W. B., A. C. Blackwood and A. C. Neish: The metabolism of seven-carbon sugars, acids and alcohols by bacteria and yeasts. Canad. J. Microbiol. 1, 198–205 (1954).
Moyer, A. J., O. E. May u. H. T. Herrick: The production of gluconic acid by Penicillium chrysogenum. Zbl. Bakter. II. 95, 311–324 (1936).
Müller, D.: Studien über ein neues Enzym Glykose-oxydase. I. Biochem. Z. 199, 136–143 (1928).
Müller, D.: Studien über ein neues Enzym Glykose-oxydase. II. Biochem. Z. 205, 111–143 (1929 a).
Müller, D.: Das Verhalten der Glykoseoxydase gegenüber Dialyse, HCN, CO und Methylenblau. Biochem. Z. 213, 211–219 (1929b).
Müller, D.: Glykoseoxydase. 4. Mitteilung: Glykoseoxydase aus Aspergillus niger. Verhalten gegen Disaccharide (Maltoseoxydase), Glukuronsäure und Äthylalkohol; Versuche mit Methylenblau und Monojodessigsäure. Biochem. Z. 232, 422–434 (1931).
Müller, D.: Die Oxydationsenzyme und die biologischen Oxydationen. Kopenhagen: Gjellerup 1934. 29 S.
Müller, D.: Die Glykoseoxydase. Erg. Enzymforsch. 5, 259–272 (1936).
Müller, D.: Glykuronat und Glykonat als Donatoren für Hefe. Skand. Arch. Physiol. (Berl. u. Lpz.) 80, 328–333 (1938).
Müller, D.: Über die Glucosedehydrasen. Enzvmologia 10, 40–47 (1941).
Müller, D.: Die Glucosedehydrasen. Fermentforsch. 17, 395–416 (1944).
Najjar, V. A.: The rôle of metal ions in enzyme systems. In W. D. McElroy and B. Glass (edit.), Phosphorus metabolism, Bd. 1, S. 500–516. Baltimore: Hopkins Press. 1951.
Nakamura, M.: Studies on glucose dehydrogenase. II. J. Biochem. (Tokyo) 41, 67–80 (1954).
Narrod, S.A., and W. A. Wood: Gluconate and 2-ketogluconate phosphorylation by extracts of Pseudomonas fluorescens. Bacter. Proc. 1954, 108–109.
Narrod, S.A., and W. A. Wood: Carbohydrate oxidation by Pseudomonas fluorescens. V. Evidence for gluconokinase and 2-ketogluconokinase. J. of Biol. Chem. 220, 45–55 (1956).
Nielsen, A.M.: Reduktion von Pyocyanin durch Glucoseoxydase. Naturwiss. 45, 85 (1958).
Nord, F. F.: Enzymatische Umsetzungen durch Fusarien: Beitrag zum Mechanismus der alkoholischen Gärung. Erg. Enzymforsch. 8, 149–184 (1939).
Nord, F. F., u. W. Engel: Beobachtungen bei der Vergärung von Biosen durch Fusarium lini Bolley. Biochem. Z. 296, 153–170 (1938).
Norris, F. C., and J. J. R. Campbell: The intermediate metabolism of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. III. The application of paper chromatography to the identification of gluconic and 2-ketogluconic acids, intermediates in glucose oxidation. Canad. J. Res., Sect. C., 27, 253–261 (1949).
Ogura, Y.: Über eine anoxytrope Glucosedehydrase aus Aspergillus oryzae. Acta phytochim (Tokyo) 11, 127–144 (1939).
Ogura, Y.: Studies on glucose dehydrogenase of Aspergillus oryzae. J. of Biochem. 38, 75–84 (1951).
Ogura, Y.: Kinetic studies on the action of glucose dehydrogenase. I. J. of Biochem. 39, 31–43 (1952a).
Ogura, Y.: Kinetic studies on the action of glucose dehydrogenase. II. Some thermodynamical and kinetical quantities of the intermediate reactions. J. of Biochem. 39, 287–297 (1952b).
Ogura, Y.: Kinetic studies on the action of glucose dehydrogenase. III. Competitive interaction between two substrates in their reaction with the enzyme molecule. J. of Biochem. 39, 311–320 (1952 c).
Ogura, Y.: Kinetic studies on the action of glucose dehydrogenase. IV. Quantitative analysis of the inhibitory action of urethane. J. of Biochem. 41, 351–357 (1954).
Oppenheimer, C.: Die Fermente, Suppl. Bd. 2. Den Haag: Junk 1939.
Palleroni, N. J., R. Contopoulou and M. Doudoroff: Metabolism of carbohydrates by Pseudomonas saccharophila. II. Nature of the kinase reaction involving fructose. J. Bacter. 71, 202–207 (1956b).
Palleroni, N. J., and M. Doudoroff: Mannose isomerase of Pseudomonas saccharophila. J. of Biol. Chem. 218, 535–548 (1956a).
Perquin, L. H. C.: Bijdrage to de kermis der oxydatieve dissimilatie van Aspergillus niger. Diss. Delft 1938.
Perwozwansky, V. V.: Über das Verhalten von Hefepüzen und einige Hyphomyces-Arten zu Chinasäure. Zbl. Bakter. II 81, 372–392 (1930).
Perwozwansky, V. V.: Formation of gluconic acid during the oxidation of glucose by bacteria. Mikrobiologija 8, 149–159 (1939 a).
Perwozwansky, V. V.: The formation of D-mannonic acid in the course of the oxidation of fructose by certain strains of Bact. fluoresceins L. et N. Mikrobiologija 8, 915–937 (1939b).
Perwozwansky, V. V., u. M. A. Iwaschkewitsch: Formation of gluconic acid by Bacterium putidum. Mikrobiologija 8, 339–352 (1939 a).
Perwozwansky, V. V., u. M. A. Iwaschkewitsch: The production of gluconic acid by fluorescent bacteria. Mikrobiologija 8, 663–672 (1939b).
Porges, N., T. F. Clark and E. A. Gastrock: Gluconic acid production. Repeated use of submerged Aspergillus niger for semicontinuous production. Industr. Engin. Chem. 32, 107–111 (1940).
Preiss, S.: Über Ensilage mittels biologische Zusätze. Diss. Breslau 1939.
Racker, E.: Alternative pathways of glucose and fructose metabolism. Adv. Enzymol. 15, 141–182 (1954).
Ramakrishnan, T., and J. J. R. Campbell: Gluconic dehydrogenase of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 17, 122–127 (1955).
Reeves, R. E.: Cuprammonium-glycoside complexes. Adv. Carbohydrate Chem. 6, 107–134 (1951).
Riedl-Tůmová, E., u. K. Bernhauer: Zur Bildung von Oxogluconsäure durch Acetobacter melanogenum. Biochem. Z. 320, 472–476 (1950).
Ritter, W.: Die beweglichen Kurzstäbchen im Magenlab. Milchwirtsch. Forsch. 15, 4–21 (1933).
Roberts, E. C., C. K. Cain, R. D. Muir, F. J. Reithel, W. L. Gaby, J. T. van Bruggen, D. M. Homan, P. A. Katzman, L. R. Jones and E. A. Doisy: Penicillin B, an antibacterial substance from Penicillium notatum. J. of Biol. Chem. 147, 47–58 (1943).
Roseman, S., J. Ludowieg, F. Moses and A. Dorfman: The biosynthesis of the glucuronic acid moiety of hyaluronic acid. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics. 42, 472–473 (1953).
Roy, R. H. le, and B. C. Hendricks: A thermochemical study of D-gluconic acid and its modifications. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 56, 2243–2245 (1934).
Rudra, M. N.: Hexose dehydrogenase. Nature (Lond.) 151, 641–642 (1943).
Sable, H. Z., and A. J. Guarino: Phosphorylation of gluconate in yeast extracts. J. of Biol. Chem. 196, 395–402 (1952).
Sakagushi, K.: The production of acids and ethyl alcohol by Aspergillus oryzae and its associates. IV. The formation of d-gluconic acid. J. Agricult. Chem. Soc. Jap. 8, 264 (1932).
Salkowski, E., u. C. Neuberg: Die Verwandlung von d-Glucuronsäure in 1-Xylose. Z. physiol. Chem. 36, 261–267 (1902).
Santer, M., and S. Ajl: Metabolic reactions of Pasteurella pestis. III. The hexose monophosphate shunt in the growth. J. Bacter. 69, 713–718 (1955).
Sastry, K. S., and P. S. Sarma: Glucuronic acid, a precursor of ascorbic acid in Aspergillus niger. Nature (Lond.) 179, 44–45 (1957).
Schreyer, R.: Vergleichende Untersuchungen über die Bildung von Gluconsäure durch Schimmelpilze. Biochem. Z. 240, 295–325 (1931).
Seifert, W.: Beiträge zur Physiologie und Morphologie der Essigsäurebakterien. Zbl. Bakter. II 3, 337–349, 385–399 (1897).
Simonart, P., et P. Godin: Production de pentoses, d’acide 2-cètogluconique et d’acide glucuronique par Penicillium brevi-compactum. Bull. Soc. chim. Belg. 60, 446–448 (1951).
Slater, W. G., and H. Beevers: Decarboxylation of glucuronic acid. Plant Physiol. 31, Suppl., 39 (1956).
Slater, W. G., and H. Beevers: Utilization of D-glucuronate by corn coleoptiles. Plant Physiol. 32, 146–151 (1958).
Sokatch, J. T., and J. C. Gunsalus: The enzymes of an adaptive gluconate fermentation pathway in Streptococcus faecalis. Bacter. Proc. 1954, 109–110.
Sols, A., and G. LaFuente: On the substrate specifity of glucose oxidase. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 24, 206–207 (1957).
Starr, M., J. de Ley and W. Kilgore: Catabolism of hexuronic acids by Erwinia and Aerobacter. Science (Lancaster, Pa.) 125, 929 (1957).
Sternfeld, L., and F. Saunders: The utilization of various sugars and their derivatives by bacteria. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 59, 2653–2658 (1937).
Stetten, M. R., and de Witt Stetten jr.: The metabolism of gluconic acid. J. of Biol. Chem. 187, 241–252 (1950).
Stetter, H.: Enzymatische Analyse. Weinheim: Verlag Chemie 1951.
Stodola, F. H., and L. B. Lockwood: The oxidation of lactose and maltose to bionic acids by Pseudomonas. J. of Biol. Chem. 171, 213–221 (1947).
Stockes, F. N., and J. J. R. Campbell: The oxidation of glucose and gluconic acid by dried cells of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Arch. of Biochem. 30, 121–125 (1951).
Strecker, H. J., and S. Korkes: Glucose dehydrogenase. J. of Biol. Chem. 196, 769–784 (1952).
Strominger, J. L., H. M. Kalckar, J. Axelrod and E. S. Maxwell: Enzymatic oxidation of uridine diphosphate glucose to uridine diphosphate glucuronic acid. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 76, 6411–6412 (1954).
Stubbs, J. J., L. B. Lockwood, E. T. Roe, B. Tabeistkin and G. E. Ward: Ketogluconic acids from glucose. Bacterial production. Industr. Engin. Chem. 32, 1626–1631 (1940).
Sumiki, Y. and Y. Hatsuda: The metabolic products of acetic acid bacteria. I. Formation of 5-ketogluconic. J. Agricult. Chem. Soc. Jap. 23, 87–89 (1949). Zit. nach Chem. Abstr. 44, 3079 (1950).
Takahashi, T., u. T. Asai: On gluconic acid fermentation. I. On Bact. Hoshigaki var. rosea nov. spec. Zbl. Bakter. II 82, 390–405 (1930).
Takahashi, T., u. T. Asai: On glucuronic acid fermentation. Zbl. Bakter. II 84, 193–195 (1931).
Takahashi, T., u. T. Asai: On glucuronic acid fermentation. III. On Bacterium Hoshigaki var. glucuronicum I, II a. III nov. spec. Zbl. Bakter. II 87, 385–412 (1933).
Takahashi, T., u. T. Asai: On the fermentation products of acetic bacteria attached to the fruite. The formation of galactonic- and komenic acid from galactose. Zbl. Bakter. II 93, 248–252 (1936).
Tamiya, H., u. T. Hida: Vergleichende Studien über die Säurebildung, die Atmung, die Oxydasereak-tion und das Dehydrierungsvermögen von Aspergillusarten. Acta phytochim. (Tokyo) 4, 343–361 (1929).
Tanaka, K.: Über die Gluconsäuregärung der Essigbakterien. Acta phytochim. (Tokyo) 7, 265–297 (1933).
Thies, W.: Untersuchungen über den Einfluß der Bedingungen auf die Säurebildung des Schimmelpilzes Aspergillus fumaricus. Zbl. Bakter. II 82, 321–347 (1930).
Thies, W.: Über den Abbau der Salze organischer Säuren durch den Schimmelpilz Aspergillus fumaricus. Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 64, 214–218 (1931). Zit. nach Zbl. Bakter. II 84, 272 (1931).
Thunberg, T.: Der jetzige Stand der Lehre vom biologischen Oxydationsmechanismus. In Oppenheimers Handbuch der Biochemie, 2. Aufl. Erg.-Bd. S. 245–281. Jena: Gustav Fischer 1930.
Tollens-Elsner: Kurzes Handbuch der Kohlenhydrate, 4. Aufl. Leipzig: Johann Ambrosius Barth 1935.
Utkin, L. A.: On a new species of acetic bacteria. Mikrobiologija 6, 421–434 (1937).
Vandemark, P. J., and G. M. Fukui: An enzymatic study of the utilization of gluconic acid by Propionibacterium pentosaceum. J. Bacter. 72, 610–614 (1956).
Vermeulen, A., and J. de Ley: Oxidation and phosphorylation of D-galactonate by Aerobacter cloacae. Enzymologia 16, 105–112 (1953).
Wainio, W. W.: The oxidation of phosphorylated and non-phosphorylated sugars by mammalian liver. J. of Biol. Chem. 168, 569–582 (1947).
Walker, T. K.: A biological conversion of glucose to glucosone. Nature (Lond.) 130, 582 (1932).
Warburton, R., B. Eagles and J. Campbell: The intermediate metabolism of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. V. The identification of pyruvate as an intermediate in glucose oxidation. Canad. J. Bot. 29, 143–146 (1951).
Wasserman, A. E., W. Hopkins and T. S. Seibles: Glucose oxidation by Serratia marcescens. Canad. J. Microbiol. 2, 447–452 (1956).
Weimberg, R., and M. Doudoroff: Oxidation of L-arabinose by Pseudomonas saccharophila. J. of Biol. Chem. 217, 607–624 (1955).
Wieland, H., u. H. J. Pistor: Über das dehydrierende Enzymsystem von Acetobacter peroxydans. I. Über den Mechanismus der Oxydationsvorgänge. Liebigs Ann. 522, 116–137 (1936).
Wood, W. A.: Pathways of carbohydrate degradation in Pseudomonas fluorescens. Bacter. Rev. 19, 222–233 (1955).
Wood, W. A., and R. F. Schwerdt: Carbohydrate oxidation by Pseudomonas fluorescens. L The mechanism of glucose and gluconate oxidation. J. of Biol. Chem. 201, 501–511 (1953 a).
Wood, W. A., and R. F. Schwerdt: Alternate pathways of hexose oxidation in Pseudomonas fluorescens. J. Cellul. a. Comp. Physiol. 41, Suppl., 165–182 (1953b).
Wood, W. A., and R. F. Schwerdt: Carbohydrate oxidation by Pseudomonas fluorescens. II. Mechanism of hexose phosphate oxidation. J. of Biol. Chem. 206, 625–635 (1954).
Wünschendorff, et Kilian: Observations sur le metabolism de l’Ustulina vulgaris. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 187, 572–574 (1928).
Yoshiie, Y., and K. Kameyama: The oxidation of glucose and gluconic acid in Acetobacter suboxydans. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 70, 19–28 (1957).
Young, E. G., and F. A. H. Rice: 2-Keto-D-gluconic acid in the polysaccharide of Irish moss. J. of Biol. Chem. 164, 35–43 (1946).
Yudkin, J.: The dehydrogenases of Bacterium coli. I. The effect of dilution. With a note on the existence of a co-enzyme of glucose dehydrogenase. Biochemic. J. 27, 1849–1858 (1933).
Yudkin, J.: Cell structure and enzvmic activity. Biochemic. J. 31, 1065–1068 (1937).
Agulhon, H., et R. Sazerac: Activation de certains procédés d’oxydation microbiens par les sels d’urane. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 155, 1186–1188 (1912).
Aida, K.: Studies on oxidative fermentation. II. On the new j-pyrone compound, Rubiginol, produced by Gluconoacetobacter liquefaciens. J. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. (Tokyo) 1, 30–37 (1955).
Aida, K., T. Kojima and T. Asai: Studies on oxidative fermentation. I. On the formation of new substances of positive ferric chloride reaction by Gluconoacetobacter liquefaciens from glucose. J. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. (Tokyo) 1, 18–29 (1955).
Allgeier, R. J., R. T. Wisthoff and F. M. Hjldebrandt: Operation of pilot plant vinegar generators. Industr. Engin. Chem. 44, 669–672 (1952).
Allgeier, R. J., R. T. Wisthoff and F. M. Hjldebrandt: Operation of vinegar generators. Industr. Engin. Chem. 45, 489–494 (1953).
Anderson, L., and H.A. Lardy: The synthesis of d-fructomethylose by biochemical oxidation. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 70, 594–597 (1948).
Anderson, L., R. Takeda, S. J. Angyal and D. J. McHugh: Cyclitol oxidation by Aceto-bacter suboxydans. II. Additional cyclitols and the “Third specifity rule“. Arch. of Bio-chem. a. Biophysics 78, 518–531 (1958).
Anderson, L., K. Tomita, P. Kussi and S. Kirkwood: On the cyclitol oxidizing system of Acetobacter suboxydans. J. of Biol. Chem. 204, 769–780 (1953).
Antoniani, C., L. Federico e A. Artom: Bioossidazione della riboflavina. Acta vitaminol(Milano) 5, 145–146 (1951).
Antoniani, C., L. Federico, A. Artom e A. Monzini: Ricerche sul chimismo delie fermentazioni ossidative. Nota IV. Comportamento della riboflavina di fronte atte attivita ossidative in vivo dell’Acetobacter aceti. Ann. Chim. (Roma) 40, 597–603 (1950).
Antoniani, C., L. Federico e L. Gobis: Ricerche sulle bioossidazioni. Nota III. Influenza dell’acido piruvico, dell’acido glicerico e dell’acido glutammico sulla ossidazione dell’acido acetico per opera dell’Acetobacter aceti. Boll. Soc. ital. Biol. sper. 25, 524–526 (1949).
Antoniani, C., L. Federico e L. Gobis: Ricerche sul chimismo delle fermentazioni ossidative. Nota II. Le attività iperossidative dell’Acetobacter aceti e i vari fattori d’influenza. Ann. Chim. (Roma) 40, 80–82 (1950a).
Antoniani, C., L. Federico e L. Gobis: Ricerche sul chimismo delle fermentazioni ossidative. Nota III. Correlazioni tra l’ossidazione dell’acido acetico e la formazione di acido citrico da parte dell’Acetobacter aceti. Ann. Chim. (Roma) 40, 83–87 (1950b).
Arcus, A.C., and N. L. Edson: Polyol dehydrogenases. II. The polyol dehydrogenases of Acetobacter suboxydans and Candida utilis. Biochemic. J. 64, 385–394 (1956).
Arnold, B. H., and A. N. Hall: Effect of streptomycin on Acetobacter capsulatum and its associated dextran-dextrinase enzyme-system. Nature (Lond.) 177, 44 (1956).
Asai, T.: A systematic study of alcohol and carbohydrate oxidizing bacteria isolated from fruits and a new classification of the oxidizing bacteria. J. Agricult. Chem. Soc. Japan 10, 621–629, 731–744, 932–941, 1124–1136 (1934);
Asai, T.: A systematic study of alcohol and carbohydrate oxidizing bacteria isolated from fruits and a new classification of the oxidizing bacteria. J. Agricult. Chem. Soc. Japan 11, 50–60, 331–340, 377–390, 499–513, 610–620, 674–708 (1935).
Asai, T., and K. Shoda: The taxonomy of Acetobacter and allied oxidative bacteria. J. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. (Tokyo) 4, 289–311 (1958).
Aschner, M., and S. Hestrin: Fibrillar structure of cellulose of bacterial and animal origin. Nature (Lond.) 157, 659 (1946).
Atkinson, D.E.: Hydrogen metabolism in Acetobacter peroxydans. J. Bacter. 72, 189–194 (1956a).
Atkinson, D.E.: The oxidation of ethanol and tricarboxylic acid cycle intermediates by Acetobacter peroxydans. J. Bacter. 72, 195–198 (1956b).
Badddley, J., and A. P. Mathias: Coenzyme A. Part IX. The synthesis of pantothenyl-cysteine, its 4′-phosphat, and related compounds as possible precursors of the coenzyme A. J. Chem. Soc. (Lond.) 1954, 2803–2812.
Baddiley, J., E. M. Thain, G. D. Novelli and F. Lipmann: Structure of coenzyme A. Nature (Lond.) 171, 76 (1953).
Baetsle, R.: Quelques observations sur l’alimentation des acetobacters. Bull. Techn. Vinaigr. 7, 208–209 (1951a).
Baetsle, R.: Les recherches sur la fermentation acétique industrielle. Bull. Techn. Vinaigr. 7, 210–216 (1951b).
Baetsle, R.: Recherches sur la fermentation acétique industrielle. Bull. Techn. Vinaigr. 8, 248–253 (1952/53).
Baetsle, R.: Fermentatio 5, 190 (1953).
Baker, J. L., F. E. Day and H. F. E. Hulton: A study of the organisms causing ropiness in beer and wort. J. Inst. Brew. 18, 651–665 (1912).
Banning, F.: Zur Kenntnis der Oxalsäurebildung durch Bakterien. Zbl. Bakter. II 8, 395–398, 425–431, 453–456, 520–525, 556–567 (1902).
Barcley, K. S., E. J. Bourne, M. Stacey and M. Webb: Structural studies of the cellulose synthesized by Acetobacter acetigenum. J. Chem. Soc. (Lond.) 1954, 1501–1505.
Barsha, J., and H. Hibbert: Reactions relating to carbohydrates and polysaccharides. XLVI. Structure of the cellulose synthesized by the action of Acetobacter xylinum on fructose and glycerol. Canad. J. Res. 10, 170–179 (1934).
Batschinski, A. A.: Russischer Tee-Essig. Über den sog. mandschurisch-japanischen Pilz und Teekwaß. Dtsch. Essigindustr. 18, 330–331 (1914).
Beijerinck, M. W.: Über die Arten der Essigbakterien. Zbl. Bakter. II 4, 209–216 (1898).
Beijerinck, M. W.: Über Pigmentbildung bei Essigbakterien. Zbl. Bakter. II 29, 169–176 (1911).
Bernhauer, K.: Die oxydativen Gärungen. Berlin: Springer 1932.
Bernhauer, K.: Biochemie der Essigbakterien. Erg. Enzymforsch. 7, 246–280 (1938).
Bernhauer, K.: Gärungschemisches Praktikum, 2. Aufl. Berlin: Springer 1939.
Bernhauer, K.: Oxydative Gärungen. In Nord-Weidenhagen, Handbuch der Enzymologie, Bd. 2, S. 1034–1120. Leipzig: Becker & Erler K.G. 1940.
Bernhatjer, K., u. B. Görlich: Oxydationen mittels Essigbakterien. IV. Über die Bildung von 2-Ketoglukonsäure durch Bact gluconicum. Biochem. Z. 280, 367–374 (1935 a).
Bernhatjer, K., u. B. Görlich: Oxydationen mittels Essigbakterien. V. Vergleichende Versuche über die Darstellung von l-Sorbose mittels verschiedener Bakterien. Biochem. Z. 280, 375–378 (1935b).
Bernhatjer, K., u. B. Görlich: Über die Umwandlung aromatischer und hydroaromatischer Verbindungen durch Mikroorganismen. II. Notiz über die Umwandlung von Chinasäure und Inosit. Biochem. Z. 280, 394–395 (1935c).
Bernhauer, K., u. K. Irrgang: Oxydationen mittels Essigbakterien. III. Über die Bildung einer red. Zuckercarbonsäure (Aldehydgluconsäure) neben 5-Keto-glukonsäure. Biochem. Z. 280, 360–366 (1935).
Bernhauer, K., u. H. Knobloch: Der Abbau der Glucose durch Acetobacter suboxydans. Naturwiss. 26, 819 (1938).
Bernhauer, K., u. H. Knobloch: Oxydationen mittels Essigbakterien. VI. Mitt. Vergleichende Untersuchungen über die Bildung reduzierender Zuckercarbonsäuren und die Darstellung von 2-Ketogluconsäure. Biochem. Z. 303, 308–315 (1939).
Bernhauer, K., u. H. Knobloch: Oxydative Gärungen. In Bamann-Myrbäck, Die Methoden der Fermentforschung, S. 2456–2475. Leipzig: Georg Thieme 1940.
Bernhauer, K., u. E. Bjedl-Tůmová: Oxydationen mittels Essigbakterien. 8. Mitt. Zur Methodik der bakteriellen Oxydationen in der Submerskultur. Biochem. Z. 320, 466–471 (1950a).
Bernhauer, K., u. E. Bjedl-Tůmová: Oxydationen mittels Essigbakterien. 10. Mitt. Notiz über die Oxydation der enantiomorphen Formen der Xylose und Arabinose. Biochem. Z. 321, 26–30 (1950b).
Bernhauer, K., u. K. Schön: Oxydationen mittels Bacterium xylinum. Z. physiol. Chem. 177, 107–124 (1928).
Bertho, A.: Zur Kenntnis des Essigfermentes. Liebigs Ann. 474, 1–64 (1929).
Bertho, A.: Die Essiggärung. Erg. Enzymforsch. 1, 231–266 (1932).
Bertho, A., u. K. P. Basu: Die Bedeutung der Aldehyddismutation für die Essiggärung. Liebigs Ann. 485, 26–42 (1931).
Bertrand, G.: Préparation biochimique du sorbose. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 122, 900–903 (1896).
Bertrand, G.: Action de la bactérie du sorbose sur les alcools plurivalents. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 126, 762–765 (1898a).
Bertrand, G.: Sur le produit d’oxydation de la glycérine par la bactérie du sorbose. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 126, 842–844 (1898b).
Bertrand, G.: Préparation biochimique de la dioxyacétone cristallisée. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 126, 984–986 (1898c).
Bertrand, G.: Action de la bactérie du sorbose sur le sucre de bois. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 127, 124–127 (1898d).
Bertrand, G.: Action de la bactérie du sorbose sur les sucres aldéhydiques. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 127, 728–731 (1898e).
Bertrand, G.: Sur l’oxydation de l’érythrite par la bactérie du sorbose; production d’un nouveau sucre: l’érythrulose. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 130, 1330–1333, vgl. auch 1472–1475 (1900).
Bertrand, G.: Étude biochimique de la bactérie du sorbose. Ann. Chim. Phys., Sér. VIII 3, 181, 195, 227 (1904).
Bertrand, G.: Sur la constitution du perséulose. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 149, 225–227 (1909).
Bertrand, G., et G. Nitzberg: Préparation par la bactérie du sorbose, d’un nouveau sucre réducteur à 7 atomes de carbone. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 186, 925–928 (1928).
Bertrand, G., et G. Nitzberg: La fonction cétonique de l’a-glucoheptulose. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 186, 1172–1175 (1928).
Binder-Kotrba, G.: Über die Dismutation des Acetaldols durch Bact. ascendens. Biochem. Z. 174, 448–451 (1926).
Bionda, G.: Sorbosio delia sorbite per via biologica. Ann. Chim. Appl. (Roma) 33, 148–158 (1943).
Black, S.: Yeast aldehyde dehydrogenase. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 34, 86–97 (1951).
Blum, H. B., and F. W. Fabian: Spice oils and their components for controling microbial surface growth. Fruit Prod. 22, 326–329, 347 (1943).
Böeseken, J., et J. L. Leefers: La préparation de sorbitol pur et de sorbose et l’influence de ce cétose sur le pouvoir conducteur de l’acide borique. Rec. Trav. chim. Pays-Bas 54, 861–865 (1935).
Bokorny, Th.: Einige Beobachtungen über Essigbildung. Wettend. Z. Spir. Ind. 15. II. 1904.
Bokorny, Th.: Zbl. Bakter. II 12, 484–486 (1904).
Bollenback, G. N., and L. A. Underkofler: The action of Acetobacter suboxydans upon ω-desoxy sugar alcohols. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 72, 741–745 (1950).
Bourne, E. J., and A. Weigel: 14C-cellulose from Acetobacter acetigenum. Chem. a. Ind. 1954, 132.
Bousfield, E. G., G. G. H. Wright and T. K. Walker: Oxidation of glycerol by Acetobacter species. J. Inst. Brew. 53, 258–262 (1947).
Bousfield, E. G., G. G. H. Wright and T. K. Walker: British Vinegars Limited, London (Erfinder: J. L. Shimwell): Manufacture of vinegar. Brit. Pat. 781, 584 vom 28. VI. 1954, veröff. am 21. VIII. 1957.
Brossa, G. A.: La fermentazioni dell’Acetobacter xylinum e la sintesi della cellulosa. Ann. Microbiol. 2, 77–92, 150–168 (1942).
Brown, A. J.: The chemical action of pure cultivations of Bacterium aceti. J. Chem. Soc. (Lond.), Transact. 1886, 172, 182, 435, 439.
Brown, A. J.: Further notes on the chemical action of Bacterium aceti. J. Chem. Soc. (Lond.), Transact. 1887, 638–642.
Brown, G. D., and C. Rainbow: Nutritional patterns in acetic acid bacteria. J. Gen. Microbiol. 15, 61–69 (1956).
Brown, G. M., M. Ikawa and E. E. Snell: Synthesis and microbiological activity of some pantothenic acid conjugates. J. of Biol. Chem. 213, 855–867 (1955).
Brown, G. M., and E. E. Snell: Pantothenic acid conjugates and growth of Acetobacter suboxydans. J. Bacter. 67, 465–471 (1954);
Brown, G. M., and E. E. Snell: Pantothenic acid conjugates and growth of Acetobacter suboxydans J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 75, 2782–2783 (1953).
Buchner, E., u. R. Gaunt: Über die Essiggärung. Liebigs Ann. 349, 140–184 (1906).
Butlin, K. R.: Survey of the biochemical activities of the acetic acid bacteria. Departm. of scientific and industrial Research. Chemistry Research. Special Report Nr. 2. London: His Majesty’s Stationery Office 1936 a.
Butlin, K. R.: Aerobic breakdown of glucose by Bact. suboxydans. Biochemic. J. 30, 1870–1877 (1936b).
Butlin, K. R.: The enzyme system of Bact. suboxydans. I. Variation of aerobic activity with age of culture. Biochemic. J. 32, 508–512 (1938a).
Butlin, K. R.: The enzyme system of Bact. suboxydans. II. Effect of acids and pH. Biochemic. J. 32, 1185–1190 (1938b).
Butlin, K. R.: The biological production of dihydroacetone. J. Soc. Chem. Ind. 57, 463–464 (1938c).
Butlin, K. R., and W.H.D. Wince: The biological production of gluconic acid. J. Soc. Chem. Ind. 58, 363–365 (1939a).
Butlin, K. R., and W.H.D. Wince: The formation of acetol from α-β-propylene glycol. J. Soc. Chem. Ind. 58, 365–366 (1939b).
Carr, J.G. : Acetobacter estunense nov. spec. An addition to Frateur’s ten basic species. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek 24, 157–160 (1958).
Carter, H. E., C. Belinsky, R. K. Clark Jr., E. H. Flynn, B. Lytle, G. E. McCasland and M. Bobbins: Oxidation of inositol by A. suboxydans. J. of Biol. Chem. 174, 415–426 (1948).
Carter, H. E., R. K. Clark Jr., E. H. Flynn, B. Lytle and M. Robbins: Oxidation of meso-inositol by Acetobacter suboxydans. Federat. Proc. 6, 243 (1947).
Castor, L. R. N., and B. Chance: Photochemical action spectra of carbon monoxide-inhibited respiration. J. of Biol. Chem. 217, 453–465 (1955).
Chance, B.: The carbon monoxide compounds of the cytochrom oxidases.
Chance, B.: I. Difference spectra. J. of Biol. Chem. 202, 383–396 (1953a).
Chance, B.: II Photodissociation spectra. J. of Biol. Chem. 202, 397–406 (1953b).
Chance, B.: III. Molecular extinction coefficients. J. of Biol. Chem. 202, 407–416 (1953c).
Chargaff, E., and B. Magasanik: Oxidation of stereoisomeres of the inositol group by Acetobacter suboxydans. J. of Biol. Chem. 165, 379–380 (1946).
Chauvet, J.: Étude de la respiration de Mycoderma vini. Enzymologia (Den Haag) 11, 57–69 (1943/45).
Cheldelin, V.H., and M. J. Bennett: Modification in the Acetobacter suboxydans assay for p-aminobenzoic acid. J. of Biol. Chem. 161, 751 (1945).
Cheldelin, V. H., J. G. Hauge and T. E. King: Oxidative dissimilation in pantothenate-deficient Acetobacter suboxydans cells. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. a. Med. 82, 144–147 (1953).
Chin, C. H.: The cytochrome system of Acetobacter peroxydans with reference to other Acetobacter species. 2e Congr. internat. Biochim., Rés. des Comm. 277. Paris 1952.
Colvin, J. R.: Formation of cellulose microfibrils in a homogenate of Acetobacter xylinum. J. of Biol. Chem. 70, 294–295 (1957).
Colvin, J. R., S. T. Bayley and M. Beer: The growth of cellulose microfibrils from Acetobacter xylinum. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 23, 652–653 (1957).
Copet, A., P. Fierens-Snoeck et H. van Risseghem: Contribution à l’étude de l’action des bactéries oxydantes sur les glycols α—CH2OH—CHOH—R en C3, C4, C5, C6. Bull. Soc. chim. France 1951, 902–908.
Cozic, M.: Étude biochimique de Bact. xylinum. Thesis. Nemours: André Lesot 1933a.
Cozic, M.: Oxydations et réductions déterminées par Acetobacter xylinum. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 196, 1740–1741 (1933b).
Cozic, M.: Culture de Bacillus xylinum sur l’acide lactique. C. r. Soc. Biol. Paris 117, 371–372 (1934a).
Cozic, M.: Étude biochimique de Bacterium xylinum. Rev. gén. Bot. 46, 1–32 (1934b).
Cozic, M.: Contribution à la connaissance des potentiels d’oxydo-réduction provoqués par le métabolisme des bactéries acétiques. Rev. gén. Bot. 48, 141–155 (1936a).
Cozic, M.: Croissance de diverses bactéries acétiques en anaérobiose. Rev. gén. Bot. 48, 209–211 (1936 b).
Cozic, M.: Influence du cyanure de potassium sur la respiration de quelques bactéries acétiques. Rev. gén. Bot. 48, 212–214 (1936 c).
Creedy, A. E., P. Jowett and T. K. Walker: Formation of D-cellobiose from starch and from other substrates by an Acetobacter species. Chem. a. Ind. 1954, 1297–1298.
Cummins, J. T., V. H. Cheldelin and T. E. King: Sorbitol dehydrogenases in Acetobacter suboxydans. J. of Biol. Chem. 226, 301–306 (1957).
Cummins, J. T., T.E. King and V. H. Cheldelin: The biological oxidation of sorbitol. J. of Biol. Chem. 224, 323–329 (1957).
Currie, J. N., and R. H. Carter (übertr. an Ch. Pfitzer & Co.): Production of gluconic acid. US P. 1, 896.811 v. 3. 2. 1930, ausg. 7. 2. 1933.
Currie, J. N., and A. Finlay (übertr. an Ch. Pfitzer & Co.): Process of fermentation. US P. 1, 908.225 v. 5. 2. 1931, ausg. 9. 5. 1933.
Czoklich, Ch.: Untersuchungen über die Essiggärung. Diss. philos. Fakult. Univ. Wien 1951.
Datta, A. G., and H. Katznelson: The oxidation of 2-ketogluconate by a partially purified enzyme from Acetobacter melanogenum. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 65, 576–578 (1956).
Datta, A. G., and H. Katznelson: Oxidation of 2, 5-diketogluconate by a cell-free enzyme preparation from Acetobacter melanogenum. Nature (Lond.) 179, 153–154 (1957).
De Ley, J.: Studies on the metabolism of Acetobacter peroxydans. Part I. General properties and taxonomic position of the species. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek 24, 281–297 (1958).
De Ley, J. and J. Schell: Oxidation of several substrates by Acetobacter aceti. J. Bacter. 77, 445–451 (1959).
Dixon, M.: On the question of the identity of the Schardinger enzyme with xanthine oxydase and aldehyde mutase. Enzymologia (Den Haag) 5, 198–225 (1938/39).
Dixon, M.: Aldehyde mutase. Erg. Enzymforsch. 8, 217–246 (1939).
Dixon, M., and C. Lutwak-Mann: Aldehyde mutase. Biochemic. J. 31, 1347–1365 (1937).
Dratwina, T. W.: Oxydation von Alkohol und Essigsäure mit Essigbakterien in Abhängigkeit vom pH und anderen Bedingungen des Mediums. Mikrobiologija 6, 468–480 (1937) [Russisch].
Dunn, M. S., S. Shankman, M. N. Camien and H. Block: The amino acid requirements of twenty-three lactic acid bacteria. J. of Biol. Chem. 168, 1–22 (1947).
Dunning, J. W., E. I. Fulmer, J. F. Guymon and L. A. Underkofler: Growth and chemical action of Acetobacter sub-oxydans upon inactive inositol. Science (Lancaster, Pa.), N. S. 87, 72 (1938).
Dunning, J. W., E. I. Fulmer and L. A. Underkofler: The oxydation of i-inositol by the action of Acetobacter suboxydans. Iowa State CollJ. Sci. 15, 39–46 (1940).
Elmer, L. S.: Vinegar generator system. US P. Nr. 2, 156.428 v. 14.1.1937, ausg. 2.5. 1939.
Entner, N., and M. Doudoroff: Glucose and gluconic acid oxidation of Pseudomonas saccharophila. J. of Biol. Chem. 196, 853–862 (1952).
Espil, L., L. Genevois, E. Peynaud et J. Ribéreau-Gayon: Sur la formation des esters de l’alcool éthylique. Enzymologia (Den Haag) 4, 88–93 (1937).
Ettel, V., J. Liebster and M. Tatra: Biochemische Zubereitung von 2-Keto-D-galactonsäure. Chem. Listy 46, 45–48 (1952) [Tschechisch].
Ettel, V., J. Liebster, M. Tatra and M. Kulhanek: Biochemische Oxydation von Volemit. II. Chem. Listy 46, 448–450 (1952) [Tschechisch].
Federico, L.: Sull’origine dell’acetilmetilcarbinolo degli aceti di fermentazione. Ann. Chim. Appl. (Roma) 38, 619–624 (1948).
Federico, L.: Ricerche sulle bio-ossidazioni. L’influenza dell’acido malico e dell’acido succinico sull’ossidazione dell’acido acetico per opera del-l’Acetobacter aceti. Boll. Soc. ital. Biol. sper. 25, 10–12 (1949).
Federico, L., e C. Antoniani: Ricerche sul chimismo delle fermentazioni ossidative. Nota I. Le attività iperossi-dative dell’Acetobacter aceti e i vari fattori di influenza. Ann. Chim. Appl. (Roma) 39, 321–330 (1949).
Federico, L., e L. Gobis: Sull’origine dell’acetilmetilcarbinolo degli aceti di fermentazione. Nota II. Ann. Chim. Appl. (Roma) 39, 278–282 (1949a).
Federico, L., e L. Gobis: Ricerche sulle bioossidazioni. II. Influenza dell’acido fumarico, dell’acido ossalacetico e dell’acido citrico sulla ossidazione dell’acido acetico per opera dell’Acetobacter aceti. Boll. Soc. ital. Biol. sper. 25, 236–238 (1949b).
Federico, L., e L. Gobis: Sulle sostanze generatrici di acetilmetilcarbinolo per azione dell’ Acetobacter aceti. Boll. Soc. ital. Biol. sper. 25, 238–239 (1949 c).
Fewster, J. A.: The oxidation of glucose by Acetobacter suboxydans. Biochemic. J. 63, 26P–27P (1956).
Fewster, J. A.: Oxidation by ultra-sonic extracts of Acetobacter suboxydans. Biochemic. J. 65, 14P (1957 a).
Fewster, J. A.: Kinase activity of ultra-sonic extracts of Acetobacter suboxydans. Biochemic. J. 66, 9P (1957 b).
Fewster, J. A.: Growth of Acetobacter suboxydans and the oxidation of aldoses, related carboxylic acids, and aldehydes. Biochemic. J. 69, 582–595 (1958).
Foda, I. O., and R.H. Vaughn: The nutritional requirements of Acetobacter melanogenum and related species. J. Bacter. 65, 79–82 (1953a).
Foda, I. O., and R.H. Vaughn: Oxidation of maltose by Acetobacter melanogenum. J. Bacter. 65, 233–237 (1953b).
Fowler, G. J., and V. Subramaniam: Studies in intensive bacterial oxidation. 1. The oxidation of alcohol to acetic acid. J. Indian Inst. Sci. 6, 147–172 (1923).
Franke, W.: Neuere Erkenntnisse zum Stoffwechsel der Mikroorganismen. Chemie 56, 55–60 (1943).
Franz, E., u. E. Schiebold: Beiträge zur Struktur der Bakterienzellulose. J. makromol. Chem. 1, 4–16 (1943).
Franzl, R. E., and E. Chargaff: (1) Enzyme preparations from Acetobacter suboxydans oxidizing inositol. Federat. Proc. 9, 173 (1950).
Franzl, R. E., and E. Chargaff: Bacterial enzyme preparations oxidizing inositol and their inhibition by colchicine. Nature (Lond.) 168, 955–957 (1951).
Frateur, J.: Essai sur la systématique des Acetobacters. Cellule 53, 287–392 (1950).
Frateur, J., P. Simonart et T. Coulon: Contribution à l’étude du pouvoir acétifiant de cultures pures d’Acetobacter. Bull. techn. de vinaig(Dijou) 6, 143 (1950).
Frateur, J., P. Simonart et T. Coulon: Étude chromatographique de cultures d’Acetobacter. Bull. Tech. Vinaigr. 8, 235–242 (1952/53).
Frateur, J., P. Simonart et T. Coulon: Antonie van Leeuwenhoek 20, 111–128 (1954).
Fred, E. B., W. H. Peterson and J. A. Anderson: The fermentation of arabinose and xylose by certain aerobic bacteria. J. Bacter. 8, 277–286 (1923).
French, D., R. J. Suhaldonik and L. A. Underkofler: Oxidation of disaccharid alcohols by Acetobacter suboxydans. Science (Lancaster, Pa.) 117, 100 (1953).
Frey-Wyssling, A., and K. Mühlethaler: Sub-microscopic structure of cellulose gels. J. Polymer Sci. 3, 172–174 (1946).
Frings, H.: Vorrichtung zur Essigfabrikation. D.R.P. Nr. 528670 Kl. 6e v. 7. 5. 1930, ausg. 2. 7. 1931.
Frings, H.: Vorrichtung zur Herstellung von Gärungsessig. D.R.P. Nr. 694117 v. 23. 11. 1935, ausg. 28. 7. 1940.
Frush, H. L., and H. S. Isbell: Determination of carbon14 in the terminal positions of sugars. Preparation of D-arabinose-5-C14 from D-fructose 1, 6-C14 [prepared from D-mannitol-1-C14]. J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. 51, 167–170 (1953).
Fujita, A., u. T. Kodama: Über Cytochrom und das Sauerstoffübertragende Ferment sowie die Atmungshemmung der pathogenen Bakterien durch CO und HCN. Biochem. Z. 273, 186–197 (1934).
Fulmer, E. I., A. C. Bantz and L. A. Underkofler: The use of alfalfa extract to supply nutrients for the growth and chemical activities of Acetobacter suboxydans. Iowa State Coll. J. Sci. 18, 369–376 (1944).
Fulmer, E. I., J. W. Dunning, J. F. Guymon and L. A. Underkofler: The effect of the concentration of sorbitol upon the production of sorbose by the action of Acetobacter suboxydans. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 58, 1012–1013 (1936).
Fulmer, E. I., J. W. Dunning and L. A. Underkofler: The effect of the concentration of mannitol upon the production of levulose by the action of Acetobacter suboxydans. . Iowa State CollJ. Sci. 13, 279–281 (1939).
Fulmer, E. I., and L. A. Underkofler: Oxidation of polyhydric alcohols by Acetobacter suboxydans. . Iowa State Coll. Sci. 21, 251–269 (1947).
Fulmer, E. I., L. A. Underkofler and A.C. Bantz: The production of acetylmethylcarbinol by the action of Acetobacter suboxydans upon 2, 3-butylene glycol. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 65, 1425–1427 (1943).
Glaser, L.: The enzymic synthesis of cellulose by Acetobacter xylinum. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 25, 436 (1957).
Glaser, L.: The synthesis of cellulose in cell-free extracts of Acetobacter xylinum. J. of Biol. Chem. 232, 627–636 (1958).
Görlich, B.: Die Einwirkung von Sorbinsäure auf die Sorbitoyxdation mit Acetobacter suboxydans. Z. Naturforsch, 11b, 223–225 (1956).
Goldman, C. L., W. Litsky, M. Mandel and H. N. Little: An assay procedure and partial characterization of a factor in yeast autolysate essential for the growth of Acetobacter gluconicum strain 2 G. Canad. J. Microbiol. 4, 463–468 (1958).
Goldschmidt, E., and L. O. Krampitz: Diphosphopyridine-nucleotide-linked propylene glycol dehydrogenase from Acetobacter suboxydans. Bacter. Proc. (Soc. Amer. Bacteriologists 54th Gen. Meeting) 1954, 96.
Golysheva, M. G., e I. M. Khokhlov: Sublimations-Trocknung an Mikroorganismen, die in der Vitamin-Industrie zur Gewinnung von Ascorbin-säure und Riboflavin benutzt werden. Trudy Vsesoyuz. Nauch.-Issledovatel Vitamin Inst. 4, 73–79 (1953) [Russisch].
Gorr, G., u. G. Perlmann: Weitere Untersuchungen über die Bildung von Milchsäure aus Methylglyoxal durch Ketonaldehydmutase tierischer und pflanzlicher Herkunft. Biochem. Z. 174, 433–439 (1926).
Grandel, F.: Pentone acids and their salts. US P. 2, 356.581 v. 22.8.1944.
Gray, B.E.: Preparation of 2-ketogulonic acid and its salts. US P. Nr. 2, 421.612 v. 4. 5.1945, ausg. 3.6.1947.
Gray, C.H., and E.L. Tatum: X-ray induced growth factor requirements in bacteria. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 30, 404–410 (1944).
Greathouse, G. A.: Isolation of cell-free enzyme system from Acetobacter xylinum capable of cellulose synthesis. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 79, 4503–4504 (1957a).
Greathouse, G. A.: Biosvnthesis of C14 labeled cellulose by Acetobacter xylinum. IV. From d-glucose-1-C14, d-glu-cose-VC14 and glycerol-1, 3-C14. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 79, 4505–4507 (1957b).
Greathouse, G. A., H. G. Shirk and F. W. Minor: Cellulose production by Acetobacter xylinum from unlabeled glucose and C14-acetate and C14-ethanol. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 76, 5157–5158 (1954).
Grivsky, E.: Oxydation des deux formes diastéréoisomères du butanediol-2, 3 par la bactérie du sorbose et le Mycoderma aceti. Bull. Soc. chim. Belg. 51, 63–112 (1942).
Gruber, Th.: Untersuchung über die Essiggärung. Diss. philos. Fakult. Univ. Wien 1954.
Gsur, J.: Untersuchungen über die Essiggärung. Diss. philos. Fakult. Univ. Wien 1953.
Haehn, M.: Über die Bildung von Milchsäure durch Bacterium xylinum. Dtsch. Essigindustr. 33, 385 (1929).
Haehn, H., u. M. Engel: Über die Bildung von Milchsäure durch Bacterium xylinum. Milchsäuregärung durch Kombucha. Zbl. Bakter. II 79, 182–185 (1929).
Haeseler, G.: Neues Essiggärungsverfahren (Moderator-System). Branntweinwirtschaft 75, 17–22 (1953).
Haeseler, G.: Essig (durch Gärung). In Ullmanns Enzyklopädie der technischen Chemie, 3. Aufl. Hrsg. v. W. Foerst, Bd. 6, S. 761–777. München u. Berlin: Urban & Schwarzenberg 1955.
Hall, A. N., D. Kulka and T. K. Walker: Formation of arabinose, ribulose and tartronic acid from 2-keto-d-gluconic acid. Biochemic. J. 60, 271–274 (1955).
Hall, A. N., C. Russell and K. S. Tiwari: The response of certain Acetobacter species to the lactone moiety of pantothenic acid. J. Bacter. 68, 279–281 (1954).
Hall, A. N., G. A. Thomas, K. S. Tiwari and T. K. Walker: Nutrition of Acetobacter species. Arch. of Biochem. aBiophysics 46, 485–487 (1953).
Hall, A. N., K. S. Tiwari and T. K. Walker: The influence of pH value and of carbon source on the nutritional requirements of Acetobacter suboxydans. Biochemic. J. 51, Proc. Biochem. Soc. xxxvi (1952).
Ham, J.: Engl. Pat. v. 7. X. 1824; ref. Dinglers J. 19, 578 (1826).
Hampshire, P.: Study of the causation of “ropiness“ in worts and beers. Bull. Bureau Bio-Technol. Murphy & Son (London) 1, 179–187, 199–214 (1922).
Hann, R. M., E. B. Tilden and C. S. Hudson: The oxidation of sugar alcohols by Acetobacter suboxydans. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 60, 1201–1203 (1938).
Hauge, J. G., T.E. King and V. H. Cheldelin: Alternate conversions of glycerol to dihydroxy acetone in Acetobacter suboxydans. J. of Biol. Chem. 214, 1–9 (1955a);
Hauge, J. G., T.E. King and V. H. Cheldelin: Alternate conversions of glycerol to dihydroxy acetone in Acetobacter suboxydans. Nature (Lond.) 174, 1104–1105 (1954).
Hauge, J. G., T.E. King and V. H. Cheldelin: Oxidation of dihydroxyacetone via the pentose cycle in Acetobacter suboxydans. J. of Biol. Chem. 214, 11–26 (1955b).
Hehre, E. J.: The biological synthesis of dextran from dextrins. J. of Biol. Chem. 192, 161–174 (1951).
Hehre, E. J., and D. M. Hamilton: Bacterial conversion of dextrin into a polysaccharide with the serological properties of dextran. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. a. Med. 71, 336–339 (1949).
Hehre, E. J., and D. M. Hamilton: The biological synthesis of dextran from dextrins. J. of Biol. Chem. 192, 161–174 (1951).
Henneberg, W.: Weitere Untersuchungen über Essigbakterien. Zbl. Bakter. II 4, 14–20, 67–73, 138–147 (1898a).
Henneberg, W.: Bacterium industrium und Bacterium ascendens und Ergänzungen zu den bisherigen Untersuchungen über Essigbakterien. Dtsch. Essigindustr. 2, 145–148, 153–155, 161–164, 169–172, 177–179 (1898b).
Henneberg, W.: Einfluß von zwölf Säurearten, von Alkohol, Formaldehyd und Natronlauge auf infizierte Brennerei- und Preßhefe. Wschr. Brauerei 23, 527–530, 546–549, 568–571, 580–584, 597–602 (1906a).
Henneberg, W.: Zur Kenntnis der Schnellessig-und Weinessigbakterien. Dtsch. Essigindustr. 10, 89–93, 98–99, 106–108, 113–116, 121–124, 129–132, 137–140, 146–148 (1906b).
Henneberg, W.: Gärungsbakteriologisches Praktikum, Betriebsuntersuchungen und Pilzkunde. Berlin: Paul Parey 1909.
Henri, V., et J. Schnitzler: Action des rayons ultra-violets sur la fermentation acétique du vin. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 149, 312–314 (1909).
Hermann, S.: Über die sogenannte „Kombucha“. I. Biochem. Z. 192, 176–187;
Hermann, S.: Über die sogenannte „Kombucha“. Biochem. Z. II. 192, 188–199 (1928).
Hermann, S.: Bacterium gluconicum, ein in der so-genannten Kombucha (japanischer oder indischer Teepilz) vorkommender Spaltpilz. Biochem. Z. 205, 297–305 (1929).
Hermann, S., u. P. Neuschul: Zur Biochemie der Essigbakterien, zugleich ein Vorschlag für eine neue Systematik. Biochem. Z. 233, 129–216 (1931).
Hermann, S., u. P. Neuschul: Milchsäure- und Brenztraubensäureabbau durch Essigbakterien. Biochem. Z. 246, 446–459 (1932).
Hermann, S., u. P. Neuschul: Zur Biochemie der Essigbakterien. Über einen charakteristischen Unterschied des Bact. gluconicum (Hermann) gegenüber anderen Essigbakterien bei der Einwirkung auf Galaktose. Biochem. Z. 270, 6–14 (1934).
Hermann, S., u. P. Neuschul: Kontinuierliche Glukonsäure-darstellung mittels des Bact. gluconicum (Hermann). Zbl. Bakter. II 93, 25–31 (1935a).
Hermann, S., u. P. Neuschul: Sur l’oxydation du mannose en acide mannonique par le Bact. gluconicum (Hermann). Bull. Soc. Chim. biol. Paris 18, 390–394 (1935b).
Herrick, H. T., R. Hellbach and O. E. May: Apparatus for the application of submerged mold fermentations under pressure. Industr. Engin. Chem. 27, 681–683 (1935).
Hestrin, S.: Mechanism of degradation and synthesis and some biological activities of intercellular bacterial polysaccharides. Symp. Microbiol. Metabolism. VI. Congr. Intern. Microbiol. (Roma): Proc. 63–70, 1953.
Hestrin, S., M. Aschner and J. Mager: Synthesis of cellulose by resting cells of Acetobacter xylinum. Nature (Lond.) 159, 64–65 (1947).
Hestrin, S.. and M. Schramm: Synthesis of cellulose by Acetobacter xylinum. 2. Preparation of freeze-dried cells capable of polymerizing glucose to cellulose. Biochemic. J. 58, 345–352 (1954).
Hibbert, H., and J. Barsha: Synthetic cellulose and textile fibers from glucose. Canad. J. Res. 5, 580 (1931).
Hildebrandt, F. M.: Experimental generator helps to control vinegar manufacture. Food Industries 12, 62–64 (1941).
Hoffmann-Ostenhof, O.: Enzymologie. Wien: Springer 1954.
Horecker, B. L.: A new pathway for the oxidation of carbohydrates. Brewers Digest 28, 214 (1953).
Hoyer, D. P.: Bijdrage tot de Kennis van de Azijnbakteriën. Leidener Diss., Delft 1898.
Hromatka, O.: Über die submerse Essiggärung. Chemiker-Ztg 76, 776–779, 815–817 (1952).
Hromatka, O., u. H. Ebner: Untersuchungen über die Essiggärung. I. Fesselgärung und Durchlüftungsverfahren. Enzymologia (Den Haag) 13, 369–386 (1949).
Hromatka, O., u. H. Ebner: Untersuchungen über die Essiggärung. II. Sauerstoffmangel der Fesselgärung. Enzymologia (Den Haag) 14, 96–106 (1950).
Hromatka, O., u. H. Ebner: Untersuchungen über die Essiggärung. III. Über den Einfluß der Belüftung auf die submerse Gärung. Enzymologia (Den Haag) 15, 57–69 (1951).
Hromatka, O., H. Ebner u. Ch. Csoklich: Untersuchungen über die Essiggärung. IV. Über den Einfluß einer vollständigen Unterbrechung der Belüftung auf die submerse Gärung. Enzymologia (Den Haag) 15, 134–153 (1951).
Hromatka, O., G. Kastner u. H. Ebner: Untersuchungen über die Essiggärung. V. Über den Einfluß von Temperatur und Gesamtkonzentration auf die submerse Gärung. Enzymologia (Den Haag) 15, 337–350 (1955).
Ikeda, Y.: A presumable pathway of kojic acid formation from fructose by Gluconobacter. J. Gen. Appl. Microbiol. (Tokyo) 1, 152–163 (1955).
Imschenetzki, A. A., e L. A. Kusjurina: Die Sorbitoxydation durch faltige Rassen der Essigbakterien. Mikrobiologija 23, 159–165 (1954) [Russisch],
Isbell, H. S., and J. V. Karabinos: Preparations of D-manni-tol-14C and its conversion to D-fructose-1 (and 6)-14C by Acetobacter suboxydans. J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. 48, 438–440 (1952).
Iselin, B.: Oxidations by Acetobacter suboxydans. J. of Biol. Chem. 175, 997–998 (1948).
Iwatsuru, R.: Über die Vergärung der α-Ketoglutarsäure durch das Bacterium xylinum. Biochem. Z. 168, 34–35 (1925).
Jackson, R. W., H. J. Koepsell, L. B. Lockwood, G. E. N. Nelson and F. H. Stodola: Bacterial oxidations of sugars and metabolic intermediates. Intern. Congr. Biochem., Abstr. Commun. 1. Congr., Cambridge (England) 1949, p. 536.
Janke, A.: Studien über die Essigsäurebakterien-Flora von Lagerbieren des Wiener Handels. Zbl. Bakter. II 45, 1–50 (1916a).
Janke, A.: Die Säuerung des Äthylalkohols durch Essigsäurebakterien. Zbl. Bakter. II 45, 534–584 (1916b).
Janke, A.: Der Aminosäureabbau durch Mikroben. Arch. Mikrobiol. 1, 304–332 (1930).
Janke, A.: Über den Sauerstoff verbrauch und das Redoxpotential der Essigsäurebakterien. Arch. Mikrobiol. 8, 348–353 (1937).
Janke, A.: Acetobacter Lafarianum nov. nom. Arch. Mikrobiol. 15, 116–118 (1950).
Janke, A.: Der mikrobielle Abbau der Aminosäuren. Arch. Mikrobiol. 15, 472–499 (1951).
Janke, A.: Die Wattehaube. Ein Verschluß für Kulturgefäße zur Züchtung streng aerober Mikroorganismen. Arch. Mikrobiol. 17, 155–159 (1952).
Janke, A.: Zur Systematik der Essigbakterien. Zbl. Bakter., II. Abt. 110, 728–739 (1957).
Janke, A., u. St. Kropacsy: Über ein Reaktionsgefäß zur Durchführung mikrobieller Umsetzungen mit Gasstoffwechsel. Biochem. Z. 277, 268–272 (1935a).
Janke, A., u. St. Kropacsy: Über die Bestimmung des Äthylalkohols und seiner Oxydationsprodukte in biologischen Substraten. Biochem. Z. 278, 30–36 (1935b).
Janke, A., u. St. Kropacsy: Beiträge zur Kenntnis des Mechanismus der Essigsäuregärung. Biochem. Z. 278, 37–59 (1935c).
Janke, A., u. M. Röhr: Über den Einfluß der Ernährung auf die Protein-Zusammensetzung von Essigbakterien. Arch. Mikrobiol. 31, 106–113 (1958).
Jensen, O.: Die Hauptlinien des natürlichen Bakteriensystems. Zbl. Bakter. II 22, 305–346; (1909).
Jensen, O.: Die Hauptlinien des natürlichen Bakteriensystems. Zbl. Bakter. II 24, 477–480 (1909).
Kandler, O., u. C. Zehender: Papierchromatographische Untersuchung der Aminosäurezusammensetzung verschiedener Bakterienhydrolysate. Arch. Mikrobiol. 24, 41–48 (1956).
Katznelson, H.: Hexose phosphate metabolism by Acetobacter melanogenum. Canad. J. Microbiol. 4, 25–34 (1958).
Katznelson, H., and S. W. Tanenbaum: Observations on maltose oxidation by Acetobacter melanogenum. J. of Bacter. 68, 368–372 (1954).
Katznelson, H., S. W. Tanenbaum and E. L. Tatum: Glucose, gluconate, and 2-ketogluconate oxidation by Acetobacter melanogenum. J. of Biol. Chem. 204, 43–59 (1953).
Kaushal, R., P. Jowett and T. K. Walker: Formation of glycolaldehyde by enzymatic scission of pentoses. Nature (Lond.) 167, 949 (1951).
Kaushal, R., and T.K. Walker: Formation of cellulose by Acetobacter acetigenum. Nature (Lond.) 160, 572–573 (1947).
Kaushal, R., and T.K. Walker: Formation of cellulose by certain species of Acetobacter. Biochemic. J. 48, 618–621 (1951).
Kaushal, R., T.K. Walker and D. G. Drummond: Observations on the formation and structure of bacterial cellulose. Biochemic. J. 50, 128–132 (1951).
Kayser, E.: Gärungsessig und Essigessenz. Z. öffentlChem. 6, 493–506 (1900).
Khesghi, S., H. R. Roberts and W. Bucek: The production of 5-ketogluconic acid by Acetobacter suboxydans. Appl. Microbiol. 2, 183–190 (1954).
Khouvine, Y.: Synthèse de la cellulose par Y Acetobacter xylinum à partir de la mannite et de la sorbite. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 196, 1144–1146 (1933).
Khouvine, Y.: Synthèse de la cellulose par l’Acetobacter xylinum à partir de polyalcools en C3, C4, C5, C6 et C7. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 198, 1544–1546 (1934).
Khouvine, Y., G. Champetier et R. Sutra: Étude aux rayons X de la cellulose d’Acetobacter xylinum. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 194, 208–209 (1932).
Khouvine, Y., et G. Nitzberg: Identification et oxydation biochimique de l’α-glucoheptulite. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 196, 218–220 (1933).
King, T. E., and V. H. Cheldelin: Oxidative dissimilation of non-nitrogenous compounds in Acetobacter suboxydans. Science (Lancaster, Pa.) 115, 14–15 (1952 a).
King, T. E., and V. H. Cheldelin: Oxidative dissimilation in Acetobacter suboxydans. J. of Biol. Chem. 198, 127–133 (1952b).
King, T. E., and V. H. Cheldelin: Phosphorylative and non-phosphorylative oxidation in Acetobacter suboxydans. J. of Biol. Chem. 198, 135–141 (1952c).
King, T. E., and V. H. Cheldelin: Sources of energy and the dinitrophenol-effect in the growth of Acetobacter suboxydans. J. Bacter. 66, 581–584 (1953a).
King, T. E., and V. H. Cheldelin: Pantetheine and Acetobacter suboxydans stimulatory factors. Bacter. Proc. 1953, 76–77 (1953b).
King, T. E., and V. H. Cheldelin: Pantothenic acid derivatives and growth of Acetobacter suboxydans. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. a. Med. 84, 591 (1953 c).
King, T. E., and V. H. Cheldelin: Oxidations in Acetobacter suboxydans. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 14, 108–116 (1954a).
King, T. E., and V. H. Cheldelin: Pyruvic carboxylase of Acetobacter suboxydans. J. of Biol. Chem. 208, 821–831 (1954 b).
King, T. E., and V. H. Cheldelin: Oxidation of acetaldehyde by Acetobacter suboxydans. J. of Biol. Chem. 220, 177–191 (1956a).
King, T. E., and V. H. Cheldelin: Solubilization and cytochrome(s) of the particulates from Acetobacter suboxydans. Federat. Proc. 15, 288–289 (1956b).
King, T. E., and V. H. Cheldelin: Glucose oxidation and cytochromes in solubilized particulate fractions of Acetobacter suboxydans. J. of Biol. Chem. 224, 579–590 (1957).
King, T. E., I. G. Fels and V. H. Cheldelin: Pantothenic acid studies. VI. A biologically active conjugate of pantothenic acid. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 71, 131–135 (1949).
King, T. E., E.H. Kawasaki and V. H. Cheldelin: Tricarboxylic acid cycle activity in Acetobacter pasteurianum. J. Bacter. 72, 418–421 (1956).
King, T. E., L. M. Locher and V. H. Cheldelin: Pantothenic acid studies. III. A pantothenic acid conjugate active for Acetobacter suboxydans. Arch of Biochem. 17, 483–485 (1948).
Kitasato, T.: Acyloin-aufbau mittels Enzyme der Essigbakterien. Biochem. Z. 195, 118–127 (1928).
Kitos, P.A.: Terminal oxidation pathways in Acetobacter suboxydans. Ph. D. Thesis, Oregon State College 1956.
Kitos, P.A., T.E. King, J.A. Ambrose and V. H. Cheldelin: Acetate activation in Acetobacter suboxydans. Federat. Proc. 14, 236–237 (1955).
Kitos, P. A., T. E. King and V. H. Cheldelin: Carbohydrate metabolic pathways in Acetobacter suboxydans. Federat. Proc. 15, 289–290 (1956).
Kitos, P. A., T. E. King and V. H. Cheldelin: Metabolism of fructose-1, 6-diphosphate and acetate in Acetobacter suboxydans. J. Bacter. 74, 565–571 (1957).
Klungsöyr, L., T.E. King and V. H. Cheldelin: Oxidative phosphorylation in Acetobacter suboxydans J. of Biol. Chem. 227, 135–149 (1957).
Kluyver, A. J., and A. G. J. Boezaardt: On the oxidation of glucose by Acetobacter suboxydans. Rec. Trav. chim. Pays-Bas 57, 609–615 (1938).
Kluyver, A. J., and A. G. J. Boezaardt: Note on the biochemical preparation of inosose. Rec. Trav. chim. Pays-Bas 58, 956–958 (1939).
Kluyver, A. J., H. J. L. Donker u. F. Visser’t Hooft: Über die Bildung von Acetylmethylcarbinol und 2, 3-Butylenglykol im Stoffwechsel der Hefe. Biochem. Z. 161, 361–378 (1925).
Kluyver, A. J., u. J. C. Hoogerheide: Über die Beziehungen zwischen den Stoffwechselvorgängen der Mikroorganismen und dem Oxydoreduktionspotential im Medium. II. Mitt. Versuche mit Hefearten. Biochem. Z. 272, 197–214 (1934).
Kluyver, A. J., en F. J. G. de Leeuw: Acetobacter suboxydans, een merkwaardige azijnbacterie. Tijdschr. Verg. Geneesk. 10, 170–182 (1924).
Knebel, J. B.: Verfahren und Vorrichtung zur Herstellung von Gärungsessig. D.R.P. Nr. 745.495 Kl. 6e v. 20. 8. 1941, ausg. 5. 5. 1944.
Knobloch, H., u. H. Tietze: Über die Bildung reduzierender Zuckercarbonsäuren durch Essigbakterien. Biochem. Z. 309, 399–414 (1941).
Kocwowa, E.: Wirkung von Penicillin und Aureomycin auf Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Thermobacterium cereale und Acetobacter rancens. Acta Microbiol. Polon. 4, 11–26 (1955) [Polnisch].
Koester, H., L. Mamoli and A. Vercellone: Ketosteroids. U.S.P. Nr. 2, 236.574 v. 1. 4. 1941.
Koft, B. W., and J. H. Morrison: A biosynthetic product capable of replacing FA and PABA. Bacter. Proc. (Soc. Amer. Bacteriologists, 54. Gen. Meeting) 1954, 99.
Kondo, K., M. Ameyama and T. Yamaguchi: Studies on the oxidative metabolism of glucose by Acetobacter melanogenum. J. Agric. Chem. Soc. Jap. 30, 419–426 (1956).
Kovachevich, R., and W. A. Wood: Carbohydrate metabolism by Pseudomonas fluorescens. J. of Biol. Chem. 213, 757–767 (1955).
Krehan, M.: Beiträge zur Physiologie und Systematik der Essigbakterien. I. Teil. Arch. Mikrobiol. 1, 493–536 (1930).
Krehan, M.: Beiträge zur Physiologie und Systematik der Essigbakterien. II. Teil. Arch. Mikrobiol. 3, 277–321 (1932).
Kreipe, H.: Über die Entkeimung des Spritessigs mittels des Katadynverfahrens. Dtsch. Essigindustr. 37, 57–60 (1933).
Kressling, E. K.: Oxydation von Sorbit mittels Mikroorganismen. Mikrobiologija 6, 898–901 (1937) [Russisch].
Kubowitz, F., u. E. Haas: Ausbau der photochemischen Methoden zur Untersuchung des Sauerstoff übertragenden Ferments (Anwendung auf Essigbakterien und Hefezellen). Biochem. Z. 255, 247–277 (1932).
Kudaka, M., H. Aida and K. Miyamoto: Preparation of the intermediate of vitamin C from the reduction products of 5-keto-gluconate by oxidizing bacteria. Ferment. Assoc. (Hakko Kyokaishi) 11, 251–256 (1953).
Kulka, D., A. N. Hall and T. K. Walker: Formation of 2-keto-D-gluconic acid, 5-keto-D-gluconic acid, and tartronic acid by Acetobacter species. Nature (Lond.) 167, 905–906 (1951).
Kulka, D., J. M. Preston and T. K. Walker: Giant colonies of Acetobacter as an aid to identification. J. Inst. Brew. 55, 141–146 (1949).
Kulka, D., J. M. Preston and T. K. Walker: The photographic examination of giant colonies. J. Gen. Microbiol. 5, 18–21 (1951).
Kulka, D., and T.K. Walker: Capsula formation by Acetobacter species. J. Inst. Brew. 52, 129–131 (1946).
Kulka, D., and T.K. Walker: Capsules of Acetobacter turbidans demonstrated by positive staining. J. Inst. Brew. 54, 148–150 (1948).
Kulka, D., and T.K. Walker: The ketogenic activities of Acetobacter species in a glucose medium. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 50, 169–179 (1954).
Kusjurina, L. A.: Die Charakteristik faltiger Rassen ketogener Essigbakterien. Mikrobiologija 23, 265–270 (1954) [Russisch].
Laborde, J., et M. Leulier: Influence des substances radioactives sur la fermentation acétique. Bull. Soc. Chim. biol. Paris 4, 415–418 (1922).
Lafar, F.: Physiologische Studien über die Essiggärung und Schnellessigfabrikat ion. II. Die Säuerungskraft von B. aceti Hansen und B. Pasteurianum Hansen in ihrer Abhängigkeit Von der Temperatur. Zbl. Bakter. II 1, 129–150 (1895).
Lafar, F.: Die Essigsäure-Gärung. Sonderabdr. aus Handbuch Technische Mykologie, Bd. V. Jena: Gustav Fischer 1913.
Lambion, R., et J. M. Wiame: Cultures pures d’Acetobacter dans les conditions d’acétification rapide. Rev. Fermentat. Industr. aliment. 6, 25–27 (1951).
Lampen, J. O., L. A. Underkofler and W. H. Peterson: P-aminobenzoic acid, a growth factor for Acetobacter suboxydans. J. of Biol. Chem. 146, 277–278 (1942).
Landy, M., and D.M. Dicken: A microbiological method for the determination of p-aminobenzoic acid. J. of Biol. Chem. 146, 109–114 (1942).
Landy, M., and F. Streightoff: Effect of purines on sensitivity of the Acetobacter suboxydans assay for p-aminobenzoic acid. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. a. Med. 52, 127–128 (1943).
Lardon, A., u. T. Reichstein: Bestandteile der Nebennierenrinde und verwandte Stoffe. 84. Mitt. Allopregnan-tetrol-(3β, 17, 20α, 21). Helvet. chim. Acta 34, 756–767 (1951).
La Rivière, J. W. M.: The production of surface active compounds by micro-organisms and its possible significance in oil recovery. I. Some general observations on the change of surface tension in microbial cultures. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek 21, 1–8 (1955).
Le Gallic, P.: Recherche sur l’arrêt spontané de la fermentation acétique. Rôle de l’acide non-dissocié. C. r. Soc. Biol. Paris 142, 275–278 (1948).
Leifson, E.: Staining, shape and arrangement of bacterial flagella. J. Bacter. 62, 377–389 (1951).
Leifson, E.: The flagellation and taxonomy of species of Acetobacter. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek 20, 102–110 (1954).
Liebster, J., M. Kulhánek u. M. Tadra: Biochemische Dehydrierung von D-Arabon-und α-D-Glucoheptonsäure. Chem. Listy 47, 1075–1080 (1953) [Tschechisch].
Liebster, J., B. Luksik, G. Färber u. V. Svoboda: Eine neue Methode zur Isolierung von Dioxyaceton und L-Sorbose aus Gärungssubstraten. Chem. Listy 50, 395–397 (1956) [Tschechisch].
Lirmann, F., N. O. Kaplan, G. D. Novelli, L. C. Tuttle and B. M. Guirard: Coenzyme for acetylation, a pantothenic acid derivative. J. of Biol. Chem. 167, 869–870 (1947).
Litsky, Wm., W.R. Esselen Jr., B. S. Tepper and G. Miller: Nutritive requirements of Acetobacter. I. Vitamin requirements of Acetobacter xylinum. Food Res. 18, 250–252 (1953).
Lockwood, L. B.: Ketogenic fermentation processes. In: L. A. Underkofler and R. J. Hickey, Industrial fermentations, Bd. II. New York: Chem. Publish. Co., Inc. 1954.
Loizjanskaja, M. S.: Die Variabilität der Essigbakterien. Mikrobiologija 22, 511–516 (1953) [Russisch].
Loizjanskaja, M. S.: Die Verwertung der Glucose durch die Bakterien des Schnellessigverfahrens. Mikrobiologija 24, 598–607 (1955) [Russisch].
Lowy, J.: Automatic control improves vinegar manufacture. Food Industries 13, 47–48 (1941).
MacKin, J. J.: Process for producing vinegar. U.S. Patent 2, 423, 897 v. 15. 7. 1947.
Magasanik, B., and E. Chargaff: The stereochemistry of an enzymatic reaction: The oxidation of 1-, d- and epi-inositol by Acetobacter suboxydans. J. of Biol. Chem. 174, 173–188 (1948a).
Magasanik, B., and E. Chargaff: The structure of a new cyclohexose produced from d-inositol by biological oxidation. J. of Biol. Chem. 175, 929–937 (1948b).
Magasanik, B., and E. Chargaff: The oxidation of d-quercitol by Acetobacter suboxydans. J. of Biol. Chem. 175, 939–943 (1948c).
Magasanik, B., R. E. Franzland, E. Chargaff: The stereochemical specifity of the oxidation of cyclitols by Acetobacter suboxydans. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 74, 2618–2621 (1952).
Mark, H., u. G. v. Susich: Über den Bau des kristallisierten Anteils der Cellulose. III. Z. physik. Chem. B 4, 431–439 (1929).
Marshall, J. H., and J. R. Postage: Variants of Acetobacter suboxydans621 not requiring p-aminobenzoic acid and resistant to sulfonamides. Internat. Congr. Biochem. Cambridge, Abstr. of Commun. 1949, 338–339.
Masson, C. R., R. F. Menzies, J. Cruickshank and H. W. Melville: Bacterial cellulose for osmometer membranes. Nature (Lond.) 157, 74 (1946).
Masuo, E., T. Arimoto, E. Kondo, Y. Wakisaka and K. Yoshida: Oxidation of carbohydrates by bacteria. VI. Ann. Rept. Shionogi Res. Lab. 1954, 57–61.
Maurer, K., u. B. Schiedt: Zur Darstellung der l-Sorbose. Biochem. Z. 271, 61–63 (1934f).
Mayer, P.: Zur Biochemie des Asymmetrieproblems. Biochem. Z. 174, 420–424 (1926).
McClung, L. S., and E. McCoy: Studies on anaerobic bacteria. I. A cornliver medium for the detection and dilution counts of various anaerobes. J. Bacter. 28, 267–277 (1934).
Mikhlin, E. D., i M. G. Golysheva: Wirkung der Katalase auf die Oxydation von Sorbit durch ketogene Mikroorganismen. Biochimija 17, 91–96 (1952 a) [Russisch].
Mikhlin, E. D., i M. G. Golysheva: Wirkung von Histidin auf die Oxydation von Sorbit durch Acetobacter melano-genum. Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR. 82, 439–441 (1952b) [Russisch].
Mikhlin, E. D., i M. G. Golysheva: Der Einfluß von Methylenblau auf die Oxydation des Sorbits in Sorbose durch Acetobacter melanogenum. Biochimija 19, 549–556 (1954) [Russisch].
Mikhlin, E., i J. Rozenberg: Wirkung des Sauerstoff-Partialdruckes auf die Oxydation von Sorbit zu Sorbose durch Acetobacter melanogenum. Biochimija 15, 444–447 (1950) [Russisch].
Minor, F. W., G. A. Greathouse and H. G. Shirk: Biosynthesis of carbon- 14-specifically labeled cellulose by Acetobacter xylinum. III. From D-glucose-2-C14. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 77, 1244–1245 (1955).
Minor, F. W., G. A. Greathouse, H. G. Shirk, A.M. Schwartz and M. Harris: Biosynthesis of C14 specifically labeled cellulose by Acetobacter xylinum. I. From D-glucose 1-C14 with and without ethanol. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 76, 1658–1661 (1954a).
Minor, F. W., G. A. Greathouse, H. G. Shirk, A.M. Schwartz and M. Harris: Biosynthesis of C14-specifically labeled cellulose by Acetobacter xylinum. II. From D-mannitol-1-C14 with and without ethanol. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 76, 5052–5054 (1954b).
Mitjuschowa, N. M.: Zum Gasstoffwechsel der Essigbakterien bei der Oxydation des Sorbits zu Sorbose. Mikrobiologija 23, 400–409 (1954) [Russisch].
Miyaji, K.: The decomposition products of amino acids by acetic acid bacilli. J. Chem. Soc. Japan 45, 391–450 (1924).
Molinari, E.: Über die biochemische Dismutation nebst Untersuchungen über die Essiggärung. Biochem. Z. 216, 187–215 (1929).
Moore, W. B., A. C. Blackwood and A. C. Neish: Metabolism of seven-carbon sugars, acids and alcohols by bacteria and yeasts. Canad. J. Microbiol. 1, 198–205 (1954).
Mosel, H.: Untersuchungen über Essiggärung und Oxydation höherer Alkohole in zuckerfreier Nährlösung. Zbl. Bakter. II 87, 193–229 (1932).
Mühlethaler, K.: Elektronenoptische Untersuchungen über den Feinbau von Gelen. Makromolekulare Chem. 2, 143–171 (1948).
Mühlethaler, K.: The structure of bacterial cellulose. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 3, 527–535 (1949).
Müller, D.: Untersuchungen über Oxydasen in getöteten Essigbakterien. I. Biochem. Z. 238, 253–267 (1931).
Müller, D.: Der Abbau von Methylalkohol, Formaldehyd und Ameisensäure durch lebende und getötete Essigbakterien. Biochem. Z. 254, 97–101 (1932a).
Müller, D.: Das Verhalten getöteter Essigbakterien gegenüber Sauerstoff und Chinon als Wasserstoffakzeptoren. Untersuchungen über Oxydasen in getöteten Essigbakterien. III. Biochem. Z. 254, 102–111 (1932b).
Müller, D.: Die Mannitdehydrase. Enzy-mologia (Den Haag) 3, 26–28 (1937).
Müller, H., C. Montigel u. T. Reichstein: Reine l-Erythrulose (1–2-keto-tetrose). Helvet. chimActa 20, 1468–1473 (1937).
Mulder, E. G.: Über die Bedeutung des Kupfers für das Wachstum von Mikroorganismen und über eine mikrobiologische Methode zur Bestimmung des pflanzenverfügbaren Boden-kupfers. Arch. Mikrobiol. 10, 72–86 (1939).
Myrbäck, K., H. v. Euler u. E. Sandberg: Über die Aldehydmutation von Essigbakterien. Z. physiol. Chem. 175, 316–320 (1928).
Neuberg, C., u. E. Hofmann: Notiz über einfache Gewinnung von kristallisiertem Dioxyaceton auf biochemischem Wege. Biochem. Z. 279, 318–320 (1935).
Neuberg, C., u. E. Molinari: Über den Verlauf der Essiggärung. Naturwiss. 14, 758–759 (1926).
Neuberg, C., u. F. F. Nord: Anwendungen der Abfangmethode auf die Bakteriengärungen. II. Festlegung der Aldehydstufe bei der Essiggärung. Biochem. Z. 96, 158–174 (1919).
Neuberg, C., u. Cl. Ostendorf: Dismutation des p-Tolylglyoxals. Biochem. Z. 279, 459–462 (1935).
Neuberg, C., u. E. Simon: Über die Dismutation des Methyläthylacetaldehyds. Biochem. Z. 174, 452–456; (1926).
Neuberg, C., u. E. Simon: Über die Dismutation des Methyläthylacetaldehyds. Biochem. Z. 179, 443–450 (1926).
Neuberg, C., u. E. Simon: Alkoholische Gärung durch Essigbakterien. Biochem. Z. 197, 259–260 (1928 a).
Neuberg, C., u. E. Simon: Über Verschiedenheiten der Vorgänge bei der alkoholischen Zuckerspaltung und der Acetaldehyddismutation. Biochem. Z. 199, 232–247 (1928b).
Neuberg, C., u. E. Simon: Über isoliertes Vorkommen von Carboxylase und über enzymatische Wirkungen des Essigbakteriums Bordeaux. Biochem. Z. 253, 225–230 (1932).
Neuberg, C., u. F. Windisch: Vom Wesen der Essiggärung und von verwandten Erscheinungen. Naturwiss. 13, 993–996 (1925a).
Neuberg, C., u. E. Simon: Über die Essiggärung und die chemischen Leistungen der Essigbakterien. Biochem. Z. 166, 454–481 (1925b).
Neuberg, I. St.: Untersuchungen in der 3-Kohlenstoffreihe. Biochem. Z. 255, 1–26 (1932).
Noldin, F.: Eintauchverfahren für die Essigherstellung. D.R.Pat. Nr. 486282 Kl. 6e v. 7. 5. 1925.
Nomoto, M., M. Namiki and K. Namiki: The mechanism of antimicrobial action of dehydroacetic acid. I. The mode of growth inhibition of dehydroacetic acid and the influence of pH, thiol compounds, and metallic ions on its activity. J. Agric. Chem. Soc. Jap. 28, 727–732 (1954 a).
Nomoto, M., M. Namiki and K. Namiki: II. The effect of dehydroacetic acid on the respiration and fermentation of microorganisms. J. Agric. Chem. Soc. Jap. 28, 732–736 (1954b).
Novelli, G. D., R. M. Flynn and F. Lipmann: Coenzyme A as a growth stimulant for Acetobacter suboxydans. J. of Biol. Chem. 177, 493–494 (1949).
Oppenheimer, W.: Stoffwechselbilanz der Essigsäure. Dtsch. Essigindustr. 38, 137–140 (1934).
Pasteur, L.: Suite à une précédente communication sur les mycodermes. Nouveau procédé industriel de fabrication du vinaigre. C.r. Acad. Sci. Paris 55, 28–32 (1862).
Pasteur, L.: Mémoire sur la fermentation acétique. Ann. sci. École norm. sup. Paris 1, 113 (1864).
Pitcher, W. H.: Properties of compounds produced by the action of Acetobacter suboxydans upon i-inositol. Iowa State Coll. J. Sci. 16, 120–121 (1941).
Pitman, G. A., and W. V. Cruess: Hydrolysis of pectin by various microorganisms. A comparative study. Industr. Engin. Chem. 21, 1292–1295 (1929).
Polesofsky, W.: Untersuchungen über die Bildung von Carbonsäuren durch submerse Vergärung primärer Alkohole. Diss. philos. Fakult. Univ. Wien 1951.
Posternak, T.: Recherches dans la série des cyclites. V. Sur un inosose préparé par voie biochimique. Helvet. chim. Acta 24, 1045–1058 (1941).
Posternak, T.: Recherches dans la série des cyclites. VI. Sur la configuration de la méso-inosite, de la scyllite et d’un inosose obtenu par voie biochimique (scyllo-ms-inosose). Helvet. chim. Acta 25, 746–752 (1942).
Posternak, T.: Recherches dans la série des cyclites. VIII. Sur la configuration du dl-epi-ms-inosose et de sa forme lévogyre obtenue par la voie biochimique. Helvet. chim. Acta 29, 1991–1998 (1946).
Posternak, T.: Recherches dans la série des cyclitols. XII. Sur la configuration du viburnitol. Helvet. chim. Acta 33, 350–355 (1950a).
Posternak, T.: XIII. Préparation et oxydation biochimique du D-viburnitol. Helvet. chim. Acta 33, 1594–1597 (1950b).
Posternak, Th., A. Rapin et A.-L. Haenni: Recherches dans la série des cyclitols. XXIV. Sur les règles d’oxydation de cyclitols par Acetobacter suboxydans. Helv. chim. Acta 40, 1594–1603 (1957).
Posternak, T., et F. Ravenna: Recherches dans la série des cyclites. IX. Sur les cyclohexane-triols-1, 2, 3 et leur oxydation biochimique. Helvet. chim. Acta 30, 441 (1947).
Posternak, T., et D. Reymond: Recherches dans la série des cyclitols. XVII. Sur l’oxydation de divers cyclitols par Acetobacter suboxydans. Helvet. chim. Acta 36, 260–268 (1953).
Prescott, S. C., and C. G. Dunn: Industrial microbiology. New York-Toronto-London: McGraw-Hill Book Comp., Inc. 1959.
Prieur, P.: Présence de deux systèmes d’oxydation de l’éthanol dans Acetobacter xylinum. C. R. Acad. Sci. (Paris) 244, 253–255 (1957).
Quéré, H.: L’oxydation des alcools par les ferments acétiques, considerée comme une forme de la respiration cellulaire. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 193, 445–446 (1931).
Quéré, H.: Croissance et métabolisme d’une bactérie acétique. Thèse. Bordeaux 1935.
Racker, E.: Aldehyde dehydrogenase, a diphosphopyridine nucleotide-linked enzyme. J. of Biol. Chem. 177, 883–892 (1949).
Racker, E.: Crystalline alcohol dehydrogenase from baker’s yeast. J. of Biol. Chem. 184, 313–319 (1950).
Rainbow, C., and G. W. Mitson: Nutritional requirements of acetic acid bacteria. J. Gen. Microbiol. 9, 371–375 (1953).
Rånby, B. G.: Physicochemical investigations on bacterial cellulose. Ark. Kemi (Stockh.) 4, 249–255 (1952).
Rao, M. R. R.: Pyruvate and acetate metabolism in Acetobacter aceti and Acetobacter suboxydans. Doct. thesis, Univ. of Illinois, Urbana 1955.
Rao, M. R. R.: Acetic acid bacteria. Annual Rev. Microbiol. 11, 317–338 (1957).
Rao, M. R. R., and I. C. Gunsalus: Mechanism of pyruvate metabolism: Acetobacter aceti and Acetobacter suboxydans. Federat. Proc. 14, 267 (1955).
Rao, M. R. R., and J. L. Stokes: Nutrition of the acetic acid bacteria. J. Bacter. 65, 405–412 (1953a).
Rao, M. R. R., and J. L. Stokes: Utilization of ethanol by acetic acid bacteria. J. Bacter. 66, 634–638 (1953b).
Rasumofskaja, S. G., i T. S. Bjelousowa: Das Verhalten der Essigbakterien des Schnellessigverfahrens zur Kohlensäure. Mikrobiologija 21, 403–407 (1952) [Russisch].
Rasumofskaja, S. G., i N. M. Mitjuschowa: Der Einfluß der Durchlüftung auf die Vermehrung und die Oxydations tat igkeit des A. suboxydans. Mikrobiologija 24, 265–270 (1955) [Russisch].
Rasumofskaja, S. G., i S. M. Shdan-Puschkina: Über den Einfluß der Beimpfung auf die Oxydation des Sorbits durch Acetobacter suboxydans. Mikrobiologija 25, 16–24 (1956) [Russisch].
Rasumofskaja, S. G., i O. A. Vasil’eva: Wirkung von Glucose auf die Oxydation von Sorbit durch Essigbakterien. Mikrobiologija 19, 121–126 (1950) [Russisch].
Regna, P. P.: 5-Desoxy-l-sorbose. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 69, 246–249 (1947).
Reichstein, T.: L-Adonose (l-Erythro-2-keto-pentose). Helvet. chim. Acta 17, 996–1002 (1934).
Reid, A.: Manometrische Messung der sauerstofflosen Atmung. (Versuche mit Essigbakterien.). Biochem. Z. 242, 159–169 (1931).
Reusser, F., J. F. T. Spencer and H. R. Sallans: Essential amino acids in microorganisms. Canad. J. Microbiol. 3, 721–728 (1957).
Richtmyer, N. K., L. C. Stewart and C. S. Hudson: L-Fuco-4-ketose, a new sugar produced by the action of A. suboxydans on L-fucitol. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 72, 4934–4937 (1950).
Riedl-Tůmová, E., u. K. Bernhauer: Oxydationen mit Essigbakterien. 9. Mitt. Zur Bildung von Oxogluconsäuren durch Acetobacter melanogenum. Biochem. Z. 320, 472–476 (1950).
Rippel-Baldes, A., G. Busch u. F. Radler: Über die Zusammensetzung von Involutionsformen der Mikroorganismen. Arch. Mikrobiol. 23, 423–430 (1956).
Romegialli, A.: Contributo alla teoria della fermentazione acetica e alla tecnologia dell’ acetificazione. II. Gazz. chim. ital. 16, 73–103 (1886).
Rosenblatt, M., u. N. Mordkowitsch: Über den Einfluß gewisser Elemente auf die Essiggärung. Ukrain. chem. J. 4, Techn. Teil 1–10 (1929). Vgl. auch Biochem. Z. 209, 83–89 (1929).
Sarett, H. P., and V. H. Cheldelin: The use of Acetobacter suboxydans for assay of the lactone moiety of pantothenic acid. J. of Biol. Chem. 159, 311–319 (1945).
Schainskaja, I. M.: Isolierung und Auslese aktiver Essigbakterien-Kulturen für die Spritessigerzeugung. Mikrobiologija 22, 72–78 (1953) [Russisch].
Schlubach, H. H., u. J. Vorwerk: Untersuchungen über l-Sorbose. (I. Mitt.) Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 66, 1251–1253 (1933).
Schramm, M., Z. Gromet and S. Hestrin: Role of hexose phosphate in synthesis of cellulose by Acetobacter xylinum. Nature (Lond.) 179, 28–29 (1957).
Schramm, M., and S. Hestrin: Factors affecting production of cellulose at the air/liquid interface of a culture of Acetobacter xylinum. J. Gen. Microbiol. 11, 123–129 (1954a).
Schramm, M., and S. Hestrin: Synthesis of cellulose by Acetobacter xylinum. I. Micromethod for determination of celluloses. Biochemic. J. 56, 163–166 (1954b).
Seegmiller, J. E.: Triphosphopyridine nucleotide-linked aldehyde dehydrogenase from yeast. J. of Biol. Chem. 201, 629–637 (1953).
Seifert, W.: Beiträge zur Physiologie und Morphologie der Essigbakterien. Zbl. Bak-ter. II 3, 337–349, 385–399 (1897).
Seifert, W.: Über freie und acetaldehydschweflige Säure und deren Wirkung auf verschiedene Organismen des Weines. Z. landw. Versuchswes. Österr. 9, 1019–1059 (1906).
Shdan-Puschkina, S. M.: Die Vermehrungsdynamik des Acetobacter suboxydans in aus Hefewasser bereiteten Nahrmedien. Mikrobiologija 24, 447–454 (1955a) [Russisch].
Shdan-Puschkina, S. M.: Die Vermehrungsdynamik des A. suboxydans und seine Oxydation des Sorbits auf Substraten mit Vitamin B-Komplexen. Mikrobiologija 24, 545–549 (1955b) [Russisch].
Shibata, K.: Cytochrom und Zellatmung. Erg. Enzymforsch. 4, 348–364 (1935).
Shibata, K., and H. Tamiya: Untersuchungen über die Bedeutung des Cytochroms in der Physiologie der Zellatmung. Acta phytochim. (Tokyo) 5, 23–97 (1930).
Shimwell, J. L.: Study of a new species of Acetobacter (A. capsulatum) producing ropiness in beer and beer-wort. J. Inst. Brew. 42, 585–595 (1936).
Shimwell, J. L.: Brewing bacteriology. IV. The acetic acid bacteria (family Acetobacteriaceae; genus Acetobacter). Wallerstein Lab. Communie. 11, 27–39 (1948).
Shimwell, J. L.: Pure culture vinegar production. J. Inst. Brew. 60, 136–141 (1954).
Shimwell, J. L.: Transmutation of species in the genus Acetobacter. J. Inst. Brew. 62 (N. S. 53), 339–343 (1956).
Shimwell, J. L.: The true significance of Hoyers medium in the differentiation of Acetobacter species. J. Inst. Brew. 63 (N. S. 54), 44–45 (1957 a).
Shimwell, J. L.: A pattern of evolution in the genus Acetobacter. J. Inst. Brew. 63 (N. S. 54), 45–56 (1957b).
Shimwell, J. L.: The mechanism of loss of starch-production by Acetobacter pasteurianum. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek 23, 235–239 (1957 c).
Shimwell, J. L.: Flagellation and taxonomy of Acetobacter and Acetomonas. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek 24, 187–192 (1958).
Shimwell, J. L., and J. G. Carr: Old and new cellulose-producing Acetobacter species. J. Inst. Brew. 64 (N. S. 55), 477–484 (1958).
Shirk, H. G., and G. A. Greathouse: Infrared spectra of bacterial cellulose. Analyt. Chemistrv 24, 1774–1775 (1952).
Simon, E.: Über das zymatische System und die Wirkung der Essigbakterien. Biochem. Z. 224, 253–291 (1930).
Simon, E.: Aldehyd-dismutation und Essiggärung. Biochem. Z. 243, 401–405 (1931).
Simon, E.: Verfahren zur Herstellung von Essig aus Kohlenhydraten. D.R.P. Nr. 589429, Kl. 6e v. 15. 7.1930, ausg. 7. 12. 1933.
Singer, T. P., and E. B. Kearney: The non-enzymatic reduction of cytochrome c by pyridine nucleotides and its catalysis by various flavins. J. of Biol. Chem. 183, 409–429 (1950).
Sisson, W. A.: X-ray studies of crystallite orientation in cellulose fibers. II. Synthetic fibers from bacterial cellulose membranes. J. Physic. Chem. 40, 343–359 (1936).
Sjolander, N., and W. Eisenman: Process for production of 3-hydroxy-2-butanone. U.S.P. Nr. 2, 401.778 v. 11. 6. 1946.
Smith, L.: Bacterial cytochromes. Difference spectra. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 50, 299–314 (1954a).
Smith, L.: Bacterial cytochromes. Bacter. Rev. 18, 106–130 (1954b).
Smith, L.: An investigation of cytochrom c oxidase activity in bacteria. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 50, 315–321 (1954c).
Smith, R. A., and I. C. Gunsalus: Distribution and formation of isocitritase. Nature (Lond.) 175, 774–775 (1955).
Söhngen, N. L.: Über reduzierende Eigenschaften der Essigbakterien. Folia Microbiol. 3, 151–155 (1914).
Steel, R., and T. K. Walker: Celluloseless mutants of certain Acetobacter species. J. Gen. Microbiol. 17, 12–18 (1957 a).
Steel, R., and T. K. Walker: A comparative study of cellulose-producing cultures and celluloseless mutants of certain Acetobacter spp. J. Gen. Microbiol. 17, 445–452 (1957b).
Steel, R., and T. K. Walker: A highly specific growth-inhibitory factor produced by certain Acetobacter species. Nature (Lond.) 180, 811–812 (1957c).
Steel, R., and T. K. Walker: Studies on the antibacterial activity of certain strains of Acetobacter. J. Gen. Microbiol. 18, 369–376 (1958).
Steiger, M., u. T. Reichstein: L-Psicose (2-Keto-L-ribo-hexose, Pseudofructose), Diaceton-L-psicose und Diaceton-L-psicuronsäure. Helvet. chim. Acta 18, 790–799 (1934).
Stewart, L. C., N. K. Richtmyer and C. S. Hudson: The oxidation of volemitol by Acetobacter suboxydans and by Acetobacter xylinum. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 71, 3532–3534 (1949).
Stokes, J. L., and A. Larsen: Amino acid requirements of Acetobacter suboxydans. J. Bacter. 49, 495–501 (1945).
Stubbs, J. J., L. B. Lockwood, E. T. Roe, B. Tabenkin and G. E. Ward: Ketogluconic acids from glucose bacterial production. Industr. Engin. Chem. 32, 1626–1631 (1940).
Stubbs, J. J., L. B. Lockwood, E. T. Roe and G. E. Ward: Fermentation process for the production of 5-ketogluconic acid. U.S.P. Nr. 2, 318, 641 v. 11. 5. 1943.
Takahashi, T.: Studies on diseases of Saké. Bull. Coll. Agricult. Univ. Tokyo 7, 531–563 (1907).
Takahashi, T.: Studies on the microorganisms of “Tanezu“ (Japanese vinegar ferment). J. Coll. Agricult. Univ. Tokyo 1, 103 (1909).
Takahashi, T., and T. Asai: On gluconic acid fermentation. Part I. On Bacterium Hoshigaki var. rosea nov. spec. Zbl. Bakter. II 82, 390–405 (1930).
Takahashi, T., and T. Asai: On glucuronic acid fermentation. Zbl. Bakter. II 84, 193–195 (1931).
Takahashi, T., and T. Asai: On the formation of fructose and kojic acid by acetic acid bacteria. Proc. Imp. Acad. Tokyo 8, 364–366 (1932);
Takahashi, T., and T. Asai: On the formation of fructose and kojic acid by acetic acid bacteria. Zbl. Bakter. II 88, 286–295, sowie J. Agr. Chem. Soc. Japan 9, 55–66, 369–374 (1933a).
Takahashi, T., and T. Asai: L-Guluronic acid. J. Agricult. Chem. Soc. Japan 9, 351–360 (1933b).
Takahashi, T., and T. Asai: On gluconic acid fermentation. Part III. On Bact. Hoshigaki var. glucuronicum I, II and III nov. spec. Zbl. Bakter. II 87, 385–412 (1933c).
Takahashi, T., and T. Asai: On the fermentation products of acetic acid bacteria attached to the fruits. The formation of galactonic and komenic acid from galactose. Zbl. Bakter. II 93, 248–252 (1936).
Tamiya, H., T. Hida and K. Tanaka: Über den Einfluß des Lichtes, des Kohlenoxyds und des Chinons auf die Methylenblaureduktion. Acta phytochim. (Tokyo) 5, 119–155 (1930).
Tamiya, H., und K. Tanaka: Zur Physiologie der Essigsäuregärung. I. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Bedeutung des Cytochroms in der Physiologie der Zellatmung. Acta phytochim. (Tokyo) 5, 167–211 (1930).
Tanaka, K.: Zur Physiologie der Essigsäuregärung. II. Über die Einwirkung des KCN und des Acetons und über die Dismutation. Acta phytochim. (Tokyo) 5, 239–266 (1931).
Tanaka, K.: Zur Physiologie der Essigbakterien. I. Über die Glucon-säuregärung der Essigbakterien. Acta phytochim. (Tokyo) 7, 265–297 (1933).
Tanaka, K.: Zur Physiologie der Essigbakterien. II. Über die oxydative Umsetzung einiger organischer Säuren bei Essigbakterien. Acta phytochim. (Tokyo) 8, 285–313 (1935).
Tanaka, K.: Physiologie der Essigsäurebakterien. Vergleichende Untersuchungen über die oxydativen Leistungen von Essigbakterien. J. Sci. Hiroshima Univ. B II 3, 69–99 (1938 a).
Tanaka, K.: Physiologie der Essigsäurebakterien. Die Einwirkung verschiedener Gifte auf die Essigsäure-Bakterien. J. Sci. Hiroshima Univ. B II 3, 101–120 (1938b).
Tanaka, K.: Oxydierbarkeit von verschiedenen Alkoholen und Aldehyden. J. Sci. Hiroshima Univ. B II 3, 121–134 (1938c).
Tanenbaum, St. W.: Metabolism of Acetobacter peroxydans. I. Oxidative enzymes. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 21, 335–342 (1956a).
Tanenbaum, St. W.: II. Hydrogen-activating and related enzymes. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 21, 343–349 (1956b).
Tarr, H. L. A., and H. Hibbert: Reactions relating to carbohydrates and polysaccharides. XXXV. Polysaccharides synthesis by the action of Acetobacter xylinus on carbohydrates and related compounds. Canad. J. Res. 4, 372–388 (1930).
Tepper, B. S., and W. Litsky: The nutritional requirements of Acetobacter. III. Aminoacid requirements of Acetobacter xylinum. Growth 17, 193–199 (1953).
Tilden, E. B.: The preparation of perseulose by oxidation of perseitol with Acetobacter suboxydans. J. Bacter. 37, 629–637 (1939).
Tolomei, G.: Einwirkung des Lichtes auf die Essiggärung. Staz. sper. agricult. ital. 20, 380–387 (1891).
Tosic, J.: Oxidation in Acetobacter. Biochemic. J. 40, 209–214 (1946).
Tosic, J., and T. K. Walker: A procedure for the characterisation of the acetic acid bacteria. J. Soc. Chem. Industr. (Lond.) 65, 104–107, 180–184 (1946).
Tosic, J., and T. K. Walker: Acetobacter acidum-muco-sum n. sp. an organism forming a starch like-polysaccharide. J. Gen. Microbiol. 4, 192–197 (1950).
Totton, E. L., and H. A. Lardy: The synthesis of D-tagatose by biochemical oxidation and by an improved chemical method. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 71, 3076–3078 (1949).
Underkofler, L. A.: Gluconic acid. In: L. A. Underkofler and R. J. Hickey, Industrial fermentations, vol. I, p. 446–469. New York: Chem. Publ. Co. 1954.
Underkofler, L. A., A. C. Bantz and W. H. Peterson: Growth factors for bacteria. XIV. Growth requirements of Acetobacter suboxydans. J. Bacter. 45, 183–190 (1943).
Underkofler, L. A., and E. I. Fulmer: The production of dihydroxyacetone by the action of Acetobacter suboxydans upon glycerol. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 59, 301–302 (1937).
Underkofler, L. A., E. I. Fulmer, A. C. Bantz and E. R. Kooi: The fermentation of the stereoisomeric 2, 3-butanediols by Acetobacter suboxydans. Iowa State Coll. J. Sci. 18, 377–379 (1944).
Utkin, L. M.: Über eine neue Spezies der Essigbakterie. Mikrobiologija 6, 421–434 (1937) [Russisch].
Van Risseghem, H.: De l’action de microorganismes sur les formes diastéréoisomères de l’hexanediol-3, 4. Bull. Soc. Chim. Belg. 45, 21–35 (1936).
Van Risseghem, H.: Nouvelle contribution à l’étude de l’action d’Acetobacter suboxydans sur le propandiole 1, 2. Bull. Soc. chim. France 1951, 908–909.
Vaughn, R. H.: Some effects of association and competition on Acetobacter. J. Bacter. 36, 357–367 (1938).
Vaughn, R. H.: The acetic acid bacteria. Wallerstein Lab. Communic. 5, 5–26 (1942).
Vaughn, R. H.: Motility in the genus Acetobacter. J. Bacter. 46, 394–395 (1943).
Vaughn, R. H.: Genus IV. Acetobacter Beijerinck. In: R. S. Breed, E. G. D. Murray and N. R. Smith, Bergeys Manual of Determin. Bacteriol., 6. Aufl. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins Comp. 1948.
Vaughn, R. H.: Acetic acid vinegar. In: L. A. Underkofler and R. J. Hickey, Industrial fermentations, Vol. I. New York: Chem. Publ. Co., Inc. 1954.
Verona, O.: Microbiologia delle fermentazioni e microbiologia industriale. Firenze: Luigi Macri 1950.
Virtanen, A. I., u. B. Bärlund: Die Oxydation des Glycerins zu Dioxyaceton durch Bakterien. Biochem. Z. 169, 169–177 (1926).
Virtanen, A. I., and M. Nordlund: An improved method for the preparation of dihydroxyacetone. LXIV. Biochemic. J. 27, 442–444 (1933).
Visser’t Hooft, F.: Biochemische Onderzoekingen over het geslacht Acetobacter. Delft: W. D. Meinema 1925. Auszug in Dtsch. Essigindustr. 30, 92–93 (1926).
Votocek, E., F. Valentin u. F. Rac: Untersuchungen in der Reihe der Rhamnose (Mannomethylose). Collect. Trav. chim. Tschécosl. 2, 402–413 (1930).
Walker, T. K., and J. Tošić: The catalase test with special reference to Acetobacter species. Biochemic. J. 36 (Proc), vii (1942).
Walker, T. K., and J. Tošić: The characterization and identification of acetic acid bacteria. J. Inst. Brew. 51, 245 (1945).
Walker, T. K., and J. Tošić: The characterization and identification of acetic acid bacteria. J. Inst. Brew. 52, 238–249 (1946).
Walker, T. K., and H.B. Wright: Oligosaccharide formation during synthesis of cellulose by Acetobacter acetigenum. J. of Biol. Chem. 69, 362–371 (1957).
Wallen, L. L.: The effect of organometallic and quaternary ammonium compounds on the growth of microorganisms. Iowa State Coll. J. Sci. 29, 526–528 (1955).
Warburg, O., u. W. Christian: Über das gelbe Ferment und seine Wirkungen. Biochem. Z. 266, 377–411 (1933).
Warburg, O., u. E. Negelein: Direkter spektroskopischer Nachweis des sauerstoffübertragenden Ferments in Essigbakterien. Biochem. Z. 262, 237–238 (1933).
Warburg, O., E. Negelein u. E. Haas: Spektroskopischer Nachweis des Sauerstoffübertragenden Ferments neben Cytochrom. Biochem. Z. 266, 1–8 (1933).
Wells, P. A., L. B. Lockwood and J. J. Stubbs: Method of carrying out certain oxidative fermentation processes by bacteria. U.S.P. Nr. 2, 121.533 v. 12. 4. 1937, ausg. 21. 6. 1938.
Wells, P. A., L. B. Lockwood, J. J. Stubbs, E. T. Roe, N. Porges and E. A. Gastrock: Sorbose from sorbitol. Semiplant-scale production by Acetobacter suboxydans. Industr. Engin. Chem. 31, 1518–1521 (1939).
Wells, P.A., J. J. Stubbs, L. B. Lockwood and E. T. Roe: Sorbose from sorbitol. Production by submerged growths of Acetobacter suboxydans. Industr. Engin. Chem. 29, 1385–1388 (1937).
Whistler, R. L., and L. A. Underkofler: The production of l-erythrulose by the action of Acetobacter suboxydans upon erythritol. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 60, 2507–2508 (1938).
Wiame, J. M., R. Harpigny and R. G. Dothey: A new type of Acetobacter: Acetobacter acidophilum prov. sp. J. Gen. Microbiol. 20, 165–172 (1959).
Wiame, J. M., et R. Lambion: Contribution à l’étude des acétobacters de vinaigrerie du type „rapide“. Bull. Techn. Vinaigr. 6, 146–150 (1950).
Wiame, J. M., et R. Lambion: Rev. Ferment. Industr. aliment. 5, 209–210 (1950).
Wiame, J. M., et R. Lambion: Cultures pures d’Acetobacter dans les conditions d’acétification rapide. Bull. Techn. Vinaigr. 7, 195–202 (1951a).
Wiame, J. M., et R. Lambion: La culture pure en vinaigrerie du type „rapide“. Bull. Techn. Vinaigr. 7, 203–207 (1951b).
Widmer, C., T. E. King and V. H. Cheldelin: Particulate oxidase systems in Acetobacter suboxydans. J. Bacter. 71, 737 (1956).
Wieland, H.: Über den Mechanismus der Oxydationsvorgänge. Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 46, 3327–3342 (1913).
Wieland, H., u. A. Bertho: Über den Mechanismus der Oxydationsvorgänge. XV. Das Wesen der Essigsäuregärung. Liebigs Ann. 467, 95–157 (1928).
Wieland, H., u. H. J. Pistor: Über den Mechanismus der Oxydationsvorgänge. XLIV. Über das dehydrierende Enzymsystem von Acetobacter peroxydans. I. Liebigs Ann. 522, 116–137 (1936).
Wieland, H., u. H. J. Pistor: Über den Mechanismus der Oxydationsvorgänge. XLIX. Über das dehydrierende Enzymsystem von Acetobacter per-oxydans. II. Liebigs Ann. 535. 205–219 (1938).
Will, H., u. F. Wieninger: Über die Einwirkung von Ozon auf Organismen, welche für den Brauereibetrieb in Betracht kommen. Z. ges. Brauwes. 33, 4–7, 13–16 (1910).
Windisch, F.: Wirksamkeit des Acetaldehyd dismutierenden Enzyms beim aerogenen Zellstoffwechsel. Biochem. Z. 250, 466–486 (1932).
Wright, H. B., and T. K. Walker: Synthesis of melibiose by an Acetobacter species in a lactate-buffered glucose medium. Chem. a. Ind. 1955, 18.
Wüstenfeld, H.: Der Reinzuchtbetrieb der Versuchsessigfabrik. Dtsch. Essigindustr. 17, 381–383, 395–397 (1913).
Wüstenfeld, H.: Die Tätigkeit der Versuchsanstalt des Verbandes deutscher Essigfabrikanten im Jahre 1914. Dtsch. Essigindustr. 19, 9 (1915).
Wüstenfeld, H.: Die Tätigkeit der Versuchsanstalt des Verbandes deutscher Essigfabrikanten im Jahre 1915. Dtsch. Essigindustr. 20, 14 (1916).
Wüstenfeld, H.: Versuche über die Wirkung von Mangansalzen auf die Oxydationstätigkeit von Essigbildnern. Dtsch. Essigindustr. 29, 267–268 (1925).
Wüstenfeld, H.: Lehrbuch der Essigfabrikation. Berlin: Paul Parey 1930.
Yamada, M.: Über den Ursprung der Aldehyde in Gärungserzeugnissen. II. Die Oxydation von Alkoholen durch Mikroben. Bull. Agricult. Chem. Soc. Japan 3, 80–83 (1927).
Zeile, K.: Die Biosynthese des Hämins. Angew. Chem. 66, 729–735 (1954).
Colvin, J. R.: Synthesis of cellulose in ethanol extracts of Acetobacter xylinum. Nature (Lond.) 183, 1135–1136 (1959).
Frush, H.L., and L. J. Tregoning: Isotope effect in oxidation of D-mannitol-2-C14 by Acetobacter suboxydans. Science 128, 597 (1958).
Kitos, P. A., C. H. Wang, B. A. Mohler, T. E. King and V. H. Cheldelin: Glucose and gluconate dissimilation in Acetobacter suboxydans. J. biol. Chem. 238, 1295–1298 (1958).
Schramm, M., V. Klybas and E. Racker: Phosphorolytic cleavage of fructose-6-phosphate by fructose-6-phosphate-phosphoketolase from Acetobacter xylinum. J. biol. Chem. 233, 1283–1288 (1958).
Shimwell, J. L.: A re-assessment of the genus Acetobacter. Antonie v. Leeuwen-hoek 25, 49–67 (1959).
Ziegler, H., u. J. Weigl: Zur Kultur und Cellulosesynthese von Acetobacter xylinum (Brown) Holland. Naturwiss. 46, 20 (1959).
Colvin, J. R.: Synthesis of cellulose in ethanol extracts of Acetobacter xylinum. Nature (Lond.) 183, 1135–1136 (1959).
Frush, H.L., and L. J. Tregoning: Isotope effect in oxidation of D-mannitol-2-C14 by Acetobacter suboxydans. Science 128, 597 (1958).
Kitos, P. A., C. H. Wang, B. A. Mohler, T. E. King and V. H. Cheldelin: Glucose and gluconate dissimilation in Acetobacter suboxydans. J. biol. Chem. 233, 1295–1298 (1958).
Schramm, M., V. Klybas and E. Racker: Phosphorolyse cleavage of fructose-6-phosphate by fructose-6-phosphate-phosphoketolase from Acetobacter xylinum. J. biol. Chem. 233, 1283–1288 (1958).
Shimwell, J. L.: A re-assessment of the genus Acetobacter. Antonie v. Leeuwen-hoek 25, 49–67 (1959).
Ziegler, H., u. J. Weigl: Zur Kultur und Cellulosesynthese von Acetobacter xylinum (Brown) Holland. Naturwiss. 46, 20 (1959).
Ahmad, M., and A. Kahn: Entstehung polyploider Hefezellen durch Verschmelzung von mehr als zwei Gameten. Nature (Lond.) 173, 133 (1954).
Atkins, L., Ph. P. Gray, W. Moses and M. Feinstein: Growth and fermentation factors for different brewery yeasts. Wallerstein Labor. Comm. 37, 153–169 (1949).
Bartholomew, J. W. v., and L. Levin: Structure of Saccharomyces carlsbergensis and Sacch. cer. as determined by ultra-thin sectioning methods and electron microscopy. J. Gen. Microbiol. 12, 473–477 (1955).
Barton-Wright, E. C.: Some nitrogenous constituents of wort and their fate during fermentation by top and bottom fermentation yeasts. European Brewery Convention, Congress Lucerne 1949, Vol. I, 19.
Barton-Wright, E. C.: Some aspects of the nitrogen metabolism of yeast. J. Inst. Brewing 57, 415–426 (1951).
Bauch, R.: Experimentelle Mutationslösung bei Hefe und anderen Pilzen durch Behandlung mit Campher, Acenaphthen und Colchicin. Naturwiss. 29, 503–504 (1941).
Bauch, R.: Chemogenetische Untersuchungen an der Hefe. Ber. dtsch. bot. Ges. 60, 42–63 (1943).
Bauch, R.: Die Konstanz der chemisch induzierten Gigas-Rassen der Hefe. Wiss. Z. Univ. Greifswald, 3. Math.-nat. Reihe 3, 123 (1954).
Beuerinck, W. M.: Anhäufungen. Zbl. Bakter. 14, 827–845 (1893); II 1, 1–9, 49–59, 104–114 (1895); II 6, 193–205 (1900); II 7, 33–60 (1901).
Belitzer, W. A., u. A. W. Palladin: Die Gärung. Jena: Gustav Fischer 1955.
Bernhard, K., H. Steinhauser u. E. Halpern: Helvet. chim. Acta 24, 1412 (1941). Zit. nach A. Kleinzeller, Synthesis of lipids. Adv. Enzymol. 8, 299–337 (1948).
Bishop, L. R.: Composition and quantitative estimation of the barley proteins. II. J. Inst. Brewing 35, 316–338 (1929).
Braun, W., u. R. Pfund: Versuche über die Bäckerhefe-Erzeugung nach dem Zulauf- und Lüftungsverfahren. Biochem. Z. 287, 115–125 (1936).
Braunstein, A. E., u. M. G. Kritzmann: Über den Ab- und Aufbau von Aminosäuren durch Umaminierung. Enzymologie (Den Haag) 2, 129–146 (1937).
Braunstein, A. E., u. M. G. Kritzmann: Die enzymatische Umaminierung der Aminosäuren und ihre physiologische Bedeutung. Enzymologie (Den Haag) 7, 25–51 (1939).
Breitsprecher, E.: Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Anobiidensymbiose. Z. Morph. u. Ökol. Tiere 11, 494–533 (1928).
Brock, T. D.: Lipid synthesis in Hansenula anomala. Mycologia (N. Y.) 48, 337–344 (1956).
Buchner, E., u. H. Haehn: Über eine Antiprotease im Hefesaft. Biochem. Z. 26, 171–198 (1910).
Buchner, Hans, u. Rudolf Rapp: Beziehungen des Sauerstoffs zur Gärtätigkeit der lebenden Hefezellen. In: E. Buchner, H. Buchner u. M. Hahn, Die Zymasegärung, S. 350–391. München u. Berlin: R. Oldenburg 1903.
Buchner, Paul: Symbiose der Tiere mit pflanzlichen Mikroorganismen. Berlin: Walter de Gruyteru. Co. 1949.
Burkholder, P. R., I. McVeigh and D. Moyer: Studies on some growth factors of yeasts. J. Bacter. 48, 385–391 (1944).
Burton, A. K.: The free energy change associated with the hydrolysis of the thiol ester bond of acetyl coenzym A. Biochemic. J. 59, 44–46 (1955).
Campbell, L. A., and S. S. Hegbom: Alcoholic fermentation under aeration. Canad. J. Microbiol. 3, 599–605 (1957).
Caspersson, T., u. B. Thorell: Der endocelluläre Eiweiß- und Nucleinstoffwechsel in embryonalem Gewebe. Chromosoma 2, 132–154 (1941).
Chalinor, S. W., and N. W. R. Daniels: Fat production by inositol-deficient yeast. Nature (Lond.) 176, 1267–1268 (1955).
Chang, W., and W. H. Peterson: Purification of bound formes of biotin. J. of Biol. Chem. 198, 587–595 (1951).
Chevalier, P.: Une torula productive de flavine. Bull. Soc. Chim. biol. Paris 23, 421–428 (1941).
Chin, C. H.: Effect of aeration on the cytochrome systems of the resting cells of brewers yeast. Nature (Lond.) 165, 926 (1950).
Chou, T. C., G. D. Novelli, E. R. Stadtman u. F. Lipmann: Siehe unter F. Lipmann (1953a, b).
Christophersen, J., u. H. Precht: Über den Umkehrpunkt der Atmungskurven und die Fermentwirkungsmaxima bei der Einwirkung steigender Temperaturen auf Hefen. Biol. Zbl. 70, 261–274 (1951).
Christophersen, J., u. H. Precht: Über den Einfluß der Wachstumstemperatur auf die Größe von Hefezellen. Zb. Bakter. II 108, 1–6 (1954).
Chudiakow, N. v.: Untersuchungen über die alkoholische Gärung. Landw. Jb. 23, 391 (1894).
Claassen, H.: Das Wachstum der Hefe und die Zunahme ihrer Bestandteile bei dem Lufthefeverfahren. Biochem. Z. 228, 154–162 (1930).
Clerk, de: La théorie des potentials d’oxydo-réduction et son intérêt en brasserie. Bull. Assoc. anciens École supér. de Brasserie Univ. Louvain 34, 55–59 (1934a).
Wschr. Brauerei 1934b, 196–200 u. 204–207.
Connstein, W., u. R. Lüdecke: Über Glyceringewinnung durch Gärung. Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 52, 1385–1391 (1919).
Conway, E. J., and M. Downey: pH Values of the yeast cell. Biochemic. J. 47, 355–360 (1950). Zit. nach Brauwiss. 1951, 192.
Conway, E. J., and R. P. Kernan: Effect of redox dyes on the active transport of hydrogen, potassium, and sodium ions across the yeast cell membrane. Biochemic. J. 61, 32–36 (1955).
Cook, A. H. (Herausgeber): The Chemistry and Biology of Yeasts. New York: Academic Press Inc. 1958.
Cutts, N. S., and C. Rainbow: Studies of a yeast exacting towards p-aminobenzoic acid. J. Gen. Microbiol. 4, 150–155 (1950).
Damlé, W. R., and R. S. W. Thorne: The growth and fermentation of yeast 6479 with simple peptides as nitrogen nutrients. J. Inst. Brewing 55, 13–18 (1949).
Delbrück-Hayduck: Die Gärungsführung in Brauerei, Brennerei und Preßhefefabrik. Berlin: Paul Parey 1911.
Delbrück-Schönfeld: System der natürlichen Reinzucht. Berlin: Paul Parey 1903.
De Robichon-Szulmajster, H.: Le méso-inositol, facteur de croissance pour Saccharomyces cerevisiae. I. Intervention et spécificité du méso-inositol dans le métabolisme des pyrimidines. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 21, 313–318 (1956).
Dickens, F.: Pasteur-Meyerhof-Quotient. In: Die Methoden der Fermentforschung. Herausgeg. von E. Bamann u. K. Myrbäck, Bd. III, S. 2445–2449. Leipzig: Georg Thieme 1941.
Diddens, B. H. A., u. J. Lodder: Die anasporogenen Hefen. 2. Hälfte. Amsterdam: N. V. Noord-Hollandische Uitgeversmaatschappij 1942.
Drews s. Foth-Drews (1951).
Drews, B.: Über die Autolyse einiger Kulturhefen. Biochem. Z. 288, 207–237 (1936).
Drouhet, E., et M. Couteau: Facteurs vitaminique de croissance des Candida. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 239, 1675–1677 (1954).
Eddy, A.A.: Flocculation characteristics of yeasts. J. Inst. Brewing 61, 307–320 (1955).
Eddy, A.A.: Aspects of the chemical composition of yeast. (In Cook 1958.)
Edlbacher, S., M. Becker u. A. v. Segesser: Die Einwirkung von Hefe auf Arginin und Histidin. Hoppe-Seylers Z. 255, 53–56 (1938).
Ehrlich, F.: Üb er eine Methode zur Spaltung racemischer Aminosäuren mittels Hefe. Biochem. Z. 1, 8–31 (1906).
Ehrlich, F.: Die chemischen Vorgänge bei der Hefegärung. Biochem. Z. 2, 52–80 (1907).
Enders, C., u. M. Hegendörfer: Untersuchungen über den Wuchsstoffgehalt von Hefen. Biochem. Z. 299, 347–358 (1938).
Ephrussi, B., et P. Slonimski: Effet de l’oxygène sur la formation des enzymes respiratoirs chez la levure de boulangerie. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 230, 685–686 (1950).
Escherich, K.: In: Symbiose der Hefe von K. Hennies. Brauwiss. 1954, 6–10.
Euler, H. v., E. Adler, G. Günther u. N. B. Das: Über den enzymatischen Abbau und Aufbau der Glutaminsäure. Hoppe-Seylers Z. 254, 61–103 (1938).
Euler, H. v., E. Adler u. T. Staehof-Eriksen: Glutaminsäuredehydrase aus Hefe. Hoppe-Seylers Z. 248, 227–241 (1937).
Euler, H. v., u. H. Fink: Stickstoffgleichgewicht in Hefezellen. Hoppe-Seylers Z. 157, 222–262 (1926).
Farmer, S. N., and D. A. Jones: Influence of potassium on sugar metabolism. Nature (Lond.) 150, 768–769 (1942).
Fink, H.: Zur biologischen Eiweißsynthese. Angew. Chem. 51, 475–481 (1938).
Fink, H., u. E. Berwald: Über die Umwandlung des Cytochrom-spektrums in Bierhefen. Biochem. Z. 258, 141–146 (1933).
Fink, H., u. J. Gailer: Morphologische Änderungen von Torula utilis. Brauwiss. 1954, 61–65, 90–95, 124–126, 150–153.
Fink, H., G. Haeseler u. M. Schmidt: Zur Frage der Fettgewinnung mit Hilfe von Mikroorganismen. Wschr. Brauerei 1937, 89–93, 100–103.
Fink, H., u. A. Hock: Über den biologischen Wert des Eiweißes verschiedener Hefen für das Wachstum. Brau weit 1948, 58–61, 78–81, 99–101.
Fink, H., u. F. Just: Über den Vitamin BrGehalt verschiedener Hefen und seine Beeinflussung. Biochem. Z. 308, 15–28 (1941).
Fink, H., u. F. Just: Die Prüfung verschiedener Pyrimidinderivate auf deren Eignung als Vorstufen für die Biosynthese von Aneurin und Cocarboxylase. Biochem. Z. 313, 39–47 (1942).
Fink, H., u. J. Krebs: Hefezüchtungen in einfachen Kohlenstoff Verbindungen. Biochem. Z. 300, 59–77 (1938).
Fink, H., J. Krebs, A. Scheunert u. K. H. Wagner: Die Synthese von Vitamin B1 und B2 (Komplex) durch die Hefe Torula utilis. Biochem. Z. 302, 1–11 (1939).
Fink, H., u. R. Lechner: Herstellung von Futterhefe aus Sulfitablauge. Angew. Chem. 49, 775–777 (1936).
Fink, H., R. Lechner u. E. Heinrich: Über die Futterhefegewinnung in Holzzuckerlösungen. I. Biochem. Z. 278, 23–29 (1935).
Fink, H., R. Lechner u. E. Heinrich: Über die Futterhefegewinnung in Holzzuckerlösungen. II. Biochem. Z. 283, 71–82 (1936).
Fink, H., u. M. Ross: Einfluß des Zerteilungsgrades der Luft auf die Hefeausbeute bei der Zellsubstanzsynthese. Biochem. Z. 323, 389–398 (1952).
Fink, H., J. Schlie u. U. Rüge: Über die Zusammensetzung, die Verdaulichkeit und die Eiweißqualität des Mycels von Penicillium notatum. Hoppe-Seylers Z. 292, 251–263 (1953).
Fornet, A.: Zit. in E. Rosenbaums Beiträgen zur Herstellung der Backhefe. Z. Unters. Lebensmitt. 72, 334–351 (1936).
Foth-Drews: Die Praxis des Brennereibetriebes von B. Drews. Berlin: Paul Parey 1951.
Freeman, G. G., and G. M. S. Donald: Fermentation process leading to glycerol. I. The influence of certain variables on glycerol formation in the presence of sulfites. Appl. Microbiol. 5, 197–210 (1957a).
Freeman, G. G., and G. M. S. Donald: II. Studies on viability, growth, and fermentation of Sacch. cerevisiae. Appl. Microbiol. 5, 211–215 (1957 b).
Freeman, G. G., and G. M. S. Donald: III. Studies on glycerol formation in the presence of alcali. Appl. Microbiol., 5, 216–220 (1957c).
Fritz, A.: Untersuchungen an Hefemitochondrien. Brauwiss. 8, 222–227, 254–259 (1955).
Geffers, H.: Untersuchungen über das Fettbildungsvermögen bei Pilzen der Gattung Oospora Wallroth. Arch. Mikrobiol. 8, 66–98 (1937).
Genevois, L., et J. Ribéreau-Gayon: Le vin. Paris: Hermann & Cie. 1947.
Gilliland, R. B.: Flocculation of brewery yeast during fermentation. Proc. European Brew. Conv. Congr., Brighton 1951, S. 35–58.
Gilliland, R. B.: Flocculation of brewing yeast. Brewers’ Guild J. 41, 246–270 (1955).
Glaubitz, M., u. R. Koch: Atlas der Gärungsorganismen. Berlin: Paul Parey (1956).
Grassmann, W., u. H. Dyckerhoff: Über die Proteinase und die Polypeptidase der Hefe. In: R. Willstätter, Untersuchungen über Enzyme, Bd. 2, S. 1708–1732. Berlin: Springer 1928.
Gray, W. D., and C. Sova: Relation of molecule size and structure to alcohol inhibition of glucose utilization by yeast. J. Bacter. 72, 349–356 (1956).
Green, S. R., and J. Stone: Fermentability of wort trisaccharide. Proc. Amer. Brew. Meeting 1952, S. 61–75. Zit. nach Brauwiss. 1954, 57.
Guilliermond, A., et R. Gautheret: L’accumulation des colorants vitaux par les cellules de levures est-elle un phénomène d’adsorption. C. r. Soc. Biol. Paris 130, 1202–1204 (1939).
Guthenberg, H., L. Enebo u. E. Sandegren: Stick-stoffassimilation bei Brauereihefen. Versuche mit markierter Asparaginsäure. Svensk Brygg 1954, 81–88. Zit. nach Brauwiss. 1954, 134.
György, P.: Vitamins methods, Vol. I 1950; Vol. II 1951. New-York: Academic Press Inc. Publishers.
Haehn, H.: Physiological value of beer salts in nutrition. Ludwig Beer. Amer. Brewer 66, 37–40 (1933).
Haehn, H.: Autolyse. Erg. Enzymforsch. Leipzig 5, 117–158 (1936).
Haehn, H.: Glycerin-gewinnung auf gärtechnischem Wege. Chem. Zbl. 1938 II, 2857.
Haehn, H.: Über die biologische und biochemische Leistung der Hefezellen. Ernährung u. Verpflegung 1, 126–128 (1949).
Haehn, H.: Biochemie der Gärungen. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter & Co. 1952.
Haehn, H.: Zur Biologie und Biochemie der Mikroorganismen unter besonderer Berücksichtigung der Essiggärung. Branntweinwirtschaft 78, 397–400 (1956).
Haehn, H., M. Glaubitz u. W. Gross: Zur Frage der Vergärbarkeit der Dextrine. Amylohexaose und verschiedene Heferassen. Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 70, 1492–1495 (1937).
Haehn, H., u. W. Kinttof: Über den chemischen Mechanismus der Fettbüdung in der lebenden Zelle. Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 56, 439–445 (1923).
Haehn, H., u. W. Kinttof: Z. Chem. Zelle u. Gewebe 12, 115–156 (1925).
Haehn, H., u. H. Leopold: Über eine Aspertasewirkung der Hefe. Biochem. Z. 292, 380–387 (1937).
Hahn, M.: Das proteolytische Enzym des Hefepreßsaftes. Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 31, 200–201 (1898).
Hansen, J. H., and P. M. Nossal: Morphological and biochemical effects of freezing on yeast cells. Biochem. et Biophysica Acta 16, 502–512 (1955).
Hartelius, V.: Untersuchungen über die Stickstoffassimilation der Hefe. C. r. Trav. Labor. Carlsberg, Sér. physiol. 22, 303–321 (1939).
Haurowitz, F.: Chemistry a. Biology of Proteins. New York: Academic Press Inc. 1950.
Hautmann, F.: Über die Nektarhefe Anthomyces Reukaufii. Arch. Protistenkde 48, 213–244 (1924).
Hayduck, M.: Degenerieren der Hefe. Brauerei-Lexikon von M. Delbrück, S. 234. Berlin: Paul Parey 1910.
Hayduck, M.: Hefe-Nährlösungen. In: Gärungsbakteriologisches Praktikum von W. Henneberg, 2. Aufl., S. 51–52. Berlin: Paul Parey 1926.
Hayduck, F., u. H. Haehn: Das Problem der Zymasebildung in der Hefe. Biochem. Z. 128, 568–605 (1922).
Hayduck, F., u. H. Haehn: Die Hefereinzucht in der Entwicklungsgeschichte der Brauerei. Gesellschaft für die Geschichte und Bibhographie des Brauwesens E. V. S. 106–166. Berlin: Institut für Gärungsgewerbe 1931.
Helm, E., B. Nohr u. R. S. W. Thorne: Die Messung der Hefeflockung und ihre Bedeutung für die Brauerei. Brauwiss. 1954, 157. Kurzer Bericht.
Henneberg, W.: Gärungsbakteriologisches Praktikum. Berlin: Paul Parey 1926.–1936. Siehe A. Fornet 1936.
Hennies, K.: Symbiose der Hefe. Brauwiss. 1954, 6–10.
Hertwig, R.: Wechselverhältnis von Kern und Protoplasma. Sitzgsber. Ges. Morph. Physiol., München 1903.
Hjorth-Hansen, S.: Über das Wachstum der Hefe in synthetischer Nährlösung bei konstantem pH. Biochem. Z. 301, 292–300 (1939).
Hoch, F. T., u. B. L. Vallée: Hefe-Alkoholdehydrogenase, ein Zink-Metalloenzym. Angew. Chem. 67, 663 (1955). Notiz.
Illies, R.: Weitere Versuche über den Wuchststoffgehalt der Rübenmelasse. Z. Spiritusind. 61, 259–260; 267–268 (1938).
Ingram, M.: An introduction to the biology of yeasts. London: Pitman & Sons Ltd. 1955.
Janke, A.: Arbeitsmethoden der Mikrobiologie. Dresden u. Leipzig: Theodor Steinkopff 1946.
Jansen, H. E., and F. Mendlik: A study on yeast flocculation. Proc. European Brew. Conv. Congr., Nizza 1953, S. 143–157.
Jinks, I. L.: Linkage between two polymeric genes for raffinose and sucrose fermentation in yeasts. C. r. Trav. Labor. Carlsberg, Sér. physiol. 25, 252–257 (1953).
Jörgensen, Holger: Die Bestimmung der Wasserstoffionenkonzentration und deren Bedeutung für Technik und Landwirtschaft. Dresden u. Leipzig: Theodor Steinkopff 1935.
Joslyn, M. A.: Yeast autolysis I. Chemical and cytological changes involved in autolysis. Wallerstein Labor. Comm. 18, Nr 61, 107–122 (1955) s. auch Nr 62, 191–205 (1955).
Just, F.: Über die Wirkung des Vitamins H′ auf schnellwachsende Zellen wie Hefen, Bakterien und bösartige Tumoren. Branntwein Wirtschaft 2, 369–376 (1948).
Kanitz, A.: Der Einfluß der Temperatur auf die pulsierenden Vakuolen der Infusorien und die Abhängigkeit biologischer Vorgänge von der Temperatur überhaupt. Biol. Zbl. 27, 11–25 (1907).
Kanitz, A.: Temperaturabhängigkeit von Lebensprozessen, RGT-Regel. In: C. Oppenheimer (Herausgeber), Handbuch der Biochemie des Menschen und der Tiere, II. Aufl., Bd. 2, S. 200. Jena: Gustav Fischer 1925.
Ketterer, H.: Vergleich der Methylenblau- und Acridinorangemethode mit der Kulturmethode als Lebend-Tot-Nachweis für Hefezellen unter Anwendung verschiedener Noxen als Todesursache und verschiedenen Hefen als Testorganismen. Brauwiss. 1956, 14–19, 59–64.
Kiessling, K. H.: Incorporation of radioactive phosphate into thiamine phosphates in yeast. Acta chem. scand. (Copenh.) 10, 831–839 (1956).
Knorr, F.: Ein Beitrag zu der Beeinflussung des Bakterienwachstums durch Hefen. Brauwiss. 8, 104–105 (1955).
Koch, Anton: 50 Jahre Erforschung der Insektensymbiosen. Naturwiss. 37, 313–317 (1950).
Koch, Anton, K. Offhaus, I. Schwarz u. J. Bandier: Symbioseforschung und Medizin. Naturwiss. 38, 339–345 (1951).
Koch, Rich.: Antibiotische Wirkungen von Hefen auf Bakterien. Brauerei 6, 307–309 (1952).
Koch, Rich., u. A. Herbst: Zur Frage der morphologischen Variation von Torulopsis utilis. Branntweinwirtschaft 2, 193–195 (1948).
Koch, Rich., F. Thomas u. E. E. Bruchmann: Untersuchungen über die mikrobiologische Fettbildung. Branntweinwirtschaft 3, 65–67 (1949).
Kocková-Kratoch-vilová, A., A. Vavruchová u. D. Vopátková-Nováková: Der mikrobielle Ursprung von Diacetyl und Acetoin im Bier. Brauwiss. 9, 73–82 (1956).
Kögl, F., u. W. A. Borg: Über die Konstitution der Biotine. Hoppe-Seylers Z. 281, 65–72 (1944).
Kögl, F., u. B. Tönnis: Darstellung von kristallisiertem Biotin aus Eigelb. Hoppe-Seylers Z. 242, 43–73 (1936).
Komarowa, L. I.: Die Rolle der natürlichen Durchmischung bei der Alkoholgärung. Mikrobiologia 21, 579–583 (1952). Zit. nach Brauwiss. 1953, 163.
Kordatzki, W.: Taschenbuch der praktischen pH-Messung für wissenschaftliche Laboratorien und technische Betriebe. München: R. Müller & Steinicke 1949.
Kressin, G.: Beiträge zur vergleichenden Protoplasmatik der Mooszelle. Diss. Greifswald 1935.
Kretzschmar, H.: Hefe und Alkohol sowie andere Gärungsprodukte. Berlin-Göttingen-Heidelberg: Springer 1955.
Kritzmann, M. G.: Über den Ab- und Aufbau von Aminosäuren durch Umaminierung. Enzymologia (Den Haag) 5, 44–51 (1938).
Kudo, Sh.: Flockung der Brauereihefe. Vorläufige Mitteilung über einen neuen Stoff, der die Flockung der Hefe stark fördert. Brauerei. Wiss. Beil. 7, 93 (1954a). Ref.
Kudo, Sh.: Flockung der Brauereihefe. Brauerei 1954b, 345–347.
Kuen, F. M., u. K. Püringer: Über den Puringehalt der Hefe. Biochem. Z. 272, 113–118 (1934).
Kuhn, R., K. Reinemund, F. Weygand u. R. Ströbele: Über die Synthese des Lactoflavins (Vitamin B2). Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 68, 1765–1774 (1935).
Kuhn, R., u. H. Rudy: Lactoflavin als Co-Ferment; Wirkstoff und Träger. Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 69, 2557–2567 (1936).
Kuhn, R., H. Rudy u. F. Weygand: Synthese der Lactoflavin-5-phosphorsäure. Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 69, 1543–1547 (1936).
Laer, van: Siehe F. Mendlik.
Lang, K.: Der intermediäre Stoffwechsel. Berlin: Springer 1952.
Langford, C. T.: Recent advances in the fermentation field. Chemurgic Digest 7, No 5, 4–7, 33 (1948).
Langford, C. T.: Wallerstein Labor. Comm. 12, 106 (1949).
Lardy, H.A.: The influence of inorganic ions on phosphorylation. In: Phosphorus Metabolism, herausgegeb. von W. D. McElroy u. B. Glass, Bd. I, S. 477–499. Baltimore: John Hopkins Press 1951.
Laurent, E.: Recherches physiologiques sur les levures. Ann. Soc. belge Mikrosc. 14, 29 (1890).
Lechner, R.: Über die Verhefung der Pentosen. Angew. Chem. 53, 163–167 (1940).
Lehmann, I.: Das Redoxpotential. In Bamann-Myrbäck, Methoden der Fermentforschung, S. 834–846. Leipzig: Georg Thieme 1940.
Lehnartz, E.: Einführung in die chemische Physiologie, S. 368. Berlin-Göttingen-Heidelberg: Springer 1952.
Lemoigne, M., J.-P. Aubert et J. Millet: La production d’alcool et le rendement de croissance de la levure de boulangerie cultivée en aérobiose. Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) 87, 427–439 (1957).
Leupold, U., and H. Hottinger: Some data on segregation in Saccharomyces. Heredity 8, 243–258 (1954).
Leuthardt, F.: Lehrbuch der Physiologischen Chemie, S. 432 u. 449. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter & Co. 1955.
Liebig, I.V.: Sur la fermentation et la source de la force musculaire. Ann. Chim. Phys., Sér. IV 23, 5, besonders S. 42 (1871).
Lindegren, C. C.: Genetics of the fungi. Annual. Rev. Microbiol. 2, 47–69 (1948).
Lindegren, C. C., and G. Lindegren: Tetraploid Saccharomyces. J. Gen. Microbiol. 5, 858–893 (1951).
Lindegren, C. C., and G. Lindegren: Proximity of genes controlling the fermentation of similar carbohydrates in Saccharomyces. Nature (Lond.) 170, 965–968 (1952).
Lindner, P.: Entdeckte Verborgenheiten. Berlin: Paul Parey 1923.
Lindner, P.: Mikroskopische und biologische Betriebskontrolle in den Gärungsgewerben. Berlin: Paul Parey 1930.
Lindquist, W.: On the mechanism of yeast flocculation. J. Inst. Brewing 59, 59–61 (1953).
Lipmann, F.: Coenzym A, Past and Future. Federat. Proc. 12, 673–674 (1953a).
On chemistry and function of coenzym A. Bacter. Rev. 17, 1–16 (1953b).
Lodder, I.: Die anasporogenen Hefen. 1. Hälfte. Amsterdam: N. V. Noord-Hollandsche Uitgevers-Maatschaappij 1934.
Lodder, I., and N. I. W. Kregervanrij: The yeasts, a taxonomic study. Amsterdam: North-Holland Publishing Company 1952.
Lohmann, K.: Darstellung von Adenylpyrophosphorsäure aus Muskulatur. Biochem. Z. 233, 460–469 (1931).
Lohmann, K., u. P. Langen: Untersuchungen an den kondensierten Phosphaten der Hefe. Biochem. Z. 328, 1–11 (1956).
Lohmann, K., u. Ph. Schuster: Über die Co-Carboxylase. Naturwiss. 25, 26–27 (1937a).
Lohmann, K., u. Ph. Schuster: Untersuchungen über die Co-Carboxylase. Biochem. Z. 294, 183–214 (1937b).
Lüers, H.: Die Veränderung der Wasserstoffionenkonzentration während der Gärung. Z. ges. Brauwes. 37, 79–82 (1914).
Lüers, H.: Chemie und Technologie der landwirtschaftlichen Gewerbe. Berlin: Paul Parey 1944.
Lüers, H.: Die wissenschaftlichen Grundlagen von Mälzerei und Brauerei, S. 626 u. 755 (Moufang). Nürnberg: Hans Carl 1949.
Betrachtungen über die Bruchbildung der Hefe. Brauwiss. 1953, 49–53.
Lundin, H.: Über den Einfluß des Sauerstoffs auf die assimilatorische und dissimilatorische Tätigkeit der Hefe. Biochem. Z. 141, 310–341, 342–369 (1923); 142, 454–462, 463–492 (1923).
Lynen, F.: Der Fettsäurecyclus. Angew. Chem. 67, 463–470 (1955).
Mahdihassan, S.: Symbionts specific of wax and pseudo lac insects. Arch. Protistenkde 63, 18–22 (1928).
Mahdihassan, S.: The microorganism of red and yellow lac insects. Arch. Protistenkde 68, 613–623 (1929).
Mattenheimer, H.: Trennung der Poly- und Metaphosphatasen der Bierhefe. Angew. Chem. 67, 409 (1955).
Mattenheimer, H.: Naturwiss. 40, 530 (1953).
Mayer, A.: Agrikulturchemie, 7. Aufl., Bd. III. Gärungschemie. Heidelberg: Karl Winter 1927.
McClary, D. O., M. A. Williams, C. C. Lindegren and M. Ogur: Chromosome counts in a polyploid series of Saccharomyces. J. Bacter. 73, 360–364 (1957).
Meisenheimer, I.: Die stickstoffhaltigen Bestandteile der Hefe. Hoppe-Seylers Z. 104, 229–283 (1919); 114, 205–249 (1921).
Mendlik, F.: Was sind Oxydations-Reduktionspotentiale und welche Bedeutung haben sie für die Brauerei? Wschr. Brauerei 52, 417–422 (1935).
Metcalfe, G., Sonja Chayen, E. R. Roberts and T. G. G. Wilson: Nitrogen fixation by soil yeasts. Nature (Lond.) 174, 841–842 (1954).
Meyerhof, O.: Die chemischen und energetischen Verhältnisse bei der Muskelarbeit. Asher-Spiros Erg. Physiol. 22, 328–343 (1923).
Meyerhof, O.: Über den Einfluß des Sauerstoffs auf die alkoholische Gärung der Hefe. Biochem. Z. 162, 43, 54, 55, 59–62 (1925).
Michaelis, L.: Oxydations-Reduktions-Potentiale, 2. Aufl. Berlin: Springer 1933.
Miller, I.I., I. Calvin and I.H. Tremaine: Factors influencing sporulation of Saccharomyces cerevisiae. Canad. J. Microbiol. 1, 560–573 (1955).
Moat, A.G., u. E. K. Emmons: The amino acid nutrition of yeast in relationship to biotin deficiency. J. Bacter. 68, 687–690 (1954).
Möller, E. F.: Die Wuchsstoffe der Mikroorganismen unter besonderer Berücksichtigung der Hefen. Brauwiss. 1950, 217–220.
Morris, E. O.: Seaweed as a source of yeast food. J. Sci. Food a. Agr. 6, 611–621 (1955).
Mrak, J. M., and H.-J. Phaff: Yeasts. Annual Rev. Microbiol. 2, 1–47 (1948).
Moufang, E.: In: H. Lüers, Die wissenschafthchen Grundlagen von Mälzerei und Brauerei, S. 755. Nürnberg: Hans Carl 1949.
Mundkur, B. D.: Interphase nuclei and cell sizes in a polyploid series of Saccharomyces. Experientia (Basel) 9, 373–374 (1953).
Negelein, E., u. H. Brömel: Protein der d-Aminosäureoxydase. Biochem. Z. 300, 225–239 (1939).
Neubauer, O., u. K. Frommherz: Über den Abbau der Aminosäuren bei der Hefegärung. Hoppe-Seylers Z. 70, 326–350 (1940).
Neuberg, C., and H. Lustig: Preparation of active zymase extracts from top yeast. Arch. of Biochem. 1, 191–196 (1943).
Nielsen, N.: Untersuchungen über die Stickstoffassimilation der Hefe. C. r. Trav. Labor. Carlsberg, Sér. physiol. 21, 395–424 (1936).
Nielsen, N., u. J. Dagys: Wuchsstoffwirkung der Aminosäuren. C. r. Trav. Labor. Carlsberg, Sér. physiol. 22, 447–479 (1940).
Nielsen, N., u. V. Hartelius: Untersuchungen über die Stickstoffassimilation der Hefe. C. r. Trav. Labor. Carlsberg, Sér. physiol. 22, 23–46 (1936–1940).
Nielsen, N., u. V. Hartelius: Untersuchungen über die Wuchsstoffwirkung der Aminosäuren gegenüber Hefe. Biochem. Z. 295, 211–225 (1938).
Nielsen, N., u. V. Hartelius: Ergänzende Untersuchungen über die Wuchsstoffwirkung der Aminosäuren auf Hefe. Biochem. Z. 307, 187–193 (1941).
Niethammer, A.: Hefen sowie mikroskopische Pilze aus Blüten, Samen und Früchten. Arch. Mikrobiol. 13, 45–59 (1942).
Nord-Weidenhagen: Handbuch der Enzymologie. Leipzig: Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft 1940.
Novelli, G. D., R. M. Flynn u. F. Lipmann: Siehe F. Lipmann (1953b).
Ogur, M.: The rapid estimation of ploidy in cultures of Saccharomyces. J. Bacter. 69, 159–162 (1955).
Olbrich, H.: Pentosenassimilation. Brantweinwirtschaft 74, 265–267 (1952).
Olbrich, H.: Die Melasse. Berlin: Institut für Gärungsgewerbe 1956.
Olson, B. H., u. M. J. Johnson: Factors producing high yeasts yields in synthetic media. J. Bacter. 57, 235–246 (1949).
Panzer: Privatmitteilung 1951.
Parfentjer, J. A.: Yeast as a neglected source for the preparation of antibiotics. Amer. Brewer 87, (H. 7), 39–41 (1954).
Pasteur, L.: Mémoire sur la fermentation alcoolique. Ann. Chim. Phys., Sér. III 58, 384 (1860).
Pasteur, L.: Études sur la bière. Paris: Gauthier-Vilares 1876.
Peynaud, E.: Bilans des produits secondaires de la fermentation alcoolique. Industr. Agricoles et Alimentaires 1948, Nr 4–6, 99–107.
Philips, A. W.: Utilization by yeasts of the carbohydrates of wort. J. Inst. Brewing 61, 122–126 (1955). Zit. nach Brauerei, Wiss. Beil. 8, 125 (1955).
Pomper, S.: Isolation of triploid Saccharomyces cerevisiae. Nature (Lond.) 170, 892–893 (1952).
Pomper, S., K.M. Daniels and D. V. McKee: Genetic analysis of polyploid yeast. Genetics 39, 343–355 (1954).
Precht, H., J. Christophersen u. H. Hensel: Temperatur und Leben. Berlin-Göttingen-Heidelberg: Springer 1955.
Rauen, H. M.: Biochemisches Taschenbuch. Berlin-Göttingen-Heidelberg: Springer 1956.
Reader, V.: The relation of the growth of certain microorganisms to the composition of the medium. I. The synthetic cultur medium. Biochemic. J. 21, 901–907 (1927).
Reindel, Fr., u. W. Hoppe: Über die stickstoffhaltigen Ausscheidungsprodukte der Hefe. Chem. Ber. 85, 716–731 (1952).
Ridgway, G. J., and H.C. Douglas: Distribution of inositol in subcellular fractions of yeast cells. J. Bacter. 75, 85–88 (1958).
Rieche, A.: Über die mikrobiologisch-technische Eiweiß- und Fettsynthese auf der Basis von Zellstoffablaugen. Wiss. Ann. dtsch. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 3, 705–727 (1954).
Rippel-Baldes, A.: Grundriß der Mikrobiologie. Berlin-Göttingen-Heidelberg: Springer 1955.
Rohrer, E.: Flockung der Hefe. Schweiz. Brauereirdsch. 61, 1–2, 168–169 (1950).
Roine, P.: On the formation of primary aminoacids in the protein synthesis in yeast. Diss. Helsinki 1947.
Roman, H., D. C. Hawthorne and H. C. Douglas: Polyploidy in yeast and its bearing on the occurrence of irregular genetic ratios. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 37, 79–84 (1951).
Salkowski, E.: Über Zuckerbildung und andere Fermentreaktionen in der Hefe. Hoppe-Seylers Z. 13, 506–538 (1889).
Schanderl, H.: Untersuchungen über die systematische Stellung und die Physiologie des Kellerschimmels Rhacodium cellare Person. Zbl. Bakter. II 94, 112–127 (1936).
Die Stickstoffassimilation durch Hefesymbionten von Rhagium inquisitor L. Z. Morph. u. Ökol. Tiere 1942, 526–533.
Schanderl, H.: Antibiotika und Weinhefen sowie neue Einblicke in den Wuchsstoff- und Schwefelhaushalt der Weinhefen. Dtsch. Weinztg 90, 342–346 (1954).
Schanderl, H.: Zur Frage der Bindung des atmosphärischen Stickstoffs durch Hefen. Brauwiss. 8, 157–158 (1955).
Schöpfer, W.: Vitamine und Wachstumsfaktoren bei den Mikroorganismen mit besonderer Berücksichtigung des Vitamins Bx. Erg. Biol. 16, 1–173 (1939).
Schryver, S. B., and E. M. Thomas: The nitrogenous constituants of wort and their assimilation by yeast. J. Inst. Brewing 35, 571–576 (1929).
Skovsted, A.: Induced campher mutations in yeast. C. r. Trav. Labor. Carlsberg, Sér. physiol. 24, 249–261 (1948).
Sowden, J. C., S. Fränkel, B. H. Moore and J. E. McClary: Utilization of l-C14-D-glucose by Torula utilis yeast. J. of Biol. Chem. 206, 547–552 (1954). Zit. nach Brauwiss. 1955, 87.
Stelling-Dekker, N.M.: Die sporogenen Hefen. Amsterdam: N. V. Noord-Hollandische Uitgeversmaatschappij 1931.
Stockhausen, F.: Elektrische Ladung der Hefe und Wasserstoffionenkonzentration, Einfluß auf Gärfähigkeit und Flockenbildungsvermögen. Wschr. Brauerei 1927, 121–124, 133–139.
Stöckli, A.: Die Papierchromatographie und ihre Bedeutung für die brauereibiologische Forschung. Schweiz. Brauerei-Rdsch. 65, 139–144 (1954). Zit. nach Brauerei, Wiss. Beü. 1955, 26.
Strese, S.: Hemmende und fördernde Wirkung von Hefen auf das Wachstum einiger Bakterien. Brauerei, Wiss. Beil. 1952, 131.
Strugger, S.: Fluoreszenzmikroskopie und Mikrobiologie, S. 35. Hannover: M. u. H. Schaper 1949.
Suomalainen, H., and E. Axelson: Effect of thiamin on the rate of fermentation of zymohexoses and of maltose by baker’s yeast. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 20, 315–318 (1956a).
Suomalainen, H., E. Axelson and E. Oura: The interaction of zymohexoses and maltose fermentation by baker’s yeast. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 20, 319–322 (1956b).
Swellengrebel, N. H.: Über Plasmolyse und Turgorregulation der Preßhefe. Zbl. Bakter. II 14, 374–388, 481 bis 492 (1905).
Szilvinyi, A.: Der Stickstoffwechsel der Bierhefe. Mitt. Versuchsstat. Gärungsgewerbe, Wien 5, 47–54 (1951a).
Redoxpotential und Hefestoffwechsel. Brauwiss. 1951b, 8–12.
Tait, A., u. L. Fletscher: Die Entwicklung und Ernährung der Hefe. J. Inst. Brewing 29, 509–537 (1923).
Taysen, A.C.: Methoden zur industriellen Verwertung der Hefe Brauerei 1948, 90.
Tebbenhoff, E.: Kinetische Untersuchungen über den Stoffwechsel und die Zellteilung von hefeähnlichen Pilzen. Diss. Techn. Hochschule München 1945.
Theorell, H.: Das gelbe Ferment, seine Chemie und Wirkungen. Erg. Enzymforsch. 6, 111–138 (1937).
Thommel, K. A.: Erfahrungen mit dem Belüftungssystem nach Vogelbusch. Branntweinwirtschaft 76, 121–125 (1954).
Thorne, R. S. W.: The influence of amino-acid-degradation products and some related substances upon yeast growth and fermentation. J. Inst. Brewing 45, 13–32 (1939).
Thorne, R. S. W.: The growth and fermentation of a strain of Saccharomyces cerevisiae with amino-acids as nutrients. J. Inst. Brewing 47, 255–272 (1941).
Mechanismus der Stickstoffassimilation durch Hefe und ihre Beziehung zum Problem des Hefewachstums in der Würze. Brauwiss. 1951, 89–91 u. 108–109.
Thorne, R. S. W.: Different aspects of yeast floccuation. Proc. European Brew. Conv. Congr., Brighton 1951, S. 21–34.
Townsend, G.F., u. C.C. Lindegren: Charakteristische Wachstumsformen der verschiedenen Arten einer polyploiden Saccharomycesserie. J. of Bot. 67, 480–483 (1954).
Urona, A., u. A. J. Vertanen: Antibiotics of yeasts. Ann. med. exper. et biol. fenn. 1947, 36–47.
Vallee, B. L., F.L. Hoch, S. J. Abelstein and E. C. Wacker: Pyridine nucleotide dependent metallohydrogenases. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 78, 5879–5883 (1956).
Van Lanen, J. M., and F. W. Tanner: Vitamins in microorganisms. Vitamins and Hormones 6, 164–224 (1948).
Vigneaud, Vincent du, J.M. Spangler, Dean Burk, C. J. Kensler, K. Sugiura and C. P. Reoads: The procarcinogenic effect of biotin in butter yellow formation. Science (Lancaster, Pa.) 95, 174–176 (1942).
Vogelbusch, W.: D. R. P. 6821306 (1933).
Walters, L. S., and M. R. Thiselton: Utilization of lysine by yeasts. J. Inst. Brewing 59, 401–404 (1953). Zit. nach Brauwiss. 1954, 17.
Warburg, O.: Versuche an überlebendem Carcinomgewebe. Biochem. Z. 142, 317–333 (1923).
Warburg, O.: Wasserstoffübertragende Fermente. Berlin: Dr. W. Saenger 1948.
Warburg, O., u. W. Christian: Gelbes Ferment. Biochem. Z. 254, 438–458 (1932).
Warburg, O., u. W. Christian: Über das gelbe Ferment und seine Wirkungen. Biochem. Z. 266, 377–411 (1933).
Warburg, O., u. W. Christian: Isolierung der prosthetischen Gruppen der d-Aminosäure-oxydase. Biochem. Z. 298, 150–168 (1938).
Webb, D. A., and W. R. Fearon: Studies on elemental cell composition. Sci. Proc. Roy. Dublin Soc. 21, 487–504 (1937).
Wehmer, C.: Versuche über die Mucorineengärung. I. Zbl. Bakter., Abt. II 14, 556–572 (1905). II. Zbl. Bakter., Abt. II 15, 8–19 (1906).
Wendel, F.: Die praktische Bedeutung der Wuchsstoffe bei der Gewinnung von Bäckerhefe aus Melasse. Z. Spiritusind. 63, 269–270 (1940).
White, J.: Yeast Technology. London: Chapman & Hall 1954.
White, J., and D. J. Munns: Quantitative studies on the importance of nutrilites in yeast production. Amer. Brewer 86, Nr 5, 29–83 (1953a).
White, J., and D. J. Munns: Occurence and estimation of vitamins essentiel to the growth of yeasts. Amer. Brewer 86, Nr 25, 29–33, 83 (1953b). Zit. nach Brauwiss. 1953, 221.
Kohlenstoffassimilation beim Hefewachstum. Amer. Brewer 1954, 35–36, 41–46, 73, 94. Zit. nach Branntweinwirtschaft 1955, 128–129.
Wikén, T., u. O. Richard: Der Einfluß minimaler Mengen Sauerstoff auf die Vergärung der Glucose durch die Kulturweinhefe „Fendant“. Experientia (Basel) 9, 417–425 (1953).
Über die Kohlendioxydproduktion der „Fendant“-Weinhefe in Stickstoff bzw. Argon, Luft und Stickstoff bzw. Argon-Luft-Gemisch. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek 20, 386–405 (1954).
Wikén, T., H. Somm u. F. Sulzer: Untersuchungen über den Wirkstoffbedarf einiger Kulturweinhefen. Arch. Mikrobiol. 20, 201–220 (1954).
Wildiers, E.: Une nouvelle substance indispensable au développement de la levure. Cellule 18, 313 (1901).
Wiles, A. E.: Identification and importance of yeasts occurring in brewery. J. Inst. Brewing 59, 265–284 (1953).
Wiles: European Brewery Convention. Proceedings of the Congress Brighton 1951.
Windisch, F.: Die Bedeutung des Sauerstoffs für die Hefe und ihre biochemischen Wirkungen.
Windisch, F.: Biochem. Z. 246, 332–382 (1932).
Windisch, F.: Über den Energiestoffwechsel in der Hefezelle. Erg. Enzymforsch. 2, 169–177 (1933).
Windisch, F., H. Haehn u. W. Heumann: Qualitative Differenzierung des Atmungs- und Spaltungsstoffwechsels auf Grund des mycetischen Pro-liferationstestes. Arch. Geschwulstforsch. 6, 64–77 (1953a).
Windisch, F., H. Haehn u. W. Heumann: Irreversibilität der aeroben Spaltkraft bei optimaler Sauerstoffversorgung der Zelle. Z. Naturforsch. 8b, 465–472 (1953b).
Windisch, F., W. Heumann u. Chr. Goslich: Bestimmung der cytostatischen Dissimilationswerte nach anoxybiotischer bzw. antimetabolitischer Sistierung des Zellwachstums. Biol. Zbl. 74, 646–662 (1955).
Windisch, F., W. Nordheim u. W. Hetjmann: Respiratorische Gebundenheit der über die Zellmembran erfolgenden protoplasmatischen Phosphatversorgung. Hoppe-Seylers Z. 303, 153–160 (1956).
Windisch, F., D. Stierand u. H. Haehn: Über den Nachweis der Zellphosphate und die Ünspezifität der bisher gebräuchlichen Methoden zur histochemischen Lokalisierung der Ribonukleotide. Protoplasma 42, 346–363 (1953).
Windisch, S.: Einiges über die technischen Wuchshefen. Brauwelt 1948, 203–207.
Über das Nachlassen der Hefe. Brauerei 1952a, 311–312.
Das Problem des Zellkerns bei Hefen. Brauerei 1952b, 251–253.
Über die Gäreigenschaften der Hefe. Brauerei 1953a, 504–506.
Windisch, S.: Die Eigenschaften der drei für den gärungsgewerblichen Betrieb wichtigsten Hefearten und ihre Erkennung bei der mikrobiologischen Betriebskontrolle. Brauerei. Wiss. Beil. 6, 25–28 (1953b).
Windisch, S., u. C. Enders: Über Plasmolyse, Zytorrhyse, Autolyse der Hefen und ihre Anwendung bei technischen Prozessen. Brauwelt 1946, 151–220.
Winge, Ö.: On haplophase and diplophase in some Saccharomycetes. C. r. Trav. Labor. Carlsberg, Sér. physiol. 21, 77–108 (1935).
Winge, Ö., u. C. Roberts: Die Gene der Maltose- und Raffinosevergärung in einem obergärigen Saccharomyces cerevisiae-Stamm. C. r. Trav. Labor. Carlsberg 25, 241–251 (1953).
Winge, Ö., u. C. Roberts: Causes of deviations form 2:2 segregation in the tetrads of monohybrid yeasts. C. r. Trav. Labor. Carlsberg, Sér. physiol. 25, 285–326 (1954).
Winge, Ö., u. C. Roberts: Identification of the maltose-genes in some american haploid and european diploid yeasts. C. r. Trav. Labor. Carlsberg, Sér. physiol. 25, 331–340 (1955).
Winzler, R. J., Dean Burk and Vincent du Vigneaud: Biotin in fermentation, respiration, growth and nitrogen. Arch. of Biochem. 5, 25–47 (1944).
Wright, L. D., H. R. Skeggs and E. L. Cresson: The elucidation of biocytin. Science (Lancaster, Pa.) 114, 635–636 (1952).
Yemm, E. W., and B. F. Folkes: Regulation of respiration during the assimilation of nitrogen in Torulopsis utilis. Biochemic. J. 57, 495–508 (1954). Zit. nach Brauerei, Wiss. Beil. 1955, 43.
Andersson, B.: Über Co-Zymaseaktivierung einiger Dehydrogenasen. Hoppe-Seylers Z. 217, 186–190 (1933).
Die Co-Zymase als Co-Enzym bei enzymatischen Dehydrierungen. Hoppe-Seylers Z. 225, 57–68 (1934).
Auhagen, E.: Co-Carboxylase, ein neues Co-Enzym der alkoholischen Gärung. Hoppe-Seylers Z. 204, 149–167 (1932a).
Über Co-Carboxylase. II. Mitt. Hoppe-Seylers Z. 209, 20–26 (1932b).
Bailey, K., and E. C. Webb: Purification of yeast hexokinase and its reaction with β, β’-dichlorodiethyl sulphide. Biochemic. J. 42, 60–68 (1948).
Barron Guzman, E. S., and S. Levine: Oxidation of alcohols by yeast alcohol dehydrogenase and by the living cell. The thiol groups of the enzyme. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 41, 175–187 (1952).
Barthel, C., H. v. Euler u. K. Myrbäck: Gärung und Wachstum in getrockneten Hefezellen. II. Hoppe-Seylers Z. 183, 237–243 (1929).
Berg, R. L., and W. W. Westerfeld: The mechanism of ketol formation from pyruvate and aldehydes. J. of Biol. Chem. 152, 113–118 (1944).
Berger, L., M. W. Slein, S. P. Colowick and C. F. Cori: Isolation of hexokinase from baker’s yeast. J. Gen. Physiol. 29, 379–391 (1946).
Bernfeld, P., u. A. Meutémédian: Sur les enzymes amylolytiques VI. L’isophosphorylase. Helvet. chim. Acta 31, 1724–1735 (1948 a).
Sur les enzymes amylolytiques VII. L’isophosphorylase et la formation de polysaccharides ramifiés. Helvet. chim. Acta 31, 1735–1739 (1948 b).
Black, S.: Yeast aldehyde dehydrogenase. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 34, 86–97, (1951).
Bonnichsen, R. K.: Crystalline animal alcohol dehydrogenase II. Acta chem. scand. (Copenh.) 4, 715–716(1950).
Bonnichsen, R.K., and G. Lundgren: Comparison of the alcohol dehydrogenase (ADH) and the Widmark procedures in forensic chemistry for determining alcohol. Acta Pharmacol, et Toxicol. 13, 256–266 (1957).
Bonnichsen, R.K., and H. Theorell: An enzymatic method for the microdetermination of ethanol. Scand. J. Clin. a. Labor. Invest. 3, 58–62 (1951).
Bonnichsen, R. K., and A. M. Wassén: Crystalline alcohol dehydrogenase from horse liver. Arch. of Biochem. 18, 361–363 (1948).
Boyer, P. D.: Spectrophotometry study of the reaction of protein sulfhydryl groups with organic mercurials. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 76, 4331–4337 (1954).
Brink, N. G., R. K. Bonnichsen and H. Theorell: A modified method for the enzymatic microdetermination of ethanol. Acta pharmacol. (Københ.) 10, 223–236 (1954).
Brown, D. H.: The phosphorylation of d-(+)-glucosamine by crystalline yeast hexokinase. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 7, 487–493 (1951).
Brown, D. H.: Action of phosphoglucomutase on D-glucosamine-6-phosphate. J. of Biol. Chem. 204, 877–889 (1953).
Büchner, E.: Alkoholische Gärung ohne Hefezellen. Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 30, 117–124 (1897).
Bücher, Th.: Über ein phosphatübertragendes Gärungsferment. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 1, 292–314 (1947).
Bücher, Th., u. H. Redetzki: Eine spezifische photometrische Bestimmung von Äthylalkohol auf fermentativem Wege. Klin. Wschr. 1951, 615–616.
Caputto, R., L. F. Leloir, R. E. Trucco, C. E. Cardini and A. Paladine: A coenzyme for phosphoglucomutase. Arch. of Biochem. 18, 201–203 (1948).
Caputto, R., L. F. Leloir, R. E. Trucco, C. E. Cardini and A. Paladine: The enzymatic transformation of galactose into glucose derivatives. J. of Biol. Chem. 179, 497–498 (1949).
Cardini, C. E.: Activation of plant phosphoglucomutase by glucose-1, 6-diphosphate. Enzy-mologia (Den Haag) 15, 44–48 (1952/53).
Cardini, C. E., A. C. Paladini, R. Caputto, L. F. Leloir and R. E. Trucco: The isolation of the coenzyme of phosphoglucomutase. Arch. of Biochem. 22, 87–100 (1949).
Carson, S. F., S. Ruben, M. D. Kamen and J. W. Foster: Radioactive carbon as an indicator of carbon dioxide utilization. VI. On the possibility of carbon dioxide reduction via the carboxylase system. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 27, 475–480 (1941).
Castor, J. G. B., and J. F. Guymon: On the mechanism of formation of higher alcohols during alcohol fermentation, Science (Lancaster. Pa.) 115, 147–149 (1952).
Colowick, S. P., and H. M. Kalckar: The rôle of myokinase in transphosphory-lations. I. The enzymatic phosphorylation of hexoses by adenyl pyrophosphate. J. of Biol. Chem. 148, 117–126 (1943).
Connstein, W., u. K. Lüdecke: Über Glyceringewinnung durch Gärung. Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 52, 1385–1391 (1919).
Conway, E. J., and E. O’Mal-ley: The effect of carbonic anhydrase on the action of yeast carboxylase. Biochemic. J. 54, 154–163 (1953).
Cori, C. F., S. P. Colowick and G. T. Cori: The isolation and synthesis of glucose-1-phosphoric acid. J. of Biol. Chem. 121, 465–477 (1937).
Cori, C. F., and G. T. Cori: Mechanism of formation of hexosemonophosphate in muscle and isolation of a new phosphate ester. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. a. Med. 34, 702–705 (1936).
Cori, G. T., S. P. Colowick and C. F. Cori: The formation of glucose-l-phosphoric acid in extracts of mammalian tissues and of yeast. J. of Biol. Chem. 123, 375–380 (1938 a).
Cori, G. T., S. P. Colowick and C. F. Cori: The enzymatic conversion of glucose-1-phosphoric ester to 6-ester in tissue extracts. J. of Biol. Chem. 124, 543–555 (1938b).
Cori, G. T., and C. F. Cori: Formation of glucose-l-phosphoric acid in muscle extracts. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. a. Med. 36, 119–122 (1937).
Cori, G. T., and J. Larner: Amylo-l, 6-glucosidase. Federat. Proc. 9, 163 (1950).
Cramer, F. B., and G. E. Woodward: 2-Desoxy-D-glucose as an antagonist of glucose in yeast fermentation. J. Franklin Inst. 253, 354–360 (1952).
Dandliker, W. B., and J. B. Fox jr.: Light scattering of D-glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase. J. of Biol. Chem. 214, 275–283 (1955).
Dirscherl, W.: Die Bildung von Acetoin aus Acetaldehyd und aus Brenztraubensäure durch Bestrahlung mit ultraviolettem Licht. Ein Beitrag zum Problem der „Carboligase“. 2. Mitteilung über Acyloine. Hoppe-Seylers Z. 188, 225–246 (1930).
Dirscherl, W.: Mechanismus und Kinetik der Acyloinbildung bei der Gärung. 3. Mitteilung über Acyloine. Hoppe-Seylers Z. 201, 47–77 (1931).
Dirscherl, W., u. E. Braun: Zur Kenntnis des Acetoins und seiner Dimeren. 1. Mitteilung über Acyloine. Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 63, 416–422 (1930).
Dirscherl, W., u. H. Nahm: Nichtfermenta-tive Decarboxylierung der Brenztraubensäure und Acetoinbildung. 9. Mitteilung über Acyloine. Hoppe-Seylers Z. 264, 41–56 (1940).
Dixon, M.: Aldehyde mutase. Erg. Enzymforsch. 8, 217–246 (1939).
Doering, W.E. ., and T. C. Aschner: Mechanism of alkoxide-catalyzed carbinol-carbonyl equilibrium. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 75, 393–397 (1953).
Doudoroff, M., N. O. Kaplan and W. Z. Hassid: Phosphorolysis and synthesis of sucrose with a bacterial preparation. J. of Biol. Chem. 148, 67–75 (1943).
Drabkin, D. L., and O. Meyerhof: A spectrophotometric study of the oxidation and phosphorylation of d-gly-ceraldehyde 3-phosphate. J. of Biol. Chem. 157, 571–583 (1945).
Edelhoch, H., V. W. Rodwell and S. Grisolia: The molecular properties of yeast and muscle phosphoglyceric acid mutase. J. of Biol. Chem. 228, 891–903 (1957).
Ehrlich, F.: Über die Entstehung des Fuselöles. Z. Ver. Rübenzuckerindustr, 1905, 539–567.
Ehrlich, F.: Zur Frage der Fuselölbildung der Hefe. Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 39, 4072–4075 (1906).
Ehrlich, F.: Die chemischen Vorgänge bei der Hefegärung. Biochem. Z. 2, 52–80 (1907 a).
Ehrlich, F.: Über die Bedingungen der Fuselölbildung und über ihren Zusammenhang mit dem Eiweißaufbau der Hefe. Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 40, 1027–1047 (1907b).
Ehrlich, F.: Über die Entstehung der Bernsteinsäure bei der alkoholischen Gärung. Biochem. Z. 18, 391–423 (1909).
Elander, M., and K. Myrbäck: Isolation of crystalline trehalose after fermentation of glucose by maceration juice. Arch. of Biochem. 21, 249–255 (1949).
Embden, G., H. J. Deuticke u. G. Kraft: Über die intermediären Vorgänge bei der Glycolyse in der Muskulatur. Klin. Wschr. 1933, 213–215.
Euler, H. v., u. E. Adler: Über die Komponenten der Dehydrase-systeme. VI. Dehydrierung von Hexosen unter Mitwirkung von Adenosintriphosphorsäure. Hoppe-Seylers Z. 235, 122–153 (1935).
Fischer, H. F., E. E. Conn, B. Vennesland and F. H. Westheimer: The enzymatic transfer of hydrogen. I. The reaction catalyzed by alcohol dehydrogenase. J. of Biol. Chem. 202, 687–697 (1953).
Fitting, C., and H. W. Scherp: Observations on a strain of Neisseria meningitidis in the presence of glucose and maltose. I. Growth studies. J. Bacter. 61, 203–214 (1951).
Fitting, C., and H. W. Scherp: Observations on a strain of Neisseria meningitidis in the presence of glucose and maltose. II. Studies with washed cells. J. Bacter. 63, 545–560 (1952 a).
Fitting, C., and H. W. Scherp: Observations on a strain of Neisseria meningitidis in the presence of glucose and maltose. III. Cell-free extracts and the phosphorolysis of maltose. J. Bacter. 64, 287–298 (1952b).
Fukui, S., and K. Mohara: Relation between glycerol fermentation and yeast cocarboxylase. II. Formation of glycerol by use of sulphathiazole as an antivitamin B1. J. Fermentation Technol. Japan 29, 198–201 (1951).
Garner, R. L., and G. F. Grannis: Phosphogalactoisomerase, Science (Lancaster. Pa.) 114, 501–502 (1951).
Gay-Lussac, L. J.: Sur l’analyse de l’alcool et de l’éther sulfurique, et sur les produits de la fermentation. Ann. Chim. et Phys. 95, 311–318 (1815).
Genevois, L.: Acide succinique et glycérine dans de fermentation alcoolique. Bull. Soc. Chim. biol. Paris 18, 295–300 (1936).
Genevois, L.: Essais de bilans de la fermentation alcoolique due aux cellules de levure. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 4, 179–192 (1950).
Genevois, L., et M. Lafon: Transformation de l’acétate marqué par la levure en fermentation anaérobie: Formation d’acide succinique, d’isopropanol, d’alcool amylique et de stérols. Bull. Soc. Chim. Biol. Paris. 38, 89–97 (1956).
Gilvarg, C.: Utilization of glucose-1-C14 by yeast. J. of Biol. Chem. 199, 57–64 (1952).
Goepfert, G. J., and F. F. Nord: On the mechanism of enzyme action. Part. 20. Chemistry of dehydrogenations with and without training of Fusarium Uni Bolley (FIB). Arch. of Biochem. 1, 289–301 (1943).
Gottschalk, A.: d-Fructo-pyranose—a sugar unfermentable by yeast. A.stral. J. Exper. Biol. a. Med. Sci. 21, 133–137 (1943).
Grant, P. T., and C. Long: The enzymic phosphorylation of D-glucosamine. Biochemic. J. 50, xx (1952).
Green, D.E. a-Glycerophosphate dehydrogenase. Biochemic. J. London 30, 629–644 (1936).
Green, D. E., D. Herbert, and V. Subrahmanyan: On the isolation and properties of carboxylase. J. of Biol. Chem. 135, 795–796 (1940).
Green, D. E., D. Herbert, and V. Subrahmanyan: Carboxylase. J. of Biol. Chem. 138, 327–339 (1941).
Grisolia, S., and B. K. Joyce: Enzymatic synthesis and isolation of 2, 3-diphosphoglycerate. J. of Biol. Chem. 233, 18–19 (1958).
Gross, N. H., and C. H. Werkman: Isotopic composition of acetylmethylcarbinol formed by yeast juice. Arch. of Biochem. 15, 125–131 (1947).
Guarino, A. J., and H. Z. Sable: Studies on phosphomutases. II. Phosphoribomutase and phosphoglucomutase. J. of Biol. Chem. 215, 515–526 (1955).
Halsey, Y. D.: The reaction of methyl mercury nitrate with the sulfhydryl groups of yeast glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase. J. of Biol. Chem. 214, 589–593 (1955).
Hanes, C. S.: The breakdown and synthesis of starch by an enzyme system from pea seeds. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., Ser. B 128, 421–450 (1940).
Harden, A.: Alcoholic fermentation, 4. Aufl. London, New York u. Toronto: Longmans, Green & Co. 1932.
Harden, A., and R. Robison: A new phosphoric ester obtained by the aid of yeast-juice. Proc. Chem. Soc. 30, 16–17 (1914).
Harden, A., and W. J. Young: The alcoholic fermentation of yeast-juice. J. of Physiol. 32, iii (1905).
Harden, A., and W. J. Young: The alcoholic ferment of yeast-juice. Part II. The coferment of yeast-juice. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond. Ser. B 78, 369–375 (1906).
Harpur, R. P., and J. H. Quastel: Phosphorylation of d-glucosamine by brain extracts. Nature (Lond.) 164, 693–694 (1949).
Hassid, W. Z., M. Doudoroff and H. A. Barker: Enzymatically synthesized crystalline sucrose. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 66, 1416–1419 (1944).
Hayes jr., J. E., and S. F. Velick: Yeast alcohol dehydrogenase: molecular weight, coenzyme binding, and reaction equilibria. J. of Biol. Chem. 207, 225–244 (1954).
Hehre, E. J., and D. M. Hamilton: Bacterial synthesis of an amylopectin-like polysaccharide from sucrose. J. of Biol. Chem. 166, 777–778 (1946).
Hobson, P. N., W. J. Whelan and S. Peat: A “de-branching“ enzyme in bean and potato. Biochemic. J. 47, xxxix (1950).
Hoch, F. L., R. J. P. Williams and B. L. Vallee: The role of zinc in alcohol dehydrogenases. II. The kinetics of the instantaneous reversible inhibition of yeast alcohol dehydrogenase by 1, 10-phenanthroline. J. of Biol. Chem. 232, 453–464 (1958).
Hölzer, H., u. H. W. Goedde: Oxydation von α-Ketosäuren und einigen Aldehyden mit Pyruvat-Decarboxylase aus Hefe. Biochem. Z. 329, 192–208 (1957).
Holzer, H., G. Schultz, C. Villar-Palasi, u. J. Jüntgen-Sell: Isolierung der Hefencarboxylase und Untersuchungen über die Aktivität des Enzyms in lebenden Zellen. Biochem. Z. 327, 331–344 (1956).
Hopkins, R. H., and R. H. Roberts: The kinetics of alcoholic fermentation of sugars by brewer’s yeast. IV. Specificity. The rates of fermentation of a- and β-glucose. Biochemic. J. 30, 76–83 (1936).
Hudson, M. T., and G. E. Woodward: Glucosone. II. Inhibition of yeast metabolism, yeast hexokinase und tissue glycolysis. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 28, 127–133 (1958).
Isbell, H. S., und W. W. Pigman: Pyranose-furanose interconversions with reference to the mutarotations of galactose, levulose, lactulose, and turanose. J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. 20, 773–798 (1938).
Kagan, B. O., S. N. Ljatker und E. M. Tsvasman: Phosphorylysis of sucrose by the cultures of Leuconostoc mesenterioides. Biokhimija 7, 93–108 (1942); Ref. Chem. Abstr. 37, 47606 (1943).
Katz, J., and W. Z. Hassid: Arsenolysis of amylose and amylopectin. Arch. of Biochem. 30, 272–281 (1951).
Katz, J., W. Z. Hassid and M. Dou-doroff: Arsenolysis and phosphorolysis of the amylose and amylopectin fractions of starch. Nature (Lond.) 161, 96 (1948).
Kleinzeller, A.: The formation of succinic acid in yeast. Biochemic. J. 35, 495–501 (1941).
Klenow, H., R. Emberland and P. Plesner: On the interaction between glucose-1, 6-diphosphate and ribose-1-phosphate. Acta chem. scand. (Copenh.) 8, 1103–1104 (1954).
Klenow, H., and B. Larsen: The action of phos-phoglucomutase preparations on ribose-1-phosphate. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 37, 488–490 (1952).
Kluyver, A. J., u. W. J. Hoppenbrouwers: Ein merkwürdiges Gärungs-bakterium: Lindners Termobakterium mobile. Arch. Mikrobiol. 2, 245–260 (1931).
Kobel, M., und E. Hackenthal: Die modifizierten Gärformen. In Bamann-Myrbäck (Her-ausgeb.), Die Methoden der Fermentforschung, S. 2173–2196. Leipzig: Georg Thieme 1941a.
Kobel, M., und E. Hackenthal: Phytochemische Reduktion (Reduktion durch gärende Hefe). In Bamann-Myrbäck (Herausgeb.), Die Methoden der Fermentforschung, S. 2197–2205. Leipzig: Georg Thieme 1941b.
Koshland jr., D. E., and F. H. Westheimer: Mechanism of alcoholic fermentation. The fermentation of glucose-1-C14. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 72, 3383–3388 (1950).
Kosterlitz, H. W.: The fermentation of galactose and galactose-1-phosphate. Biochemic. J. 37, 322–326 (1943).
Krebs, E. G., and R. R. Wright: The use of antibody to inhibit a particular step in a multienzyme system. J. of Biol. Chem. 192, 555–559 (1951).
Krebs, H. A., and F. J. W. Roughton: Carbonic anhydrase as a tool in studying the mechanism of reactions involving H2CO3, CO2 orHCO3 -. Biochemic. J. 43, 550–555 (1948).
Krimsky, I., and E. Racker: Glutathione, a prosthetic group of glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase. J. of Biol. Chem. 198, 721–729 (1952).
Kubowitz, F., u. W. Lüttgens: Zusammensetzung, Spaltung und Resynthese der Carboxylase. Biochem. Z. 307, 170–172 (1940/41).
Kunitz, M., and M. R. MacDonald: Crystalline hexokinase (heterophosphatese). Method of isolation and properties. J. Gen. Physiol. 29, 393–412 (1946).
Lardy, H. A., and J. A. Ziegler: The enzymatic synthesis of phosphopyruvate from pyruvate. J. of Biol. Chem. 159, 343–351 (1945).
Lehmann, J.: Aktivierung von Alkohol-dehydrogenase durch Co-Enzym. Biochem. Z. 272, 95–103 (1934).
Leloir, L. F.: The metabolism of hexosephosphates. In W. D. McElroy and B. Glass: Phosphorus metabolism, a symposium on the role of phosphorus in metabolism of plants and animals, Bd. 1, S. 67–93. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Press 1951a.
Leloir, L. F.: The enzymatic transformation of uridine diphos-phateglucose into a galactose derivative. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 33, 186–190 (1951b).
Leloir, L. F.: Enzymatic isomerisation and related processes. Adv. Enzymol. 14, 193–218 (1953).
Leloir, L. F., and E. Cabib: The enzymic synthesis of trehalose phosphate. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 75, 5445–5446 (1953).
Leloir, L. F., and C. E. Cardini: The biosynthesis of sucrose. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 75, 6084 (1953).
Leloir, L. F., R. E. Trucco, C.E. Cardini, A. Paladini and R. Caputto: The coenzyme of phosphoglucomutase. Arch. of Biochem. 19, 339–340 (1948).
Leuthardt, F., et H. Nielsen: Phosphorylation biologique de la thiamine. Helvet. chim. Acta 35, 1196–1209 (1952).
Levy, H. R., and B. Vennesland: The stereospecificity of enzymatic hydrogen transfer from diphosphopyridine nucleotide. J. of Biol. Chem. 228, 85–96 (1957).
Ling, K.-H., and H. A. Lardy: Uridine and inosine-triphos-phates as phosphate donors for phosphohexokinase. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 76, 2842–2843 (1954).
Lintner, C. J., u. H. J. v. Liebig: Über die Reduktion des Furfurols durch Hefe bei der alkoholischen Gärung. Hoppe-Seylers Z. 72, 449–454 (1911).
Loewus, F. A., H. R. Levy and B. Vennesland: The enzymatic transfer of hydrogen. VI. The reaction catalyzed by D-glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase. J. of Biol. Chem. 223, 589–597 (1956).
Loewus, F. A., B. Vennesland and D. L. Harris: The site of enzymatic hydrogen transfer in diphosphopyridine nucleotide. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 77, 3391–3393 (1955).
Lohmann, K.: Über Phosphorylierung und Dephosphorylierung. Bildung der natürlichen Hexosemonophosphorsäure aus ihren Komponenten. Biochem. Z. 262, 137–151 (1933).
Lohmann, K., u. O. Meyerhof: Über die enzymatische Umwandlung von Phosphoglycerinsäure in Brenztraubensäure und Phosphorsäure. Biochem. Z. 273, 60–72 (1934).
Lohmann, K., u. Ph. Schuster: Untersuchungen über die Cocarboxylase. Biochem. Z. 294, 188–214 (1937).
Lutwak-Mann, C., u. T. Mann: Über die Verkettung der chemischen Umsetzungen in der alkoholischen Gärung. I. Mitteilung. Bildung und Spaltung der Adenosin-triphosphorsäure und deren Zusammenhang mit den Vorgängen der Zuckerspaltung. Biochem. Z. 281, 140–156 (1935).
Magnus-Levy, A.: Ueber den Aufbau der hohen Fettsäuren aus Zucker. Arch. Anat. u. Physiol., Physiol. Abt. 1902, 365–369.
Malmström, B. G.: The purification of yeast enolase by zone electrophoresis and ion-exchange chromatography, and the existence of several active forms of the enzyme. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 70, 58–69 (1957).
Maxwell, E. S.: Diphosphopyridine nucleotide, a cofactor for galacto-waldenase. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 78, 1074 (1956).
Melchior, N. C., and J.B. Melchior: The role of complex metal ions in the yeast hexokinase reaction. J. of Biol. Chem. 231, 609–623 (1958).
Meyerhof, O.: Über die enzy-matische Milchsäurebildung im Muskelextrakt. III. Mitteilung: Die Milchsäurebildung aus den gärfähigen Hexosen. Biochem. Z. 183, 176–215 (1927).
Meyerhof, O.: Über die Wirkungsweise der Hexokinase. Naturwiss. 23, 850–851 (1935 a).
Meyerhof, O.: Über die Intermediärvorgänge bei der biologischen Kohlenhydratspaltung. Erg. Enzymforsch. 4, 208–229 (1935b).
Meyerhof, O.: The origin of the reaction of Harden and Young in cell-free alcoholic fermentation. J. of Biol. Chem. 157, 105–119 (1945).
Meyerhof, O., u. W. Kiessling: Über ein neues phosphoryliertes Intermediärprodukt der Kohlenhydratspaltung und sein enzymatisches Gleichgewicht. Naturwiss. 22, 838 (1934).
Meyerhof, O.: Über die Isolierung der isomeren Phosphoglycerinsäuren (Glycerinsäure-2-Phosphorsäure und Glycerinsäure-3-Phosphorsäure) aus Gäransätzen und ihr enzymatisches Gleichgewicht. Biochem. Z. 276, 239–253 (1935 a).
Meyerhof, O.: Über die enzymatische Umwandlung von Glycerin-aldehydphosphorsäure in Dioxyacetonphosphorsäure. Biochem. Z. 279, 40–48 (1935b).
Meyerhof, O.: Über den enzymatischen Umsatz der synthetischen Phosphobrenztraubensäure (enol-Brenz-traubensäure:phosphorsäure). Biochem. Z. 280, 99–109 (1935c).
Meyerhof, O., u. K. Lohmann: Über die enzymatische Gleichgewichtsreaktion zwischen Hexosediphosphorsäure und Dioxyacetonphosphorsäure. Naturwiss. 22, 220 (1934a).
Meyerhof, O.: Über die enzymatische Gleichgewichtsreaktion zwischen Hexosediphosphorsäure und Dioxyacetonphosphorsäure. Biochem. Z. 271, 89–110 (1934b).
Meyerhof, O., K. Lohmann u. Ph. Schuster: Über die Aldolase, ein Kohlenstoff-verknüpfendes Ferment. I. Mitteilung: Aldolkondensation von Dioxyacetonphosphorsäure mit Acetaldehyd. Biochem. Z. 286, 301–318 (1936a).
Meyerhof, O.: Über die Aldolase, ein Kohlenstoff-verknüpfendes Ferment. II. Mitteilung: Aldolkondensation von Dioxyacetonphosphorsäure mit Glycerinaldehvd. Biochem. Z. 286, 319–335 (1936b).
Meyerhof, O., P. Ohlmeyer, u. W. Möhle: Über die Koppelung zwischen Oxydoreduktion und Phosphatveresterung bei der anaeroben Kohlenhydratspaltung. II. Mitteilung: Die Koppelung als Gleichgewichtsreaktion. Biochem. Z. 297, 113–133 (1938).
Meyerhof, O., and P. Oesper: The mechanism of the oxidative reaction in fermentation. J. of Biol. Chem. 170, 1–22 (1947).
Meyerhof, O., and P. Oesper: The enzymatic equilibria of phospho(enol)pyruvate. J. of Biol. Chem. 179, 1371–1385 (1949).
Mills, G. T., E. B. Smith and A. C. Lochhead: The presence of uridine pyrophosphogalactose and uridine pyrophosphogalactose-4-epimerase in non-galactose adapted yeasts. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 25, 521–528 (1957).
Müller, D.: Alko-holdehydrase aus Hefe losgelöst. Biochem. Z. 262, 239–247 (1933).
Meyerhof, O., and P. Oesper: Alkoholdehydrase aus Hefe. II. Biochem. Z. 268, 152–157 (1934).
Muntz, J. A.: The rôle of potassium and ammonium ions in alcoholic fermentation. J. of Biol. Chem. 171, 653–665 (1947).
Myrbäck, K.: Die Abhängigkeit der alkoholischen Gärung von der Acidität. Hoppe-Seylers Z. 139, 30–38 (1924).
Myrbäck, K.: Trehalose und Trehalase. Erg. Enzymforsch. 10, 168–190 (1949).
Myrbäck, K., u. G. Neumüller: Stärke und Glykogen. Enzymatische Synthese und Hydrolyse. Erg. Enzymforsch. 12, 1–88 (1951).
Needham, D. M., and R. K. Pillai: The coupling of oxido-reductions and dismutations with esterification of phosphate in muscle. Biochemic. J. 31, 1837–1851 (1937).
Nege-lein, E., u. H. Brömel: Über die Entstehung von Glycerin bei der Gärung. Biochem. Z. 303, 231–233 (1939/40).
Negelein, E., u. H.-J. Wulff: Kristallisation des Proteins der Acetaldehydreduktase. (Kurze Mitteilung.) Biochem. Z. 289, 436–447 (1937a).
Negelein, E., u. H.-J. Wulff: Dissoziationskonstanten und Reaktionsfähigkeit der Acetaldehydreduktase. (Kurze Mitteilung.) Biochem. Z. 290, 445–446 (1937 b).
Negelein, E., u. H.-J. Wulff: Diphosphopyridinproteid. Alkohol, Acetaldehyd. Biochem. Z. 293, 351–389 (1937 c).
Neubauer, O., u. K. Fromhertz: Über den Abbau der Aminosäuren bei der Hefegärung. Hoppe-Seylers Z. 70, 326–350 (1910/11).
Neuberg, C.: Gärung und phytochemische Reduktion. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 4, 170–178 (1950).
Neuberg, C., u. E. Färber: Über den Verlauf der alkoholischen Gärung bei alkalischer Reaktion. I. Zellfreie Gärung in alkalischen Lösungen. Biochem. Z. 78, 238–263 (1917).
Neuberg, C., u. I. S. Forrest: Einfache Darstellung aktiver Zymaselösungen aus Bäckerhefe. Hoppe-Seylers Z. 295, 110–113 (1953).
Neuberg, C., u. J. Hirsch: Über den Verlauf der alkoholischen Gärung bei alkalischer Reaktion. II. Gärung mit lebender Hefe in alkalischen Lösungen. Biochem. Z. 96, 175–202 (1919a).
Neuberg, C., u. J. Hirsch: Wirkungsweise der Abfangmethode bei der Acetaldehyd-Glycerin-Spaltung des Zuckers. Die Korrelation von Acetaldehyd und Glycerin innerhalb der gesamten Gärführung, der zeitliche Verlauf dieser Vergärungsform und ihre gewöhnlichen Beziehungen zur alkoholischen Gärung. Biochem. Z. 98, 141–158 (1919b).
Neuberg, C., u. J. Hirsch: Die dritte Vergärungsform des Zuckers. Biochem. Z. 100, 304–322 (1919c).
Neuberg, C., u. J. Hirsch: Über ein Kohlenstoffketten-knüpfendes Ferment (Carboligase). Biochem. Z. 115, 282–310 (1921).
Netjberg, C., J. Hirsch u. E. Reinfurth: Die drei Vergärungsformen des Zuckers, ihre Zusammenhänge und Bilanz. Biochem. Z. 105, 307–336 (1920).
Netjberg, C., u. L. Karczag: Über zuckerfreie Hefegärungen. IV. Carboxylase, ein neues Enzym der Hefe. Biochem. Z. 36, 68–75 (1911a).
Neuberg, C., u. J. Hirsch: Über zuckerfreie Hefegärungen. V. Zur Kenntnis der Carboxylase. Biochem. Z. 36, 76–81 (1911b).
Netjberg, C., u. J. Kerb: Entsteht bei zuckerfreien Hefegärungen Äthylalkohol? Z. Gärungsphysiol. 1, 114–120 (1912).
Neuberg, C., u. M. Kobel: Die vierte und fünfte Vergärungsform des Zuckers. Naturwiss. 18, 427–429 (1930).
Neuberg, C., u. J. Hirsch: Über den Mechanismus des Abbaues von Zucker durch das Thermobacterium mobile Lindner. Biochem. Z. 243, 451–460 (1931).
Netjberg, C., u. L. Liebermann: Zur Kenntnis der Carboligase. II. Mitt. Biochem. Z. 121, 311–325 (1921).
Neuberg, C., u. H. Ohle: Zur Kenntnis der Carboligase. III. Mitteilung. Der Bau der biosynthetisch verknüpften mehrgliedrigen Kohlenstoffketten. Biochem. Z. 127, 327–339 (1922a).
Neuberg, C., u. H. Ohle: Zur Kenntnis der Carboligase. IV. Mitteilung. Weitere Feststellungen über die biosynthetische Kohlenstoffkettenverknüpfung beim Gärungsvorgange. Biochem. Z. 128, 610–618 (1922b).
Neuberg, C., u. E. Reinfurth: Die Festlegung der Aldehydstufe bei der alkoholischen Gärung. Ein experimenteller Beweis der Acetaldehyd-Brenztraubensäure-theorie. Biochem. Z. 89, 365–414 (1918a).
Neuberg, C., u. H. Ohle: Natürliche und erzwungene Glycerinbildung bei der alkoholischen Gärung. Biochem. Z. 92, 234–266 (1918b).
Neuberg, C., u. H. Ohle: Weitere Untersuchungen über die korrelative Bildung von Acetaldehyd und Glycerin bei der Zuckerspaltung und neue Beiträge zur Theorie der alkoholischen Gärung. Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 52, 1677–1703 (1919).
Neuberg, C., u. H. Ohle: Ein neues Abfangverfahren und seine Anwendung auf die alkoholische Gärung. Biochem. Z. 106, 281–291 (1920a).
Neuberg, C., u. H. Ohle: Über den Chemismus der alkoholischen Gärung, zugleich Bemerkungen zur gleichnamigen Mitteilung von E. Zerner. Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 53, 462–469 (1920b).
Neuberg, C., u. H. Ohle: Über die Vergärbarkeit der Brenztraubensäure unter den Bedingungen des Abfangverfahrens. (Vergärung der Pyruvinat-Sulfite durch Hefe). Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 53, 1039–1052 (1920c).
Neuberg, C., u. E. Simon: Über chemische Vorgänge und über energetische Verhältnisse beim physiologischen Ab- und Umbau der Kohlenhydrate und ihrer Spaltungsprodukte. Erg. Enzymforsch. 2, 118–138 (1933).
Nilsson, R.: Studien über den enzymatischen Kohlenhydratabbau. Ark. Kemi, Mineral, u. Geol., Ser. A 10, No 7 (1932).
Nord, F. F., and S. Weiss: Yeast and mold fermentations. In J. B. Sumner u. K. Myrbäck, The Enzymes, Bd. II, S. 742–790. New York: Academic Press 1951.
Nygaard, A. P., and H. Theorell: The reaction mechanism of yeast alcohol dehydrogenase (ADH), studied by overall reaction velocities. Acta chem. scand. (Copenh.) 9, 1300–1305 (1955 a).
Nygaard, A. P., and H. Theorell: Dissociation constants in the yeast alcohol dehydrogenase system, calculated from overall reaction velocities. Acta chem. scand. (Copenh.) 9, 1551–1552 (1955b).
Oesper, P.: The mechanism of action of glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase. J. of Biol. Chem. 207, 421–429 (1954).
Ogston, F. J., and D. E. Green: The mechanism of the reaction of substrates with molecular oxygen. I. Biochemic. J. 29, 1983–2004 (1935).
Ohlmeyer, P., u. L. Mehmke: Neue Versuche über ein Co-Ferment der Gärung. Hoppe-Seylers Z. 272, 212–216 (1942).
Ostern, P., et J.-A. Guthke: Les transformations initiales de la glycogènolyse. La fonction de Tester hexosemonophosphorique. C. r. Soc. biol. Paris 121, 282–285 (1936).
Ostern, P., J.-A. Guthke u. J. Terszakowec: Über die Bildung des Hexose-monophosphorsäure-esters und dessen Umwandlung in Fructose-diphosphor-säure-ester im Muskel. Hoppe-Seylers Z. 243, 9–37 (1936).
Parnas, J.-K., et T. Baranowski: Sur les phosphorylations initiales du glycogène. C. r. Soc. biol. Paris 120, 307–310 (1935).
Parnas, J.-K., P. Ostern u. T. Mann: Über die Verkettung der chemischen Vorgänge im Muskel. Biochem. Z. 272, 64–70 (1934).
Pasternak, V. Z., M. G. Sevag and R. E. Miller: The inhibition of yeast carboxylase by homologous antiserum. J. Bacter. 61, 189–193 (1951).
Pasteur, L.: Mémoire sur la fermentation alcoolique. Ann. Chim. et Phys. [3] 58, 323–426 (1860).
Peat, S., S. J. Pirt und W. J. Whelan: The enzymatic synthesis and degradation of starch. Part XV. β-Amylase and the constitution of amylose. J. Chem. Soc. (Lond.) 1952 a, 705–713.
The enzymic synthesis and degradation of starch. Part XVI. The purification and properties of the β-amy-lase of soya bean. J. Chem. Soc. (Lond.) 1952b, 714–722.
Peat, S., G. J. Thomas and W. J. Whelan: The enzymic synthesis and degradation of starch. Part XVII. Z-enzyme. J. Chem. Soc. (Lond.) 1952, 722–733.
Peat, S., W. J. Whelan and S. J. Pirt: The amylolytic enzymes of soya bean. Nature (Lond.) 164, 499–500 (1949).
Pizer, L. I., and C. E. Ballou: Phosphate transfer catalyzed by phosphoglyceric acid mutase. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 79, 3612–3613 (1957).
Posternak, Th., et J. P. Rosselet: Synthèses d’esters phosphoriques d’intérêt biologique. III. Synthèse des acides a-D-mannose-1-phosphorique, D-mannose-6-phosphorique et a-D-mannose-1, 6- diphosphorique. Action de la phosphogluco-mutase. Helvet. chim. Acta 36, 1614–1623 (1953)
Posternak, Th., et J. P. Rosselet: Action de la phosphoglucomutase du muscle sur des acides aldose-1-phosphoriques. Transformation de l’acide galactose-1-phos-phorique. Helvet. chim. Acta 37, 246–250 (1954).
Pullman, M. E., A. San Pietro and S. P. Colowick: On the structure of reduced diphosphopyridine nucleotide. J. of Biol. Chem. 206, 129–141 (1954).
Racker, E.: Crystalline alcoholdehydrogenase from bakers’ yeast. J. of Biol. Chem. 184, 313–319 (1950).
Racker, E.: Alternative pathways of glucose and fructose metabolism. Adv. Enzymol. 15, 141–182 (1954).
Racker, E., and I. Krimsky: The mechanism of oxidation of aldehydes by glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase. J. of Biol. Chem. 198, 731–743 (1952).
Rafter, G. W.: The reaction of o-iodosobenzoate with 3 phosphoglyceraldehyde dehydrogenase. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 67, 267–271 (1957).
Rapoport, S., and J. Luebering: The formation of 2, 3-diphosphoglycerate in rabbit erythrocytes: the existence of a diphosphoglycerate mutase. J. of Biol. Chem. 183, 507–516 (1950).
Rapoport, S., and J. Luebering: An optical study of diphosphoglycerate mutase. J. of Biol. Chem. 196, 583–588 (1952).
Ribéreau-Gayon, J., E. Peynaud et M. Lafon: Recherches sur la genèse des produits secondaires de la fermentation alcoolique. Bull. Soc. Chim. biol. Paris 37, 457–473 (1955).
Robison, R.: A new phosphoric ester produced by the action of yeast juice on hexoses. Biochemic. J. 16, 809–824 (1922).
Rodwell, V. W., J. C. Towne and S. Grtsolia: Crystalline phosphoglyceric acid mutase. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 20, 394–396 (1956).
Rapoport, S., and J. Luebering: The kinetic properties of yeast and muscle phosphoglyceric acid mutase. J. of Biol. Chem. 228, 875–890 (1957).
Saltman, P.: Hexokinase in higher plants. J. of Biol. Chem. 200, 145–154 (1953).
Schlamowitz, M., and D. M. Greenberg: On the mechanism of enzymatic conversion of glucose-1-phosphate to glucose-6-phosphate. J. of Biol. Chem. 171, 293–295 (1947).
Seegmiller, J. E.: Triphosphopyridine nucleotide-linked aldehvde dehydrogenase from yeast. J. of Biol. Chem. 201, 629–637 (1953).
Segal, H. L., and P. D. Boyer: The rôle of sulfhydryl groups in the activity of D-glyceraldehyde 3-phosphate dehydrogenase. J. of Biol. Chem. 204, 265–281 (1953).
Simola, P. E.: Über den Co-Zymase- und Co-Carb-oxylasegehalt des Rattenorganismus bei B-Avitaminose. Biochem. Z. 254, 229–244 (1932).
Singer, T. P., and J. Pensky: Acetoin synthesis by highly purified α-carboxylase. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 31, 457–459 (1951).
Rapoport, S., and J. Luebering: Mechanism of acetoin synthesis by a-carboxylase. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 9, 316–327 (1952a).
Rapoport, S., and J. Luebering: Isolation and properties of the a-carboxylase of wheat germ. J. of Biol. Chem. 196, 375–388 (1952b).
Slade, H. D., and C. H. Werkman: Assimilation of acetic and succinic acids containing heavy carbon by Aero-bacter indologenes. Arch. of Biochem. 2, 97–111 (1943).
Slein, M. W.: Phosphomannose isomerase. J. of Biol. Chem. 186, 753–761 (1950).
Slein, M. W.: Phosphohexoseisomerase. Federat. Proc. 13, 299 (1954).
Slein, M. W., G. T. Cori and C. F. Cori: A comparative study of hexokinase from yeast and animal tissues. J. of Biol. Chem. 186, 763–780 (1950).
Sobotka, H., and M. Reiner: Selective fermentation. II. Fermentation of sugar mixtures by Sauterne yeast. Biochemic. J. 24, 1783–1786 (1930).
Somers, G. F., and E. L. Cosby: The conversion of fructose-6-phosphate into glucose-6-phosphate in plant extracts. Arch. of Biochem. 6, 295–302 (1945).
Spiegelmann, S., and M. Nozawa: On the inability of intact yeast cells to ferment their carbohydrate reserves. Arch. of Biochem. 6, 303–322 (1945).
Stumpf, P. K.: Carbohydrate metabolism in higher plants. I. Pea aldolase. J. of Biol. Chem. 176, 233–241 (1948).
Suomalainen, H., and E. Oura: Yeast carboxylase and cell permeability. Acta chem. scand. (Copenh.) 11, 1090 (1957).
Suomalainen, H., and E. Oura: Cell permeability and decarboxylation of a-keto acids by intact yeast. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 28, 120–127 (1958).
Sutherland, E. W., T. Z. Posternak and C. F. Cori: The mechanism of action of phosphoglucomutase and phosphoglyceric acid mutase. J. of Biol. Chem. 179, 501–502 (1949).
Tewfik, S., and P. K. Stumpf: Carbohydrate metabolism in higher plants. II. The distribution of aldolase in plants. Amer. J. Bot. 36, 567–571 (1949).
Theorell, H., and R. Bon-nichsen: Studies on liver alcohol dehydrogenase. I. Equilibria and initial reaction velocities. Acta chem. scand (Copenh.) 5, 1105–1126 (1951).
Theorell, H., and A. P. Nygaard: Kinetics and equilibria in flavoprotein systems. I. A fluorescence recorder and its application to a study of the dissociation of the old yellow enzyme and its resynthesis from riboflavin phosphate and protein. Acta chem. scand. (Copenh.) 8, 877–888 (1954).
Theorell, H., A. P. Nygaard and R. Bonnichsen: Kinetics of alcohol dehydrogenases, studied with the aid of a fluorescence recorder. Acta chem. scand. (Copenh.) 8, 1490–1491 (1954).
Theorell, H., A. P. Nygaard and R. Bonnichsen: Studies on liver alcohol dehydrogenase. III. The influence of pH and some anions on the reaction velocity constants. Acta chem. scand. (Copenh.) 9, 1148–1165 (1955).
Topper, Y.J.: On the mechanism of action of phosphoglucose isomerase and phosphomannose isomerase. J. of Biol. Chem. 225, 419–425 (1957).
Towne, J. C., V. W. Rodwell and S. Grisolia: The micro-estimation, distribution and biosynthesis of 2, 3-diphosphoglyceric acid. J. of Biol. Chem. 226, 777–788 (1957).
Traube, M.: Theorie der Ferment Wirkungen. Berlin: Ferdinand Dummler 1858.
Trucco, R. E., R. Caputto, L. F. Leloir and N. Mittel-man: Galactokinase. Arch. of Biochem. 18, 137–146 (1948).
Vallee, B. L., and F. L. Hoch: Yeast alcohol dehydrogenase, a zinc metalloenzyme. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 77, 821–822 (1955a).
Vallee, B. L., and F. L. Hoch: Zinc, a component of yeast alcohol dehydrogenase. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 41, 327–338 (1955b).
Vallee, B. L., F. L. Hoch, S. J. Adelstein and W. E. C. Wacker: Pyridine nucleotide dependent metallo-dehydrogenases. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 78, 5879–5883 (1956).
Velick, S. F.: Coenzyme binding and the thiol groups of glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase. J. of Biol. Chem. 203, 563–573 (1953).
Velick, S. F., and J. E. Hayes jr.: xPhosphate binding and the glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase reaction. J. of Biol. Chem. 203, 545–562 (1953).
Velick, S. F., J. E. Hayes jr., and J. Harting: The binding of diphosphopyridine nucleotide by glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase. J. of Biol. Chem. 203, 527–544 (1953).
Velick, S. F., and S. Udenfriend: The composition and amino acid end-groups of glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenases. J. of Biol. Chem. 203, 575–582 (1953).
Wallenfels, K., u. H. Schüly: Über den Mechanismus der Wasserstoffübertragung mit Pyridinnucleotiden. VI. Die chemische Natur des Säureproduktes hydrierter Pyridinium-verbindungen und ein Vorschlag für einen Mechanismus der enzymatischen Reduktion von Brenztraubensäure und Phosphoglycerinsäure. Biochem. Z. 329, 75–82 (1957).
Wallenfels, K., u. H. Sund: Zum Wirkungsmechanismus der Alkoholdehydrogenase aus Hefe. Angew. Chem 67, 517 (1955).
Wallenfels, K., u. H. Sund: Über den Mechanismus der Wasserstoffübertragung mit Pyridinnucleotiden. I. Freie SH-Gruppen und Aktivität der Alkoholdehydrogenase aus Hefe. Biochem. Z. 329, 17–30 (1957a).
Wallenfels, K., u. H. Sund: Über den Mechanismus der Wasserstoffübertragung mit Pyridinnucleotiden. III. Binäre und ternäre Zinkkomplexe als Modellsubstanzen für die Enzym-Coenzymverbindung. Biochem. Z. 329, 41–47 (1957 b).
Wallenfels, K., u. H. Sund: Über den Mechanismus der Wasserstoffübertragung mit Pyridinnucleotiden. V. Das DPN+-Bindungsvermögen von ADH und Zink-ADH. Biochem. Z. 329, 59–74 (1957c).
Wallenfels, K., H. Sund u. H. Diek-mann: Über den Mechanismus der Wasserstoff Übertragung mit Pyridinnucleotiden. IV. Hemmstoffe für DPN-abhängige Zinkenzyme. Biochem. Z. 329, 48–58 (1957).
Wallenfels, K., H. Sund, A. Faessler u. H. Burchard: Über den Mechanismus der Wasserstoffübertragung mit Pyridinnucleotiden. II. Der minimale und maximale Zinkgehalt kristallisierter Alkoholdehydrogenase aus Hefe. Biochem. Z. 329, 31–40 (1957).
Warburg, O.: Wasserstoffübertragende Fermente, S. 51. Berlin: W. Saenger 1948.
Warburg, O., u. W. Christian: Proteinteil des kohlenhydrat-oxydierenden Ferments der Gärung. Biochem. Z. 301, 221–222 (1939).
Wallenfels, K., u. H. Sund: Isolierung und Kristallisation des Proteins des oxydierenden Gärungsferments. Biochem. Z. 303, 40–68 (1939/40).
Wallenfels, K., u. H. Sund: Isolierung und Kristallisation des Gärungsferments Enolase. Naturwiss. 29, 589–590 (1941).
Wallenfels, K., u. H. Sund: Isolierung und Kristallisation des Gärungsferments Enolase. Biochem. Z. 310, 384–421 (1941/42).
Wallenfels, K., u. H. Sund: Isolierung und Kristallisation des Gärungsferments Zymohexase. Biochem. Z. 314, 149–176 (1943).
Warburg, O., u. K. Gawehn: Isolierung der Hefenzymohexase und ihre Kristallisation als Quecksilbersalz. Z. Naturforsch. 9b, 206–208 (1954).
Warburg, O., K. Gawehn u. A.W. Geissler: Stöchiometrische Versuche mit dem oxydirenden Gärungsferment. Z. Naturforsch. 12b, 47–48 (1957).
Weil-Malherbe, H.: The enzymic phosphorylation of vitamin B1. Biochemic. J. 33, 1997–2007 (1939).
Westheimer, F. H., H. F. Fischer, E. E. Conn and B. Vennesland: The enzymatic transfer of hydrogen from alcohol to DPN. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 73, 2403 (1951).
Williams, R. J. P., F. L. Hoch and B. L. Vallee: The role of zinc in alcohol dehydrogenases. III. The kinetics of the time-dependent inhibition of yeast alcohol dehydrogenase by 1, 10-phenanthroline. J. of Biol. Chem. 232, 465–474(1958).
Willstätter, R., u. H. Sobotka: Vergleich von α- und β-Glucose in der Gärung. Hoppe-Seylers Z. 123, 164–169 (1922a).
Willstätter, R., u. H. Sobotka: Über auswählende Gärung von Zuckergemischen. Hoppe-Seylers Z. 123, 170–175 (1922b).
Wold, F., and C. E. Ballou: Studies on the enzyme enolase. I. Equilibrium studies. J. of Biol. Chem. 227, 301–213 (1957 a).
Willstätter, R., u. H. Sobotka: Studies on the enzyme enolase. II. Kinetic studies. J. of Biol. Chem. 227, 313–328 (1957b).
Wood, H. G., and C. H. Werkman: The relationship of bacterial utilization of CO2 to succinic acid formation. Biochemic. J. 34, 129–138 (1940).
Ågren, G.: Utilization of peptide bound amino acids by lactic acid bacteria. II. Acta chem. scand. 2, 611–619 (1948).
Allen, S. H. G., and D. Powelson: Pathways of glucose oxidation in dividing and nondividing cells of Escherichia coli. J. Bact. 75, 184–189 (1958).
Altermatt, H. A., A. C. Blackwood and A. C. Neish: The anaerobic dissimilation of D-xylose-1-C14, D-xylose-2-C14, and D-xylose-5-C14 by Leuconostoc mesenteroides. Canad. J. Biochem. 33, 622–626 (1955).
Altermatt, H.A., F. J. Simpson and A.C. Neish: The anaerobic dissimilation of D-ribose-1-C14, D-xylose-1-C14, D-xylose-2-C14, and D-xylose-5-C14 by Aerobacter aerogenes. Canad. J. Biochem. 33, 615–621 (1955a).
Altermatt, H.A., F. J. Simpson and A.C. Neish: The fermentation of D-allose and D-glucose by Aerobacter aerogenes. Canad. J. Microbiol. 1, 473–478 (1955b).
Amdur, B. H., H. Rilling and K. Bloch: The enzymatic conversion of mevalonic acid to squalene. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 79, 2646–2647 (1957).
Andersen, A.A., and J. E. Greaves: d-Lactic acid fermentation of Jerusalem artichokes. Ind. Eng. Chem. 34, 1522–1526 (1942).
Anderson, A. W., and P. R. Elliker: The nutritional requirements of lactic streptococci isolated from starter cultures. I. Growth in a synthetic medium. J. Dairy Sci. 36, 161–167 (1953).
Anderson, L., A. M. Landel and D. F. Diedrich: The galactose-glucose conversion in isotopic water. Biochim. biophys. Acta 22, 573–575 (1956).
Andreasen, A.A., and T. J. B. Stier: Anaerobic nutrition of Saccharomyces cerevisiae. J. cell. comp. Physiol. 48, 317–328 (1956).
Andrews, E. A., and V. R. Williams: Biotin synthesis by Lactobacillus casci. J. biol. Chem. 193, 11–12 (1951).
Appleby, C. A., and R.K. Morton: Crystalline cytochrome b2 and lactic dehydrogenase of yeast. Nature (Lond.) 173, 749–752 (1954).
Ashwell, G., and J. Hickman: Formation of xylulose phosphate from ribose phosphate in spleen extracts. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 76, 5889 (1954).
Ashwell, G., and J. Hickman: Identification of 3-ketopentose arising from ribose phosphate. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 77, 1062–1063 (1955).
Asnis, R. E., M. Fritz and M. C. Glick: Some observations on the phosphoroclastic dissimilation of pyruvate by cell-free extracts of Escherichia coli. Biochim. biophys. Acta 22, 578–579 (1956).
Aubel, E., et J. Houget: Consommation d’oxygène par un anaérobie strict, Clostridium butyricum. C. R. Acad .sci. (Paris) 209, 260–261 (1939).
Auhagen, E., u. T. Auhagen: Über die Umschaltung der alkoholischen Zuckerspaltung durch Hefe in Milchsäuregärung. II. Biochem. Z. 268, 247–252 (1934).
Auhagen, E., u. C. Neuberg: Über die Umschaltung der alkoholischen Zuckerspaltung durch Hefe in Milchsäuregärung. I. Biochem. Z. 264, 452–455 (1933).
Axelrod, A. E., M. A. Mitz and K. Hofmann: The chemical nature of fat-soluble materials with biotin activity in human plasma. Additional studies on lipide stimulation of microbial growth. J. biol. Chem. 175, 265–274 (1948).
Ayengar, P., and E. Roberts: Utilization of D-glutamic acid by Lactobacillus arabinosus: glutamic racemase. J. biol. Chem. 197, 453–460 (1952).
Bachstetz, M.: Über die Konstitution der Orotsäure. Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 63, 1000 bis 1007 (1930).
Balamuth, W., and P. E. Thompson: Comparative studies an amebae and amebicides. In: S. H. Hutner and A. Lwoff, Biochemistry and physiology of protozoa. II. S. 277–345. New York: Academic Press 1955.
Baldwin, E.: Biochemic. Einführung in ihre Dynamik. (Übersetzt aus dem Englischen von O. Westphal, O. Westphal u. H. Grünewald.) Weinheim/Bergstr.: Verlag Chemie 1957.
Bard, R. C., and I. C. Gunsalus: Glucose metabolism of Clostridium perfringens: existence of a metallo-aldolase. J. Bact. 59, 387–400 (1950).
Barker, H. A.: The metabolism of the colorless alga, Proto-theca zopfii Krüger. J. cell. comp. Physiol. 7, 73–93 (1935).
Barker, H. A.: On the role of carbon dioxide in the metabolism of Clostridium thermoaceticum. Proc. nat. Acad. Sci. (Wash.) 30, 88–90 (1944).
Barker, H. A., and V. Haas: Butyribacterium, a new genus of gram-positive, non-sporulating anaerobic bacteria of intestinal origin. J. Bact. 47, 301–305 (1944).
Barker, H. A., M. D. Kamen and V. Haas: Carbon dioxide utilization in the synthesis of acetic and butyric acids by Butyribacterium rettgeri. Proc. nat. Acad. Sci. (Wash.) 31, 355–360 (1945).
Baron, J., u. M. Pólányi: Über die Anwendung des zweiten Hauptsatzes der Thermodynamik auf Vorgänge im tierischen Organismus. Biochem. Z. 53, 1–20 (1913).
Barron, E. S. G.: Studies on biological oxidations. VI. The oxidation of pyruvic acid by gonococci. J. biol. Chem. 113, 695–715 (1936).
Barron, E. S. G.: Thiol groups of biological importance. Advane. Enzymol. 11, 201–266 (1951).
Barron, E. S. G., and A. B. Hastings: Studies on biological oxidations. II. The oxidation of lactic acid by α-hydroxyoxidase and its mechanism. J. biol. Chem. 100, 155–182 (1933).
Barron, E. S. G., and H. R. Jacobs: Oxidations produced by hemolytic streptococci. J. Bact. 36, 433–449 (1938).
Barron, E. S. G., and C. M. Lyman: Studies on biological oxidations. XL The metabolism of pyruvic acid by animal tissues and bacteria. J. biol. Chem. 127, 143–161 (1939).
Barron, E. S. G., and C. P. Miller jr.: Studies on biological oxidations. I. Oxidations produced by gonococci. J. biol. Chem. 97, 691–715 (1932).
Barron, E. S. G., and T. P. Singer: Studies on biological oxidation. XIX. Sulfhydryl enzymes in carbohydrate metabolism. J. biol. Chem. 157, 221–240 (1945).
Barton-Wright, E. C.: The microbiological assay of the vitamin B-complex and amino acids. London: Pitman & Sons 1952.
Bauernfeind, J. C., A. L. Sotier and C. S. Boruff: Growth stimulants in the microbiological assay for riboflavin and pantothenic acid. Ind. Eng. Chem., Analyt. Ed. 14, 666–671 (1942).
Bauernfeind, J. C., A. L. Sotier and C. S. Boruff: Bergeys Manual of Determinative Bacteriology: siehe R. S. Breed, E. G. D. Murray und A. P. Hitchens (1948) oder R. S. Breed, E. G. D. Murray u. N. R. Smith 1957.
Bergmann, E. D., U. Z. Littauer and B. E. Volcani: The breakdown of pentose phosphates in Escherichia coli. Biochim. biophys. Acta 13, 288–289 (1954a).
Bergmann, E. D., U. Z. Littauer and B. E. Volcani: The formation of D-3-phosphoglyceric acid from pentoses by Escherichia coli. Biochem. J. 56, 147–150 (1954b).
Bernhauer, K., J. Rauch u. J. N. Miksch: Über die Säurebildung durch Rhizopus-Arten. II. Zur Milchsäurebildung in der Submerskultur. Biochem. Z. 320, 178–188 (1950).
Bernstein, I.A.: Fermentation of ribose-C14 by Lactobacillus pentosus. J. biol. Chem. 205, 309–316 (1953).
Bernstein, I. A., K. Lentz, M. Malm, P. Schambye and H. G. Wood: Degradation of glucose-C14 with Leuconostoc mesenteroides; alternate pathways and tracer patterns. J. biol. Chem. 215, 137–152 (1955).
Bertho, A., u. H. Glück: Über den Atmungsprozeß der Milchsäurebakterien Justus Liebigs. Ann. Chem. 494, 159–191 (1932).
Bever, A. T.: A proposed classification scheme for flavin enzymes. Enzymologia 15, 275–278 (1952).
Bhat, J. V.: Role of iron in the nutrition and metabolism of Clostridium lacto-acetophilum. Arch. Mikrobiol. 23, 142–145 (1955).
Bhat, J. V., and H. A. Barker: Clostridium lacto-acetophilum nov. spec, and the role of the acetic acid in butyric fermentation of lactate. J. Bact. 54, 381–391 (1947).
Bhat, J. V., and H. A. Barker: Tracer studies on the role of acetic acid and carbon dioxide in the fermentation of lactate by Clostridium lacto-acetophilum. J. Bact. 56, 777–779 (1948).
Bidan, P.: Sur quelques bactéries isolées de vins en fermentation malolactique. Ann. technol. agric. 4, 597–617 (1956).
Blackwood, A. C., and E. R. Blakley: Carbohydrate metabolism by Leuconostoc mesenteroides. Candad. J. Microbiol. 2, 741–746 (1956).
Blanchard, M. L., S. Korkes, A. Campillo and S. Ochoa: Function of biotin in the metabolism of Lactobacillus arabinosus. J. biol. Chem. 187, 875–890 (1950).
Boeri, E., E. Cutolo, M. Luzzati and L. Tosi: Preparation and properties of cytochrome b2 from yeast. Arch. Biochem. 56, 487–499 (1955).
Boeri, E., and L. Tosi: Properties of cytochrome b2 from yeast. Arch. Biochem. 60, 463–475 (1956).
Bolcato, V.: Über die Mannitgärung der Lävulose. Ann. Chim. appl. 23, 405–410 (1933) [Italienisch].
Bolcato, V.: Untersuchungen über die Fermente der Milchsäuregärung. II. Die Rolle der Milchsäure bei der Mannitgärung der Fructose. Ann. Chim. appl. 26, 24–30 (1936a) [Italienisch].
Bolcato, V.: IV. Der Einfluß der Reaktion des Mediums auf die Vergärung von Glucose und Fructose. Ann. Chim. appl. 26, 423–427 (1936b) [Italienisch].
Bolcato, V.: Untersuchungen über die Milchsäure-Mannit-Fermente. Enzymologia 5, 52–56 (1938) [Italienisch].
Bolcato, V.: Simultaneous fixation of trioses, pyruvic acid, and acetaldehyde from alcoholic fermentation with living cells. Nature (Lond.) 165, 814 (1950a).
Bolcato, V.: Phenylhydrazine oxalate as „trapping agent“ for the simultaneous fixation of intermediate products in lactic acid fermentation with living cells. Science 112, 252–253 (1950b).
Bolcato, V.: Research on lacto-mannitic bacteria. Enzymologia 14. 21–23 (1950c).
Bolcato, V.: La chimica delle fermentazioni, S. 299ff. Bologna: N. Zanichelli 1952.
Bolcato, V.: A thermophilic, motile strain of Microbacterium. Antonie v. Leeuwenhoek 23, 351–356 (1957).
Bolcato, V., u. F. Pozzi: Untersuchungen über die Fermente der Milchsäure-Mannit-Gärung. IX. Kompetitive Wirkung der Enzyme auf die Brenztraubensäure. Enzymologie 13, 201–204 (1949) [Italienisch].
Bond, T. J., T. J. Bardos, M. Sibley and W. Shive: The folinic acid group, a series of new vitamins related to folic acid. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 71, 3852–3853 (1949).
Borek, E., N. Grossowicz and H. Waelsch: The effect of hydroxyl-amine on the metabolism of glutamine and asparagine. Arch. Biochem. 31, 273–277 (1951).
Borsook, H., and H. M. Winegarden: The free energy of glucose and of tripalmitin. Proc. nat. Acad. Sci. (Wash.) 16, 559–573 (1930).
Brady, R.O.: The enzymatic synthesis of fatty acids by aldol condensation. Proc. nat. Acad. Sci. (Wash.) 44, 993–998 (1958).
Brand, Th. v.: Metabolism of Trypanosom idae and Bodonidae. In: A. Lwoff, Biochemistry and physiology of protozoa. I. S. 177–234. New York: Academic Press 1951.
Brand, Th. v.: Chemical physiology of endoparasitic animals. New York: Academic Press 1952.
Braunstein, A. E., u. R. M. Asarch: Beteiligung von Vitamin B6 an der enzymatischen Bildung von Schwefelwasserstoff aus L-Cystein. Ber. Akad. Wiss. UdSSR. 71, 93–96 (1950) [Russisch].
Braunstein, A. E., E. V. Gorjatschenkowa u. T. S. Paschkina: Enzymatische Bildung von Alanin aus L-Kynurenin und L-Tryptophan und die Rolle von Vitamin B6 bei diesem Prozeß. Biochimia 14, 163–179 (1949) [Russisch].
Breed, R. S., E. G. D. Murray and A. P. Hitchens: Bergeys Manual of Determinative Bacteriology, 6th ed. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins Company 1948.
Breed, R. S., E. G. D. Murray and N. R. Smith: Bergeys Manual of Determinative Bacteriology, 7th ed. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins Company 1957.
Breusch, F. L.: Stoffwechsel der Kohlenhydrate. In: Physiologische Chemie, herausgeg. von B. Flaschenträger u. E. Lehnartz, Bd. II, la, S. 274–792. Berlin-Göttingen-Heidelberg: Springer 1954.
Brockman, J. A., E. L. R. Stokstad, E. L. Patterson, J. V. Pierce, M. Maggi and F. Day: Structure of protogen A. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 74, 1868 (1952).
Brodie, A. F., and F. Lipmann: Identification of a gluconolactonase. J. biol. Chem. 212, 677–685 (1955).
Broquist, H. P., and E. E. Snell: On the interaction of avidin and oleic acid. J. biol. Chem. 173, 435–436 (1948).
Broquist, H. P., and E. E. Snell: Biotin and bacterial growth. I. Relation to aspartate, oleate and carbon dioxide. J. biol. Chem. 188, 431–444 (1951).
Brown, R. W., H. G. Wood and C. H. Werkman: Fixation of carbon dioxide in lactic acid by Clostridium butylicum. Arch. Biochem. 5, 423–433 (1944).
Brown, S. A.: A chemical procedure for the determination of the carbon-14 distribution in labeled xylose. Canad. J. Biochem. 33, 368–373 (1955).
Buchanan, J. M., J. G. Flaks, S. C. Hartman, B. Levenberg, L. N. Lukens and L. Warren: The enzymatic synthesis of inosinic acid de novo. In: Ciba Foundation Symposium on the chemistry and biology of purines (edit. by G. E. W. Wolstenholme and C. M. O’Connor), S. 233–255. London: J. & A. Churchill 1957.
Buchner, E.: Alkoholische Gärung ohne Hefezellen. Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 30, 117–124 (1897).
Buchner, E., H. Buchner u. M. Hahn: Die Zymasegärung. München: Oldenbourg 1903.
Buchner, E., u. J. Meisenheimer: Enzyme bei Spaltpilzgärungen. Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 36, 634–638 (1903).
Buchner, E., u. J. Meisenheimer: Die chemischen Vorgänge bei der alkoholischen Gärung. Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 37, 417–428 (1904).
Buchner, E., u. J. Meisenheimer: Die chemischen Vorgänge bei der alkoholischen Gärung. Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 38, 620–630 (1905).
Buchner, E., u. J. Meisenheimer: Über die Milchsäuregärung. Justus Liebigs Ann. Chem. 349, 125–139 (1906).
Bullock, M. W., J. A. Brockman jr., E. L. Patterson, J. V. Pierce, M. H. v. Saltza, F. Sanders and E. L. R. Stokstad: Syntheses in the thioctic acid series. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 76, 1828–1832 (1954).
Burma, D. P., and B.L. Horecker: L-Ribulo-kinase and the formation of D-xylulose phosphate in Lactobacillus pentosus. Biochim. biophys. Acta 24, 660–661 (1957).
Burma, D. P., and B.L. Horecker: Pentose fermentation by Lactobacillus plantarum. III. Ribulo-kinase. J. biol. Chem. 231, 1039–1051 (1958 a).
Burma, D. P., and B.L. Horecker: IV. L-Ribulose-5-phosphate 4-epimerase. J. biol. Chem. 231, 1053–1064 (1958b).
Burton, K.: The free energy change associated with the hydrolysis of the thiol ester bond of acetyl coenzyme A. Biochem. J. 59, 44–46 (1955).
Burton, K., and H.A. Krebs: The free-energy changes associated with the individual steps of the tricarboxylic acid cycle, glycolysis and alcoholic fermentation and with the hydrolysis of the pyrophosphate groups of adenosinetriphosphate. Biochem. J. 54, 94–107 (1953).
Burton, K., and T.H. Wilson: The free-energy changes for the reduction of diphosphopyridine nucleotides and the dehydrogenation of L-malate and l-glycerol 1-phosphate. Biochem. J. 54, 86–94 (1953).
Buyze, G., C. J. A. van den Hamer and P. G. de Haan: Correlation between hexosemonophoßphate shunt, glycolytic system and fermentation-type in lactobacilli. Antonie v. Leeuwenhoek 23, 345–350 (1957).
Callow, A. B.: On catalase in bacteria and its relation to anaerobiosis. J. Path. Bact. 26, 320–325 (1923).
Camien, M. N., and M. S. Dunn: Antagonism in the utilization of D-amino acids by lactic acid bacteria. II. Influence of DL-serine and glycine on the utilization of D-alanine. J. biol. Chem. 185, 553–559 (1950).
Campbell, J. J. R., and I. C. Gunsalus: Citric acid fermentation by streptococci and lactobacilli. J. Bact. 48, 71–76 (1944).
Cantino, E. C.: The physiology of the aquatic phycomycete, Blastocladia prings-heimii, with emphasis on its nutrition and metabolism. Amer. J. Bot. 36, 95–112 (1949).
Cantino, E. C.: Nutrition and phylogeny in the water molds. Quart. Rev. Biol. 25, 269–277 (1950).
Cantino, E. C.: Evidence for an accessory factor involved in fructose utilization by the aquatic fungus, Pythiogeton. Amer. J. Bot. 38, 579–585 (1951a).
Cantino, E. C.: Metabolism and morphogenesis in a new Blastocladiella. Antonie v. Leeuwenhoek 17, 326–362 (1951b).
Cantino, E. C.: The biochemical nature of morphogenetic patterns in Blastocladiella. Amer. Naturalist 86, 399–404 (1952).
Cantino, E. C.: Physiology and phylogeny in the water molds a reevaluation. Quart. Rev. Biol. 30, 138–149 (1955).
Caputto, R., L. F. Leloir, C. E. Cardini and A. C. Paladini: Isolation of the coenzyme of the galactose phosphate glucose phosphate transformation. J. biol. Chem. 184, 333–350 (1950).
Caputto, R., L. F. Leloir, R. E. Trucco, C. E. Cardini and A. C. Paladini: The enzymatic transformation of galactose into glucose derivatives. J. biol. Chem. 179, 497–498 (1949).
Carr, J. G.: Occurrence and activity of some lactic acid bacteria from apple juices, ciders and perries. J. Inst. Brewing 63, 436–440 (1957).
Carson, S. F., J. W. Foster, W. E. Jefferson, E. F. Phares and D. S. Anthony: Oxidative formation of lactic acid by a fungus. Arch. Biochem. 33, 448–458 (1951).
Cattaneo, C., u. C. Neuberg: Umstellung der Coli-Gärung auf reine Milchsäure-Gärung. Biochem. Z. 272, 441–444 (1934).
Chantrenne, H., and F. Lipmann: Coenzyme A depen-dence and acetyl donor function of the pyruvate-formate exchange system. J. biol. Chem. 187, 757–767 (1950).
Christman, A. A. : Purine and pyrimidine metabolism. Physiol. Rev. 32, 303–348 (1952).
Christman, J. F., and H. C. Lichstein: The relationship of biotin to the coenzyme of certain amino acid deaminases. J. Bact. 60, 107–112 (1950).
Clark, J. A., and R. A. MacLeod: Ion antagonism in glycolysis by a cell-free bacterial extract. J. biol. Chem. 211, 531–540 (1954a).
Clark, J. A., and R. A. MacLeod: The effect of some inorganic ions on a bacterial apyrase. J. biol. Chem. 211, 541–547 (1954b).
Clifton, C. E. : Introduction to bacterial physiology. New York-Toronto-London: McGraw-Hill 1957.
Cohen, S. S.: The role of the oxidative pathway of glucose-6-phosphate degradation in growing and virus-infected E. coli. In: Phosphorus metabolism (edit. by W. D. McElroy and B. Glass), Bd. 1, S. 148–158. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Press 1951.
Colio, L. G., and V. Babb: Study of a new stimulatory growth factor. J. biol. Chem. 174, 405–409 (1948).
Collins, E. B., F. E. Nelson and C. E. Parmelee: Acetate and oleate requirements of the lactic group of streptococci. J. Bact. 59, 69–74 (1950).
Cook, R. P. : Pyruvic acid in bacterial metabolism, with an account of the methods used for the detection and determination of pyruvic acid. Biochem. J. 24, 1526–1537 (1930).
Coolidge, T. B. : Hetero- to homofermentative change in lactobacilli. J. infect. Dis. 88, 241–242 (1951).
Coolidge, T. B., N. B. Williams, A. E. I. Ebisch and E. A. Hodges: Metabolic changes in oral lactobacilli. J. infect. Dis. 85, 126–130 (1949).
Coryell, Ch. D. : The proposed terms „exergonic“ and „endergonic“ for thermodynamics. Science 92, 380 (1940).
Costilow, R. N., and T. W. Humphreys, Nitrate reduction by certain strains of Lactobacillus plantarum. Science 121, 168 (1955).
Craig, J. A., and E. E. Snell: The comparative activities of pantethine, pantothenic acid, and coenzyme A for various microorganisms. J. Bact. 61, 283–291 (1951).
Crasemann, J. M. : The nutrition of Chytridium and Macrochytrium. Amer. J. Bot. 41, 302–210 (1954).
Cremer, W. : Reaktionen des Kohlenoxyds mit Metallverbindungen des Cysteins. Biochem. Z. 206, 228–239 (1929).
Crook, E. M., and K. Law: Glyoxalase: the role of the components. Biochem. J. 52, 492–499 (1952).
Crowther, S., J. D. Fulton and L. P. Joiner: The metabolism of Leishmania donovani in culture. Biochem. J. 56, 182–185 (1954).
Czapek, F.: Biochemie der Pflanzen, 3. Aufl. , Bd. I, S. 338f. Jena: Gustav Fischer 1922.
Dacre, J. C., and M. E. Sharpe: Catalase production by lactobacilli. Nature (Lond. ) 178, 700 (1956).
Dalby, A., and A. C. Blackwood: Oxidation of sugars by an enzyme preparation from Aerobacter aerogenes. Canad. J. Microbiol. 1, 733–744 (1955).
Dalgliesh, C. E., W. E. Knox and A. Neuberger: Intermediary metabolism of tryptophan. Nature (Lond. ) 168, 20–22 (1951).
Damaschke, K.: Die Wasserstoffgärung von Chlorella im Dunkeln nach Anaerobiose unter Stickstoff. Z. Naturforsch. 12b, 441–443 (1957).
Davidson, J. N. : The biochemistry of the nucleic acids, 3rd ed. London: Methuen & Co. 1957.
Davis, J. G. : Über Atmung und Gärung von Milchsäurebakterien. I. Biochem. Z. 265, 90–104 (1933).
Davis, J. G. : II. Biochem. Z. 267, 357–359 (1934).
Dawes, E. A., and S. M. Foster: The formation of ethanol in Escherichia coli. Biochim. biophys. Acta 22, 253–265 (1956).
Dawes, E. A., and W. H. Holms: Metabolism of Sarcina lutea. I. Carbohydrate oxidation and terminal respiration. J. Bact. 75, 390–399 (1958a).
Dawes, E. A., and W. H. Holms: Metabolism of Sarcina lutea. II. Isotopic evaluation of the routes of glucose utilization. Biochim. biophys. Acta 29, 82–91 (1958b).
Dedonder, R. : Étude de la glycolyse chez certaines bactéries du genre Bacillus. I. Déshydrogénation du glucose-6-phosphate et de l’acide 6-phosphogluconique chez B. subtilis et B. megatherium. Ann. I.st. Pasteur 85, 71–81 (1953).
De Ley, J.: The hexose monophosphate oxidation route in Aerobacter cloacae. Enzymologia 18, 33–46 (1956).
De Ley, J., and S. Cornut: Direct oxidation of glucose by Aerobacter sp. Nature (Lond. ) 168, 515–516 (1951).
DeMoss, R. D. : Routes of ethanol formation in bacteria. J. cell. comp. Physiol. 41 (Suppl. 1), 207–224 (1953).
DeMoss, R. D., R. C. Bard and I. C. Gunsaltjs: The mechanism of the hetero-lactic fermentation: a new route of ethanol formation. J. Bact. 62, 499–511 (1951).
DeMoss, R. D., and M. Gibbs: 6-Phosphogluconate dehydrogenase from Leuconostoc mesenteroides. J. Bact. 70, 730–734 (1955).
DeMoss, R. D., I. C. Gunsalus and R. C. Bard: A glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase in Leuconostoc mesenteroides. J. Bact. 66, 10–16 (1953).
DeMoss, R. D., and M. E. Happel: 2-Deoxy-D-glucose metabolism in Leuconostoc mesenteroides. J. Bact. 70, 104–109 (1955).
Dickens, F.: Mechanism of carbohydrate oxidation. Nature (Lond. ) 138, 1057 (1936).
Dickens, F.: Oxidation of phosphohexonate and pentose phosphoric acids by yeast enzymes. I. Oxidation of phosphohexonate. II. Oxidation of pentose phosphoric acids. Biochem. J. 32, 1626–1644 (1938).
Dickens, F.: Anaerobic glycolysis, respiration, and the Pasteur effect. In: The enzymes (edit, by J. B. Sumner and K. Myrbäck), Bd. II, 1, S. 625–683. New York: Academic Press 1951.
Dinning, J. S., B. K. Allen, R. S. Young and P. L. Day: The role of vitamin B12 in thymine biosynthesis by Lactobacillus leichmannii. J. biol. Chem. 233, 674–676 (1958).
Ditturi, F., S. Gurin and J. L. Rabinowitz: The biosynthesis of squalene from mevalonic acid. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 79, 2650–2651 (1957).
Doetsch, R. N., and M. J. Pelczar: The microbacteria. I. Morphological and physiological characteristics. J. Bact. 56, 37–49 (1948).
Dolin, M. I. : The oxidation and peroxidation of DPNH2 in extracts of Streptococcus faecalis 10Cl. Arch. Biochem. 46, 483–484 (1953a).
Dolin, M. I. : Lipoic acid function: α-dicarbonyl oxidation by Streptococcus faecalis. Fed. Proc. 12, 198 (1953 b).
Dolin, M. I. : The flavin requirement for DPNH-menadione reductase in Streptococcus faecalis. Biochim. biophys. Acta 15, 153–154 (1954).
Dolin, M. I. : The DPNH-oxidizing enzymes of Streptococcus faecalis. II. The enzymes utilizing oxygen, cytochrome C. , peroxide, and 2, 6-dichlorophenol-indophenol or ferricyanide as oxidants. Arch. Biochem. 55, 415–435 (1955a).
Dolin, M. I. : Diacetyl oxidation by Streptococcus faecalis, a lipoic acid dependent reaction. J. Bact. 69, 51–58 (1955b).
Dolin, M. I., and I. C. Gunsalus: Pyruvic acid metabolism. II. An acetoin-forming enzyme system in Streptococcus faecalis. J. Bact. 62, 199–214 (1951).
Domagk, G. F., and B. L. Horecker: Pentose fermentation by Lactobacillus plantarum. V. Fermentation of 2-deoxy-d-ribose. J. biol. Chem. 233, 283–286 (1958).
Dorner, W.: Allgemeine und milchwirtschaftliche Mikrobiologie. Frauenfeld u. Leipzig: Huber & Co. 1943.
Doudoroff, M., N. Kaplan and W. Z. Hassid: Phosphorolysis and synthesis of sucrose with bacterial preparations. J. biol. Chem. 148, 67–75 (1943).
Douglas, H. C. : Hydrogen peroxide in the metabolism of Lactobacillus brevis. J. Bact. 54, 272 (1947).
Downing, M., and B. S. Schweigert: Rôle of vitamin B12 in nucleic acid metabolism. IV. Metabolism of C14-labeled thymidine by Lactobacillus leichmannii. J. biol. Chem. 220, 521–526 (1956).
Dubos, R. J. : The effect of lipids and serum albumin on bacterial growth. J. exp. Med. 85, 9–22 (1947).
Dunn, M. S. : Amino acids in food and analytical methods for their determination. Food Technol. 1, 269–286 (1947).
Dunn, M. S., S. Shankman, M. N. Camien and H. Block: Amino acid requirements of twentythree lactic acid bacteria. J. biol. Chem. 168, 1–22 (1947).
Dunn, M. S., S. Shankman, M. N. Camien, W. Frankl and L. B. Rockland: Investigations of amino-acids, peptides and proteins. XVIII. The amino-acid requirements of Leuconostoc mesenteroides. J. biol. Chem. 156, 703–713 (1944).
Edlbacher, S. : Histidase und Urocaninase. Ergebn. Enzymforsch. 9, 131–154 (1943).
Edlbacher, S., u. O. Wiss: Zur Kenntnis des Abbaus der Aminosäuren im tierischen Organismus. V. Die antipodische Hemmung des Aminosäureabbaus. Helv. chim. Acta 27, 1831–1839 (1944).
Edson, N. L. : The oxidation of lactic acid by Mycobacterium phlei. Biochem. J. 41, 145–151 (1947).
Eggerth, A. H. : Gram-positive non-spore-bearing anaerobic bacilli of human feces. J. Bact. 30, 277–299 (1935).
Eggleton, G. P., and P. Eggleton: A method of estimating phosphagen and some other phosphorus compounds in muscle tissue. J. Physiol. (Lond. ) 68, 193–211 (1929).
Elsden, S. R., and J. L. Peel: Metabolism of carbohydrates and related compounds. Ann. Rev. Microbiol. 12, 145–202 (1958).
Emerson, R., and E. C. Cantino: The isolation, growth, and metabolism of Blastocladia in pure culture. Amer. J. Bot. 35, 157–171 (1948).
Entner, N., and H. H. Hamilton: Lactic and succinic acid formation by Endamoeba histolytica in vitro. Exp. Parasit. 3, 234–239 (1954).
Entner, N., and M. Doudoroff: Glucose and gluconic acid oxidation of Pseudomonas saccharophila. J. biol. Chem. 196, 853–862 (1952).
Erikson, D., and J. W. Porteous: The cultivation of Actinomyces israelii in a progressively less complex medium. J. gen. Microbiol. 8, 464–474 (1953).
Feeney, R. E., and F. M. Strong: Growth stimulating substances for Lactobacillus casci. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 61, 881–884 (1942).
Felton, E. A., and C. F. Niven jr. : Production of catalase by the pediococci. J. Bact. 65, 481–482 (1953).
Fildes, P., and G. P. Gladstone: Glutamine and the growth of bacteria. Brit. J. exp. Path. 20, 334–341 (1939).
Fogg, G. E. : The metabolism of algae. London: Methuen & Co. 1953.
Formica, J. V., and R. O. Brady: The enzymatic carboxylation of acetyl coenzyme A. J. A.er. chem. Soc. 81, 752 (1959).
Fornachon, J. C. M. : The occurrence of malo-lactic fermentation in Australian wines. Aust. J. appl. Sci. 8, 120–129 (1957).
Foster, J. W.: Chemical activities of fungi, S. 282–295. New York: Academic Press 1949.
Foster, J. W., W. A. Hardwick and B. Guirard: Antisporulation factors in complex organic media. I. Growth and sporulation studies on Bacillus larvae. J. Bact. 59, 463–470 (1950).
Frank, H. A., and C. E. Skinner: The relationship between Actinomyces bovis and Lactobacillus bifidus. Mycologia 46, 728–735 (1954).
Franke, W. : Zur Energetik von Dehydrierungsreaktionen biologischen Interesses. Biochem. Z. 258, 280–300 (1933).
Franke, W. : Die Enzyme der Oxydation und Reduktion. Biologische und chemische Grundlagen. In: H. v. Euler, Chemie der Enzyme, Teil II, Abschn. 3, S. 76–364. München: J. F. Bergmann 1934.
Franke, W. : Wärmetönungen und maximale Nutzarbeiten biochemisch wichtiger Reaktionen. In: Tabulae biologicae, heraus-geg. von C. Oppenheimer u. L. Pincussen, Bd. XI, S. 120–135. Den Haag: W. Junk 1935.
Franke, W. : Berechnung der freien Energie biochemisch wichtiger Reaktionen. In: Die Methoden der Fermentforschung, herausgeg. von E. Bamann u. K. Myrbäck, Bd. I, S. 847–868. Leipzig: Gteorg Thieme 1940.
Franke, W. : Fortschritte auf dem Gebiete der bakteriellen Gärungen. I. Ergebn. Enzymforsch. 10, 191–268 (1949).
Franke, W. : Zum Stoffwechsel der Purine und Pyrimidine. Z. Vitamin-, Hormon- u. Fermentforsch. 5, 279–314 (1953).
Franke, W. : Zur vergleichenden Biochemie der Alkoholbildung. Brauwiss. 1954, 81–89.
Franke, W., u. W. de Boer: Zur vergleichenden Biochemie der Milchsäuregärung. Brauwiss. 1957, 174–181.
Franklin, A. L., E. L. R. Stokstad, C. E. Hoffmann, M. Belt and T. H. Jukes: Inhibition of growth of Escherichia coli by 4-aminopteroylglutamic acid and its reversal. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 71, 3549–3550 (1949).
Fred, E. B., W. H. Peterson and J. A. Anderson: The characteristics of certain pentose-destroying bacteria, especially as concerns their action on arabinose and xylose. J. biol. Chem. 48, 385–412 (1921).
Fred, E. B., W. H. Peterson and A. Davenport: Acid fermentation of xylose. J. biol. Chem. 39, 347–384 (1919).
Fred, E. B., W. H. Peterson and A. Davenport: Fermentation characteristics of certain pentose-destroying bacteria. J. biol. Chem. 42, 175–189 (1920).
Frei, W., L. Riedmüller u. F. Almasy: Über Cytochrom und das Atmungssystem der Bakterien. Biochem. Z. 274, 253–267 (1934).
Frenkel, A. W. : Hydrogen evolution by the flagellate green alga, Chlamydomonas moewusii. Arch. Biochem. 38, 219–230 (1952).
Friedemann, T. E. : Metabolism of pathogenic bacteria. I. Bacteriological and chemical methods. J. Bact. 35, 527–546 (1938).
Friedemann, T. E. : The carbohydrate metabolism of streptococci. J. biol. Chem. 130, 757–761 (1939).
Friedemann, T. E., and T. C. Kmieciak: Metabolism of pathogenic Clostridia in complex carbohydrate-rich culture media. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol. (N. Y. ) 47, 84–87 (1941).
Fujita, A., u. T. Kodama: Manometrische Bestimmung der Katalase. Biochem. Z. 232, 20–34 (1931).
Fujita, A., u. T. Kodama: Untersuchungen über Atmung und Gärung pathogener Bakterien. I. Bestimmung der Stoffwechselquotienten pathogener Bakterien. Biochem. Z. 269, 367–374 (1934 a).
Fujita, A., u. T. Kodama: III. Über Cytochrom und das Sauerstoffübertragende Ferment sowie die Atmungshemmung der pathogenen Bakterien durch CO und HCN. Biochem. Z. 273, 186–197 (1934b).
Fujita, A., u. T. Kodama: IV. Über die Sauerstoffatmung und Wasserstoffsuperoxyji-produktion von Pneumococcus. Biochem. Z. 277, 17–31 (1935).
Fukui, S., A. Ôi, A. Ôbayashi and K. Kitahara: Studies on pentose metabolism by micro-organisms. I. New type lactic acid fermentation of pentoses by lactic acid bacteria. J. gen. appl. Microbiol. (Tokyo) 3, 258–268 (1957).
Gäumann, E. : Die Pilze. Grundzüge ihrer Entwicklungsgeschichte und Morphologie. Basel: Birkhäuser 1949.
Gaffron, H. : Über die Unabhängigkeit der Kohlensäureassimilation der grünen Pflanzen von der Anwesenheit kleiner Sauerstoffmengen und über eine reversible Hemmung der Assimilation durch Kohlenoxyd. Biochem. Z. 280, 337–359 (1935).
Gaffron, H. : Über Anomalien des Atmungsquotienten von Algen aus Zuckerkulturen. Biol. Zbl. 59, 288–302 (1939).
Gaffron, H., and J. Rubin: Fermentative and photochemical production of hydrogen in algae. J. gen. Physiol. 26, 219–240 (1943).
Gaines, S., and G. L. Stahly: The growth requirements of Leuconostoc mesenteroides and preliminary studies on its use as an assay for several members of the vitamin B complex. J. Bact. 46, 441–449 (1943).
Gale, E. F. : The bacterial amino acid decarboxylases. Advanc. Enzymol. 6, 1–32 (1946).
Garvic, E. I. : Reclassification of Leuconostoc mesenteroides P. 60 as a Pediococcus. Nature (Lond. ) 183, 1411–1412 (1959).
Gauhe, A., P. György, J. R. E. Hoover, R. Kuhn, C. S. Rose, H. W. Ruelius and F. Zilliken: Bifidus factor. IV. Preparations obtained from human milk. Arch. Biochem. 48, 214–224 (1954).
Gayon, U., et E. Dubourg: Sur les vins mannités. Ann. Inst. Pasteur 8, 108–116 (1894).
Gayon, U., et E. Dubourg: Nouvelles recherches sur le ferment mannitique. Ann. Inst. Pasteur 15, 527–569 (1901).
Geddes, M., and G. F. Humphrey: Glycolysis in Paramaecium caudatum. Aust. J. exp. Biol. med. Sci. 29, 187–193 (1951).
Genevois, L. : Über Atmung und Gärung in grünen Pflanzen. Biochem. Z. 186, 461–473 (1927).
Genevois, L. : Sur la fermentation et sur la respiration chez les végétaux chlorophylliens. IV. La fermentation chez les algues inférieurs. Rev. gén. bot. 41, 157–166 (1929).
Gest, H., and J. O. Lampen: Fermentation of l-C14-D-xylose by Lactobacillus pentosus. J. biol. Chem. 194, 555–562 (1952).
Gest, H., and H. D. Peck jr. : A study of the hydrogenlyase reaction with systems derived from normal and anaerogenic Coli-Aerogenes bacteria. J. Bact. 70, 326–334 (1955).
Gibbs, M. : Distribution of labeled carbon in plant sugars after a short period of photosynthesis in C14O2. J. biol. Chem. 179, 499–500 (1949).
Gibbs, M., and R. D. DeMoss: Ethanol formation in Pseudomonas linderi. Arch. Biochem. 34, 478–479 (1951).
Gibbs, M., R. Dumrose, F. A. Bennett and M. R. Bubeck: On the mechanism of bacterial fermentation of glucose to lactic acid studied with C14-glucose. J. biol. Chem. 184, 545–549 (1950).
Gibbs, M., and R. Gastel: Glucose dissimilation by Ehizopus. Arch. Biochem. 43, 33–38 (1953).
Gibbs, M., J. T. Sokatch and I. C. Gunsalus: Product labeling of glucose-l-C14 fermentation by homofermentative and heterofermentative lactic acid bacteria. J. Bact. 70, 572–576 (1955).
Golueke, C. G. : Comparative studies of the physiology of Sapromyces and related genera. J. Bact. 74, 337–343 (1957).
Grant, P. T., and J. D. Fulton: The catabolism of glucose by strains of Trypanosoma rhodesiense. Biochem. J. 66, 242–250 (1957).
Green, D. E., P. K. Stumpf and K. Zarudnaya: Diacetyl mutase. J. biol. Chem. 167, 811–816 (1947).
Greenberg, G. R. : A formylation cofactor. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 76, 1458–1459 (1954).
Greenberg, G. R., and L. Jaenicke: On the activation of the one-carbon unit for the biosynthesis of purine nucleotides. In: Ciba Foundation Symposium on the chemistry and biology of purines (edit. by G. E. W. Wolstenholme and C. M. O’Connor), S. 204–232. London: J. & A. Churchill 1957.
Greisen, E. C. , and I. C. Gunsalus: Hydrogen peroxide destruction by streptococci. J. Bact. 45, 16–17 (1943).
Greisen, E. C., and I. C. Gunsalus: An alcohol oxidation system in streptococci which functions without hydrogen peroxide accumulation. J. Bact. 49, 515–525 (1944).
Grell, K. G. : Protozoologie. Berlin-Göttingen-Heidelberg: Springer 1956.
Grey, E. C. : The enzymes which are concerned in the decomposition of glucose and mannitol by Bacillus coli communis. I. Proc. roy. Soc. B 87, 472–484 (1914).
Grey, E. C. : II. Experiments of short duration with an emulsion of the organisms. Proc. roy. Soc. B 90, 75–92 (1918).
Grisebach, H. : Chemie und Biochemie der a-Liponsäure. Angew. Chem. 68, 554–559 (1956).
Grisebach, H., C. Fuller and M. Calvin: Metabolism of thioctic acid in algae. Biochim. biophys. Acta 23, 34–42 (1957).
Guirard, B. M., E. E. Snell and R. J. Williams: The nutritional role of acetate for lactic acid bacteria. I. The response to substances related to acetate. Arch. Biochem. 9, 361–379 (1946a).
Guirard, B. M., E. E. Snell and R. J. Williams: II. Fractionation of extracts of natural materials. Arch. Biochem. 9, 381–386 (1946b).
Gunsalus, I. C. : Products of anaerobic glycerol fermentation by Streptococcus faecalis. J. Bact. 54, 239–244 (1947).
Gunsalus, I. C. : The chemistry and function of the pyruvate oxidation factor (lipoic acid). J. cell. comp. Physiol. 41 (Suppl. 1), 113–136 (1953).
Gunsalus, I. C. : Group transfer and acyl-generating functions of lipoic acid derivatives. In: A Symposium on the mechanism of enzyme action (edit. by W. D. McElroy and B. Glass), S. 545–580. Baltimore: John Hopkins Press 1954a.
Gunsalus, I. C. : Oxidative and transfer reactions of lipoic acid. Fed. Proc. 13, 715–722 (1954b).
Gunsalus, I. C., and J. J. R. Campbell: Diversion of the lactic acid fermentation with oxidized substrate. J. Bact. 49, 455–461 (1944).
Gunsalus, I. C., M. I. Dolin and L. J. Struglia: Pyruvic acid metabolism. III. A manometric assay for pyruvate oxidation factor. J. biol. Chem. 194, 849–867 (1952).
Gunsalus, I. C., and M. Gibbs: The heterolactic fermentation. II. Position of C14 in the products of glucose dissimilation by Leuconostoc ?nesenteroides. J. biol. Chem. 194, 871–875 (1952).
Gunsalus, I. C., B. L. Horecker and W. A. Wood: Pathways of carbohydrate metabolism in microorganisms. Bact. Rev. 19, 79–128 (1955).
Gunsalus, I. C., and C. F. Niven jr. :The effect of pH on the lactic fermentation. J. biol. Chem. 145, 131–136 (1942).
Gunsalus, I. C., and J. M. Sherman: The fermentation of glycerol by streptococci. J. Bact. 45, 155–162 (1943).
Gunsalus, I. C., L. Struglia and D. J. O’Kane: Pyruvic acid metabolism. IV. Occurrence, properties and partial purification of pyruvate oxidation factor. J. biol. Chem. 194, 859–869 (1952).
György, P., J. R. E. Hoover, R. Kuhn and C. S. Rose: Bifidus factor. III. The rate of dialysis. Arch. Biochem. 48, 209–213 (1954).
György, P., R. Kuhn, C. S. Rose and F. Zilliken: Bifidus factor. II. Its occurrence in milk from different species and in other natural products. Arch. Biochem. 48, 202–208 (1954).
György, P., R. F. Norris and C. S. Rose: Bifidus factor. I. A variant of Lactobacillus bifidus requiring a special growth factor. Arch. Biochem. 48, 193–201 (1954).
Hac, L. R., E. E. Snell and R. J. Williams: Microbiological determination of amino acids. II. Assay and utilization of glutamic acid and glutamine by Lactobacillus arabinosus. J. biol. Chem. 159, 273–289 (1945).
Haehn, H.: Biochemie der Gärungen, S. 412f. Berlin: W. de Gruyter & Co. 1952.
Hager, L. P., D. M. Geller and F. Lipmann: Flavoprotein-catalyzed pyruvate oxidation in Lactobacillus delbrückii. Fed. Proc. 13, 734–738 (1954).
Hager, L. P., and I. C. Gunsalus: Lipoic acid dehydrogenase: the function of E. coli fraction B. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 75, 5767–5768 (1953).
Hanke, M. E., and M. S. H. Siddiqi: Fixation of radioactive carbon dioxide in lysine and tyrosine by decarboxylase-enzymes of these amino acids. Fed. Proc. 9, 181–182 (1950).
Hansen, R. G., and E. M. Craine: Lactose metabolism. III. The reversible conversion of galactose-1-phosphate to glucose-1-phosphate. J. biol. Chem. 208, 293–298 (1954).
Hanson, A. M., and N. E. Rodgers: Influence of iron concentration and attenuation on the metabolism of Clostridium aceto-butylicum. J. Bact. 51, 568 (1946).
Harden, A. : The chemical action of B. coli communis and similar organisms on carbohydrates and allied compounds. J. chem. Soc. 79, 610–628 (1901).
Harden, A., and D. Norris: The bacterial production of acetylmethylcarbinol and 2:3-butyleneglycol from various substances. Proc. roy. Soc. B 84, 492–499 (1912).
Harden, A., and G. S. Walpole: The chemical action of „B. lactis aerogenes“ (Escherich) on glucose and mannitol. Production of 2:3-butyleneglycol and acetylmethylcarbinol. Proc. roy. Soc. B 77, 399–405 (1906).
Harpur, R. P., W. J. Johnson and J. H. Quastel: Conversion of alcoholic fermentation in yeast extracts by animal tissues. Arch. Biochem. 31, 337–350 (1951).
Harrison, A. P., and P. A. Hansen: A mobile lactobacillus from the cecal feces of turkeys. J. Bact. 59, 444–446 (1950).
Harrison, R. W. : Studies on lactobacilli. IV. Changes in immunological specificity associated with changes in fermentation reactions. J. infect. Dis. 70, 77–87 (1942).
Harvey, S. C. : The carbohydrate metabolism of Trypanosoma hippicum. J. biol. Chem. 179, 435–453 (1949).
Hassinen, J. B., G. T. Durbin and F. W. Bernhart: Hexadecenoic acid as a growth factor for lactic acid bacteria. Arch. Biochem. 25, 91–96 (1950).
Heald, K., and C. Long: Studies involving enzymic phosphorylation. III. The phosphorylation of D-ribose by extracts of Escherichia coli Biochem. J. 59, 316–322 (1955).
Heald, P. J., and A. E. Oxford: Fermentation of soluble sugars by anaerobic holotrich ciliate protozoa of the genera Isotricha and Dasytricha. Biochem. J. 53, 506–512 (1953).
Heath, E. C., B. L. Horecker, P. Z. Smyrniotis and Y. Takagi: Pentose fermentation by Lactobacillus plantarum. II. l-Arabinose isomerase. J. biol. Chem. 231, 1031–1037 (1958).
Heath, E. C., J. Hurwitz and B. L. Horecker: Acetyl phosphate formation in the phosphorolytic cleavage of pentose phosphate. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 78, 5449 (1956).
Heath, E. C., J. Hurwitz, B. L. Horecker and A. Ginsburg: Pentose fermentation by Lactobacillus plantarum. I. The cleavage of xylulose-5-phosphate by phospho-ketolase. J. biol. Chem. 231, 1009–1029 (1958).
Hegsted, D. M. : The amino-acid requirements of Lactobacillus arabinosus 17–5. J. biol. Chem. 152, 193–200 (1944).
Henderson, L. M., and E. E. Snell: A uniform medium for determination of amino acids with various microorganisms. J. biol. Chem. 172, 15–29 (1948).
Hendlin, D., M. C. Caswell, V. J. Peters and T. R. Wood: The nature of the TJ factor for Lactobacillus lactis Dorner. J. biol. Chem. 186, 647–662 (1950).
Hewitt, L. F. : Bacterial metabolism. I. Lactic acid production by haemolytic streptococci. Biochem. J. 26, 208–217 (1932a).
Hewitt, L. F. : Bacterial metabolism. II. Glucose breakdown by pneumococcus variants and the effect of phosphate thereon. Biochem. J. 26, 464–471 (1932b).
Hill, R. L., and R. C. Mills: The anaerobic glucose metabolism of Bacterium tularense. Arch. Biochem. 53, 173–183 (1954a).
Hill, R. L., and R. C. Mills: Lactic dehydrogenase and glycolysis in various micro-organisms. Fed. Proc. 13, 229 (1954b).
Hodges, E. A., T. B. Coolidge and R. W. Harrison: Further observations on metabolic changes in oral lactobacilli. J. infect. Dis. 88, 237–240 (1951).
Hoff-Jørgensen, E. : Differences in growth-promoting effect of desoxyribosides and vitamin B12 on three strains of lactic acid bacteria. J. biol. Chem. 178, 525–526 (1949).
Hoff-Jørgensen, E. : Microbiological assay of vitamin B12. In: Methods of biochemical analysis (edit. by D. Glick), Bd. I, S. 81–113. New York: Interscience Publishers Inc. 1954.
Hoff-Jörgensen, E., W. L. Williams and E. E. Snell: Preferential utilization of lactose by a strain of Lactobacillus bulgaricus. J. biol. Chem. 168, 773–774 (1947).
Hoffmann, C. E., and J. O. Lampen: Products of desoxyribose degradation by Escherichia coli. J. biol. Chem. 198, 885–893 (1952).
Hoffmann, C. E., and L. A. Manson: Products of desoxyribose nucleosides degradation by Escherichia coli. Fed. Proc. 10, 198–199 (1951).
Hoffmann, C. E., E. L. R. Stokstad, A. L. Franklin and T. H. Jukes: Response of Lactobacillus leichmannii 313 to the antipernicious anemia factor. J. biol. Chem. 176, 1465–1466 (1948).
Hoffmann-Ostenhof, O. : Enzymologie. Wien: Springer 1954.
Hofmann, K., D. B. Henis and C. Panos: Fatty acid interconversions in lactobacilli. J. biol. Chem. 228, 349–355 (1957).
Hofmann, K., C. Y. Hsiao, D. B. Henis and C. Panos: The estimation of the fatty acid composition of bacterial lipides. J. biol. Chem. 217, 49–60 (1955).
Hofmann, K., R. A. Lucas and S. M. Sax: Chemical nature of the fatty acids of Lactobacillus arabinosus. J. biol. Chem. 195, 473–485 (1952).
Hofmann, K., and C. Panos: The biotin-like activity of lactobacillic acid and related compounds. J. biol. Chem. 210, 687–693 (1954).
Hofmann, K., and S. M. Sax: The chemical nature of the fatty acids of Lactobacillus casci. J. biol. Chem. 205, 55–63 (1953).
Hofmann, K., and F. Tausig: The chemical nature of the fatty acids of a group C streptococcus species. J. biol. Chem. 213, 415–423 (1955).
Holden, J. T., and E. E. Snell: The vitamin B6 group. XVII. The relation of D-alanine and vitamin B6 to growth of lactic acid bacteria. J. biol. Chem. 178, 799–809 (1949).
Holden, J. T., R. B. Wildman and E. E. Snell: Growth promotion by keto and hydroxy acids and its relation to vitamin B6. J. biol. Chem. 191, 559–576 (1951).
Holland, B. R., W. W. Meinke and M. B. Sample: The serine requirements of Streptococcus faecalis as a function of the basal medium. J. biol. Chem. 178, 7–15 (1949).
Holleman, A. F. : Notice sur l’action de l’eau oxygénée sur les acides cétoniques et sur les dicétones 1. 2. Rec. Trav. chim. Pays-Bas 23, 169–172 (1904).
Hollmann, S., and O. Touster: An enzymatic pathway from L-xylulose to D-xylulose. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 78, 3544–3545(1956).
Hölzer, H. : Freie Enthalpien biochemisch wichtiger Gleichgewichte. In: Biochemisches Taschenbuch (herausgeg. von H. M. Rauen), S. 668–679. Berlin-Göttingen-Heidelberg: Springer 1956.
Holzer, H., u. E. Holzer: Enzyme des Kohlenhydratstoffwechsels in Chlorella. Chem. Ber. 85, 655–663 (1952).
Hood, D. W., and C. M. Lyman: Utilization of allo-isoleucine by Lactobacillus arabinosus. J. biol. Chem. 186, 195–200 (1950).
Hopkins, G. G., and E. J. Morgan: Glyoxalase. I. A new factor. Biochem. J. 42, 23–27 (1948).
Horecker, B. L. : The metabolism of pentose phosphate. J. cell comp. Physiol. 41 (Suppl. 1), 137–164 (1953).
Horecker, B. L. : Pentosephosphate und Heptulosephosphat im Kohlenhydratstoffwechsel. In: Neuere Ergebnisse aus Chemie und Stoffwechsel der Kohlenhydrate. 8. Colloquium der Gesellschaft für physiologische Chemie am 2. 4. Mai 1957 in Mosbach/Baden, S. 29–55. Berlin-Göttingen-Heidelberg: Springer 1958.
Horecker, B. L., M. Gibbs, H. Klenow and P. Z. Smyrniotis: The mechanism of pentose phosphate conversion to hexose monophosphate. J. biol. Chem. 207, 393–403 (1954).
Horecker, B. L., J. Hurwitz and P. Z. Smyrniotis: Xylulose 5-phosphate and the formation of sedoheptulose 7-phosphate with liver transketo-ase. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 78, 692 (1956).
Horecker, B. L., and P. Z. Smyrniotis: The coenzyme function of thiamine pyrophosphate in pentose metabolism. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 75, 1009–1010 (1953).
Horecker, B. L., P. Z. Smyrniotis and J. Hurwitz: The role of xylulose 5-phosphate in the transketolase reaction. J. biol. Chem. 223, 1009–1019 (1956).
Horecker, B. L., P. Z. Smyrniotis and H. Klenow: The formation of sedoheptulose phosphate from pentose phosphate. J. biol. Chem. 205, 661–682 (1953).
Hornberger, C. S., R. F. Heitmiller, I. C. Gunsalus, G. H. F. Schnakenberg and L. J. Reed: Synthetic preparation of lipoic acid. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 75, 1273–1277 (1953).
Howard, B. H. : The biochemistry of rumen protozoa. I. Carbohydrate fermentation by Dasytricha and Isotricha. Biochem. J. 71, 671–675 (1959).
Howell, A., and L. Pine: Studies on the growth of species of Actinomyces. I. Cultivation in a synthetic medium with starch. J. Bact. 71, 47–53 (1956).
Huennekens, F. M. : Flavin nucleotides and flavoproteins. Experientia (Basel) 12, 1–6 (1956).
Huennekens, F. M., M. J. Osborn and H. R. Whiteley: Folic acid coenzymes. Science 128, 120–124 (1958).
Hugo, W. B. : The preparation of cell-free enzymes from microorganisms. Bact. Rev. 18, 87–105 (1954).
Hungate, R. E. : Mutualistic intestinal protozoa. In: S. H. Hutner and A. Lwoff (Edit. ), Biochemistry and physiology of protozoa. II. S. 159–199. New York: Academic Press 1955.
Hunt, A. L., and P. M. Nossal: Glucose catalysis in bacterial metabolism. I. Pyruvate metabolism in Lactobacillus arabinosus 17–5. Aust. J. exp. Biol. med. Sci. 32, 533–542 (1954).
Hurwitz, J. : Pentose phosphate cleavage by Leuconostoc mesenteroides. Biochim. biophys. Acta 28, 599–602 (1958).
Hurwitz, J., and B. L. Horecker: The purification of phosphoketopentoepimerase from Lactobacillus pentosus and the preparation of xylulose phosphate. J. biol. Chem. 223, 993–1008 (1956).
Hutchings, B. L., and E. Boggiano: Oleic acid as a growth factor for various lactobacilli. J. biol. Chem. 169, 229–230 (1947).
Hutchings, B. L., and W. H. Peterson: Amino-acid requirements of Lactobacillus casci. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol. (N. Y. ) 52, 36–38 (1943).
Hutchings, B. L., N. H. Sloane and E. Boggiano: The nutrition of Lactobacillus gayonii. J. biol. Chem. 162, 737–738 (1946).
Hutner, S. H., and A. Lwoff: Biochemistry and physiology of protozoa. Vol. 11. New York: Academic Press 1955.
Hutner, S. H., and L. Provasoli: The phytoflagellates. In: A. Lwoff (Edit. ), Biochemistry and physiology of protozoa, Bd. I, S. 27–128. New York: Academic Press 1951.
Hutner, S. H., and L. Provasoli: Comparative biochemistry of flagellates. In: S. H. Hutner and A. Lwoff (Edit. ), Biochemistry and physiology of protozoa, Bd. II, S. 17–43. New York: Academic Press 1955.
Ingraham, J. L., and R. Emerson: Studies of the nutrition and metabolism of the aquatic phycomycete, Allomyces. Amer. J. Bot. 41, 146–152 (1954).
Isbell, H. : Effect of p-aminobenzoic acid on the microbiological assay for nicotinic acid. J. biol. Chem. 144, 567–568 (1942).
Jacobsohn, K. P. : Über die biologische Zuckerbestimmung mit Hilfe des Colibacillus und ihre Anwendungen. Biochem. Z. 220, 461–472 (1930).
Jagannathan, V., and R. S. Schweet: Pyruvic acid oxidase of pigeon breast muscle. I. Purification and properties of the enzyme. J. biol. Chem. 196, 551–562 (1952).
Janz, G. J. : Estimation of thermodynamic properties of organic compounds. New York: Academic Press 1958.
Jensen, E. M., and H. W. Seeley: The nutrition and physiology of the genus Pediococcus. J. Bact. 67, 484–488 (1954).
Jerchel, D., P. Flesch u. E. Bauer: Untersuchungen zum Abbau der L-Äpfelsäure durch Bacterium gracile. Justus Liebigs Ann. Chem. 601, 40–60 (1956).
Jerchel, D., u. H. -L. Schmidt: Vergleich des Abbaues von L-Äpfelsäure durch Bacterium gracile und Lactobacillus arabinosus. Justus Liebigs Ann. Chem. 613, 198–203 (1958).
Jørgensen, A., and A. Hansen: Micro-organisms and fermentation, S. 405ff. London: Ch. Griffin & Co. 1948.
Jørgensen, A., and A. Hansen: Mikroorganismen der Gärungsindustrie, 7. Aufl. , S. 409ff. Nürnberg: H. Carl 1956.
Johnson, M. K., and C. S. McCleskey: Studies on the aerobic carbohydrate metabolism of Leuconostoc mesenteroides. J. Bact. 74, 22–25 (1957).
Johnson, M. K., and C. S. McCleskey: Further studies on the aerobic metabolism of Leuconostoc mesenteroides. J. Bact. 75, 98–101 (1958).
Joslyn, M. A. : The by-products of alcoholic fermentation. Wallerstein Lab. Comm. Sci. Pract. Brewing 3, 30–43 (1940).
Jukes, T. H., H. P. Broquist and E. L. R. Stokstad: Vitamin B12 and “citrovorum factor“ in the nutrition of Lactobacillus leichmannii and Leuconostoc citrovorum. Arch. Biochem. 26, 157–159 (1950).
Jukes, T. H., and E. L. R. Stokstad: The role of vitamin B12 in metabolic processes. Vitam. and Horm. 9, 1–26 (1951).
Juni, E. : α-Acetolactic acid, an intermediate in acetyl-methyl-carbinol formation. Fed. Proc. 9, 396 (1950).
Juni, E. : Mechanism of formation of acetoin by bacteria. J. biol. Chem. 195, 715–726 (1952a).
Juni, E. : Mechanisms of the formation of acetoin by yeast and mammalian tissue. J. biol. Chem. 195, 727–734 (1952b).
Kagan, B. O., S. N. Ljatker u. E. M. Zwasman: Phosphorolyse des Rohrzuckers durch Kulturen von Leuconostoc mesenteroides. Biochimia 7, 93–108 (1942) [Russisch].
Kalckar, H. M. : Uridinediphospho-galactose: metabolism, enzymology and biology. Advanc. Enzymol. 20, 111–134 (1958).
Kalckar, H. M., B. Braganca and A. Munch-Petersen: Uridyl transferase and the formation of uridine diphosphogalactose. Nature (Lond. ) 172, 1038 (1953).
Kalckar, H. M., and E. S. Maxwell: Some considerations concerning the nature of the enzymic galactose-glucose conversion. Biochim. biophys. Acta 22, 588–589 (1956).
Kallio, R. E. : Function of pyridoxal phosphate in desulfurase systems of Proteus morganii. J. biol. Chem. 192, 371–377 (1951).
Kalnitsky, G., M. F. Utter and C. H. Werkman: Active enzyme preparations from bacteria. J. Bact. 49, 595–602 (1945).
Kalnitsky, G., and C. H. Werkman: The anaerobic dissimilation of pyruvate by a cell-free extract of Escherichia coli. Arch. Biochem. 2, 113–124 (1943).
Kanel, E. : Milchsäurebildung in der Kultur eines Pilzes der Gattung Rhizopus. Mikrobiologia 3, 259–265 (1934) [Russisch].
Kanel, E. : Vergleichende Untersuchung des Mechanismus des Atmungsprozesses bei zwei verwandten Rassen von Rhizopus nigricans im Zusammenhang mit der Differenzierung des Thalloms und den Veränderungen der äußeren Bedingungen. Mikrobiologia 4, 636–654 (1935) [Russisch].
Karström, H. : Enzymatische Adaptation bei Mikroorganismen. Er-gebn. Enzymforsch. 7, 350–376 (1938).
Katagiri, H. , and K. Kitahara: The lactic dehydrogenase of lactic acid bacteria. Biochem. J. 32, 1654–1657 (1938).
Kaufman, S., S. Korkes and A. del Campillo: Biosynthesis of dicarboxylic acids by carbon dioxide fixation. V. Further study of the “malic” enzyme of Lactobacillus arabinosus. J. biol. Chem. 192, 301–312 (1951).
Kempner, W. : Wirkung von Blausäure und Kohlenoxyd auf die Buttersäuregärung. Biochem. Z. 257, 41–56 (1933).
Kempner, W., u. F. Kubowitz: Wirkung des Lichts auf die Kohlenoxydhemmung der Buttersäuregärung. Biochem. Z. 265, 245–252 (1933).
Kidder, G. W., and V. C. Dewey: Biochemistry of Tetrahymena. V. The chemical nature of factors I and III. Arch. Biochem. 8, 293–301 (1945).
Kidder, G. W., and V. C. Dewey: The biochemistry of ciliates in pure culture. In: A. Lwoff, Biochemistry and physiology of protozoa. I. S. 323–400. New York: Academic Press 1951.
Kihara, H., O. A. Klatt and E. E. Snell: Peptides and bacterial growth. III. Utilization of tyrosine and tyrosine peptides by Streptococcus faecalis. J. biol. Chem. 197, 801–807 (1952).
Kihara, H., W. G. McCullough and E. E. Snell: Peptides and bacterial growth. I. Purification of a peptide factor required for growth of Lactobacillus casci. J. biol. Chem. 197, 783–789 (1952).
Kihara, H., and E. E. Snell: Peptides and bacterial growth. II. L-Alanine peptides and growth of Lactobacillus casci. J. biol. Chem. 197, 791–800 (1952).
Kihara, H., and E. E. Snell: Peptides and bacterial growth. VII. Relation to inhibitions by thienylalanine, ethionine, and canavanine. J. biol. Chem. 212, 83–94 (1955).
Kihara, H., and E. E. Snell: Spermine and related polyamines as growth stimulants for Lactobacillus casci. Proc. nat. Acad. Sci. (Wash. ) 43, 867–871 (1957).
Kislink, R. W., and W. Sakami: The stimulation of serine biosynthesis in pigeon liver extracts by tetrahydrofolic acid. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 76, 1456–1457 (1954).
Kitahara, K. : Enzymes of lactic acid bacteria. II. Lactic dehydrogenase of lactic acid bacteria. J. agric. chem. Soc. Japan 15, 19–24 (1939).
Kitahara, K., and A. Ôbayashi: DL-forming lactic acid bacteria. J. gen. appl. Microbiol. (Tokyo) 1, 237–245 (1955).
Kitahara, K., A. Ôbayashi and S. Fukui: Racemiase. I. Cell-free racemiase. Enzymologia 15, 259–266 (1952).
Kitahara, K., A. Ôbayashi and S. Fukui: On the lactic acid racemase (racemiase) of lactic acid bacteria, with special reference to the process of its formation. Proc. Internat. Symposium Enzyme Chem. , Tokyo and Kyoto 1957, S. 460–463.
Kitay, E., W. S. McNutt and E. E. Snell: The non-specificity of thymidine as a growth factor for lactic acid bacteria. J. biol. Chem. 177, 993–994 (1949).
Kitay, E., W. S. McNutt and E. E. Snell: Desoxyribosides and vitamin B12 as growth factor for lactic acid bacteria. J. Bact. 59, 727–738 (1950).
Kitay, E., and E. E. Snell: Some additional nutritional requirements of certain lactic acid bacteria. J. Bact. 60, 49–56 (1950).
Kluyver, A. J. : The chemical activities of microorganisms. London: University of London Press 1931.
Kluyver, A. J. : Die bakteriellen Zuckervergärungen. Ergebn. Enzymforsch. 4, 230–273 (1935).
Kluyver, A. J., and H. J. L. Donker: The unity in the chemistry of the fermentative sugar dissimilation processes of microbes. Proc. kon. ned. Akad. Wet. 28, 297–313 (1925).
Kluyver, A. J., u. W. J. Hoppenbrouwers: Ein merkwürdiges Gärungsbakterium: Lindners Termo-bacterium mobile. Arch. Mikrobiol. 2, 245–260 (1931).
Kneteman, A. : Enrichment and isolation of Streptococcus citrophilus van Beynum et Pette. Antonie v. Leeuwenhoek 18, 275–290 (1952).
Knight, B. C. J. G. : Growth factors in microbiology. Vitam. and Horm. 3, 105–228b (1945).
Koft, B. W., and J. H. Morrison: Symbiotic biosynthesis of folic acid-like growth factors. J. Bact. 72, 705–707 (1956).
Koike, M., and L. J. Reed: On the mechanism of oxidative decarboxylation of pyruvate. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 81, 505 (1959).
Koppelman, R., S. Mandeles and M. E. Hanke: Use of enzymes and radiocarbon in estimation of the equilibrium constants for the decarboxylation of lysine and glutamate. J. biol. Chem. 280, 73–80 (1958).
Korkes, S., A. del Campdllo, I. C. Gunsalus and S. Ochoa: Enzymatic synthesis of citric acid. IV. Pyruvate as acetyl donor. J. biol. Chem. 193, 721–735 (1951).
Korkes, S., A. del Campillo and S. Ochoa: Biosynthesis of dicarboxylic acids by carbon dioxide fixation. IV. Isolation and properties of an adaptive “malic” enzyme from Lactobacillus arabinosus. J. biol. Chem. 187, 891–905 (1950).
Korkes, S., and S. Ochoa: Adaptive conversion of malate to lactate and carbon dioxide by Lactobacillus arabinosus. J. biol. Chem. 176, 463–464 (1948).
Korkes, S., J. R. Stern, I. C. Gunsalus and S. Ochoa: Enzymatic synthesis of citrate from pyruvate and oxalacetate. Nature (Lond. ) 166, 439–440 (1950).
Kornberg, H. L., and H. A. Krebs: Synthesis of cell constituents from C2-units by a modified tricarboxylic acid cycle. Nature (Lond. ) 179, 988–991 (1957).
Koser, S. A., and J. L. Thomas: Utilization of some D-amino acids by lactobacilli. J. Bact. 73, 477–483 (1957).
Koshland, D. E., and F. H. Westheimer: Mechanism of alcoholic fermentation. The fermentation of glucose- 1-C14. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 72, 3383–3388 (1950).
Kostytschew, S., W. Gwaladse u. P. Eliasberg: Bildung von Brenztraubensäure bei der Milchsäuregärung. Hoppe-Seylers Z. physiol. Chem. 188, 127–182 (1930).
Kostytschew, S., u. S. Soldatenkov: Brenztraubensäure und Methylglyoxal als Zwischenprodukte der Milchsäuregärung. Hoppe-Seylers Z. physiol. Chem. 168, 124–127 (1927).
Kowalsky, A., and D. E. Koshland jr. : The mechanism of the galactose-glucose interconversion in Lactobacillus bulgaricus. Biochim. biophys. Acta 22, 575–577 (1956).
Kraght, A. J., and M. P. Starr: Fermentation of galacturonic acid and glucose by a strain of Erwinia carotovora. J. Bact. 64, 259–264 (1952).
Krampitz, L. O., G. Greull, C. S. Miller, J. B. Bicking, H. R. Skeggs and J. M. Sprague: An active acetaldehyd-thiamine intermediate. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 80, 5893–5894 (1958).
Krebs, H. A. : Dismutation of pyruvic acid in Gonococcus and Staphylococcus. Biochem. J. 31, 661–671 (1937).
Krebs, H. A., and H. L. Kornberg: Energy transformations in living matter. Berlin-Göttingen-Heidelberg: Springer 1957.
Krebs, H. A., A. Ruffo, M. Johnson, L. V. Eggleston and R. Hems: Oxidative phosphorylation. Biochem. J. 54, 107–116 (1953).
Krehl, W. A., and J. S. Fruton: Utilization of peptides by lactic acid bacteria. J. biol. Chem. 173, 479–485 (1948).
Kubowitz, F. : Über die Hemmung der Buttersäuregärung durch Kohlenoxyd. Biochem. Z. 274, 285–298 (1934).
Kubowitz, F. : Kohlenoxyd-Ferroglutathion. Biochem. Z. 282, 277–281 (1935).
Kuhn, R. : Vitamine der Milch. Angew. Chem. 64, 493–500 (1952).
Kuhn, R. : Aminozucker. Angew. Chem. 69, 23–33 (1957).
Kuhn, R., u. H. Tiedemann: Zum Stoffwechsel des Lactobacillus bifidus; die Umsetzung von radioaktiver 14C-1-Glucose. Z. Naturforsch. 8b, 428–436 (1953).
Kuiken, K. A., W. H. Norman, C. M. Lyman, F. Hale and L. Blotter: The microbiological determination of amino acids. I. Valine, leucine and isoleucine. J. biol. Chem. 151, 615–626 (1943).
Kun, E., J. L. Bradin jr. and J. M. Dechary: Correlation between CO2 and H2S production by Endamoeba histolytica. Biochim. biophys. Acta 19, 153–159 (1956).
Laborde, J. : Sur le ferment de la maladie des vins poussés ou tournés. C. R. Acad. Sci. (Paris) 138, 228–231 (1904).
Lamanna, C., and M. F. Mallette: Basic bacteriology. Its biological and chemical background. Baltimore- Williams & Wilkins Co. 1953.
Lampen, J. O. : Formation of ribose phosphate from xylose by extracts of Lactobacillus pentosus. J. biol. Chem. 204, 999–1010 (1953a).
Lampen, J. O. : Pentose and desoxypentose metabolism in bacteria. J. cell. comp. Physiol. 41 (Suppl. ), 183–205 (1953b).
Lampen, J. O., H. Gest and J. C. Sowden: Observations on the mechanism of fermentation of 1-C14-d-xylose by Lactobacillus pentosus. J. Bact. 61, 97–98 (1951).
Lampen, J. O., and H. R. Peterjohn: Studies on the specificity of the fermentation of pentoses by Lactobacillus pentosus. J. Bact. 62, 281–292 (1951).
Lanning, M. C., and S. S. Cohen: The mechanism of ribose formation in Escherichia coli. J. biol. Chem. 207, 193–199 (1954).
Lardy, H. A. : The influence of inorganic ions on phosphorylation reactions. In: Phosphorus metabolism (edit. by W. D. McElroy and B. Glass), Bd. 1, S. 477–499. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Press 1951.
Lardy, H. A., and R. Peanasky: Metabolic functions of biotin. Physiol. Rev. 33, 560–565 (1953).
Lardy, H. A., R. L. Potter and R. H. Burris: Metabolic functions of biotin. I. The rôle of biotin in bicarbonate utilization by Lactobacillus arabinosus studied with C14. J. biol. Chem. 179, 721–731 (1949).
Lascelles, J. L., M. J. Cross and D. D. Woods: Leuconostoc citrovorum factor and the synthesis of serine by microorganisms. Biochem. J. 49, LXVI (1951).
Lascelles, J. L., M. J. Cross and D. D. Woods: The folic acid and serine nutrition of Leuconostoc mesenteroides P 60 (Streptococcus equinus P 60). J. gen. Microbiol. 10, 267–284 (1954).
Lascelles, J. L., and D. D. Woods: Synthesis of serine by microorganisms. Nature (Lond. ) 166, 649–650 (1950).
Lascelles, J. L., and D. D. Woods: The synthesis of serine and Leuconostoc citrovorum factor by cell suspensions of Streptococcus faecalis R. Biochem. J. 58, 486–497 (1954).
Leach, F. R., K. Yasunobu and L. J. Reed: Lipoic acid activation of the α-ketobutyrate oxidation system in cell-free extracts of Streptococcus faecalis. Biochim. biophys. Acta 18, 297–298 (1955).
Lehmberg, C. : Untersuchungen über die Wirkung von Ascorbinsäure, Stoffwechselgiften und anderen Faktoren auf den Stoffwechsel von Clostridium butyricum Prazm. Arch. Mikrobiol. 24, 323–346 (1956).
Lehninger, A. L. : Role of metal ions in enzyme systems. Physiol. Rev. 30, 393–429 (1950).
Leloir, L. F. : The enzymatic transformation of uridine diphosphate glucose into a galactose derivative. Arch. Biochem. 33, 186–190 (1951).
Leloir, L. F. : Enzymic isomerization and related processes. Advanc. Enzymol. 14, 193–218 (1953).
Lemberg, R., J. W. Legge and W. H. Lockwood: Coupled oxidation of ascorbic acid and hemoglobin. II. Formation and properties of choleglobin. Biochem. J. 35, 328–338 (1941a).
Lemberg, R., J. W. Legge and W. H. Lockwood: III. Quantitative studies on choleglobin formation. Estimation of hemoglobin and ascorbic acid oxidations. Biochem. J. 35, 339–352 (1941b).
Lerner, E. M., and J. H. Mueller: The role of glutamine in the glucose metabolism of Clostridium tetani. J. biol. Chem. 181, 43–45 (1949).
Leuthardt, F., et B. Glasson: Formation du glycocolle à partir de la serine. Helv. chim. Acta 25, 245–249 (1942).
Levenberg, B., S. C. Hartman and J. M. Buchanan: Biosynthesis of the purines. X. Further studies in vitro on the metabolic origin of nitrogen atoms 1 and 3 of the purine ring. J. biol. Chem. 220, 379–390 (1956).
Lewis, J. C. : A Lactobacillus assay method for p-aminobenzoic acid. J. biol. Chem. 146, 441–450 (1942).
Lichstein, H. C. : Functions of biotin in enzyme systems. Vitam. and Horm. 9, 27–74 (1951).
Lichstein, H. C. : The presence of bound biotin in purified preparations of oxalacetic carboxylase. J. biol. Chem. 212, 217–222 (1955).
Lichstein, H. C., and J. F. Christman: The role of biotin and adenylic acid in amino acid deaminases. J. biol. Chem. 175, 649–662 (1948).
Lichstein, H. C., and R. B. Ferguson: On the permeability of Lactobacillus arabinosus to biotin. J. biol. Chem. 233, 243–244 (1958).
Lichstein, H. C., and W. W. Umbreit: Biotin activation of certain deaminases. J. biol. Chem. 170, 423–424 (1947).
Lipmann, F. : Fermentation of phosphogluconic acid. Nature (Lond. ) 138, 588–589 (1936).
Lipmann, F. : Die Dehydrierung der Brenz-traubensäure. Enzymologia 4, 65–72 (1937).
Lipmann, F. : An analysis of the pyruvic acid oxidation system. Cold Spr. Harb. Symp. quant. Biol. 7, 248–259 (1939).
Lipmann, F. : A phosphorylated oxidation product of pyruvic acid. J. biol. Chem. 134, 463–464 (1940).
Lipmann, F. : Enzymatic synthesis of acetyl phosphate. J. biol. Chem. 155, 55–70 (1944).
Lipmann, F. : On chemistry and function of coenzyme A. Bact. Rev. 17, 1–16 (1953).
Lipmann, F., and L. C. Tuttle: Specific micromethod for the determination of acyl phosphates. J. biol. Chem. 159, 21–28 (1945).
Lister, J. : Lactic fermentation and bearings upon pathology. Lancet 1877, 918–919.
Lister, J.: On the lactic fermentation and its bearings on pathology. Trans. path. Soc. Lond. 29, 425–467 (1878).
Littauer, U. Z., B. E. Volcani and E. D. Bergmann: Observations on the metabolism of pentoses by Escherichia coli. Biochim. biophys. Acta 18, 523–530 (1955).
Lohmann, K., u. P. Schuster: Untersuchungen über die Cocarboxylase. Biochem. Z. 294, 188–214 (1937).
Long, C. : Studies involving enzymic phosphorylation. IV. The conversion of D-ribose into D-ribose-5-phosphate by extracts of Escherichia coli. Biochem. J. 59, 322–329 (1955).
Lüthi, H. : La rétrogradation malolactique dans les vins et les cidres. Rev. fermentat, ind. aliment. 12, 15–21 (1957).
Lwoff, A. (Edit. ): Biochemistry and physiology of protozoa, Vol. 1. New York: Academic Press 1951.
Lyman, C. M., K. A. Kuiken, L. Blotter and F. Hale: Microbiological determination of amino acids. I. Glutamic acid. J. biol. Chem. 157, 395–405 (1945).
Lyman, C. M., O. Moseley, S. Wood, B. Butler and F. Hale: The function of pyridoxine in lactic acid bacteria. J. biol. Chem. 162, 173–174 (1946).
Lyman, C. M., O. Moseley, S. Wood, B. Butler and F. Hale: Some chemical factors which influence the amino acid requirements of the lactic acid bacteria. J. biol. Chem. 167, 177–187 (1947).
Lynch, V. H., and M. Calvin: Carbon dioxide fixation by microorganisms. J. Bact. 63, 525–531 (1952).
Lynen, F.: Der Fettsäurecyclus. Angew. Chem. 67, 463–470 (1955).
Lynen, F., H. Eggerer, U. Henning u. J. Kessel: Farnesyl-pyrophosphat und 3-Methyl-Δ3-butenyl-1-pyrophosphat, die biologischen Vorstufen des Squalens. (Zur Biosynthese der Terpene. III.) Angew. Chem. 70, 738–742 (1958).
Lynen, F., E. Reichert u. L. Rueff: Zum biologischen Abbau der Essigsäure. IV. „Aktivierte Essigsäure“, ihre Isolierung aus Hefe und ihre chemische Natur. Justus Liebigs Ann. Chem. 574, 1–32 (1951).
MacDonald, J. C.: Synthesis of aspartic acid by Lactobacillus arabinosus. Canad. J. Microbiol. 4, 335–343 (1958).
MacLeod, R. A., and E. E. Snell: Some mineral requirements of the lactic acid bacteria. J. biol. Chem. 170, 351–365 (1947).
MacLeod, R. A., and E. E. Snell: Ion antagonism in bacteria as related to antimetabolites. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 52, 1249–1259 (1950).
Mann, P. J. G., and J. H. Quastel: Nicotinamide, cozymase and tissue metabolism. Biochem. J. 35, 502–517 (1941).
Mann, S. O., and A. E. Oxford: Studies of some presumptive lactobacilli isolated from the rumens of young calves. J. gen. Microbiol. 11, 83–90 (1954).
Manners, D. J., and J. F. Ryley: The glycogen of the ciliate Tetrahymena pyriformis (Glaucoma piriformis). Biochem. J. 52, 480–482 (1952).
Marco, S. J., and K. Hofmann: Structural studies on lactobacillic acid and other long-chain fatty acids containing the cyclopropane ring. Fed. Proc. 15, 308 (1956).
Maxwell, E. S.: Diphosphopyridine nucleotide, a cofactor for galacto-waldenase. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 78, 1074 (1956).
Maxwell, E. S. The enzymic interconversion of uridine diphosphogalactose and uridine diphosphoglucose. J. biol. Chem. 229, 139–151 (1957).
Mayer, P.: Zur Biochemie des Asymmetrieproblems. Biochem. Z. 174, 420–424 (1926).
McCleskey, C. S.: The identity of strain P. 60 of Leuconostoc mesenteroides. J. Bact. 64, 140–141 (1952).
McIlwain, H.: Metabolism and functioning of vitammlike compounds. I. Ammonia formation from glutamine by hemolytic streptococci; its reciprocal connection with glycolysis. Biochem. J. 40, 67–78 (1946).
McIlwain, H., P. Feldes, G. P. Gladstone and B. C. J. G. Knight: Glutamine and the growth of Streptococcus hemolyticus. Biochem. J. 33, 223–229 (1939).
McIlwain, H., J. A. Roper and D. E. Hughes: Relationships in streptococci between growth and metabolism of glutamine. Bio-chem. J. 42, 492–508 (1948).
McKee, R. W.: Biochemistry of Plasmodium and the influence of antimalarials. In: A. Lwoff, Biochemistry and physiology of protozoa. I. S. 251–322. New York: Academic Press 1951.
McKee, R. W., R. A. Ormsbee, Ch. B. Anfinsen, Q. M. Geiman and E. G. Ball: Studies on malarial parasites. VI. The chemistry and metabolism of normal and parasitized (P. knowlesi) monkey blood. J. exp. Med. 84, 569–582 (1946).
McLean, R. A., and W. L. Sulzbacher: Microbacterium thermosphactum, spec, nov.; a non-heat resistant bacterium from fresh pork sausage. J. Bact. 65, 428–433 (1953).
McMahan, J. R., and E. E. Snell: The microbiological determination of amino acids. I. Valine and arginine. J. biol. Chem. 152, 83–95 (1944).
McNutt, W. S.: Exchange between free purines and pyrimidines and the aglucones of deoxyribosyl purines and deoxyribosyl pyrimidines. Nature (Lond.) 166, 444 (1950).
McNutt, W. S. Enzymically catalyzed transfer of the deoxyribosyl group from one purine or pyrimidine to another. Biochem. J. 50, 384–397 (1952).
McNutt, W. S., and E. E. Snell: Phosphates of pyridoxal and pyridoxamine as growth factors for lactic acid bacteria. J. biol. Chem. 173, 801–802 (1948).
McNutt, W. S., and E. E. Snell: Pyridoxal phosphate and pyridoxamine phosphate as growth factors for lactic acid bacteria. J. biol. Chem. 182, 557–567 (1950).
Meinhart, J. O., and S. Simmonds: Serine metabolism in a mutant strain of Escherichia coli strain K-12. J. biol. Chem. 213, 329–341 (1955).
Meister, A.: Utilization and transamination of the stereoisomers and keto analogs of isoleucine. J. biol. Chem. 195, 813–826 (1952).
Meister, A.: Transamination. Advanc. Enzymol. 16, 185–246 (1955).
Melnick, J. L.: Photochemical spectrum of cytochrome oxidase in heart muscle. Science 94, 118–119 (1941).
Metzler, D. E., and E. E. Snell: Deamination of serine. I. Catalytic deamination of serine and cysteine by pyridoxal and metal salts. J. biol. Chem. 198, 353–361 (1952a).
Metzler, D. E., and E. E. Snell: Deamination of serine. II. D-Serine dehydrase, a vitamin B6 enzyme from Escherichia coli. J. biol. Chem. 198, 363–373 (1952b).
Mevius, W.: Taschenbuch der Botanik (begründet von H.Miehe). II. Systematik. Stuttgart: Georg Thieme 1958.
Meyerhof, O.: Über den Einfluß des Sauerstoffs auf die alkoholische Gärung der Hefe. Biochem. Z. 162, 43–86 (1925).
Meyerhof, O.:Über die Intermediärvorgänge bei der biologischen Kohlenhydrat Spaltung. Ergebn. Enzymforsch. 4, 208–229 (1935).
Meyerhof, O., u. P. Finkle: Über die Beziehungen des Sauerstoffs zur bakteriellen Milchsäuregärung. Chem. Zelle 12, 157–175 (1926).
Michels, H.: Über die Hemmung der Photosynthese bei Grünalgen nach Sauerstoffentzug. Z. Bot. 35, 241–270 (1940).
Mickelson, M., H. Reynolds and C. H. Werkman: Fermentation of pyruvic acid by bacteria of the Colon-Aerogenes group. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol. (N.Y.) 34, 748–750 (1936).
Miller, A. K., J. J. R. Campbell and I. C. Gunsalus: Pyruvic acid metabolism of streptococci. J. Bact. 54, 22 (1947).
Miller, H. K., and H. Waelsch: The utilization of glutamine and asparagine peptides by microorganisms. Arch. Biochem. 35, 184–194 (1952a).
Miller, H. K., and H. Waelsch: Utilization of glutamine and asparagine and their peptides by microorganisms. Nature (Lond.) 169, 30–31 (1952b).
Mitoma, C., and E. E. Snell: The role of purine bases as histidine precursors in Lactobacillus casci. Proc. nat. Acad. Sci. (Wash.) 41, 891–894 (1955).
Mitsuhashi, S., and J. O. Lampen: Conversion of D-xylose to D-xylulose in extracts of Lactobacillus pentosus. J. biol. Chem. 204, 1011–1018 (1953).
M’Leod, J. W., and J. Gordon: The production of hydrogen peroxide by bacteria. Biochem. J. 16, 499–506 (1922).
M’Leod, J. W., and J. Gordon: Catalase production and sensitiveness to hydrogen peroxide amongst bacteria: with a scheme of classification based on these properties. J. Path. Bact. 26, 326–331 (1923a).
M’Leod, J. W., and J. Gordon: The problem of intolerance of oxygen by anaerobic bacteria. J. Path. Bact. 26, 332–343 (1923b).
Moat, A. G., and H. C. Lichstein: Factors affecting the formation of acetylmethylcarbinol by Lactobacillus arabinosus. J. Bact. 66, 324–327 (1953).
Möller, E.F.: Vitamin B6 (Adermin) als Wuchsstoff für Milchsäurebakterien. Hoppe-Seylers Z. physiol. Chem. 254, 285–286 (1938).
Möller, E.F.: Das Wuchsstoffsystem der Milchsäurebakterien. Hoppe-Seylers Z. physiol. Chem. 260, 246–256 (1939).
Moyed, H. S., and B. Magasanik: The role of purines in histidine biosynthesis. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 79, 4812–4813 (1957).
Moyed, H. S., and D. J. O’Kane: The enzymes of the pyruvate oxidase system of Proteus vulgaris. Arch. Biochem. 39, 457–458 (1952a).
Moyed, H. S., and D. J. O’Kane: Fractionation of the pyruvate oxidase of Proteus vulgaris. J. biol. Chem. 195, 375–381 (1952 b).
Moyed, H. S., and D. J. O’Kane: Enzymes and coenzymes of the pyruvate oxidase of Proteus. J. biol. Chem. 218, 831–840 (1956).
Mücke, D.: Einführung in mikrobiologische Bestimmungsverfahren. Quantitative Bestimmung von Aminosäuren und Vitaminen des B-Komplexes. Leipzig: Thieme 1955.
Müller-Thurgau, H., u. A. Osterwalder: Die Bakterien im Wein und Obstwein und die dadurch verursachten Veränderungen. Zbl. Bakt., II. Abt. 36, 129–338 (1913).
Müller-Thurgau, H., u. A. Osterwalder: Weitere Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Mannitbakterien im Wein. Zbl. Bakt., II. Abt. 48, 1–35 (1917).
Najjar, V. A.: The role of metal ions in enzyme systems. In: Phosphorus metabolism (edit. bei W. D. McElroy and B. Glass), Bd. 1, S. 500–520. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Press 1951.
Narrod, S. A., and W. A. Wood: Evidence for a glutamic acid racemase in Lactobacillus arabinosus. Arch. Biochem. 35, 462–463 (1952).
Neal, A. L., and F. M. Strong: Microbiological determination of pantothenic acid. Further studies. Ind. Eng. Chem., Analyt. Ed. 15, 654–657 (1943).
Neidle, A., and H. Waelsch: Participation of glut-amine in the biogenesis of histidine. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 78, 1767–1768 (1956).
Neish, A. C.: Studies on the anaerobic dissimilation of glucose by Bacillus subtilis (Ford’s type). Canad. J. Bot. 31, 265–276 (1953).
Neish, A.C., and A.C. Blackwood: The anaerobic dissimilation of sedoheptulose-2-C14 and sedoheptulose-3-C14 by Aerobacter aerogenes. Canad. J. Biochem. 33, 323–331 (1955).
Neish, A. C., A. C. Blackwood and G. A. Ledingham: Dissimilation of glucose by Bacillus subtilis (Ford’s strain). Canad. J. Res., B 23, 290–296 (1945).
Neish, A. C., A. C. Blackwood, F. M. Robertson and G. A. Ledingham: Production and properties of 2, 3-butanediol. XVIII. Dissimilation of glucose by Serratia marcescens. Canad. J. Res., B 25, 65–69 (1947).
Neish, A. C., and F. J. Simpson: The anaerobic dissimilation of D-glucose-1-C14, D-arabinose-1-C14, and L-arabinose-1-C14 by Aerobacter aerogenes. Canad. J. Biochem. 32, 147–153 (1954).
Nelson, M. E., and C. H. Werkman: Dissimilation of glucose by heterofermentative lactic acid bacteria. J. Bact. 30, 547–557 (1935a).
Nelson, M. E., and C. H. Werkman: Dissimilation of pyruvic acid by Lactobacillus lycopersici. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol. (N. Y.) 32, 1622–1623 (1935b).
Nelson, M. E., and C. H. Werkman: Diversion of the normal heterolactic dissimilation by addition of hydrogen acceptors. J. Bact. 31, 603–610 (1936).
Nelson, M. E., and C. H. Werkman: The dissimilation of lévulose by heterofermentative lactic acid bacteria. Iowa State Coll. J. Sci. 14, 359–365 (1940).
Neuberg, C.: Weitere Untersuchungen über die biochemische Umwandlung von Methylglyoxal in Milchsäure nebst Bemerkungen über die Entstehung der verschiedenen Milchsäuren in der Natur. Biochem. Z. 51, 484–508 (1913).
Neuberg, C.: Einige Beobachtungen über Hefefermente. Biochem. Z. 152, 203–206 (1924).
Neuberg, C., u. J. Hirsch: Über ein Kohlenstoffketten knüpfendes Ferment (Carboligase). Biochem. Z. 115, 282–310 (1921).
Neuberg, C., u. J. Jamakawa: Das Verhalten der a-Ketosäuren zu Mikroorganismen. I. Die Fäulnis von Brenz-traubensäure und Oxalessigsäure. Biochem. Z. 67, 90–101 (1914).
Neuberg, C., u. M. Kobel: Ergänzung zur vorstehenden Veröffentlichung und zu unserer früheren Mitteilung über vermeintliche Abfangung von Methylglyoxal bei der alkoholischen Gärung. Biochem. Z. 199, 230–231 (1928 a).
Neuberg, C., u. M. Kobel: Über die Frage nach der Identität vonMutase und Ketonaldehydmutase. Kinetische Untersuchungen. Z. phys. Chem. A 139, 631–646 (1928b).
Neuberg, C., u. M. Kobel: Die desmolytische Bildung von Methylglyoxal durch Hefeenzyme. Biochem. Z. 203, 463–468 (1928c).
Neuberg, C., u. M. Kobel: Die Isolierung von Methylglyoxal bei der Milchsäuregärung. Biochem. Z. 207, 232–262 (1929).
Neuberg, C., u. M. Kobel: Überführung der synthetischen Glycerin-monophosphorsäure in Brenztraubensäure mittels Hefe und Milchsäurebakterien. Biochem. Z. 260, 241–246 (1933).
Neuberg, C., u. E. Simon: Über die quantitative Dismutation des Methylglyoxals zu Milchsäure durch den Bacillus delbrückii sowie durch das Bacterium lactis aerogenes nebst Versuchen über das abweichende stereochemische Verhalten des Phenylglyoxals bei dieser Reaktion. Biochem. Z. 186, 331–336 (1927).
Neuberg, C., u. E. Simon: Über chemische Vorgänge und über energetische Verhältnisse beim physiologischen Ab- und Umbau der Kohlenhydrate und ihrer Spaltungsprodukte. Ergebn. Enzymforsch. 2, 118–138 (1933).
Niederpruem, D. J., and D. P. Hackett: The oxygen affinity of a flavin oxidase involved in the respiration of Streptococcus faecalis. Plant Physiol. 33, 113–115 (1958).
Niel, C. B. van, A. J. Kluyver u. H. G. Derx: Über das Butteraroma. Biochem. Z. 210, 234–251 (1929).
Niel, C. B. van, J. O. Thomas, S. Ruben and M. Kamen: Radioactive carbon as an indicator of carbon dioxide utilization. IX. The assimilation of carbon dioxide by protozoa. Proc. nat. Acad. Sci. (Wash.) 28, 157–161 (1942).
Nieman, C.: Influence of trace amounts of fatty acids on the growth of microorganisms. Bact. Rev. 18, 147–163 (1954).
Ninomiya, H., and Suzuoki-Ziro: The metabolism of Trichomonas vaginalis, with comparative aspects of Trichomonads. J. Biochem. 39, 321–331 (1952).
Niven, C. F.: The nutrition of Streptococcus lactis. J. Bact. 47, 343–350 (1944).
Niven, C. F., and J. M. Sherman: Nutrition of enterococci. J. Bact. 47, 335–342 (1944).
Norris, R. F., T. Flanders, R. M. Tomarelli and P. György: The isolation and cultivation of Lactobacillus bifidus: a comparison of branched and unbranched strains. J. Bact. 60, 681–696 (1950).
Nossal, P. M.: The decarboxylation of malic acid by Lactobacillus arabinosus. Biochem. J. 49, 407–413 (1951a).
Nossal, P. M. Acetoin: formation from pyruvate in Lactobacillus arabinosus. Biochem. J. 49, XLIV (1951 b).
Nossal, P. M.: The effects of glucose and potassium on the metabolism of pyruvate in Lactobacillus arabinosus. Biochem. J. 50, 591–595 (1952).
Novelli, G.D.: Metabolic functions of pantothenic acid. Physiol. Rev. 33, 525–543 (1953).
Nurmikko, V.: Chemical factors affecting associations of lactic acid bacteria. Acta chem. scand. 6, 1258–1264 (1952).
Nurmikko, V. Studies on the biosynthesis of p-aminobenzoic acid by symbiosis experiments. Acta chem. scand. 7, 942–950 (1953).
Nurmikko, V.: The dialysis technique in the study of the vitamins and amino acids affecting associations of micro-organisms. Acta chem. scand. 9, 1317–1322 (1955).
Nurmikko, V.: Biochemical factors affecting symbiosis among bacteria. Experientia (Basel) 12, 245–249 (1956).
Nutting, I. A., and S. F. Carson: Lactic acid fermentation of xylose by Escherichia coli. I. Fermentation studies. J. Bact. 63, 575–580 (1952a). II. Tracer studies: evidence for C2 + C1 condensation. J. Bact. 63, 581–589 (1952b).
O’Barr, T. P., H. Levin and H. Reynolds: Some interrelationships of amino acids in the nutrition of Leuconostoc mesenteroides. J. Bact. 75, 429–435 (1958).
Ochoa, S.: Enzymic mechanisms of carbon dioxide assimilation. In: Currents in biochemical research (edit. by D. E. Green), S. 165–185. New York: Interscience Publishers 1946.
Ochoa, S: Biological mechanisms of carboxylation and decarboxylation. Physiol. Rev. 31, 56–106 (1951).
Ochoa, S., A. Mehler, M. L. Blanchard, T. H. Jukes, C. E. Hoffmann and M. Regan: Biotin and carbon dioxide fixation of liver. J. biol. Chem. 170, 413–414 (1947).
Ochoa, S., A. Mehler and A. Kornberg: Reversible oxidative decarboxylation of malic acid. J. biol. Chem. 167, 871–872 (1947).
Ochoa, S., A. Mehler and A. Kornberg: Biosynthesis of dicarboxylic acids by carbon dioxide fixation. I. Isolation and properties of an enzyme from pigeon liver catalyzing the reversible oxidative decarboxylation of 1-malic acid. J. biol. Chem. 174, 979–1000 (1948).
Ogston, A. G., and O. Smithies: Some thermodynamic and kinetic aspects of metabolic phosphorylation. Physiol. Rev. 28, 283–303 (1948).
O’Kane, D. J.: Influences of the pyruvate oxidation factor on the oxidative metabolism of glucose by Streptococcus faecalis. J. Bact. 60, 449–467 (1950).
O’Kane, D. J., and I. C. Gunsalus: Accessory factor requirement for pyruvate oxidation. J. Bact. 54, 20–21 (1947).
O’Kane, D. J., and I. C. Gunsalus: Pyruvic acid metabolism. I. A. factor required for oxidation by Streptococcus faecalis. J. Bact. 56, 499–506 (1948).
O’Kane, D. J., and W. W. Umbreit: Transformations of phosphorus during glucose fermentation by living cells of Streptococcus faecalis. J. biol. Chem. 142, 25–30 (1942).
Orla-Jensen, S.: The lactic acid bacteria. Kgl. danske Vidensk. Selks. Skr., naturvidensk.-math. Afdel., Ser. VIII, 5, 51–196 (1919).
Orla-Jensen, S.: The main lines of the natural bacterial system. J. Bact. 6, 263–273 (1921).
Orla-Jensen, S.: Dairy bacteriology, 2nd ed. Philadelphia: P. Blakiston’s Son & Company 1931.
Orla-Jensen, S.: The lactic acid bacteria. (Erg.-Bd.) Kgl. danske Vidensk. Selsk., biol. Skr. 2, Nr 3, 1–145 (1943).
Orla-Jensen, S., A.D. Orla-Jensen u. O. Winter: Bacterium bifidum und Thermobacterium intestinale., Zbl. Bakt., II. Abt., 93, 321–343 (1936).
Orla-Jensen, S., N. C. Otte u. A. Snog-Kjær: Der Vitaminbedarf der Milchsäurebakterien. Zbl. Bakt. II. Abt., 94, 434–447 (1936a).
Orla-Jensen, S., N. C. Otte u. A. Snog-Kjær: The vitamin and nitrogen requirements of the lactic acid bacteria. Kgl. danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr., naturvidensk.-math. Afdel., Ser. IX, 6, Nr 5, 1–52 (1936b).
Orla-Jensen, S., u. A. Snog-Kjær: Über Faktoren, welche aktivierend oder hemmend auf die Entwicklung der Milchsäurebakterien wirken. Woraus besteht das Milchbios? Kgl. danske Vidensk. Selsk., biol. Skr. 1, Nr 2, 1–32 (1940).
Ory, R.L., D. W. Hood and C. M. Lyman: The rôle of glutamine in the synthesis of arginine by Lactobacillus arabinosus. J. biol. Chem. 207, 267–273 (1954).
Osburn, O. L., R. W. Brown and C. H. Werkman: The butyl alcohol-isopropyl alcohol fermentation. J. biol. Chem. 121, 685–695 (1937).
Paege, L. M., M. Gibbs and R. C. Bard: Fermentation of C14-labeled glucose by Clostridium perfringens. J. Bact. 72, 65–67 (1956).
Pappenheimer, jr. A. M., and E. Shaskan: Effect of iron on carbohydrate metabolism of Clostridiumwelchii. J. biol. Chem. 155, 265–275 (1944).
Pasteur, L.: Mémoire sur la fermentation appelée lactique. C. R. Acad. Sci. (Paris) 45, 913–916 (1857).
Pasteur, L.: Mémoire sur la fermentation appelée lactique. Ann. Chim. Physique (3) 52, 404–418 (1858).
Peck, jr. H. D. and H. Gest: Formic dehydrogenase and the hydrogenlyase enzyme complex in Coli-Aerogenes bacteria. J. Bact. 73, 706–721 (1957).
Peck, R. L., D. E. Wolf and K. Folkers: Structure determination of biocytin as ε-N-biotinyl-L-lysine. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 74, 1999–2001 (1952).
Pederson, C. S.: The fermentation of glucose, fructose and arabinose by organisms from spoiled tomato products. New York State agric. Exp. Stat., techn. Bull. Nr. 151, 1–22 (1929).
Pederson, C. S.: The genus Pediococcus. Bact. Rev. 13, 225–232 (1949).
Pederson, C. S.: The systematic relationships of the lactic acid bacteria. In: Symposium on the lactic acid bacteria. Bact. Rev. 16, 228–235 (1952).
Pennington, D.: Assay of p-aminobenzoic acid. Science 103, 397 (1946).
Peters, J. M., and D. M. Greenberg: Studies on the conversion of citrovorum factor to a serine aldolase cofactor. J. biol. Chem. 226, 329–338 (1957).
Peters, V. J., J. M. Prescott and E. E. Snell: Peptides and bacterial growth. IV. Histidine peptides as growth factors for Lactobacillus delbrückii 9649. J. biol. Chem. 202, 521–532 (1953).
Peterson, W. H., and E. B. Fred: Fermentation of fructose by Lactobacillus pentoaceticus, n. sp. J. biol. Chem. 41, 431–450 (1920a).
Peterson, W. H., and E. B. Fred: The fermentation of glucose, galactose, and mannose by Lactobacillus pentoaceticus, n. sp. J. biol. Chem. 42, 273–287 (1920b).
Peterson, W. H., and E. B. Fred: The production of acetaldehyde by certain pentose-fermenting bacteria. J. biol. Chem. 44, 29–46 (1920c).
Peterson, W. H., E. B. Fred and J. A. Anderson: The fermentation of hexoses and related compounds by certain pentose-fermenting bacteria. J. biol. Chem. 53, 111–123 (1922).
Petuely, F.: Der Bifidusfaktor, ein neuer vitaminartiger Stoff. Naturwiss. 40, 349–352 (1953).
Petuely, F.: Biochemische Untersuchungen zur Regulation der Dickdarmflora des Säuglings. (Über den Bifidusfaktor.) Wien: Notring d. wissenschaftl. Verbände Österreichs 1957.
Petuely, F.: Das sogenannte Bifidus-Problem. Naturwiss. Rdsch. 11, 455–458 (1958).
Peynaud, E.: Neue Gegebenheiten bezüglich des biologischen Säureabbaus. Mitt. Klosterneuburg, Ser. A, 5, 183–191 (1955).
Pine, L.: Fixation of carbon dioxide by Actinomyces and Lactobacillus bifidus. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol. Med. 93, 468–472 (1956).
Pine, L., and H. A. Barker: Tracer experiments on the mechanism of acetate formation from carbon dioxide by Butyribacterium rettgeri. J. Bact. 68, 216–226 (1954).
Pine, L., V. Haas and H. A. Barker: Metabolism of glucose by Butyribacterium rettgeri. J. Bact. 68, 227–230 (1954).
Pine, L., and A. Howell jr.: Comparison of physiological and biochemical characters of Actinomyces species with those of Lactobacillus bifidus. J. gen. Microbiol. 15, 428–445 (1956).
Platt, T. B., and E. M. Foster: Products of glucose metabolism by homofermentative streptococci under anaerobic conditions. J. Bact. 75, 453–459 (1958).
Plaut, G. W. E., and H.A. Lardy: The oxalacetate decarboxylase of Azotobacter vinelandii. J. biol. Chem. 180, 13–27 (1949).
Pohland, A., E. H. Flynn, R. G. Jones and W. Shive: A proposed structure for folinic acid-SF, a growth factor derived from pteroylglutamic acid. J. Amer, chem. Soc. 73, 3247–3252 (1951).
Pollack, M. A., and M. Lindner: Glutamine and glutamic acid as growth factors for lactic acid bacteria. J. biol. Chem. 143, 655–661 (1942).
Prescott, J. M., B. S. Schweigert, C. M. Lyman and K. A. Kuiken: Effect of D-tryptophan on the utilization of the L-isomer by some lactic acid bacteria. J. biol. Chem. 178, 727–732 (1949).
Prescott, S. C., and C. G. Dunn: Industrial microbiology, 2nd ed., S. 404ff. New York-Toronto-London: McGraw-Hill 1949.
Prescott, S. C., and C. G. Dunn: Industrielle Mikrobiologie. (Deutsche Übersetzung bearbeitet von G. Drews, M. Girbardt, R. Müller u. U. Tauben-eck). S. 343ff. Berlin: VEB Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften 1958.
Prodinger, W.: Organic reagents used in quantitative inorganic analysis. New York: Nordeman 1940.
Quastel, J. H.: Ruhende Bakterien. In: C. Oppenheimer u. L. Pincussen, Die Methodik der Fermente, S. 1154–1159. Leipzig: Thieme 1929.
Racker, E.: The mechanisms of action of glyoxalase. J. biol. Chem. 190, 685–696 (1951).
Racker, E.: Alternate pathways of glucose and fructose metabolism. Advane. Enzymol. 15, 141–182 (1954).
Racker, E.: Mechanism of action and properties of pyridine-nucleotide-linked enzymes. Physiol. Rev. 35, 1–56 (1955).
Racker, E., G. de la Haba and J. C. Leder: Thiamine pyrophosphate, a coenzyme of transketolase. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 75, 1010–1011 (1953).
Racker, E., G. de la Haba and J. C. Leder: Transketolase-catalyzed utilization of fructose-6-phosphate and its significance in a glucose-6-phosphate oxidation cycle. Arch. Biochem. 48, 238–240 (1954).
Racker, E., and E. Schroeder: Formation and utilization of octulose-8-phosphate by transaldolase and transketolase. Arch. Biochem. 66, 241–243 (1957).
Radler, F.: Experimenteller Abbau der Äpfelsäure in Traubenmost. Naturwiss. 44, 232–233 (1957).
Radler, F.: Untersuchung des biologischen Säureabbaus im Wein. I. Isolierung und Charakterisierung von äpfel-säure-abbauenden Bakterien. Arch. Mikrobiol. 30, 64–72 (1958a).
Radler, F.: II. Der Nähr- und Wuchsstoffbedarf an äpfelsäure-abbauenden Bakterien. Arch. Mikrobiol. 32, 1–15 (1958b).
Radler, F.: III. Die Energiequelle der äpfelsäure-abbauenden Bakterien. Arch. Mikrobiol. 31, 224–230 (1958 c).
Radler, F.: IV. Über Faktoren, die das Wachstum der äpfelsäure-abbauenden Bakterien beeinflussen. Vitis 1, 288–297 (1958d).
Radler, F.: Bakterieller Säureabbau zur Weinverbesserung. Umschau 59, 113–115 (1959).
Rahn, O., C. P. Hegarty and R. E. Deuel: Factors influencing the rate of fermentation of Streptococcus lactis. J. Bact. 35, 547–558 (1938).
Rappoport, D. A., H. A. Barker and W. Z. Hassid: Fermentation of L-arabinose-1-C14 by Lactobacillus pentoaceticus. Arch. Biochem. 31, 326 (1951).
Rauen, H. M.: Vergleichende Biochemie der C1-Körper. In: Vergleichend biochemische Fragen. 6. Colloquium der Ges. für Physiol. Chemie am 20.— 22. Apr. 1955 in Mosbach/Baden. S. 134–164. Berlin-Göttingen-Heidelberg: Springer 1956.
Ravel, J. M., M. L. Grona, J. S. Humphreys and W. Shive: The function of biotin in carbamylation reactions. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 80, 2344 (1958).
Ravel, J. M., M. L. Grona, J. S. Humphreys and W. Shive: Properties and biotin content of purified preparations of the ornithine-citrulline enzyme of Streptococcus lactis. J. biol. Chem. 234, 1452–1455 (1959).
Reazin, jr. G. H.: The metabolism of glucose by the alga Ochromonas malhamensis. Plant Physiol. 31, 299–303 (1956).
Reed, L. J.: Metabolic functions of thiamine and lipoic acid. Physiol. Rev. 33, 544–559 (1953).
Reed, L. J.: The chemistry and function of lipoic acid. Advanc. Enzymol. 18, 319–347 (1957).
Reed, L. J., and B. G. DeBusk: Lipothiamide and its relation to a thiamine coenzyme required for oxidative decarboxylation of α-ketoacids. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 74, 3457 (1952a).
Reed, L. J., and B. G. DeBusk: Chemical nature of α-lipoic acid conjugate required for oxidation of pyruvate and oc-keto-glutarate by an Escherichia colimutant. J. biol. Chem. 199, 881–888 (1952b).
Reed, L. J., and B. G. DeBusk: Lipothiamide pyrophosphate: coenzyme for oxidative decarboxylation of a-ketoacids. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 74, 3964–3965 (1952c).
Reed, L. J., and B. G. DeBusk: Mechanism of enzymatic oxidative decarboxylation of pyruvate. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 75, 1261–1262 (1953).
Reed, L. J., and B. G. DeBusk: Enzymic synthesis of a lipoic acid coenzyme. Fed. Proc. 13, 723–731 (1954).
Reed, L. J., B. G. DeBusk, I. C. Gunsalus and C. S. Hornberger: Crystalline a-lipoic acid: a catalytic agent associated with dehydrogenase. Science 114, 93–94 (1951).
Reed, L. J., B. G. DeBusk, P.M. Johnston and M. E. Getzendaner: Acetate-replacing factors for lactic acid bacteria. I. Nature, extraction, and distribution. J. biol. Chem. 192, 851–858 (1951).
Reed, L. J., M. J. Getzendaner, B. G. DeBusk and P. M. Johnson: Acetate-replacing factors for lactic acid bacteria. II. Purification and properties. J. biol. Chem. 192, 859–865 (1951).
Reed, L. J., M. Koike, M. E. Levitch and F. R. Leach: Studies on the nature and reactions of protein-bound lipoic acid. J. biol. Chem. 232, 143–158 (1958).
Reed, L. J., F. R. Leach and M. Koike: Studies on a lipoic acid-activating system. J. biol. Chem. 232, 123–142 (1958).
Reichard, P.: Biosynthesis of purines and pyrimidines. In: The nucleic acids (edit. by E. Chargaff and J. N. Davidson), II, S. 277–308. New York: Academic Press 1955.
Reichard, P., and G. Hanshoff: Synthesis of ureido-succinic acid with soluble enzymes from liver mitochondria and Escherichia coli. Acta chem. scand. 9, 519–530 (1955).
Reichard, P., and G. Hanshoff: Aspartate carbamyl transferase from Escherichia coli. Acta chem. scand. 10, 548–566 (1956).
Reichenow, E.: Einzeller, Protozoen. In: Das Tierreich, herausgeg. von H. v. Lengerken. (Sammlung Göschen Bd. 444.) Berlin: W. de Gruyter 1956.
Reiner, L., C. V. Smythe and J. T. Pedlow: On the glucose metabolism of trypanosomes (Trypanosoma equiperdum and Trypanosoma lewisi). J. biol. Chem. 113, 75–88 (1935).
Reischer, H. S.: Growth of Saprolegniaceae in synthetic media. II. Nitrogen requirements and the role of the Krebs cycle acids. Mycologia 43, 319–328 (1951).
Reissig, J. L.: Pyridoxal phosphate as a cofactor for serine and threonine deaminase of Neurospora. Arch. Biochem. 36, 234–235 (1952).
Reynolds, H., and C. H. Werkman: The fermentation of xylose by the Coli-Aerogenes group of bacteria. Iowa State Coll. J. Sci. 11, 373–378 (1937a).
Reynolds, H., and C. H. Werkman: The intermediate dissimilation of glucose by Aerobacter indologenes. J. Bact. 33, 603–614 (1937b).
Richter, G.: Nachweis und quantitative Bestimmung einiger Enzvme des Kohlenhydrat-Stoffwechsels in Grünalgen. Z. Naturforsch. 12b, 662–663 (1957).
Rilling, H., T. T. Tchen and K. Bloch: On the mechanism of squalene biogenesis. Proc. nat. Acad. Sci. (Wash.) 44, 167–173 (1958).
Rippel, K.: Der biologische Säureabbau im Wein. Arch. Mikrobiol. 14, 509–530 (1950).
Rippel-Baldes, A.: Grundriß der Mikrobiologie, 3. Aufl. Berlin-Göttingen-Heidelberg: Springer 1955.
Roberts, E. C., and E. E. Snell: An improved medium for microbiological assays with Lactobacillus casci. J. biol. Chem. 163, 499–509 (1946).
Rodwell, A. W., and E. S. Rodwell: Pathway for glucose oxidation in Asterococcus mycoides. Nature (Lond.) 172, 254–255 (1953).
Rona, P., u. H. W. Nicolai: Über den Fermentstoffwechsel der Bakterien. I. Atmung und Glykolyse bei Bacterium coli. Biochem. Z. 172, 82–104 (1926).
Rose, D.: Production and properties of 2, 3-butanediol. XV. The occurrence of acetone as a product of the Aerobacillus polymyxa fermentation. Canad. J. Res. F 24, 320–326 (1946).
Rowatt, E.: The metabolism of pyruvate by Lactobacillus plantarum. Biochem. J. 49, 453–462 (1951).
Rubin, S. H., and J. Scheiner: Antibiotin effect of homologs of biotin and biotin sulfone. Arch. Biochem. 23, 400–410 (1949).
Russell, C., R. R. Bhandari and T. K. Walker: Vitamin requirements of 34 lactic acid bacteria associated with brewery products. J. gen. Microbiol. 10, 371–376 (1954).
Rutter, W. J., and R. G. Hansen: Lactose metabolism. I. Carbohydrate metabolism of Lactobacillus bulgaricus strain Gere A. J. biol. Chem. 202, 311–321 (1953a).
Rutter, W. J., and R. G. Hansen: Lactose metabolism. II. The conversion of galactose to glucose derivatives in Lactobacillus bulgaricus strain Gere A. J. biol. Chem. 202, 323–330 (1953b).
Ryley, J. F.: Studies on the metabolism of the protozoa. I. Metabolism of the parasitic flagellate, Trypanosoma lewisii. Biochem. J. 49, 577–585 (1951). III. Metabolism of the ciliate, Tetrahymena pyriformis (Glaucoma piriformis). Biochem. J. 52, 483–492 (1952). IV. Metabolism of the parasitic flagellate, Strigomonas oncopelti. Biochem. J. 59, 353–361 (1955a). V. Metabolism of the parasitic flagellate, Trichomonas foetus. Biochem. J. 59, 361–369 (1955 b). VII. Comparative carbohydrate metabolism of eleven species of trypanosome. Biochem. J. 62, 215–222 (1956).
Sakaguchi, K., T. Asai and H. Munekata: On the chemistry of the acid fermentation by Rhizopus species. Zbl. Bakt., II. Abt. 105, 161–165 (1942).
Sakami, W.: The conversion of formate and glycine to serine and glycogen in the intact rat. J. biol. Chem. 176, 995–996 (1948).
Sakami, W.: The conversion of glycine into serine in the intact rat. J. biol. Chem. 178, 519–520 (1949).
Sakami, W.: The biochemical relationship between glycine and serine. In: Symposium on amino acid metabolism (edit. by W. D. McElroy and H. B. Glass), S. 658–683. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Press 1955.
Sanadi, D. R., J. W. Littlefield and R. M. Bock: α-Ketoglutaric acid oxidase. II. Purification and properties. J. biol. Chem. 197, 851–862 (1952).
Santer, M., and S. Ajl: Metabolic reactions of Pasteurella pestis. II. The fermentation of glucose. J. Bact. 69, 298–302 (1955a).
Santer, M., and S. Ajl: Metabolic reactions of Pasteurella pestis. III. The hexose monophosphate shunt in the growth of Pasteurella pestis. J. Bact. 69, 713–718 (1955b).
Sarett, H. P.: Vitamin interrelationships in lactobacilli. Arch. Biochem. 22, 54–62 (1949).
Säuberlich, H. E., and C. A. Baumann: A factor required for the growth of Leuconostoc mesenteroides. J. biol. Chem. 176, 165–173 (1948).
Schade, A. L., and K. V. Thimann: The metabolism of the water-mold Leptomitus lacteus. Amer. J. Bot. 27, 659–670 (1940).
Schanderl, H.: Die Mikrobiologie des Weines. Stuttgart, z. Zt. Ludwigsburg: Ulmer 1950.
Schlenk, F.: Enzymatic reactions involving nicotin amide and its related compounds. Advanc. Enzymol. 5, 207–236 (1945).
Schmalfuss, H., u. H. Barthmeyer: Diacetyl als Aromabestandteil von Lebens- und Genußmitteln. Biochem. Z. 216, 330–335 (1929).
Schönfeld, H.: Über die Beziehungen der einzelnen Bestandteile der Frauenmilch zur Bifidus-Flora. Jb. Kinderheilk. 113, 19–60 (1926).
Schopmeyer, H.H.: Lactic acid. In: Industrial fermentations (edit. by L. A. Underkofler and R. J. Hickey), Bd. I, S. 391–419. New York: Chemical Publishing Co., Inc. 1954.
Schütz, F., u. H. Theorell: Über das gelbe Ferment bei verschiedenen Bakterien. Biochem. Z. 295, 246–251 (1938).
Schweigert, B. S., and E. E. Snell: Microbiological methods for the estimation of amino acids. Nutr. Abstr. Rev. 16, 497–510 (1947).
Scott, D. R. M., and S. S. Cohen: The oxidative pathway of carbohydrate metabolism in Escherichia coli. I. The isolation and properties of glucose 6-phosphate dehydrogenase and 6-phosphogluconate dehydrogenase. Biochem. J. 55, 23–33 (1953a).
Scott, D. R. M., and S. S. Cohen: II. Quantitative studies of glucose 6-phosphate dehydrogenase and 6-phosphogluconate dehydrogenase. Biochem. J. 55, 33–36 (1953b).
Seaman, G. R.: Enzyme systems in Tetrahymena geleii S. I. Anaerobic dehydrogenases concerned with carbohydrate oxidation. J. gen. Physiol. 34, 775–783 (1951a).
Seaman, G. R.: Enzyme systems in Tetrahymena geleii S. III. Aerobic utilization of hexoses. J. biol. Chem. 191, 439–446 (1951b).
Seaman, G. R.: Metabolism of free-living ciliates. In: S. H. Hutner and A. Lwoff (edit.), Biochemistry and physiology of protozoa. II. S. 91–158. New York: Academic Press 1955.
Seeley, H. W., and C. del Rio-Estrada: The role of riboflavin in the formation and disposal of hydrogen peroxide by Streptococcus faecalis. J. Bact. 62, 649–656 (1951).
Seeley, H. W., and P. J. Vandemark: An adaptive peroxidation by Streptococcus faecalis. J. Bact. 61, 27–35 (1951).
Semenza, G., L. S. Prestidge, D. Ménard-Jeker u. M. Bette x-Galland: Oxalacetat-carboxylase und Biotin. Helv. chim. Acta 42, 669–678 (1959).
Sevag, M. G.: Über den Atmungsmechanismus der Pneumokokken. I. Justus Liebigs Ann. Chem. 507, 92–110 (1933a).
Sevag, M. G: Über den Atmungsmechanismus der Pneumokokken. II. Biochem. Z. 267, 211–237 (1933b).
Sevag, M. G., and M. Shelburne: Cyanide-sensitive bacterial respiratory systems different from the usual cytochrome-cytochrome oxidase system. J. gen. Physiol. 26, 1–9 (1942).
Shankar, K., and R. C. Bard: Effect of metallic ions on the growth, morphology, and metabolism of Clostridium perfringens. I. Magnesium. J. Bact. 69, 436–443 (1955a).
Shankar, K., and R. C. Bard: II. Cobalt. J. Bact. 69, 444–448 (1955b).
Shankman, S.: Amino acid nutrition of Lactobacillus arabinosus. J. biol. Chem. 150, 305–310 (1943).
Shemin, D. : The biological conversion of L-serine to glycine. J. biol. Chem. 162, 297–307 (1946).
Shimwell, J. L.: A rational nomenclature for the brewery lactic acid bacteria. J. Inst. Brewing 54 (N. S. 45), 100–104 (1948).
Shive, W.: The functions of B-vitamins in the biosynthesis of purines and pyrimidines. Vitam. and Horm. 9, 75–130 (1951).
Shive, W., J. M. Ravel and R. E. Eakin: Interrelationship of thymidine and vitamin B12. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 70, 2614–2615 (1948).
Shorb, M.S.: Activity of vitamin B12 for the growth of Lactobacillus lactis. Science 107, 397–398 (1948).
Shunk, C. H., B. O. Lynn, J. W. Huff, J. L. Gilfillan, H. R. Skeggs and K. Folkers: DL-Mevalonic acid and the synthesis and biological activities of DL-3-hydroxy-3-methylglutaraldehydic acid. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 79, 3294–3295 (1957).
Siedler, A. J., F. A. Nayder and B. S. Schweigert: Studies on improvements in the medium for Lactobacillus acidophilus in the assay for deoxyribonucleic acid. J. Bact. 73, 670–675 (1957).
Silverman, M., J. Ceithaml, L. G. Taliaferro and E. A. Evans jr.: The in vitro metabolism of Plasmodium gallinaceum. J. infect. Dis. 75, 212–230 (1944).
Silverman, M., J. C. Keresztesy, G. J. Koval and R. C. Gardiner: Citrovorum factor and the synthesis of formylglutamic acid. J. biol. Chem. 226, 83–94 (1957).
Simon, E.: Ketonaldehydmutase und Glykolase bei echten Milchsäurebakterien. Zbl. Bakt., II. Abt. 85, 269–276 (1932).
Simon, E.: The formation of lactic acid by Clostridium acetobutylicum (Weiz-mann). Arch. Biochem. 13, 237–243 (1947).
Simon, E. W.: Mechanisms of dinitro-phenol toxicity. Biol. Rev. 28, 453–479 (1953).
Singer, T. P., and E. B. Kearney: Chemistry, metabolism, and scope of the pyridine nucleotide coenzymes. Advanc. Enzymol. 15, 79–139 (1954).
Simpson, F. J., M. J. Wolin and W. A. Wood: Degradation of L-arabinose by Aerobacter aerogenes. I. A pathway involving phosphorylated intermediates. J. biol. Chem. 230, 457–472 (1958).
Simpson, F. J., and W. A. Wood: Degradation of L-arabinose by Aerobacter aerogenes. II. Purification and properties of L-ribulokinase. J. biol. Chem. 230, 473–486 (1958).
Skeggs, H.R.: Microbiological systems involving nucleic acid derivatives. J. cell. comp. Physiol. 38 (Suppl. 1) 227–245 (1951).
Skeggs, H. R., H. M. Nepple, K. A. Valentik, J. W. Huff and L. D. Wright: The use of Lactobacillus leichmannii 4797 in the microbiological assay of vitamin B12. J. biol. Chem. 184, 211–221 (1950).
Skeggs, H. R., L. D. Wright, E. L. Cresson, G. D. E. MacRae, C. H. Hoffman, D. E. Wolf and K. Folkers: Discovery of a new acetate-replacing factor. J. Bact. 72, 519–524 (1956).
Slade, H. D., and C. H. Werkman: The anaerobic dissimilation of citric acid by cell suspensions of Streptococcus paracitrovorus. J. Bact. 41, 675–684 (1941).
Slade, H. D., H. G. Wood, A. O. Nier, A. Hemingway and C. H. Werkman: Assimilation of heavy carbon dioxide by heterotrophic bacteria. J. biol. Chem. 143, 133–145 (1942).
Sloane, N. H., W. F. Barg, jr., E. Boggiano, B. Coulomb and B. L. Hutchings: Glutamine requirement for the inosinic acid transformylase reaction. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 78, 4497–4498 (1956).
Smit, J.: Bakteriologische und chemische Untersuchungen über die Milchsäuregärung. Diss. Amsterdam 1913 [Holländisch].
Smith, E. L.: Vitamin B12. Brit. med. Bull. 12, 52–56 (1956).
Smith, E. L.: Biochemical functioning of vitamin B12. Nature (Lond.) 181, 305–306 (1958).
Snell, E. E.: Effect of heat sterilization on growth-promoting activity of pyridoxine for Streptococcus lactis R. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol. (N. Y.) 51, 356–358 (1942).
Snell, E. E.: The vitamin B6 group. VI. The comparative stabilities of pyridoxine, pyridox-amine, and pyridoxal. J. biol. Chem. 158, 497–503 (1945 a).
Snell, E. E.: Microbiological assay of amino acids. Advanc. Protein Chem. 2, 85–118 (1945b).
Snell, E. E.: The nutritional requirements of the lactic acid bacteria and their application to biochemical research. J. Bact. 50, 373–382 (1945 c).
Snell, E. E.: Microbiological methods in amino acid analysis. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 47, 161–179 (1946).
Snell, E. E.: Nutritional requirements of the lactic acid bacteria. Wallerstein Lab. Comm. Sci. Pract. Brewing 11, 81–104 (1948a).
Snell, E. E.: Use of microorganisms for assay of vitamins. Physiol. Rev. 28, 255–282 (1948b).
Snell, E. E.: Microbiological methods in vitamin research. In: Vitamin methods (edit. by P. György). I. S. 327–505. New York: Academic Press 1950.
Snell, E. E.: Bacterial nutrition-chemical factors. In: Bacterial physiology (edit. by C. H. Werkman and P. W. Wilson), S. 214–255. New York: Acadamic Press 1951.
Snell, E. E.: The nutrition of the lactic acid bacteria. In: Symposium on the lactic acid bacteria. Bact. Rev. 16, 235–241 (1952).
Snell, E. E.: Summary of known functions of nicotinic acid, riboflavin and vitamin B6. Physiol. Rev. 33, 510–524 (1953).
Snell, E. E.: Some aspects of vitamin and growth factor research. In: Currents in biochemical research 1956 (edit. by D. E. Green), S. 87–114. New York: Interscience Publishers 1956.
Snell, E. E., and H. P. Broqtjist: On the probable identity of several unidentified growth factors. Arch. Biochem. 23, 326–328 (1949).
Snell, E. E., and G. M. Brown: Pantethine and related forms of the Lactobacillus bulgaricus factor (LBF). Advanc. Enzymol. 14, 49–71 (1953).
Snell, E. E., G. M. Brown, V. J. Peters, J. A. Craig, E. L. Wittle, J. A. Moore, V. M. McGlohon and O. D. Bird: Chemical nature and synthesis of the Lactobacillus bulgaricus factor. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 72, 5349–5350 (1950).
Snell, E. E., and B. M. Guirard: Some interrelationships of pyridoxine, alanine and glycine in their effect on certain lactic acid bacteria. Proc. nat. Acad. Sci. (Wash.) 29, 66–73 (1943).
Snell, E. E., E. Kitay and E. Hoff-Jqrgensen: Carbohydrate utilization by a strain of Lactobacillus bulgaricus. Arch. Biochem. 18, 495–510 (1948).
Snell, E. E., E. Kitay and W. S. McNutt: Thymine deoxyriboside as an essential growth factor for lactic acid bacteria. J. biol. Chem. 175, 473–474 (1948).
Snell, E. E., and H. K. Mitchell: Purine and pyrimidine bases as growth substances for lactic acid bacteria. Proc. nat. Acad. Sci. (Wash.) 27, 1–7 (1941).
Snell, E. E., and H. K. Mitchell: Some sulfanilamide antagonists as growth factors for lactic acid bacteria. Arch. Biochem. 1, 93–101 (1942).
Snell, E.E., N. S. Radin and M. Ikawa: The nature of d-alanine in lactic acid bacteria. J. biol. Chem. 217, 803–818 (1955).
Snell, E. E., and A. N. Rannefeld: The vitamin B6 group. III. The vitamin activity of pyridoxal and pyridoxamine for various organisms. J. biol. Chem. 151, 475–489 (1945).
Snell, E. E., F. M. Strong and W. H. Peterson: Growth factors for bacteria. VI. Fractionation and properties of an accessory factor for lactic acid bacteria. Biochem. J. 31, 1789–1799 (1937).
Snell, E. E., F. M. Strong and W. H. Peterson: Pantothenic and nicotinic acids as growth factors for lactic acid bacteria. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 60, 2825 (1938).
Snell, E. E., F. M. Strong and W. H. Peterson: Growth factors for bacteria. VIII. Pantothenic and nicotinic acids as essential growth factors for lactic and propionic acid bacteria. J. Bact. 38, 293–308 (1939).
Snell, E. E., E. L. Tatum and W. H. Peterson: Growth factors for bacteria. III. Some nutritive requirements for Lactobacillus del-brückii. J. Bact. 33, 207–225 (1937).
Sokatch, J. T., and I. C. Gunsalus: Aldonic acid metabolism. I. Pathway of carbon in an inducible gluconate fermentation by Streptococcus faecalis. J. Bact. 73, 452–460 (1957).
Solomon, A. K., B. Vennesland, F. W. Klem-perer, J. M. Buchanan and A. B. Hastings: The participation of carbon dioxide in the carbohydrate cycle. J. biol. Chem. 140, 171–182 (1941).
Sonne, J. C., I. Lin and J. M. Buchanan: Biosynthesis of the purines. IX. Precursors of the nitrogen atoms of the purine ring. J. biol. Chem. 220, 369–378 (1956).
Speck, J. F., and E. A. Evans jr.: The biochemistry of the malaria parasite. II. Glycolysis in cell-free preparations of the malaria parasite. J. biol. Chem. 159, 71–81 (1945a). III. The effects of quinine and atabrine on glycolysis. J. biol. Chem. 159, 83–96 (1945b).
Speck, J. F., J. W. Moulder and E. A. Evans jr.: The biochemistry of the malaria parasite. V. Mechanism of pyruvate oxidation in the malaria parasite. J. biol. Chem. 164, 119–144 (1946).
Spicer, I. S., K. V. Liebert, L. D. Wright and J. W. Huff: Study of ureidosuccinic acid and related compounds in pyrimidine synthesis by Lactobacillus bulgaricus 09. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol. (N.Y.) 79, 587–588 (1952).
Sprince, H., and D. W. Woolley: Relationship of a new growth factor required by certain hemolytic streptococci to growth phenomena in other bacteria. J. exp. Med. 80, 213–217 (1944).
Sprince, H., and D. W. Woolley: Occurrence of the growth factor strepogenin in purified proteins. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 67, 1734–1736 (1945).
Srere, P. A., J. R. Cooper, V. Klybas and E. Racker: Xylulose 5-phosphate, a new intermediate in the pentose phosphate cycle. Arch. Biochem. 59, 535–538 (1955).
Srinivasan, P. R., M. Katagiri and D. B. Sprinson: The enzymatic synthesis of shikimic acid from D-erythrose 4-phosphate and phosphoenolpyruvate. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 77, 4943–4944 (1956).
Stadtman, E. R.: Coenzyme A-dependent transacetylation and transphosphorylation. Fed. Proc. 9, 233 (1950).
Stadtman, E. R., G. D. Novelli and F. Lipmann: Coenzyme A function in acetyl transfer by the phosphotransacetylase system. J. biol. Chem. 191, 365–376 (1951).
Stanier, R. Y., and G. A. Adams: The nature of the Aeromonas fermentation. Biochem. J. 38, 168–171 (1944).
Steele, R. H., A. G. C. White and W. A. Pierce jr.: The fermentation of galactose by Streptococcus pyogenes. J. Bact. 67, 86–89 (1954).
Stephenson, M.: Bacterial metabolism, 3rd ed. London-New York Toronto: Longmans, Green & Co. 1949.
Stern, K. G., J. L. Melnick and D. DuBois: The photochemical spectrum of the Pasteur enzyme in retina. J. biol. Chem. 139, 301–323 (1941).
Stern, J. R., B. Shapiro and S. Ochoa: Synthesis and breakdown of citric acid with crystalline condensing enzyme. Nature (Lond.) 166, 403–404 (1950).
Sternfeld, L., and F. Saunders: The utilization of various sugars and their derivatives by bacteria. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 59, 2653–2658 (1937).
Stokes, J. L.: Substitution of thymine for “folic acid” in the nutrition of lactic acid bacteria. J. Bact. 48, 201–209 (1944).
Stokes, J. L.: Fermentation of glucose by suspensions of Escherichia coli. J. Bact. 57, 147–158 (1949).
Stokes, J. L., L. K. Koditschek, E. L. Rickes and T. R. Wood: Factors effecting the rate of growth of Lactobacillus casci. J. biol. Chem. 178, 93–101 (1949).
Stokes, J. L., A. Larsen and M. Gunness: Biotin and the synthesis of aspartic acid by microorganisms. J. biol. Chem. 167, 613–614 (1947a).
Stokes, J. L., A. Larsen and M. Gunness: Biotin and the synthesis of aspartic acid by microorganisms. J. Bact. 54, 219–230 (1947 b).
Stokstad, E. L. R.: Isolation of a nucleotide essential for the growth of Lactobacillus casci. J. biol. Chem. 139, 475–476 (1941).
Stockstad, E. L. R., C. E. Hoffmann, M. A. Regan, D. Fordham and T. H. Jukes: An unknown growth factor essential for Tetrahymena geleii. Arch. Biochem. 20, 75–82 (1949).
Stone, R. W., and C. H. Werkman: The occurrence of phosphoglyceric acid in the bacterial dissimilation of glucose. Biochem. J. 31, 1516–1523 (1937).
Strecker, H. J., and I. Harary: Bacterial butylene glycol dehydrogenase and diacetyl reductase. J. biol. Chem. 211, 263–270 (1954).
Strecker, H. J., and S. Ochoa: Pyruvate oxidation system and acetoin formation. J. biol. Chem. 209, 313–326 (1954).
Strong, F. M., and L. E. Carpenter: Preparation of samples for microbiological determination of riboflavin. Ind. Eng. Chem., Analyt. Ed. 14, 909–913 (1942).
Stumpf, P. K.: Pyruvic acid oxidase of Proteus vulgaris. J. biol. Chem. 159, 529–544 (1945).
Stumpf, P. K., and B. L. Horecker: The rôle of xylulose 5-phosphate in xvlose metabolism of Lactobacillus pentosus. J. biol. Chem. 218, 753–768 (1956).
Sund, R. F., J. M. Ravel and W. Shive: Ornithine-citrulline enzyme synthesis in biot in-deficient cells of Streptococcus lactis. J. biol. Chem. 231, 807–811 (1958).
Sutton, W. B.: Sulfhydryl and prosthetic groups of lactic oxidative decarboxylase from Mycobacterium phlei. J. biol. Chem. 216, 749–761 (1955).
Sutton, W. B.: Mechanism of action and crystallization of lactic oxidative decarboxylase from Mycobacterium phlei. J. biol. Chem. 226, 395–405 (1957).
Sutton, W. B., F. Schlenk and C. H. Werkman: Glycine as a precursor of bacterial purines. Arch. Biochem. 32, 85–88 (1951).
Sutton, W. B., and C. H. Werkman: The carbon and nitrogen precursors of bacterial purines. Arch. Biochem. 47, 1–7 (1953).
Suzuoki-Ziro and Suzuoki-Tuneko: Carbohydrate metabolism of Trichomonas foetus. J. Biochem. 38, 237–254 (1951).
Svanberg, O.: Über die Wachstumsgeschwindigkeit der Milchsäurebakterien bei verschiedenen H’-Konzentrationen. Hoppe-Seylers Z. physiol. Chem. 108, 120–146 (1919).
Szulmajster, J., M. Grunberg-Manago et C. Delavier-Klutchko: Propriétés d’une lacticodéshydrogénase isolée du “particules” de Escherichia coli. Bull. Soc. Chim. biol. (Paris) 35, 1381–1393 (1953).
Takahashi, T., u. T. Asai: Über die Produkte der Gärung durch die Gattung Mucor. II. Die Produkte der Gärung in Gegenwart von Calciumcarbonat. Zbl. Bakt., II. Abt. 89, 81–84 (1933).
Takahashi, T., and K. Sakaguchi: Properties of acids produced by Rhizopus. J. agric. chem. Soc. Japan 1, 344–355 (1925).
Tarassowa, N. W.: Veränderung der heterofermentativen Milchsäuregärung durch die Kulturverhältnisse von Lactobacterium pentoaceticum. Mikrobiologia 27, 294–301 (1958) [Russisch].
Tasman, A.: The formation of hydrogen from glucose and formic acid by the so-called “resting” B. coli. II. Biochem. J. 29, 2446–2457 (1935).
Tavormina, P. A., M. H. Gibbs and J. W. Huff: The utilization of β-hydroxy-β-methyl-δ-valerolactone in cholesterol biosynthesis. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 78, 4498–4499 (1956).
Tchen, T. T.: On the formation of a phosphorylated derivative of mevalonic acid. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 79, 6344–6345 (1957).
Teply, L. J., and C. A. Elvehjem: Titrimetric determination of “Lactobacillus casei factor” and folic acid. J. biol. Chem. 157, 303–309 (1945).
Theorell, H.: Über Hemmung der Reaktionsgeschwindigkeit durch Phosphat in Warburg und Christians System. Biochem. Z. 275, 416–421 (1934).
Thimann, K. V.: The life of bacteria. New York: MacMillan Co. 1955.
Thoma, R. W., and W. H. Peterson: Biotin and arginine replacements in the nutrition of Clostridium sporogenes. J. Bact. 60, 39–48 (1950).
Thomas, R. C., and L. J. Reed: Synthesis and properties of high specific activity DL-α-lipoic acid-(Math). J. Amer. chem. Soc. 77, 5446–5448 (1955).
Thunberg, T.: Zur Kenntnis des intermediären Stoffwechsels und der dabei wirksamen Enzyme. Skand. Arch. Physiol. 40, 1–91 (1920).
Tiedemann, H.: Über den anaeroben Abbau von Kohlenhydraten, insbesondere bei Bakterien. Chemiker-Ztg 79, 3–8 (1955).
Tikka, J.: Über den Mechanismus der Glucosever-gärung durch B. coli. Biochem. Z. 279, 264–288 (1935).
Tissières, A.: Oxidation of glucose by a cell-free preparation of Aerobacter aerogenes. Nature (Lond.) 169, 880–881 (1952).
Tomarelli, R. M., J. B. Hassinen, E. R. Eckhart, R. H. Clark and F. W. Bernhart: The isolation of a crystalline growth factor for a strain of Lactobacillus bifidus. Arch. Biochem. 48, 225–232 (1954).
Tomarelli, R. M., R. F. Norris, P. György, J. B. Hassinen and F. W. Bernhart: Nutrition of variants of Lactobacillus bifidus. J. biol. Chem. 181, 879–888 (1949).
Trager, W.: The effects of lysolecithin on the growth of Lactobacillus casei in relation to biotin, pantothenic acid, and fat-soluble materials with biotin activity. J. Bact. 56, 195–199 (1948).
Traub, A., and H. C. Lichstein: Cell permeability: a factor in the biotin-oleate relationship in Lactobacillus arabinosus. Arch. Biochem. 62, 222–233 (1956).
Trucco, R. E., R. Caputto, L. F. Leloir and N. Mittelman: Galacto-kinase. Arch. Biochem. 18, 137–146 (1948).
Tung, T., K. Ling, W. L. Byrne and H. A. Lardy: Substrate specificity of muscle aldolase. Biochim. biophys. Acta 14, 488–494 (1954).
Tychowski, A., u. M. Kobel: Über eine schnell verlaufende Umwandlung von Hexose-diphosphat in Lactat unter dem Einfluß des typischen Milchsäurebildners Bacillus delbrücki. Biochem. Z. 209, 134–141 (1929).
Umbreit, W. W.: The “direct method” for carbon dioxide. In: Manometric techniques and tissue metabolism (edit. by W. W. Umbreit, R. H. Burris and J. F. Stauffer), S. 17–20. Minneapolis: Burgess Publishing Co. 1949.
Umbreit, W. W., W. A. Wood and I. C. Gun-salus: Activity of pyridoxal phosphate in tryptophan formation by cell-free enzyme preparations. J. biol. Chem. 165, 731–732 (1946).
Underkofler, L. A., and R. J. Hickey (Editors): Industrial fermentations. I and II. New York: Chemical Publishing Co. 1954.
Utter, M. F., G. Kalnitsky and C. H. Werkman: Enzymatic nature of cell-free extracts from bacteria. Arch. Biochem. 9, 407–417 (1946).
Vandemark, P. J., and W. A. Wood: The pathways of glucose dissimilation by Micro-bacterium lacticum. J. Bact. 71, 385–392 (1956).
Vankova, J.: Motile catalase-producing strains of Lactobacillus delbrilckii. Nature (Lond.) 179, 204 (1957).
Vaugn, R. H.: Lactic acid fermentation of cucumbers, sauerkraut and olives. In: Industrial fermentations (edit. by L. A. Underkofler and R. J. Hickey), Bd. II, S. 417–478. New York: Chemical Publishing Co. 1954.
Virtanen, A. I.: Enzymatische Studien an Milchsäurebakterien. I. Hoppe-Seylers Z. physiol. Chem. 134, 300–319 (1924a).
Virtanen, A. I.: Enzymatische Studien an Milchsäurebakterien. II. Hoppe-Seylers Z. physiol. Chem. 138, 136–143 (1924b).
Virtanen, A. I.: Über die Milchsäuregärung. I. Hoppe-Seylers Z. physiol. Chem. 143, 71–78 (1925).
Virtanen, A. I.: Über die Bildung des Butteraromas bei der Rahmsäuerung. Angew. Chem. 54, 491–494 (1941).
Virtanen, A. I., u. H. Karström: Über die Milchsäuregärung. V. Hoppe-Seylers Z. physiol. Chem. 174, 1–27 (1928).
Virtanen, A. I., u. J. Tikka: Neue Phosphorsäureester bei der Milchsäuregärung. Biochem. Z. 228, 407–408 (1930).
Virtanen, A. I., E. Wichmann u. B. Lindström: Über die Milchsäuregärung. IV. Hoppe-Seylers Z. physiol. Chem. 166, 21–38 (1927).
Vloedman, jr. D. A., J. Berech jr., W. Jeffries and W. J. van Wagten-donk: Carbohydrate metabolism of Paramaecium aurelia, variety 4, stock 47.8 (sensitive). J. gen. Microbiol. 16, 628–641 (1957).
Vogt, E.: Weinchemie und Weinanalyse, S. 116–120. Stuttgart, z. Z. Ludwigsburg: E. Ulmer 1953.
Wacker, A., S. Kirschfeld u. L. Träger: Die Biosynthese der Desoxyribose bei Bakterien. Z. Naturforsch. 14b, 145–150 (1959).
Wacker, A., D. Pfahl u. J. Schröder: Beziehungen zwischen Vitamin B12 und der Desoxyribonucleinsäure. Z. Naturforsch. 12b, 510–518 (1957).
Waelsch, H.: Certain aspects of intermediary metabolism of glutamine, asparagine, and glutathione. Advanc. Enzymol. 13, 237–319 (1952).
Waelsch, H., P. Owades, H. K. Miller and E. Borek: Glutamic acid antimetabolites: the sulfoxide derived from methionine. J. biol. Chem. 166, 273–281 (1946).
Wagner-Jauregg, T., u. E. F. Möller: Aktivierung der enzymatischen Dehydrierung des Alkohols durch Glutathion. Hoppe-Seylers Z. physiol. Chem. 236, 222–227 (1935).
Wahba, A. J., and W. Shive: A rôle of aspartic acid in purine biosynthesis. J. biol. Chem. 211, 155–161 (1954).
Wakil, S. J.: A malonic acid derivative as an intermediate in fatty acid synthesis. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 80, 6465 (1958).
Wakil, S. J., and J. Ganguly: On the mechanism of fatty acid synthesis. Fed. Proc. 18, 346 (1959a).
Wakil, S. J., and J. Ganguly: On the mechanism of fatty acid synthesis. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 81, 2597–2598 (1959b).
Waksman, S. A., and J. W. Foster: Respiration and lactic acid production by a fungus of the genus Rhizopus. J. agric. Res. 57, 873–899 (1938).
Waksman, S. A., and I. J. Hutchings: Lactic acid production by species of Rhizopus. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 59, 545–547 (1937).
Walker, D. A., and J. M. A. Brown: Physiological studies on acid metabolism. V. Effects of carbon dioxide concentration on phosphoenolpyruvic carboxylase activity. Biochem. J. 67, 79–83 (1957).
Walker, J. R. L.: Pyruvate metabolism in Lactobacillus brevis. Biochem. J. 72, 188–192 (1959).
Walper, J. F., and R. M. Fink: The utilization of dihydrothymine by Streptococcus faecalis in the absence of folic acid and thymine. J. Bact. 72, 105–107 (1956).
Warburg, O.: Stoffwechsel der Tumoren. Berlin: Springer 1926.
Warburg, O.: Photosynthesis. Science 128, 68–73 (1958).
Warburg, O., u. W. Christian: Über Aktivierung der Robisonschen Hexose-momophosphorsäure in roten Blutzellen und die Gewinnung aktivierender Fermentlösungen. Biochem. Z. 242, 206–227 (1931).
Warburg, O., u. W. Christian: Über ein neues Oxydationsferment und sein Absorptionsspektrum. Biochem. Z. 254, 438–458 (1932).
Warburg, O., u. W. Christian: Sauerstoffübertragendes Ferment in Milchsäurebazillen. Biochem. Z. 260, 499–501 (1933a).
Warburg, O., u. W. Christian: Über das gelbe Ferment und seine Wirkungen. Biochem. Z. 266, 377–411 (1933b).
Warburg, O., u. W. Christian: Verbrennung von Robison-Ester durch Triphosphopyridin-nucleotid. Biochem. Z. 287, 440–441 (1936).
Warburg, O., u. W. Christian: Abbau von Robison-Ester durch Triphosphopyridin-nucleotid. Biochem. Z. 292, 287–295 (1937).
Warburg, O., H-S. Gewitz u. W. Völker: d-(—)-Milchsäure in Chlorella. Z. Naturforsch. 12b, 722–724 (1957).
Warburg, O., H. Klotzsch u. G. Krippahl: Glutaminsäure in Chlorella. Z. Naturforsch. 12b, 622–628 (1957).
Warburg, O., u. G. Krippahl: Beweis der Notwendigkeit der Glutaminsäure für die Photosynthèse. Z. Naturforsch. 13b, 63–65 (1958).
Warburg, O., u. E. Negelein: Über den Einfluß der Wellenlänge auf die Verteilung des Atmungsferments (Absorptionsspektrum des Atmungsferments). Biochem. Z. 193, 339–346 (1928).
Warburg, O., u. E. Negelein: Über das Absorptionsspektrum des Atmungsferments. Biochem. Z. 214, 64–100 (1929).
Warburg, O., u. E. Negelein: Direkter spektroskopischer Nachweis des Sauerstoff übertragenden Ferments in Essigbakterien. Biochem. Z. 262, 237–238 (1933).
Ward, G. E., L. B. Lockwood, O. E. May and H. T. Herrick: Biochemical studies in the genus Rhizopus. I. The production of dextro-lactic acid. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 58, 1286–1288 (1936).
Ward, G. E., L. B. Lockwood, B. Tabenkin and P. A. Wells: Rapid fermentation process for dextro-lactic acid. Ind. Eng. Chem. 30, 1233–1235 (1938).
Waring, W. S., and C. H. Werkman: Growth of bacteria in an iron-free medium. Arch. Biochem. 1, 303–310 (1942).
Waring, W. S., and C. H. Werkman: Iron deficiency in bacterial metabolism. Arch. Biochem. 4, 75–87 (1944).
Warner, A. C. I.: The actual nitrogen sources for growth of heterotrophic bacteria in non-limiting media. Biochem. J. 64, 1–6 (1956).
Watt, D., and L. O. Krampitz: α-Acetolactic acid, an intermediate in acetylmethylcarbinol formation. Fed. Proc. 6, 301–302 (1947).
Weis, D. S., and H. Mukerjee: Algal fermentations. Plant Physiol. 33, Proc. VIII (1958).
Weiss, J. E., and L. F. Rettger: Lactobacillus bifidus. J. Bact. 28, 501–521 (1934).
Weiss, J. E., and L. F. Rettger: Taxonomic relationships of Lactobacillus bifidus (B. bifidus Tissier) and Bacteroides bifidus. J. infect. Dis. 62, 105–129 (1938).
Welch, A. D., and Ch. A. Nichol: Water-soluble vitamins concerned with one- and two-carbon intermediates. Ann. Rev. Biochem. 21, 633–686 (1952).
Wendel, W. B.: Respiratory and carbohydrate metabolism of malaria parasites (Plasmodium knowlesi). J. biol. Chem. 148, 21–34 (1943).
Werkman, C. H., and A. A. Andersen: d-Lactic acid fermentation. J. Bact. 35, 69–70 (1938).
White, A. G. C., R. H. Steele and W. A. Pierce jr.: The effect of pH on the fermentation of glucose and galactose by Streptococcus pyogenes. J. Bact. 70, 82–86 (1955).
Whitehill, A. R., J. J. Oleson and Y. Subbarow: A lactobacillus of cecal origin requiring oleic acid. Arch. Biochem. 15, 31–37 (1947).
Wieland, H.: Über den Mechanismus der Oxydationsvorgänge. Ergebn. Physiol. 20, 477–518 (1922).
Wieland, H.: Über den Verlauf der Oxydationsvorgänge. Stuttgart: F. Enke 1933.
Wieland, O. P., J. Avener, E. M. Boggiano, N. Bohonos, B. L. Hutchings and J. H. Williams: Orotic acid in the nutrition of a strain of Lactobacillus bulgaricus. J. biol. Chem. 186, 737–742 (1950).
Wieland, Th., u. H. Köppe: Synthese von S-Lactyl- und S-β-Oxy-butyryl-glutathion. Justus Liebigs Ann. Chem. 581, 1–10 (1953).
Wieland, Th., G. Pfleiderer u. H. H. Lau: Zur Kenntnis der Glyoxalasen. Biochem. Z. 327, 393–406 (1956).
Wilkinson, J. F.: The pathway of the adaptive fermentation of galactose by yeast. Biochem. J. 44, 460–467 (1949).
Williams, R. J. P.: Metal ions in biological systems. Biol. Rev. 28, 381–415 (1953).
Wieland, Th., G. Pfleiderer u. H. H. Lau: Zur Kenntnis der Glyoxalasen. Biochem. Z. 327, 393–406 (1956).
Williams, V. R., and E. A. Fieger: Oleic acid as a growth stimulant for Lactobacillus casci. J. biol. Chem. 166, 335–343 (1946).
Williams, V. R., and E. A. Fieger: Further studies on lipide stimulation of Lactobacillus casci. I. J. biol. Chem. 170, 399–411 (1947).
Williams, V. R., and E. A. Fieger: Further studies on lipide stimulation of Lactobacillus casci. II. J. biol. Chem. 177, 739–744 (1949).
Williams, V. R., and E. A. Fieger: Surface activity of biotin. J. biol. Chem. 177, 745–750 (1949).
Williams, W. L., H. P. Broquist and E. E. Snell: Oleic acid and related compounds as growth factors for lactic acid bacteria. J. biol. Chem. 170, 619–630 (1947).
Williams, W. L., E. Hoff-Jørgensen and E. E. Snell: Determination and properties of an unidentified growth factor required by Lactobacillus bulgaricus. J. biol. Chem. 177, 933–940 (1949).
Wilson, L., L. O. Krampitz and C. H. Werkman: Reversibility of a phosphoroclastic reaction. Biochem. J. 42, 598–600 (1948).
Windisch, F., W. Nordheim and W. Heumann: Ein in Hefezellsaft enthaltenes thermostabiles Agens von biologisch Sauerstoff substituierender Funktion. Hoppe-Seylers Z. physiol. Chem. 306, 195–200 (1957).
Wolf, D. E., C. H. Hoffman, P. E. Aldrich, H. R. Skeggs, L. D. Wright and K. Folkers: β-Hydroxy-β-methyl-δ-valerolactone (divalonic acid), a new biological factor. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 78, 4499 (1956).
Wolf, D. E., J. Valiant, R. L. Peck and K. Folkers: Synthesis of biocytin. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 74, 2002–2003 (1952).
Wolin, M. J., F. J. Simpson and W. A. Wood: L-Ribulose 5-phosphate D-xylulose 5-phos-phate stereoisomerase and its role in L-arabinose fermentation. Biochim. biophys. Acta 24, 635–638 (1957).
Wolin, M. J., F. J. Simpson and W. A. Wood: Degradation of L-arabinose by Aerobacter aerogenes. III. Identification and properties of L-ribulose 5-phosphate 4-epimerase. J. biol. Chem. 232, 559–575 (1958).
Wood, H. G.: Fermentation of 3, 4-C14- and l-C14-labeled glucose by Clostridium thermo-aceticum. J. biol. Chem. 199, 579–583 (1952).
Wood, H. G., N. Lifson and V. Lorber: The position of fixed carbon in glucose from rat liver glycogen. J. biol. Chem. 159, 475–489 (1945).
Wood, W. A.: Pathways of carbohydrate degradation in Pseudomonas fluorescens. Bact. Rev. 19, 222–233 (1955).
Wood, W. A.: Symposium on microbial amino acid metabolism. Bact. Rev. 20, 285–288 (1956).
Wood, W. A., and I. C. Gunsaltts: D-Alanine formation: a racemase in Streptococcus faecalis. J. biol. Chem. 190, 403–416 (1951).
Wood, W. A., I. C. Gunsalus and W. W. Umbreit: Function of pyridoxal phosphate: resolution and purification of the tryptophanase enzyme of Escherichia coli. J. biol. Chem. 170, 313–321 (1947).
Woods, L., J. M. Ravel and W. Shive: Relationship of aspartic acid to pyrimidine biosynthesis. J. biol. Chem. 209, 559–567 (1954).
Woolley, D. W.: New growth factor required by certain hemolytic streptococci. J. exp. Med. 73, 487–492 (1941).
Woolley, D. W.: Strepogenin activity of seryl glycyl glutamic acid. J. biol. Chem. 166, 783–784 (1946).
Woolley, D. W.: Strepogenin activity of derivatives of glutamic acid. J. biol. Chem. 172, 71–81 (1948a).
Woolley, D. W.: Studies on the structure of lycomarasmin. J. biol. Chem. 176, 1291–1298 (1948b).
Woolley, D. W.: Synthesis and determination of lycomarasmin activity of some derivatives of aspartic acid. J. biol. Chem. 176, 1299–1308 (1948c).
Woolley, D. W., and R. B. Merrifield: Specificity of peptides. Science 128, 238–240 (1958).
Wright, B. E.: The rôle of polyglutamyl pteridine coenzymes in serine metabolism. II. A comparison of various pteridine derivatives. J. biol. Chem. 219, 873–883 (1956).
Wright, B. E., and Th. C. Stadtman: The rôle of polyglutamyl pteridine coenzymes in serine metabolism. I. Cof actor requirements in the conversion of serine to glycine. J. biol. Chem. 219, 863–871 (1956).
Wright, H. D.: Direct fermentation of disaccharides and variation in sugar utilization by Streptococcus thermophilus. J. Path. Bact. 43, 487–501 (1936).
Wright, L. D., E. L. Cresson, H. R. Skeggs, G. D. E. MacRae, C. H. Hoffman, D. E. Wolf and K. Folkers: Isolation of a new acetate-replacing factor. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 78, 5273–5275 (1956).
Wright, L. D., E. L. Cresson, H. R. Skeggs, Th. R. Wood, R. L. Peck, D. E. Wolf and K. Folkers: Biocytin, a naturally-occurring complex of biotin. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 72, 1048 (1950).
Wright, L. D., E. L. Cresson, H. R. Skeggs, Th. R. Wood, R. L. Peck, D. E. Wolf and K. Folkers: Isolation of crystalline biocytin from yeast extract. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 74, 1996–1999 (1952).
Wright, L. D., J. W. Huff, H. R. Skeggs, K. A. Valentik and D. K. Bosshardt: Orotic acid, a growth factor for Lactobacillus bulgaricus. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 72, 2312–2313 (1950).
Wright, L. D., C. S. Miller, H. R. Skeggs, J. W. Huff, L. I. Weed and D. W. Wilson: Biological precursors of the pyrimidines. J. Amer. chem. Soc. 73, 1898–1899 (1951).
Wright, L. D., and H. R. Skeggs: The growth factor requirements of certain streptococci. J. Bact. 48, 117–118 (1944).
Wright, L. D., and H. R. Skeggs: Determination of biotin with Lactobacillus arabinosus. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol. Med. 56, 95–98 (1944).
Wright, L. D., and H. R. Skeggs, S. H. Rubin and E. de Ritter: Microbiological methods in vitamin research. In: Vitamin methods (edit. by P. György). II. S. 683–712. New York: Academic Press 1951.
Wright, L. D., K. A. Valentik, D. S. Spicer, J. W. Huff and H. R. Skeggs: Orotic acid and related compounds in the nutrition of Lactobacillus bulgaricus 09. Proc. Soc. exp. Biol. (N. Y.) 75, 293–297 (1950).
Wynne, E. S., and J. W. Foster: Studies on the effects of C18 unsaturated fatty acids on growth and respiration of Micrococcus pyogenes var. aureus. J. infect. Dis. 86, 33–37 (1950).
Yamamura, Y., M. Kusunose and E. Kusunose: Lactic oxidases of Mycobacterium tuberculosis avium. J. Biochem. 39, 227–238 (1952).
Yamanaka, K.: Studies on pyruvate metabolism by lactic acid bacteria. I. Aerobic metabolism of pyruvate. J. agric. chem. Soc. Japan 30, 264–268 (1956 a). II. Dismutation system of sugars and pyruvate by Lactobacillus fermentum. J. agric. chem. Soc. Japan 30, 269–274 (1956b).
Yamashita, J., T. Horio and K. Okunuki: Terminal oxidation system in respiring yeast. II. Re-evaluation of role of action of cytochrome b2 in dehydrogenations of lactate and malate. J. Biochem. 45, 707–715 (1958).
Young, G., R. I. Krasner and P. L. Yudkofsky: Interactions of oral strains of Candida albicans and lactobacilli. J. Bact. 72, 525–529 (1956).
Zelitch, I.: Oxidation and reduction of glycolic and glyoxylic acids in plants. II. Glyoxy-lic acid reductase. J. biol. Chem. 201, 719–726 (1953).
Zelitch, I., and S. Ochoa: Oxidation and reduction of glycolic and glyoxylic acids in plants. I. Glycolic acid oxidase. J. biol. Chem. 201, 707–718(1953).
Adam: Z. Österr. Apoth.-Ver. 43, 797 (1905).
Zit. nach C. Wehmer, Die Pflanzenstoffe. Jena: Gustav Fischer 1929.
Baldwin, E.: Dynamic aspects of biochemistry. Cambridge: University Press 1953.
Barber, D. A.: Lactic acid formation and carbon dioxide formation. Nature (Lond.) 180, 1053 (1957).
Babker, J., and A. F. El Saifi: Studies in the respiratory and carbohydrate metabolism of plant tissues. I. Experimental studies of the formation of carbon dioxide, lactic acid and other products in potato tubers under anaerobic conditions. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., Ser. B 140, 362–385 (1953a).
Babker, J., and A. F. El Saifi: Studies in the respiratory and carbohydrate metabolism of plant tissues. II. Interrelationship between the rates of production of carbon dioxide, lactic acid and of alcohol in potato tubers under anaerobic conditions. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., Ser. B 140, 385–403 (1953b).
Babker, J., and A. F. El Saifi: Studies in the respiratory and carbohydrate metabolism of plant tissues. III. Experimental studies of the formation of carbon dioxide and of the changes in lactic acid and other products in potato tubers in air following anaerobic conditions. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., Ser. B 140, 508–522 (1953c).
Babker, J., and A. F. El Saifi: Studies in the respiratory and carbohydrate metabolism of plant tissues. IV. The relation between the rate of carbon dioxide production in potato tubers in air following anaerobic conditions, and the accompanying changes in lactic acid content and sugar concentration. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., Ser. B 140, 522–555 (1953d).
Babker, J., and L. W. Mapson: Studies in the respiratory and carbohydrate metabolism of plant tissues. V. Experimental studies of the formation of carbon dioxide and of the changes in lactic acid, sucrose and in certain fractions of keto-acids in potato tubers in air following anaerobic conditions. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., Ser. B 141, 321–337 (1953a).
Babker, J., and L. W. Mapson: Studies in the respiratory and carbohydrate metabolism of plant tissues. VI. Analysis of the interrelationships between the rate of carbon dioxide production and the changes in the contents of lactic acid, sucrose and of certain fractions of keto-acids in potato tubers in air following anaerobic conditions. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., Ser. B 141, 338–362 (1953b).
Barron, E. S. G., G. K. K. Link, R. M. Klein and B. E. Michel: The metabolism of potato slices. Arch, of Biochem. 28, 377–398 (1950).
Bartels, H.: Enzyme in keimenden Samen von Pinus nigra Arn. Naturwiss. 45,495 (1958).
Bentley, L. E.: Occurence of malonic acid in plants. Nature (Lond.) 170, 847–848 (1952).
Boser, H.: Einfluß pflanzlicher Virosen auf Stoffwechselfunktionen des Wirtes. I. Glykolyse und Atmung gesunder und roll-, strichel- und mosaikkranker Kartoffeln. Biochem. Z. 328, 458–464 (1957).
Boswell, J. G.: Metabolic systems in the „roof“ of Brassica napus L. Ann. of Bot., N. S. 14, 521–543 (1950).
Bryant, F., and B. T. Overell: Quantitative chromatographic analysis of organic acids in plant tissue extracts. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 10, 471–476 (1953).
Btjlen, W. A., J. E. Varner and R. C. Burrell: Separation of organic acids from plant tissues. Chromatographic technique. Analyt. Chemistry 24, 187–190 (1952).
Burmeister, H.: Milchsäure und flüchtige Säure als Qualitätskriterium von Süßmosten. Ind. Obst- u. Gemüseverwertg 39, 301–303 (1954).
Carañgal jr., A. R., E. K. Aban, J. E. Varner and R. C. Burrell: The influence of mineral nutrition on the organic acids of the tomato, Lycopersicum esculentum. Plant Physiol. 29, 355–360 (1954).
Clagett, C. O., N. E. Tolbert and R. H. Btjrris: Oxidation of α-hydroxy acids by enzymes from plant. J. of Biol. Chem. 178, 977–987 (1949).
Crombie née Wood, W. M. L.: Oxalic acid metabolism in Begonia semperflorens. J. of Exper. Bot. 5, 173–183 (1954).
Czapek, F.: Biochemie der Pflanzen, Bd. 3. Jena: Gustav Fischer 1925.
Dame jr., Ch., S. J. Leonard, B. S. Luh and G. L. Marsh: The influence of ripeness on the organic acids, sugars and pectin of canned Bartlett pears. Food Technol. (Lond.) 10, 28–33 (1956).
Davies, C. W., and R. B. Hughes: Organic acids of grass extracts. J. Sci. Food Agricult. 5, 200–205 (1954).
Deleano, N. T.: Recherches chimique sur la germination. Zbl. Bakter. 24, 130–146 (1909).
Desveaux, R., et Kogane: Note sur les acides formés au cours de la germination du ricin. VIII. Congrès internat, botan., Paris. Rapports et communications, Sect. 11/12, 37, 1954.
Dott: Pharm. J. Tr. 1877, 221. Zit. nach F. Czapek, Biochemie der Pflanzen, Bd. 3, S. 93. Jena: Gustav Fischer 1925.
Duperon, R.: Influence du froid sur l’évolution des acides organiques hydro-solubles, non volatils, au cours de la germination des graines de Brassica oleracea var. acephala. C. R. Acad. Sci. (Paris) 243, 1139–1141 (1956).
Eichenberger, E.: Über die Atmung lebender Tabakblätter. Ber. Schweiz. bot. Ges. 62, 123–163 (1952).
Elliott, D. C.: Detection of glycolic acid in etiolated barley shoots. J. of Exper. Bot. 5, 353–356 (1954).
Eymard: J. Pharmacie (5) 21 (1890). Zit. nach F. Czapek, Biochemie der Pflanzen, Bd. 3, S. 93. Jena: Gustav Fischer 1925.
Faludi-Dániel, A.: Changes in the organic-acid and amino-nitrogen contents of peas and maize during germination. Acta bot. (Budapest) 3, 243–251 (1957).
Franzen, H., u. F. Helwert: Über die chemischen Bestandteile grüner Pflanzen. 20. Mittig. Über die Säuren der Kirschen. Hoppe-Seylers Z. 122, 46–85 (1922a).
Franzen, H., u. F. Helwert: Über die chemischen Bestandteile grüner Pflanzen. 22. Mittig. Über das Vorkommen von Bernsteinsäure und Oxalsäure in den Johannisbeeren (Ribes rubrum). Hoppe-Seylers Z. 124, 65–74 (1922b).
Franzen, H., u. F. Helwert: Über die chemischen Bestandteile grüner Pflanzen. 25. Mitt. Über die Säuren der Äpfel (Pirus malus). Hoppe-Seylers Z. 127, 14–38 (1923).
Franzen, H., u. E. Keyssner: Über die chemischen Bestandteile grüner Pflanzen. 17. Mitt. Über das Vorkommen von Äthylidenmilchsäure in den Blättern der Brombeere (Rubus fruticosus). Hoppe-Seylers Z. 116, 166–168 (1921).
Franzen, H., u. F. Helwert: Über die chemischen Bestandteile grüner Pflanzen. 29. Mitt. Über einige wasserlösliche Bestandteile der Blätter der Brombeere (Rubus fruticosus). Hoppe-Seylers Z. 129, 309–319 (1923).
Franzen, H., u. E. Stern: Über die chemischen Bestandteile grüner Pflanzen. 15. Mitt. Über das Vorkommen von Äthylidenmilchsäure in den Blättern der Himbeere (Rubus idaeus). Hoppe-Seylers Z. 115, 270–283 (1921).
Franzen, H., u. E. Stern: Über die chemischen Bestandteile grüner Pflanzen. 19. Mitt. Über das Vorkommen von Milchsäure und Bernsteinsäure in den Blättern der Himbeere (Rubus idaeus). Hoppe-Seylers Z. 121, 195–220 (1922).
Gentile, A., and A. W. Naylor: The metabolism of Rumex virus tumors. Respiration of tissue slices. Arch. Biochem. 58, 270–275 (1955).
Gustafson, F. G.: Production of alcohol and acetaldehyd by tomatoes. Plant Physiol. 9, 359–367 (1934).
Habermann, J.: Chemiker-Ztg 1906, 40. Zit. nach F. Czapek, Biochemie der Pflanzen, Bd. 3, S. 93. Jena: Gustav Fischer 1925.
Hassid, W. Z., E. W. Putman and V. Ginsburg: Metabolism of galactose in Canna leaves and wheat seedlings. Biochim. biophys. Acta 20, 17–22 (1956).
Hildebrandt, A., A. Riker and J. Watertor: Growth and inhibition of tissue cultures on media with different concentrations of organic acids. Phytopathology 44, 422–428 (1954).
Hulme, A. C.: An action of strongly basic anion-exchange resins and solutions containing sugars. Nature (Lond.) 171, 610–611 (1953).
Izawo, S., and A. Tsukamoto: The oxidation mechanism of glycolic and L-lactic acids by the enzyme from leaves. J. of Biochem. (Tokyo) 41, 187–198 (1954).
Jacquin, P., et J. Tavernier: L’acidité organique des moûts de pommes et de poires. Industr. agricult. et aliment. 66, 513–530 (1949).
James, W. O., and J. M. Cragg: The ascorbic acid system as an agent in barley respiration. New Phytologist 42, 28–44 (1943).
James, W. O., C. R. C. Heard and G. M. James: On the oxidative decomposition of hexosediphosphate by barley. The role of ascorbic acid. New Phytologist 43, 62–74 (1944).
James, W. O., and A. L. James: The respiration of barley germinating in the dark. New Phytologist 39, 145–176 (1940).
James, W. O., and I. F. Norval: The respiratory decomposition of pyruvic acid by barley. New Phytologist 37, 455–473 (1938).
James, W.O., and A. F. Ritchie: The anaerobic respiration of carrot tissue. Proc. roy. Soc. B 143, 302–310 (1954).
Karrer, P., u. E. Matter: Eine Untersuchung der sauren Bestandteile von Digitalis purpurea. Helvet. chim. Acta 31, 799–802 (1948).
Renten, R. H., and P. J. G. Mann: Hydrogen peroxide formation in oxidations catalyzed by plant a-hydroxyacid oxidase. Biochemic. J. 52, 130–134 (1952).
Knabe, J.: Über die gegenseitigen Beziehungen des Gas- und Fettstoffwechsels etiolierter Senfkeimlinge. Planta (Berl.) 33, 388–423 (1942).
Koch, J.: Zur Frage des Gehaltes der Süßmoste an flüchtigen Säuren und Milchsäure. Flüssiges Obst 21, H. 10, 7 (1954).
Krotkow, G., P. V. Vittorio and G. B. Reed: Synthesis of glucose and starch by tobacco leaves from formic acid —C14, acetic acid —1 C14, lactic acid —1 C14, lactic acid —1,2 C14 and benzoic acid —C14 OOH. Arch, of Biochem. a. Biophysics 51, 147–154 (1954).
Link, G. K. K., R. M. Klein and E. S. G. Barron: Metabolism of slices of the tomato stem. J. of Exper. Bot. 3, 216–236 (1952).
Mader, P. P., G. Cann and L. Palmer: Effects of polluted atmospheres on organic acid composition in plant tissue. Plant Physiol. 30, 318–323 (1955).
McGeorge, Wm.: The occurence of lactic acid in sisal. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 34, 1625–1627 (1912).
Mehlitz, A., u. H. Ballschmieter: Zur Frage des Gehaltes an Milchsäure und flüchtiger Säure in Apfelsüßmosten. Ind. Obst- u. Gemüseverwertg 39, 222–231 (1954).
Mehlitz, A., u. B. Matzik: Zur Frage des Vorkommens von Milchsäure in Süßmosten. Ind. Obst.-u. Gemüseverwertg 40, 59–62 (1955).
Miller jr., J. H., and R. H. Burris: Effect of plant growth substances upon oxidation of ascorbic acid and glycolic acids by cell-free enzymes from barley. Amer. J. Bot. 38, 547–549 (1951).
Muenk, G.: Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Bestandteile und Wirkungen der Lupinensamen. Landw. Versuchsstat. 85, 393–416 (1914).
Nelson, E. K.: The non-volatile acids of the blackberry. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 47, 568–572 (1925).
Nelson, E. K.: The acids of figs. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 50, 2012–2013 (1928).
Nelson, E. K., and H. Hasselbring: Some organic acids of wheat plants. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 53, 1040–1043 (1931a).
Nelson, E. K., and H. H. Mottern: Some organic acids in barley, maize, oat and rye plants. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 53, 3046–3048 (1931b).
Neuberg, C., u. G. Gorr: Untersuchungen über den Mechanismus der Milchsäurebildung bei Phanerogamen. II. Biochem. Z. 173, 358–362 (1926).
Noll, C.R.: Dehydrogenation of glycolic and lactic acids by plant enzymes. Doct. thesis, Univers, of Wisconsin, Madison, 1952.
Zit. nach R. H. Burris, Annual Rev. Plant Physiol. 4, 91–114 (1953).
Ochoa, S., and W. Vishniac: Carboxylation reaction and photosynthesis. Science (Lancaster, Pa.) 115, 297–301 (1952).
Oota, Y., R. Fujn and Y. Stjnobe: Studies on the connexion between sucrose formation and respiration in germinating bean cotyledons. Physiol. Plantarum (Cph.) 9, 38–50 (1956).
Owens, H., A. Goodban and B. Stark: Fractionation of organic acids in sugar beets by ion-exchange resins. Analyt. Chemistry 25, 1507–1511 (1953).
Paech, K.: Experimentelle Studien über die Anaerobiose höherer Pflanzen. Planta (Berl.) 24, 529–551 (1935).
Peynattd, E.: Contribution à l’étude biochimique de la maturation du raisin et de la composition des vins. Thèse de la Faculté des Sciences de Bordeaux, 1946.
Phillips, J. D., and A. Pollard: Degradation of sugars on ion-exchange columns. Nature (Lond.) 171, 41–42 (1953).
Phillips, J. W.: Studies on fermentation in rice and barley. Amer. J. Bot. 34, 62–72 (1947).
Putman, E. W., and W. Z. Hassid: Sugar transformation in leaves of Canna indica I. Synthesis and inversion of sucrose. J. of Biol. Chem. 207, 885–902 (1954).
Reutter de Rosemont: Schweiz. Apoth.-Ztg 56, 55 (1918).
Zit. nach C. Wehmer, Die Pflanzenstoffe, Bd. 1, S. 381. Jena: Gustav Fischer 1929.
Ruhland, W., u. K. Ramshorn: Aerobe Gärung in aktiven pflanzlichen Meristemen. Planta (Berl.) 28, 471–514 (1938).
Schmalfuss, H.: Über Pflanzensäuren aus Glaucium und dessen Blütenfarbstoffe. Vorl. Mitt, Hcppe-Seylers Z. 131, 166–167 (1923).
Schmid, H., u. P. Karrer: Über wasserlösliche Inhaltsstoffe von Papaver somniferum. Helvet. chim. Acta 28, 722–740 (1945).
Schneider, A.: Untersuchungen über das Auftreten der Milchsäure in höheren Pflanzen. Planta (Berl.) 29, 747–749 (1939).
Schneider, A.: Über das Auftreten der Milchsäure in höheren Pflanzen, insbesondere während der Keimung. Planta (Berl.) 32, 234–267 (1941).
Scott, R. W., R. H. Burris and A. J. Riker: Nonvolatile organic acids of crown galls, crown gall tissue cultures and normal stem tissue. Plant Physiol. 30, 355–360 (1955).
Smith, E. P.: The effect of lactic acid on the respiration of wheat. Amer. J. Bot. 9, 307–310 (1922).
Stark, J. B., A. E. Goodban and H. S. Owens: Paper chromatography of organic acids. Analyt. Chemistry 23, 413–415 (1951).
Stoklasa, J.: Der Kohlenhydrat-umsatz in der Pflanzenzelle. Ber. dtsch. bot. Ges. 44, 248–262 (1926).
Tavernier, J., et P. Jacquin: Sur la composition de l’acidité organique du moût de pommes. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 225, 1373 (1947).
Thomas, M., and J. C. Fidler: Studies in zymasis. VI. Zymasis by apples in relation to oxygen concentration. Biochemie. J. 27, 1629–1642 (1933).
Tolbebt, N. E., and R. H. Bubbis: Light activation of the plant enzyme which oxidizes glycolic acid. J. of Biol. Chem. 186, 791–804 (1950).
Tolbebt, N. E., C. O. Clagett and R.H. Bubbis: Products of the oxidation of glycolic and L-lactic acid by enzymes from tobacco leaves. J. of Biol. Chem. 181, 906–914 (1949).
Ullbich, H.: Zur Physiologie der organischen Säuren in grünen Pflanzen. II. Tagesschwankungen und anderweitig bedingte Schwankungen des Gehaltes an verschiedenen organischen Säuren in einigen grünen Pflanzen. Planta (Berl.) 1, 565–568 (1925).
Vavbuch, L.: Chromatographische Untersuchungen an Zuckerrüben. II. Stickstofffreie organische Säuren (Tschechisch). Chem. Listy 48, 442–445 (1954).
Vishniac, W., and S. Ochoa: Phosphorylation coupled to photochemical reduction of pyridine nucleotides by chloroplast preparations. J. of Biol. Chem. 198, 501–506 (1952).
Wagenknecht, A. C., A. J. Rikeb, T. C. Allen and R. H. Bubbis: Plant growth substances and the activity of cell free respiratory enzymes. Amer. J. Bot. 38, 550–554 (1951).
Watanabe, H., and T. Takano: Components of Digenea simplex. J. Pharma-ceut. Soc. Japan 73, 529–530 (1953).
Wehmeb, C., W. Thies u. M. Haddebs: Systematische Verbreitung und Vorkommen der organischen Säuren. In Kleins Handbuch der Pflanzenanalyse, Teil 1, Bd. 2, S. 496–545. Wien: Springer 1932.
Wetzel, K.: Zur Physiologie der anaeroben Atmung höherer Pflanzen. Ber. dtsch. bot. Ges. 31, (46)–(51) (1933).
Windisch, W., u. W. Dietbich: Über Art, Entstehung und physiologische Bedeutung der Acidität beim Keimen der Gerste. Wschr. Brauer 1918, 159, 168, 176, 182, 189, 195.
Wolf, J.: Nichtflüchtige Mono-, Di- und Tricarbonsäure. In Paech-Tbacey, Moderne Methoden der Pflanzenanalyse, Bd. II, S. 478–538. Berlin: Springer 1955.
Zelitch, J., and S. Ochoa: Oxidation and reduction of glycolic and glyoxylic acids in plants. I. Glycolic acid oxidase. J. of Biol. Chem. 201, 706–718 (1953).
Babel, F. J., and B. W. Hammer: Bacteriology of cheese. IV. Factors affecting the ripening of Swiss-type cheese made from pasteurized milk. Iowa Agricult. Exper. Stat. Res. Bull. 1939, No 264, 52 pp.
Barban, S., and S. J. Ajl: Interconversion of propionate and succinate via the succinic decarboxylase enzyme of Propionibacterium pentosaceum. Bacter. Proc. 1951, 134.
Barker, H.A., and E. Lipmann: On lactic acid metabolism in propionic acid bacteria and the problem of oxido-reduction in the system fatty-hydroxy-keto-acid. Arch. of Biochem. 4, 361–370 (1944).
Barker, H.A., and E. Lipmann: The role of phosphate in the metabolism of Propionibacterium pentosaceum. J. of Biol. Chem. 179, 247–257 (1949).
Berger, J., M. J. Johnson and W. H. Peterson: The proteolytic enzymes of bacteria. II. The peptidases of some common bacteria. J. Bacter. 36, 521–545 (1938).
Braak, H. R.: Onderzoekingen over vergisting van glycerine. Thesis. Delft, Netherlands: W. D. Meinema 1928.
Cardon, B. P., and H. A. Barker: Two new amino acid fermenting bacteria, Clostridium propionicum and Diplococcus glycinophilus. J. Bacter. 52, 629–634 (1936).
Cardon, B. P., and H. A. Barker: Amino acids fermentations by Clostridium propionicum and Diplococcus glycinophilus. Arch. of Biochem. 12, 165–180 (1947).
Carson, S. F.: Studies on the mechanism of the propionic acid fermentation. Atomic Energy Commission (U.S.A.) Abstr. of Declass. Docum. 2 (6), 172 (1948a).
Carson, S. F.: Design and interpretation of carbon isotope experiments in bacterial metabolism. Cold Spring Harbor Symp. Quant. Biol. 13, 75–80 (1948b).
Carson, S. F., D. S. Anthony, M. Kuna, B. J. Bachmann and M. Long: Studies on the mechanism of the propionic acid fermentation. Bacter. Proc. 1948, 12.
Carson, S. F., and E. A. Delwiche: Oxidative reactions in the propionic acid fermentation. Federat. Proc. 11, 194–195 (1952 a).
Carson, S. F., and E. A. Delwiche: Oxidative reactions in the propionic acid fermentation. Nuclear Sci. Abstr. 6 (4), 135 (1952b).
Carson, S. F., J.W. Foster, S. Ruben and H.A. Barker: Radioactive carbon as an indicator of carbon dioxide utilization. V. Studies on the propionic acid bacteria. Proc. Nat, Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 27, 229–235 (1941).
Carson, S. F., J. W. Foster, S. Ruben and M. D. Kamen: Radioactive carbon as a tracer in the synthesis of propionic acid from carbon dioxide by the propionic acid bacteria. Science (Lancaster, Pa.) 92, 433–434 (1940).
Carson, S. F., and S. Ruben: Carbon dioxide assimilation by the propionic acid bacteria studied by the use of radioactive carbon. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 26, 422–426 (1940).
Chaix, P.: Sur la cinétique de l’attaque du glucose et de l’acide lactique par de petites masses bactériennes. La notion de masse active minima. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 201, 626–628 (1935a).— Action de quelques dérivés sulfurés sur la fermentation du glucose par des bactéries propioni-ques. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 201, 857–858 (1935b).
Chaix, P.: Sur le mécanisme de l’action des substances sulfurées dans la glycose par Propionibacterium pentosaceum. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 203, 1396–1398 (1936).
Chaix, P.: Influence de traces d’oxygéne sur la glycioyse par Propionibacterium pentosaceum. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 204, 911–913 (1937 a).
Chaix, P.: Sur l’oxydation et la fermentation du glucose par Propionibacterium pentosaceum. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 204, 1005–1008 (1937 b).
Chaix, P.: Influence de la cystine traitee sur l’effet Pasteur chez Propionibacterium pentosaceum lavé. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 206, 1053–1054 (1939).
Chaix, P., et C. Fromageot: Sur un activateur du métabolisme des bacteries propioniques. II. Bull. Soc. Chim. biol. Paris 17, 874–892 (1935).
Chaix, P.: Action de quelques dérivés sulfures sur la fermentation du glucose par les bacteries propioniques. Bull. Soc. Chim. biol. Paris 18, 1436–1453 (1936a).
Chaix, P.: Nouvelles expériences sur l’action des dérivés sulfurées vis-à-vis de la fermentation du glucose par des bacteries propioniques. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 202, 983–984 (1936b).
Chaix, P.: Sur la nécessité de substances sulfurées pour la réalisation de la glycolyse bactérienne. Enzymologia (Den Haag) 1, 321–327 (1937).
Chaix, P.: Action du groupe -SH sur la fermentation et la respiration des bacteries propioniques en présence de glucose. Suppression de l’effet Pasteur. Enzymologia (Den Haag) 6, 33–45 (1939 a).
Chaix, P.: Influence du fluorure de sodium et de l’acide mono-iodoacétique sur les dégradation anaérobie et aérobie de quelques substrats par Propionibacterium pentosaceum. Enzymologia (Den Haag) 7, 353–361 (1939b).
Chaix, P.: Les cytochromes de Propionibacterium pentosaceum. Trav. Soc. Chim. biol. 24, 1125–1127 (1942 a).
Chaix, P.: Influence de l’oxyde de carbone sur la respiration de Propionibacterium pentosaceum. Trav. Soc. Chim. biol. 24, 1128–1131 (1942b).
Chaix, P.: Chaix-Audemard: Sur les relations existent entre respiration et fermentation chez Propionibacterium pentosaceum. Lyon 1940.
Chambers, E. H., and E. A. Delwiche: Biotin and succinate decarboxylation. J. Bacter. 68, 131–132 (1954).
Delwiche, E. A.: Mechanism of propionic acid formation by Propionibacterium pentosaceum. J. Bacter. 56, 811–820 (1948).
Chaix, P.: Vitamin requirements of the genus Propionibacterium. J. Bacter. 58, 395–398 (1949).
Chaix, P.: A biotin function in succinic acid decarboxylation by Propionibacterium pentosaceum. J. Bacter. 59, 439–442 (1950).
Delwiche, E. A., and S. F. Carson: A citric acid cycle in Propionibacterium pentosaceum. J. Bacter. 65, 318–321 (1953).
Delwiche, E. A., E. F. Phares and S. F. Carson: Succinate decarboxylation reaction in Propionibacterium. Federat. Proc. 12 (1), 194–195 (1953).
Chaix, P.: Succinate decarboxylation systems in Propionibacterium and Veillonella. Federat. Proc. 13 (1), 198 (1954).
Desnuelle, P., E. Wookey and C. Fromageot: Sur la dégradation anaérobie de la cysteine et de la cystine par Propionibacterium pentosaceum. Enzymologia (Den Haag) 8, 225–240 (1940).
Domke, F.: Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Propionsäurebakterien. Milchwirtsch. Forsch. 15, 480–500 (1933).
Dorner, W.: Recherches sur les bacteries propioniques. Lait 19, 897–918 (1939).
Dorner, W., u. M. Thöni: Untersuchungen über kokkenförmige Propionsäurebakterien. Landwirtsch. Jb. Schweiz 53, 86–96 (1939).
Douglas, H. C., and S. E. Gunter: The taxonomic position of Corynebacterium acnes. J. Bacter. 52, 15–23 (1946).
Erb, C.: Respiratory behavior of the propionic acid bacteria. Thesis. Iowa State College 1935.
Erb, C., H. G. Wood, R. W. Stone and C. H. Werkman: Intermediate behavior of succinic acid and acetic acids in the propionic fermentation. J. Bacter. 29, 85–86 (1935).
Erb, C., H. G. Wood and C. H. Werkman: The aerobic dissimilation of lactic acid by the propionic acid bacteria. J. Bacter. 31, 595–602 (1936).
Erkama, J.: The fumarase effect of propionic acid bacteria. Suomen Kemistilehti B 11, 28 (1938).
Fitz, A.: Über die Gährung des Glycerins. Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 9, 1348–1352 (1876).
Fitz, A.: Über Spaltpilzgährungen. IV. Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 11, 1890–1899 (1878).
Fitz, A.: Über Spalt-pilzgährungen. V. Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 12, 474–481 (1879).
Foote, M., E. B. Fred u. W. H. Peterson: The fermentation of pentoses by certain propionic acid bacteria. Zbl. Bakter. II 82, 379–389 (1930).
Foote, M., W. H. Peterson and E. B. Fred: Fermentation of pentoses by certain propionic acid bacteria. J. Bacter. 19, 17 (1930).
Foubert jr. E. L., and H. C. Douglas: Studies on the anaerobic micrococci. I. Taxonomic considerations. J. Bacter. 56, 25–34 (1948 a).
Fitz, A.: Studies on the anaerobic micrococci. The fermentation of lactate by Micrococcus lactilyticus. J. Bacter. 56, 35–36 (1948b).
Freudenreich, E.V., u. Orla-Jensen: Über die im Emmentalerkäse stattfindende Propionsäuregärung. Zbl. Bakter. II 17, 529–546 (1906).
Fromageot, C., et G. Bost: Sur la comportement de quelques espèces de bacteries propioniques dans des moûts de mais non saccharidiés. Ann. Ferment. Paris 4, 449–462 (1938 a).
Fromageot, C., et G. Bost: Production d’acide propionique par fermentation de moûts a base demais. Ann. Ferment. Paris 4, 463–488 (1938b).
Fromageot, C., et G. Bost: La fermentation du glucose par quelques bacteries propioniques croissant en «milieux définis». Enzymologia (Den Haag) 2, 225–240 (1938c).
Fromageot, C., u. P. Chaix: Kespiration et fermentation chez Propionibacterium pentosaceum. Enzymologia (Den Haag) 3, 288–300 (1937d).
Fromageot, C., et P. Laroux: Sur la nutrition azotée des bacteries propioniques. I. Bull. Soc. Chim. biol. Paris 18, 797–811 (1936a).
Fromageot, C., et G. Bost: Sur la nutrition azotée des bacteries propioniques. II. Utilisation de l’azote ammoniacal. Bull. Soc. Chim. biol. Paris 18, 812–819 (1936b)
Fromageot, C., u. E. L. Piret: Sur la nutrition azotée de quelques espèces de bacteries propioniques. Arch. Mikrobiol. 7, 551–570 (1936).
Fromageot, C., u. R. Safavi: Fermentations liees aux syntheses et fermentations independentes. I. Fermentation propionique de l’acide pyruvique. Enzymologia (Den Haag) 6, 57–63 (1939).
Fromageot, C., u. E. L. Tatum: Über einen Aktivator des Stoffwechsels der Propionsäurebakterien. Biochem. Z. 267, 360–375 (1933).
Hartelius, V.: Über die Verarbeitung von Kohlensäure durch Propionibacterium pentosa-ceum. Biochem. Z. 305, 396–404 (1940).
Hitchner, E. R.: Some physiological characteristics of the propionic acid bacteria. J. Bacter. 28, 473–479 (1934).
Ichikawa, Y.: Microbiological studies on propionic acid bacteria. Part 1. Isolation of propionic acid bacteria from cow milk. J. Agricult. Chem. Soc. Japan 29 (3), 241–245 (1955a).
Ichikawa, Y.: Microbiological studies on propionic acid bacteria. Part 2. Anaerobic decomposition of the substrates by Propionibacterium arabinosum. J. Agricult. Chem. Soc. Japan 29 (5), 353–357 (1955b).
Ichikawa, Y.: Microbiological studies on propionic acid bacteria. Part 3. Formation of propionate from succinate. J. Agricult. Chem. Soc. Japan 29 (5), 357–361 (1955c).
Ichikawa, Y.: Microbiological studies on propionic acid bacteria. Part 4. On the aerobic decomposition revealed by Propionibacterium arabinosum. J. Agricult. Chem. Soc. Japan 29 (5), 361–363 (1955d).
Janicki, J.: Formation of vitamin B12p and vitamin B12 in aerobic and anaerobic metabolism of Propionibacterium shermanii. Third Internat. Congr. Biochem. Abstr. of Papers 1955, 100.
Johns, A. T.: The production of propionic acid by decarboxylation of succinic acid in a bacterial fermentation. Biochemic. J. 42, ii–iii (1948).
Johns, A. T.: Mechanism of propionic acid formation in bacterial fermentation. Nature (Lond.) 164, 620–621 (1949).
Johns, A. T.: Isolation of a bacterium, producing propionic acid, from the rumen of sheep. J. Gen. Microbiol. 5, 317–325 (1951a).
Johns, A. T.: The mechanism of propionic acid formation by Veillonella gazogenes. J. Gen. Microbiol. 5, 326–336 (1951b).
Johns, A. T.: The mechanism of propionic acid formation by Propionibacteria. J. Gen. Microbiol. 5, 337–345 (1951c).
Kalckar, H. M.: The nature of energetic coupling in biological syntheses. Chem. Rev. 28, 71–178 (1941).
Kalnitsky, G., H.G. Wood and C. H. Werkman: CO2-fixation and succinic acid formation by a cell-free enzyme preparation of Escherichia coli. Arch. of Biochem. 2, 269–281 (1943).
Katagiri, H., and Y. Ichikawa: Studies on the Propionibacterium. II. Bull. Inst. Chem. Res., Kyoto U. 26, 100 (1951b).
Katagiri, H., and Y. Ichikawa: Studies on the Propionibacterium. TV. Bull. Inst. Chem. Res., Kyoto U. 31, 65–67 (1953).
Kendall, S. E., and C. H. Werkman: Physiological behavior of the propionic acid group of bacteria. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 36, 111 (1929).
Kiuri, V. J. T.: Studies on the propionic acid fermentation and redox potential in Emmenthaler cheese. Suomen Kemistilehti B 20, 55–59 (1947).
Kiuri, V. J. T.: Factors affecting the velocity of propionic acid fermentation. Twelfth Internat. Dairy Congress 2, II, 499–508 (1949).
Kohlmiller jr., E. F., and H. Gest: A comparative study of the light and dark fermentations of organic acids by Rhodospirillum rubrum. J. Bacter. 61, 269–282 (1951).
Krauskopf, E. J., E. E. Snell and E. McCoy: Growth factors for bacteria. XI. A survey of the pantothenic acid and riboflavin requirements of various groups of bacteria. Enzymologia (Den Haag) 7, 327–330 (1939).
Krebs, H. A.: The formation of succinic acid by propionic acid bacteria. Chem. a. Ind. 18, 849 (1940).
Kiuri, V. J. T.: The intermediary stages in the biological oxidation of carbohydrates. Adv. Enzymol. 3, 191–252 (1943).
Krebs, H. A., and L. V. Eggleston: Biological synthesis of oxaloacetic acid from pyruvic acid and carbon dioxide. 2. The mechanism of carbon dioxide fixation in propionic acid bacteria. Biochemic. J. 35, 676–687 (1941).
Lava, V. G., R. Ross and K. C. Blanchard: Is vitamin B2 the accelerating factor in the fermentation of sugar by propionic acid organisms? Philippine J. Sci. 59, 493–504 (1936).
Leaver, F. W.: The utilization of formaldehyde by propionic acid bacteria. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 72, 5326–5327 (1950).
Leaver, F. W.: Formation of formaldehyde from glycerol-C14 by Propionibacterium. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 73, 2974–2975 (1951).
Leaver, F. W.: Formaldehyde metabolism in propionic acid fermentation. Federat. Proc. 11, 246 (1952).
Leaver, F. W.: Formation of propionic acid from lactic acid by Clostridium propionicum and by Propionibacterium arabinosum. Federat. Proc. 12, 471 (1953).
Leaver, F. W., and H. G. Wood: Evidence from fermentation of labeled substrates which is inconsistent with present concepts of the propionic acid fermentation. J. Cellul. a. Comp. Physiol. 41, Suppl. 1, 225–240 (1953).
Leaver, F. W., H. G. Wood and R. Stjernholm: The fermentation of three carbon substrates by Clostridium propionicum and Propionibacterium. J. Bacter. 70, 521–530 (1955).
Leviton, A., and R. E. Hargrove: Microbiological synthesis of vitamin B12 by propionic acid bacteria. Industr. Engin. Chem. 44, 2651–2655 (1952).
Lichstein, H. C.: The biotin requirements of the genus Propionibacterium. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 58, 423–430 (1955).
Margolena, L. A., u. P. Arne Hansen: Propionibacterium rubrum from dairy cheese. Zbl. Bakter. II 99, 107–115 (1938).
Maurer, K.: Beobachtungen über die Zuckerspaltung durch das Bacterium propionicum. Biochem. Z. 191, 83–87 (1927).
Moat, A. G., and E. A. Delwiche: Utilization of coenzyme A by Propionibacterium freudenreichii. J. Bacter. 60, 757–762 (1950).
Neuberg, C., u. G. Gorr: Über die saccharogene Bildung von Milchsäure durch verschiedene Bakterien, die Methylglyoxal dismutieren, und über eine einfache Art der Isolierung von Laktat. Biochem. Z. 173, 476–481 (1926).
Neuberg, C., u. F. Windisch: Über die Essiggärung und die chemischen Leistungen der Essigbakterien. Biochem. Z. 166, 454–481 (1925).
Niel, C.B. van: The propionic acid bacteria. Thesis. Haarlem, Netherlands: J. W. Boissevain & Co. 1928.
Niel, C.B. van: Introductory remarks on the comparative biochemistry of microorganisms. J. Cellul. a. Comp. Physiol. 41, Suppl. 1, 11–38 (1953).
Niel, C.B. van: Orla-Jensen: Studien über die Lochbildung in den Emmenthaler Käsen. Zbl. Bakter. II 4, 217–222 (1898).
Peel, J. L.: Pyruvate breakdown by cell-free extracts of a rumen organism. Third Internat. Congress of Biochemistry. Abstr. of Rep. 1955, 94–95.
Pett, L. B., and A. M. Wynne: Studies on bacterial phosphatases. II. The phosphatases of Clostridium aceto-butylicum Weizmann and Propionibacterium jensenii (van Niel). Biochemic. J. 27, 1660–1671 (1933a).
Niel, C.B. van: The metabolism of propionic acid bacteria. 1. The degradation of phosphoric acid esters by Propionibacterium jensenii (van Niel). Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, Sect. V 27, 119–122 (1933b).
Phares, E. F., S. F. Carson and E. A. Delwiche: Origin and fate of the C1 fragment produced from succinate by propionic acid bacteria. Amer. Chem. Soc, Abstr. 123rd meeting, 4C, 1953.
Phelps, A. S., M. J. Johnson and W. H. Peterson: Carbon dioxide utilization during the dissimilation of glycerol by the propionic acid bacteria. Biochemic. J. 33, 726–728 (1939f a).
Niel, C.B. van: The production of lactic acid by certain propionic acid bacteria. Biochemic. J. 33, 1606–1610 (1939b).
Prévôt, A. R., et J. Taffanel: Recherches sur le type fermentaire de Plectridium tertium et de Plectridium putrificium. C. r. Soc. Biol. Paris 138, 401–402 (1944).
Quastel, J. H., and D. M. Webley: Vitamin B1 and bacterial oxidations. I. Dependence of acetic acid oxidation on vitamin B1. Biochemic. J. 35, 192–206 (1941).
Rappoport, D. A., and H.A. Barker: Fermentation of arabinose-1-C14 by propionic acid bacteria. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 49, 249–251 (1954).
Reynolds, H., and C. H. Werkman: Fermentation of artichokes. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 41, 75–78 (1934).
Rollman, N. O., and G. Sjöström: Investigations of the behavior of some propionic acid bacteria strains in relation to sodium chloride, sodium nitrate and heating. Sv. Mejeritidn. 38, 199–201, 209–212 (1946r).
Shaw, R. H., and J. M. Sherman: The production of volatile fatty acids and carbon dioxide by propionic acid bacteria with special reference to their action in cheese. J. Dairy Sci. 6, 303–309 (1921).
Sherman, J. M.: The cause of eyes and characteristic flavor in Emmental or Swiss cheese. J. Bacter. 6, 379–393 (1921).
Sherman, J. M., and R. H. Shaw: Associative bacterial action in the propionic acid fermentation. J. Gen. Physiol. 3, 657–658 (1921).
Sherman, J. M., and R. H. Shaw: The propionic acid fermentation of lactose. J. of Biol. Chem. 56, 695–700 (1923).
Silverman, M., and C. H. Werkman: Function of vitamin B1 in anaerobic bacterial metabolism. Iowa State Coll. J. Sci. 13, 107–113 (1938a).
Silverman, M., and C. H. Werkman: Vitamin B1 in bacterial metabolism. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. a. Med. 38, 823–827 (1938b).
Silverman, M., and C. H. Werkman: Bacterial synthesis of cocarboxylase. Enzymologia (Den Haag) 5, 385–387 (1939da).
Silverman, M., and C. H. Werkman: Thiamin effects in bacterial metabolism. Iowa State Coll. J. Sci. 13, 365–368 (1939b).
Silverman, M., and C. H. Werkman: Adaptation of the propionic acid bacteria to vitamin B1 synthesis including a method of assay. J. Bacter. 38, 25–32 (1939 c).
Silverman, M., and C. H. Werkman: Bacterial synthesis of cocarboxylase. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. a. Med. 40, 369–372 (1939d).
Snell, E. E., F. M. Strong and W. H. Peterson: Pantothenic and nicotinic acids as growth factors for lactic acid bacteria. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 60, 2825 (1938).
Silverman, M., and C. H. Werkman: Growth factors for bacteria. VIII. Pantothenic and nicotinic acids as essential growth factors for lactic and propionic acid bacteria. J. Bacter. 38, 293–308 (1949).
Stone, R. W., C. Erb and C. H. Werkman: Respiratory behavior of the propionic acid bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. a. Med. 33, 483–484 (1936a).
Stone, R. W., and C. H. Werkman: Role of phosphoglyceric acid in the dissimilation of glucose by the propionic acid bacteria. Iowa State Coll J. Sci. 10, 341–343 (1936).
Stone, R. W., and C. H. Werkman: The occurrence of phosphoglyceric acid in the bacterial dissimilation of glucose. Biochemic. J. 31, 1516–1523 (1937).
Stone, R. W., H. G. Wood, C. Erb and C. H. Werkman: Oxidation-reduction potential studies on propionic acid bacteria. J. Bacter. 29, 86 (1935a).
Stone, R. W., H. G. Wood and C. H. Werkman: Activation of the lower fatty acids by propionic acid bacteria. J. Bacter. 30, 652–653 (1935b).
Stone, R. W., H. G. Wood and C. H. Werkman: Activation of the lower fatty acids by propionic acid bacteria. Biochemic. J. 30, 624–628 (1936b).
Stone, R. W., H. G. Wood and C. H. Werkman: Phosphorylation and first stages in glucose breakdown by propionic acid bacteria. J. Bacter. 33, 101 (1937).
Tasman, A., and A. C. Brandwijk: Experiments on metabolism with diphtheria bacillus. J. Inf. Dis. 63, 10–20 (1938).
Tatum, E. L., W. H. Peterson and E. B. Fred: Essential growth factors for propionic acid bacteria. I. Sources and fractionation. J. Bacter. 32, 157–166 (1936).
Tatum, E. L., H. G. Wood and W.H. Peterson: Growth factors for bacteria. V. Vitamin B1, a growth stimulant for propionic acid bacteria. Biochemic. J. 30, 1898–1904 (1936a).
Stone, R. W., H. G. Wood and C. H. Werkman: Essential growth factors for propionic acid bacteria. II. Nature of the Netjberg precipitate fraction of potato: replacement by ammonium sulfate or by certain amino acids. J. Bacter. 32, 167–174 (1936b).
Thompson, R. C.: The vitamin Br requirements of the Propionibacteria. J. Bacter. 46, 99–104 (1943).
Tutsler, R. P.: The influence of hydrogen-ion concentration upon the growth of Propionibacterium. J. Bacter. 39, 95–96 (1940).
Tomka, G.: Acetoin-diacetyl production by propionic acid bacteria. Tejgazdasag 2, 89–91 (1942).
Stone, R. W., H. G. Wood and C. H. Werkman: Acetoin and diacetyl production of the rod-shaped propionic acid bacteria. Twelfth Internat. Dairy Congress 2, II, 619–622 (1949).
Utter, M. F., G. Kalnitsky and C. H. Werkman: Enzymatic nature of cell-free extracts from bacteria. Arch. of Biochem. 9, 407–417 (1946).
Virtanen, A. I.: Über die Propionsäuregärung. I. Soc. Sci. fenn., Comment, physico-math. 1, No 36, 23 pp. (1923).
Virtanen, A. I.: Über die Propionsäuregärung. II. Soc. Sci. fenn., Comment, physico-math. 2, No 20, 13 pp. (1925 a).
Virtanen, A. I.: Die Cozymasen bei verschiedenen Gärungen. Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. B 58, 2441–2445 (1925 b).
Virtanen, A. I.: Der Katalasegehalt der aeroben und anaeroben Bakterien. Acta chem. fenn. B 4, 14 (1931).
Virtanen, A. I., u. H. Karström: Über die Propionsäuregärung. III. Acta chem. fenn. B 4, 17–19 (1931).
Virtanen, A. I., u. J. Tarnanen: Die enzymatische Spaltung und Synthese der Asparaginsäure. Biochem Z.. 250, 193–211 (1932).
Volk, W. A.: The effect of fluoride on the permeability and phosphatase activity of Propionibacterium pentosaceum. J. of Biol. Chem. 208, 777–784 (1954).
Volk, W. A., and D. Pennington: The fermentation of inositol by Propionibacterium pentosaceum. J. Bacter. 64, 347, 352 (1952).
Werkman, C. H.: Bacterial dissimilation of carbohydrates. Bacter. Rev. 3, 187–227 (1939).
Werkman, C. H., and R.W. Brown: The propionic acid bacteria. II. Classification. J. Bacter. 26, 393–417 (1933).
Werkman, C. H., R. M. Hixon, E. I. Fulmer and C. H. Rayburn: The production of propionic acid from pentoses by Propionibacterium pentosaceum. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 36, 111–112 (1929).
Werkman, C. H., and S. E. Kendall: Physiology and classification of the propionic acid bacteria. J. Bacter. 19, 18 (1930).
Werkman, C. H., and S. E. Kendall: The propionic acid bacteria. I. Classification and nomenclature. Iowa State Coll. J. Sci. 6, 17–32 (1931).
Werkman, C. H., R. W. Stone and H. G. Wood: The dissimilation of phosphate esters by the propionic acid bacteria. Enzymologia (Den Haag) 4, 24–30 (1937a).
Werkman, C. H., and S. E. Kendall: Bacterial assimilation. J. Bacter. 33, 100–101 (1937b).
Werkman, C. H., and H. G. Wood: Heterotrophic assimilation of carbon dioxide. Adv. Enzymol. 2, 135–182 (1942).
Whttely, H. R.: Cofactor requirements for the decarboxylation of succinate. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 75, 1518–1519 (1953 a).
Werkman, C. H., and S. E. Kendall: The mechanism of propionic acid formation by succinate decarboxylation. I. The activation of succinate. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 39, 772–779 (1953b).
Werkman, C. H., and S. E. Kendall: The mechanism of propionic acid formation. II. The formation and decarboxylation of succinyl-CoA. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 39, 779–785 (1953c).
Whitely, H. R., and H.C. Douglas: The fermentation of purines by Micrococcus lactilyticus. J. Bacter. 61, 605–616 (1951).
Whitely, H. R., and E. J. Ordal: The reduction of methylene blue by hydrogenase. J. Bacter. 70, 608–613 (1955).
Whittier, E. O., and J. M. Sherman: Propionic acid and ketones from whey. Industr. Engin. Chem. 15, 729–731 (1923).
Whittier, E. O., J. M. Sherman and W. R. Albus: The rates of fermentation of sugars by the propionic organism. Industr. Engin. Chem. 16, 122 (1924).
Wiggert, W. P., and C. H. Werkman: Fluoride sensitivity of Propionibacterium pentosaceum as a function of growth conditions. Biochemic. J. 33, 1061–1069 (1939).
Wilson, P. W., E.B. Fred u. W.H. Peterson: Bildung und Identifizierung der von verschiedenen Stämmen von Propionsäurebakterien gebildeten Säuren. Biochem. Z. 229, 271–280 (1930e).
Wolffe, H. H. de: Biochemische Eigenschappen van der Diph-therieen van de Pseudodiphtherie-bacteria. Diss. Utrecht 1927.
Wood, H. G., A. A. Anderson and C. H. Werkman: Growth factors for the propionic and lactic acid bacteria. J. Bacter. 34, 132–133 (1937a).
Wood, H. G., A. A. Anderson and C. H. Werkman: Growth factors for propionic and lactic acid bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. a. Med. 36, 217–219 (1937 b).
Wood, H. G., A. A. Anderson and C. H. Werkman: Nutrition of the propionic acid bacteria. J. Bacter. 36, 201–204 (1938a).
Wood, H. G., C. Erb and C. H. Werkman: Aerobic dissimilation of lactic acid by the propionic acid bacteria. J. Bacter. 31, 5–6 (1936).
Wood, H. G., C. Erb and C. H. Werkman: Dissimilation of pyruvic acid by the propionic acid bacteria. Iowa State Coll. J. Sci. 11, 287–292 (1937).
Wood, H. G., and F. W. Leaver: Fermentation of glucose-3,4-C14 and glucose-1-C14 by Propionibacterium arabinosum. Federat. Proc. 11, 313–314 (1952).
Wood, H. G., C. Erb and C. H. Werkman: Carbon dioxide turnover in the fermentation of 3,4,5, and 6 carbon compounds by the propionic acid bacteria. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 12, 207–222 (1953).
Wood, H. G., F. W. Leaver and R. L. Stjernholm: The metabolism of Propionibacterium arabinosum. Bacter. Proc. 1954, 97.
Wood, H. G., R. L. Stjernholm and F. W. Leaver: The metabolism of glucose-C14 by propionic acid bacteria. Third Internat. Congress of Biochemistry. Abstr. of Rep. 1955 a, 96.
Wood, H. G., R. L. Stjernholm and F. W. Leaver: The metabolism of labeled glucose by the propionic acid bacteria. J. Bacter. 70, 510–520 (1955b).
Wood, H. G., R. W. Stone and C. H. Werkman: Dissimilation of glucose by propionic acid bacteria. J. Bacter. 29, 84–85 (1935).
Wood, H. G., R. W. Stone and C. H. Werkman: The intermediate metabolism of the propionic acid bacteria. Biochem. J. 31, 349–359 (1937 c).
Wood, H. G., R. W. Stone and C. H. Werkman: The final oxidation-reduction phases of the propionic dissimilation. J. Bacter. 33, 102 (1937d).
Wood, H. G., E. L. Tatum and W. H. Peterson: Growth factors for bacteria. IV. An acidic ether-soluble factor essential for growth of propionic acid bacteria. J. Bacter. 33, 227–242 (1937e).
Wood, H. G., and C. H. Werkman: Pyruvic acid in the dissimilation of glucose by the propionic acid bacteria. Biochemic. J. 28,745–747 (1934a).
Wood, H. G., and C. H. Werkman: The utilization of agricultural by products in the production of propionic acid by fermentation. J. Agricult. Res. 49, 1017–1024 (1934b).
Wood, H. G., and C. H. Werkman: The propionic acid bacteria. On the mechanism of glucose dissimilation. J. of Biol. Chem. 105, 63–72 (1934c).
Wood, H. G., and C. H. Werkman: Intermediate products of the propionic acid fermentation. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. a. Med. 31, 938–940 (1934d).
Wood, H. G., and C. H. Werkman: The utilization of carbon dioxide by the propionic acid bacteria in the dissimilation of glycerol. J. Bacter. 30, 332 (1935 a).
Wood, H. G., and C. H. Werkman: The isolation and possible intermediary role of formaldehyde in the propionic acid fermentation. J. Bacter. 30, 652 (1935 b).
Wood, H. G., and C. H. Werkman: The utilization of carbon dioxide in the dissimilation of glycerol by the propionic acid bacteria. Biochemic. J. 30, 48–53 (1936 a).
Wood, H. G., and C. H. Werkman: Mechanism of glucose dissimilation by the propionic acid bacteria. Biochemic. J. 30, 618–623 (1936b).
Wood, H. G., and C. H. Werkman: The utilization of carbon dioxide by the propionic acid bacteria. Biochemic. J. 32, 1262–1271 (1938).
Wood, H. G., and C. H. Werkman: The fixation of carbon dioxide by cell suspensions of Propionibacterium pentosaceum. Biochemic. J. 34, 7–14 (1940a).
Wood, H. G., and C. H. Werkman: The relationship of bacterial utilization of carbon dioxide to succinic acid formation. Biochemic. J. 34, 129–138 (1940b).
Wood, H. G., C. H. Werkman, A. Hemingway and A. O. Nier: Heavy carbon as a tracer in bacterial fixation of carbon dioxide. J. of Biol. Chem. 135, 789–790 (1940).
Wood, H. G., C. H. Werkman, A. Hemingway and A. O. Nier: Note on the degradation of propionic acid synthesized by Propionibacterium. Iowa State Coll. J. Sci. 15, 213–214 (1941a).
Wood, H. G., C. H. Werkman, A. Hemingway and A. O. Nier: Heavy carbon as a tracer in heterotrophic carbon dioxide assimilation. J. of Biol. Chem. 139, 365–376 (1941b).
Wood, H. G., C. H. Werkman, A. Hemingway and A. O. Nier: The position of carbon dioxide in succinic acid synthesized by heterotrophic bacteria. J. of Biol. Chem. 139, 377–381 (1941 c).
Wood, H. G., C. H. Werkman, A. Hemingway and A. O. Nier: Position of the carbon dioxide—carbon in propionic acid synthesized by Propionibacterium. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. a. Med. 46, 313–316 (1941 d).
Wood, H. G., C. H. Werkman, A. Hemingway, A. O. Nier and C. G. Stuckwisch: Reliability of reactions used to locate assimilated carbon in propionic acid. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 63, 2140–2142 (1941).
Wood, H. G., W. P. Wiggert and C. H. Werkman: The fermentation of phosphate esters by the propionic acid bacteria. Enzymologia (Den Haag) 2, 373–376 (1938b).
Arroyo, R.: U.S. Patents 2, 113,471 and 2,113,472. 1938.
Arzbuger, C.F.: U.S. Patent 2, 139,108. 1938.
Beijerinck, M. W.: Über die Butylalkol-Gährung und das Butylferment. Verh. Kon. Akad. Wetensch. Ansterdam, 2de Sect. 11, No 10, 1–51 (1893).
Bernhauer, K., u. K. Kürschner: Butyl and acetone fermentation. I. Intermediate products in the butanol-acetone fermentation. Biochem. Z. 280, 379–387 (1935).
Brown, R. W., G. H. Stahly and C. H. Werkman: Behavior of butyric acid-butyl alcohol bacteria toward acetylmethyl-carbinol and asparagine. Iowa State Coll. J. Sci. 12, 245–251 (1938).
Brown, R.W., H. G. Wood and C. H. Werkman: Growth factors for the butyl alcohol bacteria. J. Bacter. 35, 205 (1938).
Carnaritts, E.H., and W. N. McCutchan: U.S. Patent 2,139,111. 1938.
Davies, R.: Studies on the acetone-butyl alcohol fermentation. II. Intermediates in the fermentation of glucose by Cl. acetobutylicum. III. Potassium as an essential factor in the fermentation of maize meal by Cl. acetobutylicum. Biochemic. J. 36, 582–599 (1942).
Davies, R.: The acetone-butanol fermentation. IV. Acetoacetic acid decarboxylase of Clostridium acetobutylicum. Biochemic. J. 37, 230–238 (1943).
Donker, H. J. L.: Bijdrage tot de kennis der boterzuur butylalcoholen acetongistengen. Thesis, Technical University, Delft, Holland 1926.
Fitz, A.: Über die Gärung des Glycerins. Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 9, 1348–1352 (1876).
Hildebrandt, F. M., and N.M. Erb: U.S. Patent 2,246. 1939.
Johnson, M. J., W. H. Peterson and E. B. Fred: Oxidation and reduction relations between substrate and products in the acetone-butyl alcohol fermentation. J. of Biol. Chem. 91, 569–591 (1931).
Johnson, M. J., W. H. Peterson and E. B. Fred: Intermediary compounds in the acetone-butyl alcohol fermentation. J. of Biol. Chem. 101, 145–157 (1933).
Kluyver, A. J.: The chemical activities of microorganisms. London: University London Press, Ltd. 1931.
Kluyver, A. J.: In: The Microbe’s Contribution to Biology (A. J. Kluyver and C. B. van Niel). Cambridge, Boston: Harvard University Press 1956.
Koepsell, H. J., and M. J. Johnson: Dissimilation of pyruvic acid by cell-free preparations of Clostridium butylicum. J. of Biol. Chem. 145, 379–386 (1942).
Lampen, J. O., and W. H. Peterson: Growth factor requirements of Clostridia. Arch. of Biochem. 2, 443–449 (1943).
Langlykke, A. F., W.H. Peterson and E.B. Fred: Reductive processes of Clostridium butylicum and the mechanism of the formation of iso-propyl alcohol. J. Bacter. 34, 443–453 (1937).
Lek, J. B. van der: Onderzoekingen over de butylalkoholgisting. Thesis, Technical University, Delft, Holland 1930.
Levi-ton, A.: Microbiological synthesis of riboflavin—theory concerning its inhibition. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 68, 835–840 (1946).
McCoy, E. F.: U.S. Patent 2,110,109. 1938.
Müller, J.: U.S. Patent 2,123,078. 1938.
Nakahama, T., and Y. Harada: Acetone-butyl alcohol fermentation with cane sugar as carbon source material. I. The isolation of a useful strain of bacteria, observation of its characteristics and fermentation experiments by it. J. Agricult. Chem. Soc. Japan 23, 176–180 (1949).
Neuberg, C., u. B. Arinstein: Vom Wesen der Buttersäure- und Butyl-alkohol-Gärung. Biochem. Z. 117, 269–314 (1921).
Osburn, O. L., R. W. Brown and C. H. Werkman: The butyl alcohol-isopropyl alcohol fermentation. J. of Biol. Chem. 121, 685–695 (1937).
Osburn, O. L., R. W. Brown and C. H. Werkman: Dissimilation of intermediary compounds in the butyl alcohol-isopropyl fermentation. Iowa State Coll. J. Sci. 12, 275–284 (1938d).
Owens, W.L.: U.S. Patent 2,164,255. 1939.
Oxford, A. E., J.O. Lampen and W. H. Peterson: Growth factor and other nutritional requirements of the acetone-butanol organism, Clostridium acetohutylicum. Biochemic. J. 34, 1588–1597 (1940).
Peldan, H.: The mechanism of butyric acid fermentation. Suomen Kemistilehti A 11, 91–98 (1938).
Peterson, W. H., and E.B. Fred: Butyl-acetone fermentation of corn meal. Industr. Engin. Chem. 24, 237–242 (1932).
Pett, L. B., and A. M. Wynne: The formation of methylglyoxal by Clostridium acetohutylicum. J. of Biol. Chem. 97, 177–182 (1932).
Reilly, J., W. J. Hickinbottom, F. R. Henley and A. E. Thaysen: The products of the “acetone: n-butyl alcohol” fermentation of carbohydrate material with special reference to some of the intermediate substances produced. Biochemic. J. 14, 229 (1920).
Reyes-Teodoro, R., and M. N. Mickelson: Growth-factor requirements of three saccharolytic BuOH-acetone bacteria. Arch. of Biochem. 4, 291–292 (1944).
Rubbo, S.D., M. Maxwell, R. A. Fairbridge and J.M. Gillespie: Austral. J. Exper. Biol. a. M.d. Sci. 19, 185–198 (1941).
Simon, E.: Mechanism of the butanol-acetone fermentation. Nature (Lond.) 152, 626–627 (1943).
Slade, H. D., H. G. Wood, A. O. Nier, Allan Hemingway and C. H. Werkman: Assimilation of heavy carbon dioxide by heterotrophic bacteria. J. of Biol. Chem. 143, 133–145 (1942).
Speakman, H. B.: Biochemistry of the acetone and butyl alcohol fermentation of starch by Bacillus granulohacter pectinovorum. J. of Biol. Chem. 41, 319–343 (1920).
Stadtman, E. R., and H.A. Barker: Fatty acid synthesis by enzyme preparations of Clostridium kluyveri. J. of Biol. Chem. 181, 221–235 (1949).
Tatum, E. L., W.H. Peterson and E.B. Fred: An unknown factor stimulating the formation of butyl alcohol by certain butyric acid bacteria. J. Bacter. 27, 207–217 (1934).
Tatum, E. L., W.H. Peterson and E.B. FredIdentification of asparagine as the substance stimulating the production of butyl alcohol by certain bacteria. J. Bacter. 29, 563–572 (1935).
Weizmann, C., and B. Rosenfeld: Activation of the butanol-acetone fermentation of carbohydrates by Clostridium acetohutylicum. Biochemic. J. 31, 619–639 (1937).
Weyer, E. R., and L. F. Rettger: A comparative study of six different strains of the organism commonly concerned in large scale production of butyl alcohol and acetone by the biological process. J. Bacter. 14, 399–424 (1927).
Wood, H. G., R. W. Brown and C. H. Werkman: Mechanism of the butyl alcohol fermentation with heavy carbon acetic and butyric acids and acetone. Arch. of Biochem. 6, 243–260 (1945).
Woodruffe, J. C., H. R. Stiles and L. D. A. Legg: U.S. Patent 2,089,522. 1937.
Aubel, E., et J. Salabarton: Mécanisme de la production d’hydrogène aux dépens du glucose par le bacille Coli. C. R. Acad. Sci. (Paris) 180, 1183–1186 (1924–1925).
Braak, H. R.: Onderzoekingen over vergisting von glycerine. Thesis, Technical University, Delft, Holland 1928.
Donker, H. J. L.: Bijdrage tot de kennis der boterzuur butylalcoholen acetongistengen. Thesis, Technical University, Delft, Holland 1926.
Endo, S.: Über die Zwischenreaktionen der Gärung von Bacterium coli. Biochem. Z. 296, 56–70 (1938).
Entner, H., and M. Doudoroff: Glucose and gluconic acid oxidation of Pseudomonas saccharophila. J. biol. Chem. 196, 853–862 (1952).
Grey, E. C.: The decomposition of formates by Bacillus coli communis. Proc. roy. Soc. B 87, 461–484 (1914).
Grey, E. C.: The enzymes concerned in the decomposition of glucose and mannitol by Bacillus coli communis. Proc. roy. Soc. B 78, 472–484 (1918).
Grey, E. C.: The enzymes of B. coli communis which are concerned in the decomposition of glucose and mannitol. The fermentation of glucose in the presence of formic acid. Proc. roy. Soc. B 91, 294–305 (1920).
Gunsalus, I.C.: Group transfer and acyl-generating functions of lipoic acid derivatives. In: The Mechanism of enzyme action. Edit, by W. D. McElroy and B. Glass, p. 545–580. Baltimore: The John Hopkins Press 1954.
Harden, A., and W. Penfold: The chemical action on glucose of a variety of Bacillus coli communis (Escherich) obtained by cultivation in presence of a chloroacetate. Proc. roy. Soc. B 85, 415–417 (1912).
Juni, E.: Mechanisms of formation of acetoin by bacteria. J. biol. Chem. 195, 715–726 (1952).
Kluyver, A. J.: The chemical activities of microorganisms. London: University Press, Ltd. 1931.
Korkes, S., A. del Campilo, I. C. Gunsalus and S. Ochoa: Enzymatic synthesis of citric acid. IV. Pyruvate as acetyl donor. J. biol. Chem. 193, 721–735 (1951).
Korkes, S., A. del Campilo and S. Ochoa: Pvruvate oxidation svstem of heart muscle. J. biol. Chem. 195, 541–547 (1952).
Lewis, K. F., H. S. Blumenthal, C. E. Wenner and S. Weinhouse: Estimation of glucose catabolism pathways. Fed. Proc. 13, 252 (1954).
Martius, C., u. F. Lynen: Probleme des Citronensäure-Zyklus. Advanc. Enzymol. 10, 167–222 (1950).
Mickelson, M., and C. H. Werkman: Influence of pH on the dissimilation of glucose by Aerobacter indologenes. J. Bact. 36, 67–76 (1938).
Mickelson, M., and C. H. Werkman: Formation of trimethyleneglycol from glycerol by Aerobacter. Enzymologia 8, 252–256 (1940).
Quastel, J. H., and M. D. Whetham: Dahydrogenations produced by resting bacteria. III. Biochem. J. 19, 652–659 (1925).
Reynolds, H., W. M. Hoehn and C. H. Werkman: Occurrence of acrolein as an intermediate during the fermentation of glycerol by the coli-aerogenes bacteria. Iowa State Coll. J. Sci. 13, 275–277 (1939).
Reynolds, H., and C.H. Werkman: The intermediate dissimilation of glucose by Aerobacter indologenes. J. Bact. 33, 603–614 (1937).
Scheffer, M. A.: Da Suikervergisting door Bacterien der Coli-group. Thesis, Technical University, Delft, Holland 1928.
Silverman, M., and C.H. Werkman: The formation of acetylmethylcarbinol from pyruvic acid by a bacterial enzyme preparation. J. biol. Chem. 138, 35–48 (1941).
Slade, H. D., and C.H. Werkman: Assimilation of acetic and succinic acids cDntaining heavy carbon by Aerobacter indologenes. Arch. Biochem. 2, 97–111 (1943).
Stahly, G. L., and C.H. Werkman: The origin and relationship of acetylmethylcarbinol and 2,3-butylene glycol in bacterial fermentation. Biochem. J. 36, 575–581 (1942).
Stephenson, M., and L. H. Stickland: Hydrogenase: a bacterial enzyme activating molecular hydrogen. I. The properties of the enzyme. Biochem. J. 25, 205–214 (1931).
Stephenson, M., and L. H. Stickland: Hydrogenlyases. Bacterial enzymes liberating molecular hydrogen. Biochem. J. 26, 712–724 (1932).
Stephenson, M., and L. H. Stickland: Hydrogenlyases. III. Further experiments on the formation of formic hydrogenlyase by Bact. coli. Biochem. J. 27, 1517–1528,1528–1532 (1933).
Still, J. L.: Alcohol enzyme of Bact. coli. Biochem. J. 34, 1177–1182 (1940).
Stone, R. W., and C. H. Werkman: The role of phosphoglyceric acid in the dissimilation of glucose by bacteria of the Escherichia-Aerobacter group. Iowa State Coll. J. Sci. 11, 1–3 (1936).
Stone, R. W., and C. H. Werkman: The occurrence of phosphoglyceric acid in the bacterial dissimilation of glucose. Biochem. J. 31, 1516–1523 (1937).
Tanko, B., u. L. Munk: Beiträge zum Carboligaseproblem. Hoppe-Seylers Z. physiol. Chem. 262, 144–157 (1940).
Thlmann, K. V.: The Life of Bacteria. New York: The Macmillan Company 1955.
Tikka, J.: Über den Mechanismus der Glucosevergärung durch B. coli. Biochem. Z. 279, 264r–288 (1935).
Utter, M. F., F. Llpmann and C. H. Werkman: Reversibility of the phosphoroclastic split of pyruvate. J. biol. Chem. 158, 521–531 (1945).
Utter, M. F., and C. H. Werkman: Occurrence of the aldolase and isomerase equilibria in bacterial metabolism. J. Bact. 42, 665–676 (1941).
Utter, M. F., and C. H. Werkman: Dissimilation of phosphoglyceric acid by Escherichia coli. Biochem. J. 36, 485–493 (1942).
Utter, M. F., and C. H. Werkman: Role of phosphate in the anaerobic dissimilation of pyruvic acid. Arch. Biochem. 2, 491 (1943).
Utter, M. F., and C. H. Werkman: Formation and reactions of acetyl phosphate in Escherichia coli. Arch. Biochem. 5, 413–422 (1944).
Utter, M. F., C. H. Werkman and F. Ltpmann: Reversibility of the phosphoroclastic split of pyruvate. J. biol. Chem. 154, 723–724 (1944).
Waring, W. S., and C. H. Werkman: Iron deficiency in bacterial metabolism. Arch. Biochem. 4, 75–87 (1944).
Watt, D., and L. O. Krampitz: α-Acetolactic acid, an intermediate in acetylmethylcarbinol formation. Fed. Proc. 6, 301 (1947).
Werkman, C. H., and G. F. Gillen: Bacteria producing trimethylene glycol. J. Bact. 23, 167–182 (1932).
Werkman, C. H., E. A. Zoellner, H. Gilman and H. Reynolds: Phosphoglyceric acid in the dissimilation of glucose by Citrobacter freundii. J. Bact. 31, 5 (1936).
Wiggert, W. P., and C. H. Werkman: Phosphorylation by the living bacterial cells. Biochem. J. 32, 101–107 (1938).
Wood, H. G., and C. H. Werkman: The utilization of CO2 in the dissimilation of glycerol by the propionic acid bacteria. Biochem. J. 30, 48–53 (1936).
Appleby, C. A., and R. K. Morton: Crystalline cytochrome b2 and lactic dehydrogenase of yeast. Nature (Lond.) 173, 749–752 (1954).
Axelrod, B., and R. Jang: Purification and properties of phosphoriboisomerase. J. of Biol. Chem. 209, 847–855 (1954).
Bergmann, E. D., U. Z. Littauer and B. E. Volcani: Breakdown of pentose phosphates in Escherichia coli. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 13, 288–289 (1954).
Bolcato, V., M. E. Scevola and M. A. Tisselli: Triose phosphates and pyruvic acid intermediates in fermentations of pentoses by living cells of Clostridium acetobutylicum. Experientia (Basel) 8, 25–26 (1952).
Brodie, A. F., and F. Lipmann: The enzymatic formation and hydrolysis of D-glucono-gamma-lactone. Bacter. Proc. 1954,107.
Brown, D. H.: The phosphorylation of d(+)-glucosamine by crystalline yeast hexokinase. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 7, 487–493 (1951).
Buchner, E.: Alkoholische Gärung ohne Hefezellen. Ber. dtsch. chem. Ges. 30, 117–124 (1897).
Campbell, J. J. R., and F. C. Norris: The intermediate metabolism of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Canad. J. Res., Sect. C 28, 203 (1950).
Caputto, R., L. F. Leloir, C. E. Cardini and A. C. Paladine: The coenzyme of the galactose phosphate-glucose phosphate transformation. J. of Biol. Chem. 184, 333–350 (1950).
Caputto, R., L. F. Leloir, R. E. Trucco, C. E. Cardini and A. C. Paladini: The enzymatic transformation of galactose into glucose derivatives. J. of Biol. Chem. 179, 479–498 (1949).
Cardini, C. E.: The hexokinases of Escherichia coli. Enzymologia (Den Haag) 14, 362–368 (1951).
Cardini, C.E., A. C. Paladine, R. Caputto and L. F. Leloir: Uridine diphosphate glucose: the coenzyme of the galactose-glucose phosphate isomerization. Nature (Lond.) 165, 191–192 (1950).
Claridge, C. A., and C. H. Werkman: Formation of 2-ketogluconate from glucose by a cell-free preparation of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 47, 99–105 (1953).
Claridge, C. A., and C. H. Werkman: Evidence for alternate pathways for the oxidation of glucose by Pseudomonas aeruginosa. J. Bacter. 68, 77–79 (1954a).
Claridge, C. A., and C. H. Werkman: Intermediates of the aerobic dissimilation of 2-ketogluconate by Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 51, 395–401 (1954b).
Cohen, S.S.: Gluconokinase and the oxidative path of glucose-6-phosphate utilization. J. of Biol. Chem. 189, 617–628 (1951).
Cohen, S.S.: Studies on D-ribulose and its enzymatic conversion to D-arabinose. J. of Biol. Chem. 201, 71–84 (1953).
Cohen, S. S., and R. Raff: Adaptive enzymes in the estimation of gluconate, D-arabinose and D-ribose. J. of Biol. Chem. 188, 501–508 (1951).
Cohen, S.S., D. B. M. Scott and M. Lanning: Pentose production and utilization by enzyme systems of Escherichia coli. Federat. Proc. 10, 173 (1951).
Colowick, S. P., N.O. Kaplan, E. F. Nufeld and M. M. Ciotti: Pyridine nucleotide transhydrogenase. I. Indirect evidence for the reaction and purification of the enzyme. J. of Biol. Chem. 195, 95–105 (1952).
Dedonder, R., et C. Noblesse: Déshydrogénases du glucose-6-phosphate et de l’acide 6-phosphogluconique chez B. subtilis et B. megatherium. Ann. Inst. Pasteur 85, 71–81 (1953).
DeLey, J.: Recent aspects of intermediate carbohydrate metabolism. Meded. vlaam. chem. Verenig. 14, 1–19 (1952).
DeLey, J.: The phosphorylation of some carbohydrates, connected with the direct oxidation, by Aerobacter cloacae. Enzymologia (Den Haag) 16, 99–104 (1953).
De Moss, R. D.: Routes of ethanol formation in bacteria. J. Cellul. a. Comp. Physiol. 41, Suppl. 1, 207–224 (1953).
De Moss, R. D.: Oxidation of 6-phosphogluconate by Leuconostoc mesenteroides. Bacter. Proc. 109 (1954).
DeMoss, R. D., R. C. Bard and I. C. Gunsalus: The mechanism of the heterolactic fermentation: A new route of ethanol formation. J. Bacter. 62, 499–511 (1951).
DeMoss, R. D., and M. Gibbs: Mechanism of ethanol formation by Pseudomonas lindneri. Abstr. Soc. Amer. Bacteriologists, p. 146, Boston 1952.
DeMoss, R. D., I. C. Gunsalus and R. C. Bard: A glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase in Leuconostoc mesenteroides. J. Bacter. 66, 10–16 (1953).
deVincentiis, M.: Glycolytic activity of the retina during dark adaptation. Ann. Ottalm. 73, 685–689 (1947).
Dickens, F.: Anaerobic glycolysis, respiration, and the Pasteur effect. In Enzymes, edit. by J. B. Sumner and K. Myrbäck, vol.2, part 1. New York: Academic Press 1951.
Dolin, M. I.: Diacetyl oxidation by Streptococcus jaecalis, a lipoic acid dependent reaction. J. Bacter. 69, 51–58 (1955).
Doudoroff, M.: Studies on the phosphorolysis of sucrose. J. of Biol. Chem. 151, 351–361 (1943).
Doudoroff, M., J.M. Wiame and H. Wolochow: Phosphorolysis of sucrose by Pseudomonas putrefaciens. J. Bacter. 57, 423–427 (1949).
Eichel, B., and W. W. Wainio: d-Glucose dehydrogenase and its carrier systems. J. of Biol. Chem. 175, 155–168 (1948).
Embden, G., H. J. Deuticke u. G. Kraft: Über die intermediären Vorgänge bei der Glykolyse in der Muskulatur. Klin. Wschr. 1933, 213–215.
Entner, N., and M. Doudoroff: Glucose and gluconic acid oxidation of Pseudomonas saccharophila. J. of Biol. Chem. 196, 853–862 (1952).
Fosdick, L. S., and G. W. Rapp: The degradation of glucose by Staphylococcus albus. Arch. of Biochem. 1, 379–389 (1943).
Gary, N. D., and R. C. Bard: Effect of nutrition on the growth and metabolism of Bacillus subtilis. J. Bacter. 64, 501–512 (1952).
Gibbs, M., and R. D. DeMoss: Ethanol formation in Pseudomonas lindneri. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 34, 478–479 (1951a).
Gibbs, M., and R. D. DeMoss: A new mechanism of ethanol formation in the heterolactic fermentation. Federat. Proc. 10, 189 (1951b).
Gibbs, M., and R. D. DeMoss: Anaerobic dissimilation of C14-labeled glucose and fructose by Pseudomonas êindneri. J. of Biol. Chem. 207, 689–694 (1954).
Gibbs, M., R. Dumrose, F. A. Bennett and M. R. Bubeck: On the mechanism of bacterial fermentation of glucose to lactic acid studied with C14-glucose. J. of Biol. Chem. 184, 545–549 (1950).
Gibbs, M., L. M. Paege and J. M. Earl: Anaerobic dissimilation of C14-labeled D-xylose and D-arabinose by Escherichia coli. Bacter. Proc. 1954, 111.
Gilvarg, C.: Utilization of glucose-1-carbon14 by yeast. J. of Biol. Chem. 199, 57–64 (1952).
Green, D. E., D. Herbert and V. Subrahamanyan: Carboxylase. J. of Biol. Chem. 138, 327–339 (1941).
Greenstein, J. P., and A. Meister: Tumor enzymology. In Enzymes, edit. by J. B. Sumner and K. Myrbäck, vol.2, part 2, p. 1131–1179. New York: Academic Press 1952.
Gunsalus, I. C.: Oxidative and transfer reactions of lipoic acid. Federat. Proc. 13, 715–721 (1954).
Gunsalus, I. C., and M. Gibbs: The heterolactic fermentation. II. Position of C14 in the products of glucose dissimilation by Leuconostoc mesenteroides. J. of Biol. Chem. 194, 871–875 (1952).
Gunsalus, I. C., B. L. Horecker and W. A. Wood: Pathways of carbohydrate metabolism in microorganisms. Bacter. Rev. 19, No 2, 79–128 (1955).
Hager, L. P., D. M. Geller and F. Lipmann: Flavoprotein-catalyzed pyruvate oxidation in Lactobacillus delbrueckii. Federat. Proc. 13, 734–738 (1954).
Harvey, S. C.: The carbohydrate metabolism of Trypanosoma hippicum. J. of Biol. Chem. 179, 435–453 (1949).
Herman, H., and F. Hickman: X. Exploratory studies on corneal metabolism. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp. 82, 225–250 (1948).
Hochester, R. M., and R.W. Watson: Xylose isomerase. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 75, 3284–3285 (1953).
Hochester, R. M., and R.W. Watson: Enzymatic isomerization of D-xylose to D-xylulose. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 48, 120–129 (1954).
Hockenhull, D. J.D., K. H. Fantes, M. Herbert and B. Whitehead: Glucose utilization by Streptomyces griseus. J. Gen. Microbiol. 10, 353–370 (1954).
Horecker, B. L., P. Z. Smyrniotis and H. Klenow: The formation of sedoheptulose phosphate from pentose phosphate. J. of Biol. Chem. 205, 661–682 (1953).
Horecker, B. L., P. Z. Smyrniotis and H. Klenow: Yeast transaldolase. Federat. Proc. 13, 232 (1954).
Hunter, G. J. E.: The oxidation of glycerol by mycobacteria. Biochemic. J. 55, 320–328 (1953).
Kaufman, S., S. Korkes and A. Campillo: Biosynthesis of dicarboxylic acids by carbon dioxide fixation. V. Further study of the “malic” enzyme of Lactobacillus arabinosus. J. of Biol. Chem. 192, 301–312 (1951).
Khesghi, S., H.R. Roberts and W. Bucek: The production of 5-ketogluconic acid by Acetobacter suboxydans. Appl. Microbiol. 2, 183–190 (1954).
Klein, H. P., and M. Doudoroff: The mutation of Pseudomonas putrefaciens to glucose utilization and its enzymatic basis. J. Bacter. 59, 739–750 (1950).
Koshland, D.E., and F. H. Westheimer: Mechanism of alcoholic fermentation. The fermentation of glucose-1-C14. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 72, 3383–3388 (1950).
Kosterlitz, H. W.: The fermentation of galactose and galactose-1-phosphate. Biochemic. J. 37, 322–326 (1943a).
Kosterlitz, H. W.: The apparent dissociation constants of galactose-1-phosphoric acid. Biochemic. J. 37, 321–322 (1943b).
Kovachevich, R., and W. A. Wood: Carbohydrate metabolism of Pseudomonas jluorescens. III. Purification and properties of a 6-phosphogluconate dehydrase. J. of Biol. Chem. 213, 745–756 (1955a).
Kovachevich, R., and W. A. Wood: Carbohydrate metabolism by Pseudomonas jluorescens. IV. Purification and properties of 2-keto-3-deoxy-6-phosphogluconate aldolase. J. of Biol. Chem. 213, 757–767 (1955b).
Krampitz, L. O., and C. H. Werkman: The enzymic decarboxylation of oxaloacetate. Biochemic. J. 35, 595–602 (1941).
Kubowitz, F., u. W. Lüttgens: Zusammensetzung, Spaltung und Resynthese der Carboxylase. Biochem. Z. 307, 170–172 (1941).
Kulhanek, M.: Biochemical dehydrogenations of aldonic acids. I. Biochemical dehydrogenation of hexonic acids by Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Chem. Listy 47, 1071–1074 (1953).
Kulka, D., and T. K. Walker: The ketogenic activities of Acetobacter species in a glucose medium. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 50, 169–179 (1954).
Kunitz, M., and M. R. McDonald: Crystalline hexokinase (heterophosphatase). Method of isolation and properties. J. Gen. Physiol. 29, 393–412 (1946).
Lampen, J. O.: Pentose and deoxypentose metabolism of bacteria. J. Cellul. a. Comp. Physiol. 41, Suppl. 1, 183–205 (1953 a).
Lampen, J. O.: Formation of ribose phosphate from xylose by extracts of Lactobacillus pentosus. J. of Biol. Chem. 204, 999–1010 (1953b).
Lampen, J. O.: Isomerization of L-arabinose by Lactobacillus pentosus. Abstr. Proc. Amer. Chem. Soc. 1954, 440–450.
Lanning, M. C., and S. S. Cohen: The mechanism of ribose formation in Escherichia coli. J. of Biol. Chem. 207, 193–199 (1954).
Leuthardt, F., E. Testa u. H. P. Wolf: The metabolism of the liver. III. The enzymic degradation of fructose-1-phosphate. Helvet. chim. Acta 36, 227–251 (1953).
Lewis, K. F., H. J. Blumenthal, C. E. Wenner and S. Wteinhouse: Estimation of glucose catabolism pathways. Federat. Proc. 13, 252 (1954).
Liebster, J., M. Kulhanek and M. Tadra: II. Biochemical dehydrogenation of D-arabonic and a-D-glucoheptonic acids. Chem. Listy 47, 1075–1080 (1953).
Lipmann, F.: A phos-phorylated oxidation product of pyruvic acid. J. of Biol. Chem. 134, 463–464 (1940).
Lutwak-Mann, C. L.: Metabolic processes in the gastric mucosa. Biochemic. J. 41, 19–28 (1947).
Lwoff, A., H. Ionesco et A. Gutmann: Metabolism of starch in a flagellate without chlorophyll and incapable of utilizing glucose. C. r. Acad. Sci. Paris 228, 342 (1949).
McGee, J., and M. Doudoroff: A new phosphorylated intermediate in glucose oxidation. J. of Biol. Chem. 210, 617–626 (1954a).
McGee, J., and M. Doudoroff: A new phosphorylated keto-acid intermediate in the oxidation of glucose. Bacter. Proc. 1954b, 108.
McKee, R. W.: Metabolism of malarial parasites. Biochem. a. Physiol. Protozoa 1, 266–322 (1951).
Meyerhof, O.: Über die Intermediärvorgänge der enzymatischen Kohlenhydratspaltung. Erg. Physiol, usw. 39, 10–75 (1937).
Mitstjhashi, S., and J. O. Lampen: Conversion of D-xylose to D-xylulose in extracts of Lactobacillus pentosus. J. of Biol. Chem. 204, 1011–1018 (1953).
Mortenson, L. E., and P.W. Wilson: Initial steps in breakdown of glucose by the azotobacter. Bacter. Proc. 1954, 108.
Moyed, H. S., and D. J. O’Kane: The L-lactic dehydrogenase of Proteus vulgaris. Bacter. Proc. 1954, 96.
Mueller, C. B., and A. B. Hastings: Glycolysis and phosphate fractions of red blood cells. J. of Biol. Chem. 189, 881–888 (1951).
Narrod, S.A., and W.A. Wood: Gluconate and 2-ketogluconate phosphorylation by extracts of Pseudomonas fluorescens. Bacter. Proc. 1954, 108.
Neish, A. C.: Studies on the anaerobic dissimilation of glucose by Bacillus subtilis (Ford’s type). Canad. J. Bot. 31, 265–276 (1953).
Neish, A.C., and F.J. Simpson: The anaerobic dissimilation of D-glucose-1-C14, D-arabinose-1-C14, and L-arabinose-1-C14 by Aerobacter aerogenes. Canad. J. Biochem. a. Physiol. 32, 147–163 (1954).
Neuberg, C., u. J. Hirsch: Über ein Kohlenstoffketten knüpfendes Ferment (Carboligase). Biochem. Z. 115, 282–310 (1921).
Neuberg, C., u. L. Lievermann: Zur Kenntnis der Carboligase. II. Biochem. Z. 121, 311–325 (1921).
Neuberg, C., u. H. Ohle: Zur Kenntnis der Carboligase. III. Der Bau der biosynthetisch verknüpften mehrgliedrigen Kohlenstoffketten. Biochem. Z. 127, 327–339 (1922 a).
Neuberg, C., u. H. Ohle: Zur Kenntnis der Carboligase. IV. Weitere Feststellungen über die biosynthetische Kohlenstoffkettenverknüpfung beim Gärungsvorgange. Biochem. Z. 128, 610–618 (1922b).
Neuberg, C., u. E. Reinfurth: Eine neue Form der Umwandlung des Acet-aldehyds durch gärende Hefe. VI. Mitteilung über Carboligase. Biochem. Z. 143, 553–565 (1923).
Novikoff, A. B., P. van Potter and G. A. LePage: Phosphorylating glycolysis in the early chick embryo. J. of Biol. Chem. 173, 239–252 (1948).
O’Kane, D. J., and W. W. Umbreit: Transformations of phosphorus during glucose fermentation by living cells of Streptococcus jaecalis. J. of Biol. Chem. 142, 25–30 (1942).
Paege, L. M., M. Gibbs and B.C. Bard: Metabolism of C14-glucose by Clostridium perfringens. Bacter. Proc. 1954, 110.
Pine, L., V. Haas and H. A. Barker: II. Metabolism of glucose by Butyribacterium rettgeri. J. Bacter. 68, 227–230 (1954).
Quastel, J. H., and M. D. Whetham: The equilibria existing between succinic, fumaric and malic acids in the presence of resting bacteria. Biochemic. J. 18, 519–534 (1924).
Racker, E.: Alternate pathways of glucose and fructose metabolism. Adv. Enzymol. 15, 141–182 (1954).
Racker, E., G. de la Haba and I. G. Leder: Thiamine pyrophosphate, a coenzyme of transketolase. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 75, 1010–1011 (1953).
Rao, M. R. R., and I. C. Gunsalus: Unpublished data, quoted by I. C. Gunsaltjs, B. L.Horecker and W. A. Wood. In Bacter. Rev. 19, 107 (1955).
Roessler, W. G., T. H. Sanders, J. Dulberg and C. R. Brewer: Anaerobic glycolysis by enzyme preparations of Brucella suis. J. of Biol. Chem. 194, 207–214 (1952).
Rutter, W. J., and R. G. Hansen: Lactose metabolism. I. Carbohydrate metabolism of Lactobacillus bulgaricus strain Gere A. J. of Biol. Chem. 202, 311–321 (1953).
Sato, R., M. Ebata and T. Kojima: Adaptive utilization of sedoheptulose by bacteria. J. of Biochem. (Tokyo) 1954, 307–316.
Schweet, R. S., M. Fuld, K. Cheslock and M. H. Paul: Initial stages of pyruvate oxidation. In: Phosphorus metabolism, edit. by W. D. McElroy and B. Glass, vol. I, p. 246–259. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Press 1951.
Singer, T. P., and J. Pensky: Mechanism of acetoin synthesis by α-carboxylase. Biochim. et Biophysica Acta 9, 316–327 (1952).
Slein, M. W.: Phosphomannose isomerase. J. of Biol. Chem. 186, 753–761 (1950).
Slein, M. W.: Phosphohexose isomerases. Federat. Proc. 13, 299 (1954).
Slein, M. W., G. T. Cori and C. F. Cori: A comparative study of hexokinase from yeast and animal tissues. J. of Biol. Chem. 1950, 763–780.
Sokatch, J. T., and I.C. Gunsalus: The enzymes of an adaptive gluconate fermentation pathway in Streptococcus jaecalis. Bacter. Proc. 1954, 109–110.
Sowden, J. C., S. Frankel, B. H. Moore and J. E. McClary: Utilization of 1-C14-d-glucose by Torula utilis yeast. J. of Biol. Chem. 206, 547–552 (1954).
Still, J. L.: Triose phosphate dehydrogenase of Bacterium coli. Biochemic. J. 34, 1374–1382 (1940).
Stone, R. W., and C. H. Werkman: Role of phos-phoglyeerie acid in the dissimilation of glucose by the propionic acid bacteria. Iowa State Coll. J. Sci. 10, 341–343 (1936a).
Stone, R. W., and C. H. Werkman: The role of phosphoglyceric acid in the dissimilation of glucose by bacteria of the Escherichia-Aerobacter group. Iowa State Coll. J. Sci. 11, 1–3 (1936b).
Stone, R. W., and C. H. Werkman: The occurrence of phosphoglyceric acid in the bacterial dissimilation of glucose. Biochemic. J. 31, 1516–1523 (1937).
Strecker, H. J., and S. Korkes: Glucose dehvdro-genase. J. of Biol. Chem. 196, 769–784 (1952).
Stumpf, P. K.: Phosphorylated carbohydrate compounds in developing chick embryo. Federat. Proc. 6, 296 (1947).
Stumpf, P. K.: Glycolysis. In: D. M. Greenberg, Chemical pathways of metabolism, vol. I, chapter 3, p. 67–108. New York: Academic Press 1954.
Totton, E. L., and H. A. Lardy: Phosphoric esters of biological importance. IV. The synthesis and biological activity of D-tagatose-6-phosphate. J. of Biol. Chem. 181, 701–706 (1949).
Utter, M. F., and C. H. Werkman: Occurrence of the aldolase equilibrium in bacterial metabolism. J. Bacter. 41, 5 (1940).
Utter, M. F., and C. H. Werkman: Occurrence of the aldolase and isomerase equilibria in bacterial metabolism. J. Bacter. 42, 665–676 (1941).
Virtanen, A. I., u. J. Tikka: Neue Phosphorsäure-ester bei der Milchsäuregärung. Biochem. Z. 228, 407–408 (1930).
Wagner, R., and A. Yourke: Enzyme studies on white blood cells. III. Phosphorylating glycogenolysis and phosphorylated intermediates. Arch. of Biochem. a. Biophysics 39, 174–187 (1952).
Warren, C.O., G.E. Franklin and C. Hesselbach: The effect of various ions on the anaerobic glycolysis of rat liver in vitro. Amer. J. Physiol. 147, 509–516 (1946).
Weimberg, R., and M. Doudoroff: Studies with three bacterial sucrose phos-phorylases. J. Bacter. 68, 381–388 (1954).
Werkman, C. H.: In C. H. Werkman and P.W. Wilson, Bacterial Physiology, chapt. IX. New York: Academic Press 1951.
Werkman, C. H., E. A. Zoellner, Henry Gilman and H. Reynolds: Phosphoglyceric acid in the dissimilation of glucose by Citrobacter jreundii. J. Bacter. 31, 5 (1936).
Wiggert, W. P., and C.H. Werkman: Phosphorylation by the living bacterial cell. Biochemic. J. 32, 101–107 (1938).
Wood, H. O.: Fermentation of 3,4-C14 and 1-C14 labeled glucose by Clostridium thermoaceticum. J. of Biol. Chem. 199, 579–583 (1952).
Wood, H. G., and F. W. Leaver: Fermentation of glucose-3,4-C14 and glucose-1-C14 by Propionibacterium arabinosum. Federat. Proc. 11, 313 (1952).
Wood, W. A., and R. F. Schwerdt: Alternate pathways of hexose oxidation in Pseudomonas fluorescens. J. Cellul. a. Comp. Physiol. 41, Suppl. 1, 165–182 (1953a).
Wood, W. A., and R. F. Schwerdt: Carbohydrate oxidation by Pseudomonas fluorescens. J. of Biol. Chem. 201, 501–511 (1953 b).
Wood, W. A., and R. F. Schwerdt: Carbohydrate oxidation by Pseudomonas fluorescens. II. Mechanism of hexose phosphate oxidation. J. of Biol. Chem. 206, 625–635 (1954).
Wu, J. J., and I. Chang: The glycolytic activity of the hearts of the vertebrates. Quart. J. Exper. Physiol. 34, 91–95 (1948).
Aisenberg, A. C.: Sugar phosphate levels in the mitochondrial Pasteur effect. J. biol. Chem. 234, 441–444 (1959).
Aisenberg, A. C., and V. R. Potter: Studies on the Pasteur effect. II. Specific mechanisms. J. biol. Chem. 224, 1115–1127 (1957).
Aisenberg, A. C., B. Reinafarje and V. R. Potter: Studies on the Pasteur effect. I. General observations. J. biol. Chem. 224, 1099–1113 (1957).
Amoore, J. E.: The permeability of isolated rat-liver mitochondria at 0° to the metabolites pyruvate, succinate, citrate, phosphate, adenosine 5-phosphate and adenosine triphosphate. Biochem. J. 70, 718–726 (1958).
Arnon, D. I., M. B. Allen and F. R. Whatley: Photosynthesis by isolated chloroplasts. Nature (Lond.) 174, 394–396 (1954).
Arnon, D. I., M. B. Allen and F. R. Whatley: Photosynthesis by isolated chloroplasts. IV. General concept and comparison of three photochemical reactions. Biochim. biophys. Acta 20, 449–461 (1956).
Barron, E. S. G.: Thiol groups of biological importance. Advances Enzymol. 11, 201–266 (1951).
Bartley, W., and R. E. Davies: Active transport of ions by subcellular particles. Biochem. J. 57, 37–49 (1954).
Bassham, J. A., and M. Calvin: The path of carbon in photosynthesis. Englewood Cliffs, N. J.: Prentice-Hall, Inc. 1957.
Belitzer, V. A.: La régulation de la respiration musculaire par les transformations du Phosphagene. Enzymologia 6, 1–8 (1939).
Bertalanffy, L. v.: Theoretische Biologie, Bd. 2: Stoffwechsel und Wachstum, 2. Aufl. Bern: A. Francke 1951.
Bertalanffy, L. v.: Biophysik des Fließgleichgewichtes. Braunschweig: F. Vieweg & Sohn 1953.
Black, S., and N. G. Wright: ß-Aspartokinase and ß-aspartylphosphate. J. biol. Chem. 213, 27–38 (1955).
Black, S., and N. G. Wright: Aspartic ß-semialdehyde dehydrogenase and aspartic ß-semialdehyde. J. biol. Chem. 213, 39–50 (1955 a).
Black, S., and N. G. Wright: Homoserine dehydrogenase. J. biol. Chem. 213, 51–60 (1955 b).
Boyer, P. D.: Sulfhydryl and disulfide groups of enzymes. In: The enzymes (P. D. Boyer, H. Lardy and K. Myrbäck, eds.), 2nd edit., Vol. I, pp. 511–588. New York: Academic Press Inc. 1959.
Boyer, P.D., H. Lardy and K. Myrbäck: The enzymes, 2nd edit.; 4 Volumes. Vol.1. New York: Academic Press Inc. 1959.
Bray, H. G., and K. White: Kinetics and thermodynamics in biochemistry. London: J. A. Churchill Ltd. 1957.
Brachet, J.: Biochemical cytology. New York: Academic Press Inc. 1957.
Bücher, Th.: Über ein phosphatübertragendes Gärungsferment. Biochim. biophys. Acta 1, 292–314 (1947).
Bücher, Th., u. M. Klingenberg: Wege des Wasserstoffs in der lebendigen Organisation. Angew. Chem. 70, 552–570 (1958).
Burton, A. C.: The basis of the principle of the master reaction in biology. J. cell. comp. Physiol. 9, 1–14 (1936).
Burton, A. C.: The proporties of the steady state compared to those of equilibrium as shown in characteristic biological behavior. J. cell, comp. Physiol. 14, 327–349 (1939).
Caldwell, P. C.: Intracellular pH. Int. Rev. Cytol. 5, 229–277 (1956).
Calvin, M.: Der Photosynthese-Cyclus. Angew. Chem. 68, 253–264 (1956).
Chance, B.: Enzyme mechanisms in living cells. In: The mechanism of enzyme action (W. D. McElroy and B. Glass, eds.), pp. 399–460. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Press 1954.
Chance, B.: Enzyme mechanisms in living cells. Enzymes in action in living cells: The steady state of reduced pyridine nucleotides. Harvey Lect. 49, 145–175 (1955).
Chance, B., and G.R. Williams: The respiratory chain and oxidative phosphorylation. Advanc. Enzymol. 17,65–134 (1956).
Chen, S. L.: Carbohydrate assimilation in actively growing yeast, Saccharomyces cerevisiae. I. Metabolic pathways for 14C-glucose utilization by yeast during aerobic fermentation. Biochim. biophys. Acta 32, 470–479 (1959).
Colowick, S. P., H. M. Kalckar and C. F. Cori: Glucose phosphorylation and oxidation in cell-free tissue extracts. J. biol. Chem. 137, 343–356 (1941).
Conway, E. J., and M. Downey: pH values of the yeast cell. Biochem. J. 47, 355–360 (1950).
Crane, R. K., and A. Sols: The association of hexokinase with particulate fractions of brain and other tissue homogenates. J. biol. Chem. 203, 273–292 (1953).
Crane, R. K., and A. Sols: The non-competitive inhibition of brain hexokinase by glucose-6-phosphate and related compounds. J. biol. Chem. 210, 597–606 (1954).
Davies, R., and E.F. Gale: Adaptation in micro-organisms. London: Cambridge University Press 1953.
Dixon, M.: Manometric methods as applied to the measurement of cell respiration and other processes, 3rd edit. London: Cambridge University Press 1951.
Dixon, M., and E.C. Webb: Enzymes. London: Longmans, Green & Co. 1958.
Engelhardt, W. A.: Ortho- und Pyrophosphat im aeroben und anaeroben Stoffwechsel der Blutzellen. Biochem. Z. 227, 16–38 (1930).
Engelhardt, W. A.: Die Beziehungen zwischen Atmung und Pyrophosphatumsatz in Vogelerythrocyten. Biochem. Z. 251, 343–368 (1932).
Ephrussi, B., et P. P. Slonimski: La synthèse adaptative des cytochromes chez la levure de boulangerie. Biochim. biophys. Acta 6, 256–267 (1950).
Fischer, E. H., and E. G. Krebs: Conversion of Phosphorylase b to Phosphorylase a in muscle extracts. J. biol. Chem. 216, 121–132 (1955).
Friedkin, M., and A. L. Lehninger: Esterification of inorganic phosphate coupled to electron transport between di-hydrodiphosphopyridine nucleotide and oxygen. J. biol. Chem. 178, 611–623 (1949).
Frunder, H.: Die Wasserstoffionenkonzentration im Gewebe lebender Tiere nach Messungen mit der Glaselektrode. Jena: Gustav Fischer 1951.
Gale, E. F.: Factors influencing the enzymic activities of bacteria. Bact. Rev. 7,139–173 (1943).
Gale, E. F., and H. M. R. Epps: The effect of the pH of the medium during growth on the enzymic activities of bacteria (E. coli and Micrococcus lysodeikticus) and the biological significance of the changes produced. Biochem. J. 36, 600–618 (1942).
Glock, G. E., and P. McLean: Levels of oxidized and reduced diphosphopyridine nucleotide and tri-phosphopyridine nucleotide in animal tissues. Biochem. J. 61, 388–390 (1955).
Gorini, L.: Regulation en retour (feedback control) de la synthèse de l’arginine chez Escherichia coli. Bull. Soc. Chim. biol. (Paris) 40, 1939–1952 (1958).
Gorini, L., and W. K. Maas: Feedback control of the formation of biosynthetic enzymes. In: Symposium on the chemical basis of development (W. D. McElroy and B. Glass, eds.), pp. 469–478. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Press 1958.
Green, D. E.: Organization in relation to enzymic function. In: Mitochondria and other cytoplasmic inclusions. Symposia of the Society for Experimental Biology, Vol. X, pp. 30–49. London: Cambridge University Press 1957.
Green, N. M., and H. Netjrath: Proteolytic enzymes. In: The proteins (H. Netjrath and K. Bailey, eds.), Vol. IIb, pp. 1057–1198. New York: Academic Press Inc. 1954.
Hageman, R. H., and D. I. Arnon: Changes of glyceraldehyde phosphate dehydrogenase during the life cycle of a green plant. Arch. Biochem. 57, 421–436 (1955).
Haupt, I., u. H. Giersberg: Untersuchungen über die Heterogenität und Organspezifität von Enzymen, speziell der Milchsäuredehydrogenase, innerhalb der Wirbeltierreihe. Naturwiss. 45, 268–269 (1958).
Hearon, J. Z., S. A. Bernhard, S. L. Friess, D. J. Botts and M. F. Morales: Enzyme kinetics. In: The enzymes (P. D. Boyer, H. Lardy and K. Myrbäck, eds.), 2nd edit. Vol. I, pp. 49–142. New York: Academic Press Inc. 1959.
Hers, H. G.: Rôle du magnésium et du potassium dans la reaction fructokinasique. Biochim. biophys. Acta 8, 424–430 (1952).
Hers, H. G.: Le métabolisme du fructose. Bruxelles: Editions Arscia 1957.
Hevesy, G., K. Linderstrom-Lang and N. Nielsen: Phosphorus exchange in yeast. Nature (Lond.) 140, 725 (1937).
Hinshelwood, C.: The chemical kinetics of the bacterial cell. Oxford: Clarendon Press 1946.
Hoffmann-Ostenhof, O.: Enzymologie. Wien: Springer 1954.
Hogeboom, G. H., and W. C. Schneider: The cytoplasm. In: The nucleic acids (E. Chargaff and J. N. Davidson, eds.), Vol. II, pp. 199–246. New York: Academic Press Inc. 1955.
Holzer, H.: Vom Energiehaushalt der Zelle. Umschau 16, 510–512 (1950).
Holzer, H.: Über Fermentketten und ihre Bedeutung für die Regulation des Kohlenhydratstoffwechsels in lebenden Zellen. In: Biologie und Wirkung der Fermente. 4. Colloquium der Ges. für Physiologische Chemie, S. 89–114. Berlin-Göttingen-Heidelberg: Springer 1953.
Holzer, H.: Kinetik und Thermodynamik enzymatischer Reaktionen in lebenden Zellen und Geweben. In: Ergebnisse der Medizinischen Grundlagenforschung (herausgeg. von K. F. Bauer), Bd. I, S. 189–212. Stuttgart: Georg Thieme 1956.
Holzer, H.: Carbohydrate metabolism. Ann. Rev. Biochem. 28, 171–222 (1959).
Holzer, H., D. Busch u. H. Kroger: Enzymatisch-optische Bestimmung von TPNH und TPN neben DPNH und DPN. Hoppe-Seylers Z. physiol. Chem. 313, 184–193 (1958).
Holzer, H., u. R. Freytag-Hilf: Zusammenwirken der Gärungsenzyme beim anaeroben und aeroben Glucose-Umsatz in Hefezellen. Hoppe-Seylers Z. physiol. Chem. 316, 7–30 (1959).
Holzer, H., u. H. W. Goedde: Zwei Wege von Pyruvat zu Acetyl-Coenzym A in Hefe. Biochem. Z. 329, 175–191 (1957).
Holzer, H., J. Haan u. S. Schneider: Zum Mechanismus des anaeroben Glucose- und Fructoseabbaues im Mäuse-Ascites-Carcinom. Biochem. Z. 326, 451–463 (1955).
Holzer, H., u. E. Holzer: Bestimmung stationärer Triosephosphat-Konzentrationen in lebender Hefe. Ein Beitrag zum Mechanismus des Pasteur-Effektes. Hoppe-Seylers Z. physiol. Chem. 292, 232–239 (1953).
Holzer, H., E. Holzer u. G. Schultz: Zusammenhang zwischen Wachstum und aerober Gärung. Biochem. Z. 326, 385–404 (1955).
Holzer, H., u. S. Schneider: Anreicherung und Trennung einer DPN-spezifischen und einer TPN-spezifischen Glutaminsäure-Dehydro-genase aus Hefe. Biochem. Z. 329, 361–369 (1957).
Holzer, H., G. Schultz u. F. Lynen: Bestimmung des Quotienten DPNH/DPN in lebenden Hefezellen durch Analyse stationärer Alkohol- und Acetaldehydkonzentrationen. Biochem. Z. 328, 252–263 (1956).
Holzer, H., G. Schultz, C. Villar-Palasi u. J. Jüntgen-Sell: Isolierung der Hefecarboxylase und Untersuchungen über die Aktivität des Enzyms in lebenden Zellen. Biochem. Z. 327, 331–344 (1956).
Holzer, H., u. I. Witt: Regulation des Pentosephosphat-Cyklus durch TPNH-Oxydation. Angew. Chem. 70, 439 (1958).
Holzer, H., u. I. Witt: Bisher unveröffentlichte Versuche 1959.
Holzer, H., I. Witt u. R. Freytag-Hilf: Zum Mechanismus des Pasteur-Effektes: Bestimmung von ATP, ADP, Orthophosphat und verschiedenen Zwischenprodukten des Kohlenhydratstoffwechsels in lebenden Hefezellen beim Übergang von anaeroben zu aeroben Bedingungen. Biochem. Z. 329, 467–475 (1958).
Huckabee, W. E.: Relationships of pyruvate and lactate during anaerobic metabolism. I.—III. J. clin. Invest. 37, 244–271 (1958).
Johnson, M. J.: The role of aerobic phosphorylation in the Pasteureffect. Science 94, 200–202 (1941).
Krebs, E. G., and E. H. Fischer: Phosphorylase activity of skeletal muscle extracts. J. biol. Chem. 216, 113–120 (1955).
Krebs, E. Q., A. B. Kent, D. J. Graves and E. H. Fischer: The activation and inactivation of muscle Phosphorylase. In: Proceedings of the Intern. Symp. on Enzyme Chemistry, Tokyo and Kyoto 1957, pp. 41–43. Tokyo: Maruzen 1958.
Krebs, H. A.: The tricarboxylic acid cycle. In: Chemical pathways of metabolism (D.M. Greenberg, ed.), Vol. I, pp. 109–171. New York: Academic Press Inc. 1954.
Krebs, H. A. Die Steuerung der Stoffwechselvorgänge. Dtsch. med. Wschr. 81, 4–8 (1956).
Krebs, H. A.: The effects of extraneous agents on cell metabolism. In: Ciba Foundation Symposium on Ionizing Radiations and Cell Metabolism (G. E. W. Wolstenholme and C. M. O’Connor, eds.), pp. 92–105. London: J.A.Churchill Ltd. 1956 a.
Krebs, H. A.: Die Steuerung von Stoffwechselvorgängen. Endeavour 16, 125–132 (1957).
Krebs, H. A.: Diskussionsbemerkung beim Ciba Foundation Symposium on the Regulation of Cell Metabolism, S. 362. Siehe Wolstenholme and O’Connor 1959.
Krebs, H.A., and H. L. Kornberg: Energy transformations in living matter. Ergebn. Physiol. 49, 212–298 (1957).
Laidler, K. J.: The chemical kinetics of enzyme action. Oxford: Clarendon Press 1958.
Lang, K., u. G. Siebert: Die chemischen Leistungen der morphologischen Zellelemente. In: Physiologische Chemie (herausgeg. von B. Flaschenträger u. E. Lehnartz), Bd. II, lb (Der Stoffwechsel), S. 1064–1156. Berlin-Göttingen-Heidelberg: Springer 1954.
Lardy, H. A.: Energetic coupling and the regulation of metabolic rates. In: Proc. of the third Intern. Congr. of Biochemistry, Brussels 1955, pp. 287–294. New York: Academic Press Inc. 1956.
Lardy, H.A., and R.E. Parks jr.: Influence of ATP concentration on rates of some phosphorylation reactions. In: Enzymes: Units of biological structure and function (O. H. Gaebler, ed.), pp. 584–587. New York: Academic Press Inc. 1956.
Laties, G. G.: Respiration and cellular work and the regulation of the respiration rate in plants. Surv. Biol. Progr. 3, 215–299 (1957).
Lennerstrand, Å.: Über die Wirkung von Phosphat auf Oxydation und Phosphorylierung in durch Fluorid vergiftetem Apo-Zymasesystem. Biochem. Z. 289, 104–135 (1937).
Lennerstrand, Å.: Über die Kopplung der Atmung und der Phosphorylierung der Adenylsäure im Hämolysat der roten Pferdeblutkörperchen. Naturwiss. 25, 347–348 (1937 a).
Liébecq, C., et M. Jacquemotte-Louis: Nucleotides de l’adénine. IV. Instabilité des complexes magnésiens de l’adénosine triphosphate. Bull. Soc. Chim. biol. (Paris) 40, 67–85 (1958).
Lindberg, O., and L. Ernster: Chemistry and physiology of mitochondria and microsomes. Protoplasmatologie, Bd. III, 4. Wien: Springer 1954.
Linnane, A. W., and J. L. Still: The isolation of respiring mitochondria from baker’s yeast. Arch. Biochem. 59,383–392 (1955).
Lipmann, F.: Metabolic generation and utilization of phosphate bond energy. Advanc. Enzymol. 1, 99–162 (1941).
Lipmann, F. Dis-kussionsbemerkung beim Ciba Foundation Symposium on Regulation of Cell Metabolism, S. 362. Siehe Wolstenholme and O’Connor 1959.
Lynen, F.: Über den aeroben Phosphatbedarf der Hefe. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Pasteurschen Reaktion. Justus Liebigs Ann. Chem. 546, 120–141 (1941).
Diskussion zum Vortrag von H. A. Lardy: Energetic coupling and the regulation of metabolic rates. In: Proc. of the third Intern. Congr. of Biochemistry, Brussels 1955, pp. 294–298. New York: Academic Press Inc. 1956.
H. A. Lardy: Phosphatkreislauf und Pasteur-Effekt. In: Neuere Ergebnisse aus Chemie und Stoffwechsel der Kohlenhydrate. 8. Colloquium der Ges. für Physiologische Chemie, S. 155–190. Berlin-Göttingen-Heidelberg: Springer 1958.
H. A. Lardy: Phosphatkreislauf und Pasteur-Effekt. In: Proc. of the Intern. Symp. on Enzyme Chemistry, Tokyo and Kyoto 1957, pp. 25–34. Tokyo: Maruzen 1958a.
Lynen, F., u. R. Koenigsberger: Zum Mechanismus der Pasteurschen Reaktion: Der Phosphat-Kreislauf in der Hefe und seine Beeinflussung durch 2,4-Dinitrophenol. Justus Liebigs Ann. Chem. 573, 60–84 (1951).
Magasanik, B.: Nutrition of bacteria and fungi. Ann. Rev. Microbiol. 11, 221–252 (1957).
Magasanik, B.: The metabolic regulation of purine interconversions and of histidine biosynthesis. In: Symposium on the chemical basis of development (W. D. McElroy and B. Glass, eds.), pp.485–494. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Press 1958.
Meyerhof, O.: Über die Kinetik der umkehrbaren Reaktion zwischen Hexosediphosphorsäure und Dioxyaceton-phosphorsäure. Biochem. Z. 277, 77–96 (1935).
Michaelis, L., u. M. L. Menten: Die Kinetik der Invertinwirkung. Biochem. Z. 49, 333–369 (1913).
Monod, J.: Remarks on the mechanism of enzyme induction; In: Enzymes: Units of biological structure and function (O. H. Gaebler, ed.), pp. 7–28. New York: Academic Press Inc. 1956.
Negelein, E., u. H. J. Wulff: Diphosphopyridinproteid, Alkohol, Acetaldehyd. Biochem. Z. 293, 351–389 (1937).
Neilands, J. B., and P. K. Stumpf: Outlines of enzyme chemistry, 2nd edit. New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1958.
Netter, H.: Theoretische Biochemic. Berlin-Göttingen-Heidelberg: Springer 1959.
Neuberg, C.: Vom Zuckerumsatz der pflanzlichen Zelle. In: Handbuch der Biochemic des Menschen und der Tiere (herausgeg. von C. Oppenheimer), Bd. II, S. 442–484. Jena: Gustav Fischer 1925.
Nossal, P. M.: Distribution of enzymes in cell-free yeast extracts. Biochem. J. 57, 62–69 (1954).
Pardee, A. B.: The control of enzyme activity. In: The enzymes (P. D. Boyer, H. Lardy and K. Myrbäck, eds.), 2nd edit., Vol. I, pp. 681–716. New York: Academic Press Inc. 1959.
Parr, C. W.: Inhibition of phosphoglucose isomerase. Nature (Lond.) 178, 1401 (1956).
Pfleiderer, G., u. D. Jeckel: Individuelle Milchsäuredehydrogenasen bei verschiedenen Säugetieren. Biochem. Z. 329, 370–380 (1957).
Pollock, M. R.: Induced formation of enzymes. In: The enzymes (P. D. Boyer, H. Lardy and K. Myrbäck, eds.), 2nd edit., Vol. I, pp. 619–680. New York: Academic Press Inc. 1959.
Potter, V.R.: Biological energy transformations and the cancer problem. Advanc. Enzymol. 4, 201–256 (1944).
Precht, H., J. Christophersen u. H. Hensel: Temperatur und Leben. Berlin-Göttingen-Heidelberg: Springer 1955.
Purvis, J. L.: Pathway of oxidation of isocitrate by mitochondria. Biochim. biophys. Acta 30, 440–441 (1958).
Raaflaub, J., u. I. Leupin: Über die Anwendung von Metallpuffern bei Fermentreaktionen. Die pMg-Aktivitätskurve der Hexokinase aus Hefe. Helv. chim. Acta 39, 832–837 (1956).
Racker, E.: Alcohol dehydrogenase from baker’s yeast. In: Methods in enzymology (S. P. Colowick and N. O. Kaplan, eds.), Vol. I, pp. 500–503. New York: Academic Press Inc. 1955.
Racker, E., and R. Wu: Limiting factors in glycolysis of ascites tumour cells and the Pasteur effect. In: Ciba foundation symposium on the regulation of cell metabolism, pp. 205–229. Siehe Wolstenholme and O’Connor 1959.
Rapkine, L.: Sulphydryl groups and enzymic oxido-reduction. Biochem. J. 32, 1729–1739 (1938).
Rothstein, A., and R. Meier: The relationship of the cell surface to metabolism. IV. The role of cell surface phosphatases of yeast. J. cell. comp. Physiol. 34, 97–114 (1949).
Sacks, J.: Mechanism of phosphate transfer across cell membranes. Cold Spr. Harb. Symp. quant. Biol. 13, 180–184 (1948).
Schneider, W. C.: Structural factors in metabolic regulations. In: Proc. of the third Intern. Congr. of Biochemistry, Brussels 1955, pp. 305–315. New York: Academic Press Inc. 1956.
Slein, M. W., G. T. Cori and C. F. Cori: A comparative study of hexokinase from yeast and animal tissues. J. biol. Chem. 186, 763–780 (1950).
Stanier, R. Y.: Enzymatic adaptation in bacteria. Ann. Rev. Microbiol. 5, 35–56 (1951).
Trebst, V. A., H. Y. Tsujimoto and D. I. Arnon: Separation of light and dark phases in the photosynthesis of isolated chloroplasts. Nature (Lond.) 182, 351–355 (1958).
Trevelyan, W. E., and J. S. Harrison: Studies on yeast metabolism. III. The intracellular level of pyruvate during yeast fermentation. Biochem. J. 57, 556–561 (1954).
Umbarger, H. E.: Some observations on the biosynthetic pathway of isoleucine. In: Amino acid metabolism (W. D. McElroy and B. Glass, eds.), pp.442–451. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Press 1955.
Umbarger, H. E.: Evidence for a negative feedback mechanism in the biosynthesis of isoleucine. Science 123, 848 (1956).
Umbreit, W. W., R. H. Burris and J. F. Stauffer: Manometric techniques. Minneapolis: Burgess Publishing Co. 1957.
Velick, S. F.: The alcohol and glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenases of yeast and mammals. In: The mechanism of enzyme action (W. D. McElroy and B. Glass, eds.), pp.491–519. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Press 1954.
Wagner, R. P., and H.K. Mitchell: Genetics and metabolism. New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1955.
Wallenfels, K., u. H. Sund: Über den Mechanismus der Wasserstoff Übertragung mit Pyridinnucleotiden. I. Freie SH-Gruppen und Aktivität bei Alkoholdehydrogenase aus Hefe. Biochem. Z. 329, 17–30 (1957).
Warburg, O., u. W. Christian: Isolierung und Kristallisation des Proteins des oxydierenden Gärungsferments. Biochem. Z. 303, 40–68 (1939).
Warburg, O., u. G. Krippahl: Sauerstoff-Halb wert-drucke der Photosynthese und Atmung. Z. Naturforsch. 13b, 66–68 (1958).
Watanabe, Y., and K. Shemura: Biosynthesis of threonine from homoserine. J. Biochem. (Tokyo) 42, 181–192 (1955).
Weil-Malherbe, H., and A.D. Bone: Studies on hexokinase. I. The hexokinase activity of rat-brain extracts. Biochem. J. 49, 339–347 (1951).
Wieland, Th., u. G. Pfleiderer: Nachweis der Heterogenität von Milchsäuredehydrogenasen verschiedenen Ursprungs durch Trägerelektrophorese. Biochem. Z. 329, 112–116 (1957).
Wieland, Th., G. Pfleiderer u. F. Ortanderl: Über die Verschiedenheit der Milchsäuredehydrogenasen. III. Vergleiche der Milchsäuredehydrogenasen aus verschiedenen Rattenorganen. Biochem. Z. 331,103–109 (1959).
Wolstenholme, G.E.W., and C.M. O’Connor (Editors): Ciba foundation symposium on the regulation of cell metabolism. London: J. A. Churchill Ltd. 1959.
Wood, H. G.: Significance of alternate pathways in the metabolism of glucose. Physiol. Rev. 35, 841–859 (1955).
Wormser, E. H., and A. B. Pardee: Regulation of threonine biosynthesis in Escherichia coli. Arch. Biochem. 78, 416–432 (1958).
Yates, R. A., and A. B. Pardee: Control of pyrimidine biosynthesis in Escherichia coli by a feed-back mechanism. J. biol. Chem. 221, 757–770 (1956).
Yates, R. A., and A. B. Pardee: Control by uracil of formation of enzymes required for orotate synthesis. J. biol. Chem. 227, 677–692 (1957).
Zamenhof, S., and E. Chargaff: Studies on the desoxypentose nuclease of yeast and its specific cellular regulation. J. biol. Chem. 180, 727–740 (1949).
Zeller, H.: Wirkung von Ammonsalzen auf die Hefegärung. IV. Biochem. Z. 175, 135–161 (1926).
Editor information
Editors and Affiliations
Rights and permissions
Copyright information
© 1960 Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg
About this chapter
Cite this chapter
Albaum, H.G. et al. (1960). Wege des Abbaues von Kohlenhydraten bei Sauerstoffatmung und Gärungen. In: Wolf, J. (eds) Plant Respiration Inclusive Fermentations and Acid Metabolism / Pflanzenatmung Einschliesslich Gärungen und Säurestoffwechsel. Encyclopedia of Plant Physiology / Handbuch der Pflanzenphysiologie, vol 12. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-94800-8_4
Download citation
DOI: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-94800-8_4
Publisher Name: Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg
Print ISBN: 978-3-642-94801-5
Online ISBN: 978-3-642-94800-8
eBook Packages: Springer Book Archive